Ge Pg6531b Gas Turbine

CARNOT COMPANY
g
GE Energy Products France SNC
GE Energy Products
Equipment Proposal
for
Three (3) PG6531B- 50 Hertz

Combustion Gas Turbine
Packaged Power Plant for
CARNOT-COPMANY
Firm Proposal No: 04021 a

Dated: October, 2011
1
CARNOT COMPANY
Table Of Contents
Proposal Summary
Introduction ................................ ................................ ........................... 1
General Plant Description ................................ ................................ ..... 2
Performance and Operation

Performance Data ................................ ................................ ................. 3
Performance Curves ................................ ................................ ............. 4
Plant Operating Philosophy ................................ ................................ .. 5
Test Philosophy ................................ ................................ .................... 6
Description of Equipment
Scope, Limits and Exclusion of Supply ................................ ................. 7
Description of the Offered Equipment ................................ ................... 8
Design Basis
Design Basis ................................ ................................ ......................... 9
Codes and Standards ................................ ................................ ......... 10
Not used ................................ ................................ ............................. 11
Technical Comments ................................ ................................ .......... 12
Services
Customer Drawing and Documentation ................................ .............. 13
Not used ................................ ................................ ............................. 14
Not Used ................................ ................................ ............................. 15
Drawings and Diagrams

Mechanical Drawings & P&IDs ................................ ........................... 16
Electrical One -Line Diagram ................................ ............................... 17
Control architecture ................................ ................................ ............ 18
Table of Contents Page 2
Firm Proposal 04021 E1N1 (10/04) Rev 0 Tr
2
CARNOT COMPANY
Appendices
Experience List ................................ ................................ ................... 19
Quality ................................ ................................ ................................ 20
Reference Documents ................................ ................................ ........ 21
Table of Contents Page 3

3
CARNOT COMPANY
g
GE Energy Products France
1. Introduction
1.1 General
The GE MS6001B gas turbine has proven to be an ideal choice for those who
need energy-efficient, fuel -flexible power generators or prime movers in mid -
range service.
The MS6001B builds on a tradition of technological leadership that ha s made
GE gas turbines the standard by which all others have been measured for over
four decades.
Over 6,000 GE -designed units are in service around the world and have
accumulated 200 million hours of operation. These include over 600
MS6001B gas turbines representing 3 million fired hours of experience at
work generating power and serving as industrial prime movers.
While utilities and industry specify the MS6001B for a variety of reasons,
their choice is underscored by one common motivation: the MS6001B h as
been proven in use year after year, in country after country, around the globe.
GE knows that high reliability is very important in industrial process plants.
The MS6001B has the best reliability/availability in its size class in the world.
1.2 GE Packaging Arrangements

The packaged power plant concept is de rived from cumulative experience
with thousands of successful GE gas turbine installations. This experience has
led the way to installation and startup that is both rapid and cost -effective.
The MS6001B features a unique accessory packaging concept with an
improved “split base” design. The gas turbine and accessory compartments
contain the turbo machinery as well as the mechanical and electrical support
equipment for starting, operation and shutdown, incl uding black -start
capability. With the packaging concept, the majority of the supporting
equipment is skid -mounted and the locations standardized.
This “split base” design maximizes factory piping and wiring, requiring less
assembly work in the field. The arrangement of components also reduces site
interconnection requirements, while factory testing of the gas turbine
subsystem ensures a quality product and trouble -free site installation.
Incorporating field experience in the design provides easier access t o
accessory components during operation and maintenance.
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Introduction Page 1.1

Proposal 04021 E1N1 (10/04) Rev 0 Tr
4
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3 Availability/Reliability
The North American Electric Reliability Council (NERC) has published data
and provided manufacturer’s special reports which demonstrate the GE gas
turbine fleet has been 1% t o 5% better in reliability (forced outage factor) and
3% to 9% better in availability than the collective co mpetition. All together,
the MS6001B is a well -proven, highly reliable and high availability
performer.
A recent comprehensive survey of 37 domestic (USA) MS6001B gas turbine
power plants over a three -year period shows customer -reported availability
averaging 96.9% and reliability averaging 99.2%. These plant level
performance numbers cover not only the gas turbine -generator sets but
associated simple -cycle balance of plant equipment such as the fuel
management system, switchgear and power transformer.
Although the prime mover receives much of the attention, it is the supporting
systems that primarily influence the reliability of the MS6001B. Since the
original introduction of this model, the load gear and generator have been
improved and upgraded. The control system has evolved from analog, discrete
component, SPEEDTRONIC Mark II to triple -redundant microprocessor
Mark IV to the even more reliable Mark V.
1.4 Service and Plant Support

You get more than a gas turbine when you specify the MS6001. You gain the
full-time support of the largest localized service network in the world. GE
makes this comprehensive customer service available to you through 1,300
Power Generation specialists at 192 service support centers. GE service is
full-scope, extending from unit order through retirement.
Field engineers can be with you for installation and startup. GE also offers the
expertise of its specialists for planned and emergency maintenance, which
encompasses diagnostics, performance appraisals, craft labor, coordination,
repairs, overhauls, rebuilds and upgrades.

5
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Gas Turbine Repair Centers World Wide
Edmonton Basildon
Cincinnati TGTS
Los Angeles
Houston Ponce
Turbimeca MEELSA
W&A
GENTS
Service Center
Joint Venture

6
CARNOT COMPANY
Backing up these field service engineers is a worldwide network of GE

service centers. In the United States, 19 of these centers provide power
generation service, with more than 3,500 technicians dedicated to repair work.
GE also provides expert repair service through centers in Puerto Rico,
Venezuela, England, Saudi Arabia and Singap ore.
Whether for routine maintenance or emergency repairs, spare parts are
available from warehouses and manufacturing centers all over the world.

7
CARNOT COMPANY
g
2. General Plant Description

2.1 Design Condition
Characteristic Specification
Elevation 100 m
Design ambient temperature 425 °C
Minimum ambient temperature + 5 °C
Maximum ambient temperature + 48 °C
Design relative humidity 860 %
Minimum relative humidity 635 %
Maximum relative humidity 100 %
Wind speed 130 km/h
Wind applicable Code UBC 1997
Salt classification Inland
Other contaminants Not Applicable
Dust level Light
Snow load Not applicable
Seismic Code Zone 4 UBC 1997
Seismic importance factor Non-Essential
Customer specified horizontal acceleration 0.35 g
Note: Refer to the Design Criteria/Assumptions Tab for additional plant
design information
2.2 Equipment Overview

2.2.1 Gas Turbine
Feature Specification
Frame size PG6531B
Fuel system Single gas
Starting Means 6000 V Electrical motor
Air filtration Self cleaning
Compressor/Turbine Cleaning On and Off-line Compressor Water
Wash
Exhaust System Lateral
Emissions Control None
Fire Protection High pressure CO2
Off-Base Acoustic Enclosure Turbine and Accessory Compartments
General Plant Description Page 2.1

8
CARNOT COMPANY
2.2.2 Generator
Model 6A6
Frequency 50 Hz
Cooling TEWAC
Power factor (pf) 0.8 Lagging
Power factor (pf) Capability to 1.00 Leading
Terminal Voltage 11.5 kV
Generator excitation Brushless
Acoustical Treatment Standard On-Base package
2.2.3 Control Systems

Gas Turbine Speedtronic Mark VI (TMR)
Generator Control, excitation, regulation and

protection panel
Operator interface Local <HMI> + Remote Multi Unit
<HMI>
General Plant Description Page 2.2

9
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products - France
3. Performance Guarantees
3.1 Guaranteed Performance
Operating Point Fuel Gross output at Gross Heat Rate
generator at generator
terminals terminals
(kW) (kJ/KWh)
Base Load Natural Gas 33 306 11 974
Heat Rate = Fuel Gas Consumption (LHV)
Output (kW)
3.2 Basis for Unit Performance

The performance guarantees listed above are given at the generator terminals
and based on the scope of equipment supply as defined in the p roposal and as
stated for the following operating conditions and parameters:
Measurement Value
Elevation / Site pressure hPa 100
Ambient temperature °C 425
Relative humidity % 860
Inlet system pressure drop mm H 2O 50
Outlet static pressure (@ISO conditions) mm H 2O 20
Natural gas fuel heating value (LHV) kJ/ kg 49 695
Combustion system type Standard
Grid frequency Hz 50
Gas fuel temperature °C 27
a. The natural gas is in compliance with Seller's Gas Fuel Specification GEI -
41040 and supplementary Fuel, Air and Water Requirements as defined in
the design assumptions of this proposal.
b. Gas turbine is operating at steady state base load and open cycle.
c. Tests to demonstrate guaranteed performance shall be conducted in
accordance with the ASME Modified Performance Test Procedure as
defined in Seller’s GEK -107551.
Performance Guarantees Page 3.1

10
CARNOT COMPANY
d. Performance is me asured at the generator terminals and includes

allowances for excitation power and the shaft-driven equipment normally
operating equipment supplied herein by GE.
e. The equipment is in a new and clean condition (less than 100 fire hours of
operation).
f. Performance curves such as ambient effects curves and generator loss
curves will be provided after contract award. These curves along with
correction factors such as fuel property corrections are to be used during
the site performance test to correct performance readings back to the site
conditions at which the performance guarantees were provided.
g. Natural gas performance is based on operation with a conventional
combustion system and without gas turbine diluent injection for NOx
control.
h. Compressor air extract ion from gas turbine = 0.
i. Natural Gas Analysis: refer to Section 9.1 of Chapter 9 “Design
Assumption” of the present proposal.
j. Fuel gas supply pressure : refer to the design assumptions of this p roposal
(Chapter 9)
k. Fuel gas supply temperature : minimum 28°C of superheat required at GT
stop valve (refer to the design assumptions of this proposal).
l. Generator Power Factor : 0.80

11
CARNOT COMPANY
3.3 Emissions Guaranteed level

NOx exhaust gas emissions shall no t exceed the following concentrations during steady -state
operation from baseload down to 60% load, and Relative Humidity higher than 20 %.
Polluant Natural Gas

NOx, ppmvd @ 15% O2 210
3.3.1 Basis For Emissions Guarantees

A. The customer gas fuel is in compliance with Seller's Gas Fuel
Specification GEI-41040G and wi th the design basis of this proposal.
B. Testing and system adjustments are conducted in accordance with Sel ler’s
GEK-28172F, Standard Field Testing Procedure for Emissions
Compliance.
C. Atmospheric pressure range = 1000 mbar
D. Relative ambient humidity range of 100% to 20%
E. Emissions are per gas turbine on a one hour average basis.
F. Fuel ash content = 0%
G. Sulfur emissions are a function of the sulfur present in the incoming air
and fuel flows. Since the gas turbine(s) have no influence on the sulfur
emissions. Sulfu r emission are not gu aranteed.
H. GE reserves the right to determine the emission rates on a net basis
wherein emissions at the gas turbine inlet are subtracted from the
measured exhaust emission rate if required to demonstrate guarantee rate.
I. Gas turbine is operating with a steady state frequency.
3.4 Noise Guarantees

3.4.1 Near Field Noise Guarantees
Fuel Gas Turbine Load SPL, dBA

Natural Gas Base 85
The average sound pressure levels (SPL) (re 20 micropascals) from the outdoor GE -
supplied equipment shall not ex ceed the value stated above when measured 1 m in the
horizontal plane, and at an elevation of 1.5 m from machine baseline with the equipment
operating at base load in accordance with contract specifications.

12
CARNOT COMPANY
3.4.2 Basis for Near Field Noise Guarantees

A. Testing me thodology is based on ANSI/ASME PTC -36-1985, with the
final result being compliant if the arithmetic averaged result from
measurements after background and other corrections have been applied
do not exceed the noise limit(s) specified above.
B. Equipment is o perated in a new and clean condition when measurements
are taken. All access compartments, doors, panels and other temporary
openings are fully closed, all silencing hardware is fully installed and all
systems designed to be airtight are sealed.
C. If the abo ve guaranteed SPL is greater than 10 dBA above the measured
background noise, no correction is necessary. Otherwise, corrections to the
near fields SPL will be made per ASME PTC -36-1985 procedures.
Background noise is defined as the noise measured with all GE-supplied
equipment off and all other Power Island equipment on.
D. Free field conditions must be prevalent at measu rement locations. Testing
for and corrections to a free field are per ANSI/ASME PTC -36-1985.
E. Noises of an interim nature such as steam blow -off valves and filter pulse
noise are not included in the above guarantee.
F. Measurements shall be taken 1 m away from the outermost exterior
surfaces of equipment including piping, conduit, framework, barriers and
personnel protection devices if provided.
G. Measurements shall not be taken in any location where there is an airflow
velocity greater than 1.5 m/s including nearby air intakes or exhausts.
H. Testing is performed according to a test plan agreed to by both the Owner
and GE. The test plan must adhere to the requirements listed above and
include provisions for a test report that must be submitted to the Owner
and GE after testing is completed. The test plan must be submitted 30 days
before the noise test.
Measurement responsibility will be stated in the co ntract. If the Owner performs the
compliance measurements, GE reserves the right to audit or parallel these measurements.
See also our Design Assumptions and ST092 standard specifications joined in our
proposal.

13
CARNOT COMPANY
g
4. Performance Curves
4.1 Gas Turbine Performance Curves
Following correction curves are preliminary typical curves submitted in
the proposal phase for information only.
Final curves applicable to the project which will apply for performance
tests, will be submitted during the contract implementation phase.
Curve Number Date
Estimated Single Unit Performance, Base 544HA875-1 05/09/01
with Natural Gas
Compressor Inlet Temperature Corrections, 544HA875-2 05/09/01
Base with Natural Gas
Modulated Inlet Guide Vanes Effect, Base 544HA875-3 05/09/01
with Natural Gas
Degradation Curves for Heavy Duty Product 519HA772&744 09/02/95
Line Gas Turbines RevA
Altitude Correction for Turbine 4l6HA662 RevB 6/30/99
Humidity Effects Curve 498HA697 10/10/89
RevB
Performance Curves Page 4.1

14
CARNOT COMPANY
4.2 Generator Performance Curves
Curve Number
Electrical Data 909 190
Capability curve 20669 -1
Exciter curve 13725-2
PQ curve 20670 -1
Efficiency curve 19042-2
Open circuit & short circuit curves 19043-2
Negative current curve 1216-9
Performance Curves Page 4.2

15
CARNOT COMPANY
GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG6531B GAS TURBINE

Estimated Performance – Configuration : STANDARD
Compressor Inlet Conditions 59F (15°C), 60% Relative Humidity
Fuel: NATURAL GAS
Design Output kW 38100
Design Heat Rate (LVH) kJ/kWh 12220
Design Heat Cons (LVH)*10^6 kJ/h 472
Design Exhaust Flow * 10^3 kg/s 147
Exhaust Temperature °C 548
Mode BASE LOAD
Notes:
1. Altitude correction on curve 416HA662 Rev A
2. Ambient temperature correction on curve 544HA876-2 Rev 0
3. Effect on modulating IGV's on exhaust temperature and flow on curve 544HA876-3 Rev 0
4. Humidity effects on curve 498HA697 Rev B - all performance calculated with a constant specific
humidity of .0064 or less so as not to exceed 100% relative humidity.
5. Plant Performances is measured at the generator terminals and includes allowances for the effects
of excitation power, shaft driven auxiliaries, and 2.6 inlet and 2.55 in H20 and2.55 in H20 inlet and 2.52
in H20 exhaust pressure drops
130
120 0 °F
110 59 °F
Heat Consumption - Percent Design
100
90
120 °F
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Generator Output - Percent
V.SICARD (GE EPE) Number 5444HA875-1

05/09/01 Revision 0
16
CARNOT COMPANY

Effect of compressor Inlet Temperature on Output, Heat rate, Heat consumption, Exhaust Flow and
Exhaust Temperature at BASE LOAD
Fuel NATURAL GAS @80degF
Combustor STANDARD
1070
1060
Exhaust Temperature (°F)
1050
1040
1030
1020
1010
1000
990
980
970
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
120
115
110
Heat Rate
105
Percent Design
100
95
Exhaust Flow
90
85 Heat Consumption
80 Output
75
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
COMPRESSOR INLET TEMPERATURE(°F)

05/09/01 Revision 0
17
CARNOT COMPANY

Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature
As a function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature
Fuel NATURAL GAS @80degF
Combustor STANDARD
1150
1100
1050
1000
Exhaust Temperature (°F)
950
900 0°F
850
800 30°F
59°F
750
700 90°F
650 120°F
600
550
500
450
400
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
120
0°F
110 30°F
59°F
Exhaust Flow - Percent Design
100 90°F
120°F
90
80
70
60
50
40
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Gene rator Output - Perce nt

05/09/01 Revision 0
18
CARNOT COMPANY
g
GE Power Systems
Degradation Curves for Heavy Duty Product Line Gas Turbines

Gas turbine performance loss during extended operational periods is largely
due to compressor fouling. The rates of both compressor fouling and
performance loss are a result of the variation in environmental conditions, fuel
used, machine operating scenario and maintenance practices.
Performance loss during normal operation is minimized by periodic on-line and

off-line compressor water washes. Performance loss during extended operation
is expected to be greater for plants that are located in humid and/or
contaminated industrial environments. Also, plants operated under non-ideal
running scenarios, along with neglected or poorly performed maintenance
practices can be expected to exhibit increased performance losses. Plants that
are sited in relatively clean less humid environments, operated within
equipment design recommendations and cleaned with regular on and off-line
compressor washes will experience less performance degradation.
Performance recovery, beyond that which occurs with normal maintenance,

including on and off-line washes, can be achieved following other off-line
procedures. One procedure in particular involves removing both the
compressor and turbine casing to accommodate hand scouring of the
compressor rotor and stator airfoils. Compressor inlet air filter
cleaning/replacement, along with other required maintenance, may also be
performed during these inspections. Such an outage would most likely coincide
with hot gas path or major inspection intervals, since significant machine
disassembly is required.
A typical gas turbine operation profile, reflecting on- and off-line maintenance
procedures, is presented in the attached figures. Plant performance degradation
during normal operation is cyclic as impacted by on- and off-line compressor
water washes. Drawing 519HA772 represents expected performance loss, in
accordance with the stated basis for operation, maintenance and testing
procedures. Note that this curve represents the locus of points following
specific shut down maintenance activities, not actual continuous on-line
operating capability. Drawing 519HA744 represents a comparable locus of
data following the more extreme machine disassembly and hand scouring
procedure.
19
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems
EXPECTED GAS TURBINE PLANT NON-RECOVERABLE

PERFORMANCE LOSS DURING EXTENDED PERIOD OPERATION
THE AGED PERFORMANCE EFFECTS REPRESENTED BY THESE CURVES ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING:
* PERFORMANCE IS RELATIVE TO THE GUARANTEE LEVEL.
* ALL GAS TURBINE PLANT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GE'S RECOMMENDED
PROCEDURES FOR OPERATION, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND BOTH ON-LINE AND OFF-LINE CLEANING.
* ALL OPERATIONS SHALL BE WITHIN THE DESIGN CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE RELEVANT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
* A DETAILED OPERATIONAL LOG SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR ALL RELEVANT OPERATIONAL DATA, TO BE AGREED TO
AMONGST THE PARTIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT.
* GE TECHNICAL PERSONNEL SHALL HAVE ACCESS TO PLANT OPERATIONAL DATA, LOGS, AND SITE VISITS PRIOR TO
CONDUCTING A PERFORMANCE TEST. THE OWNER WILL CLEAN AND MAINTAIN THE EQUIPMENT. THE DEGREE OF CLEANING
AND MAINTENANCE WILL BE DETERMINED BASED ON THE OPERATING HISTORY OF EACH UNIT, ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS
EXPERIENCED DURING THE PERIOD OF OPERATION, THE PREVENTIVE AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS EXECUTED,
AND THE RESULTS OF THE GE INSPECTION.
* THE GAS TURBINE WILL BE SHUT DOWN FOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE WITH COMPRESSOR ROTOR AND STATOR
SCOURING, AS A MINIMUM, IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE TESTING TO DETERMINE PERFORMANCE LOSS. THE GAS
TURBINE PERFORMANCE TEST SHALL OCCUR WITHIN 100 FIRED HOURS OF THESE ACTIONS.
* DEMONSTRATION OF GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST PROCEDURES WHICH ARE
MUTUALLY AGREED UPON.
3
PERFORMANCE LOSS (PERCENT)
OUTPUT
THERMAL EFFICIENCY
2
0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000

GAS TURBINE FIRED HOURS
R. BUSWELL
REV A FEB. 9, 1995 519HA744
20
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems
EXPECTED GAS TURBINE PLANT PERFORMANCE LOSS FOLLOWING NORMAL

MAINTENANCE AND OFF-LINE COMPRESSOR WATER WASH
THE AGED PERFORMANCE EFFECTS REPRESENTED BY THESE CURVES ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING:
* PERFORMANCE IS RELATIVE TO THE GUARANTEE LEVEL.
* ALL GAS TURBINE PLANT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GE'S RECOMMENDED
PROCEDURES FOR OPERATION, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND BOTH ON-LINE AND OFF-LINE CLEANING.
* ALL OPERATIONS SHALL BE WITHIN THE DESIGN CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE RELEVANT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
* A DETAILED OPERATIONAL LOG SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR ALL RELEVANT OPERATIONAL DATA, TO BE AGREED TO
AMONGST THE PARTIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT.
* GE TECHNICAL PERSONNEL SHALL HAVE ACCESS TO PLANT OPERATIONAL DATA, LOGS, AND SITE VISITS PRIOR TO
CONDUCTING A PERFORMANCE TEST. THE OWNER WILL CLEAN AND MAINTAIN THE EQUIPMENT. THE DEGREE OF CLEANING
AND MAINTENANCE WILL BE DETERMINED BASED ON THE OPERATING HISTORY OF EACH UNIT, ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS
EXPERIENCED DURING THE PERIOD OF OPERATION, THE PREVENTIVE AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS EXECUTED,
AND THE RESULTS OF THE GE INSPECTION.
* THE GAS TURBINE WILL BE SHUT DOWN FOR INSPECTION AND OFF-LINE COMPRESSOR WATER WASH, AS A MINIMUM,
IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE TESTING TO DETERMINE PERFORMANCE LOSS. THE GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE
TEST SHALL OCCUR WITHIN 100 FIRED HOURS OF THESE ACTIONS.
* DEMONSTRATION OF GAS TURBINE PLANT PERFORMANCE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST PROCEDURES WHICH
ARE MUTUALLY AGREED UPON.
6
OUTPUT
PERFORMANCE LOSS (PERCENT)
3 THERMAL EFFICIENCY
0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000

R. BUSWELL GAS TURBINE FIRED HOURS
REV A FEB. 9, 1995 519HA772
21
22
Expected Performance Loss vs. Fired Hours Operation
CARNOT COMPANY
Performance Degradation
GE Power Systems
Fired Hours
23
Expected Gas Turbine and Combined Cycle Performance Loss vs. Fired Hours
CARNOT COMPANY
PRIOR TO
WATER WASH
AFTER ON-LINE
COMPRESSOR
PERFORMANCE LOSS
WASH
AFTER OFF-LINE AVERAGE

WATER WASH LOSS
DURING
OPERATION AFTER INSPECTION
AND COMPRESSOR SCOUR
GE Power Systems
0 24,000 48,000
FIRED HOURS
24
Expected Gas Turbine and Combined Cycle Performance Loss vs. Fired Hours
CARNOT COMPANY
PRIOR TO
WATER WASH
LOCUS OF POINTS
PERFORMANCE LOSS
LOCUS OF POINTS FOLLOWING ON-LINE
FOLLOWING OFF-LINE WATER WASH
WATER WASH
NON-RECOVERABLE DEGRADATION
LOCUS OF POINTS FOLLOWING
INSPECTION & COMPRESSOR SCOUR
GE Power Systems
0 24,000 48,000
FIRED HOURS
CARNOT COMPANY
GENERAL ELECTRIC GAS TURBINE

ALTITUDE CORRECTION CURVE
ALTITUDE VS ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
AND
ALTITUDE VS CORRECTION FACTOR
FOR GASTURBINE OUTPUT, FUEL CONSUMPTION, AND EXHAUST FLOW
NOTES:
1. Exhaust Temperature, Heat Rate, and Thermal Efficiency are not affected by altitude.
2. Correction Factor = P(atm)/14.7
15.5 1.00
15.0 0.95
Correction Factor
14.5 0.90
Atmospheric Pressure (PSIA)
14.0 0.85
Correction Factor
13.5 0.80
13.0 0.75
12.5 0.70
12.0 0.65
Atmospheric Pressure
11.5 0.60
11.0 0.55
10.5 0.50
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Altitude (Feet)
Gajipara H. N. 416HA662
6/30/99 Rev-B
25
CARNOT COMPANY
*HQHUDO(OHFWULF0606$QG06*DV7XUELQHV
&RUUHFWLRQV 7R 2XWSXW $QG +HDW 5DWH
)RU 1RQ,VR 6SHFLILF +XPLGLW\ &RQGLWLRQV
)RU 2SHUDWLRQ $W %DVH /RDG 2Q ([KDXVW

7HPSHUDWXUH &RQWURO &XUYH

,62 63(&,),& +80,',7<
OE ZDWHU YDSRUOE GU\ DLU

+($7 5$7(

&255(&7,21 )$&725

32:(5 287387

63(&,),& +80,',7< OE ZDWHU YDSRUOE GU\ DLU
+$
'$ -$48(:$< 5(9 %
26
CARNOT COMPANY
BRUSH ELECTRICAL MACHINES LTD
ELECTRICAL DATA SHEET

P O Box 18, Falcon Works, Loughborough, Leics. LE11 1HJ, England
Telephone: +44 (0) 1509 611511 Telefax: +44 (0) 1509 612345 E-mail: Sales@bem.fki-et.com
60 HZ DESIGN RUNNING AT 50 HZ
1. RATING DETAILS
1.1 Frame size BDAX 7-290ERNH
1.2 Terminal voltage 11.50 kV
1.3 Frequency 50 Hz
1.4 Speed 3000 RPM
1.5 Altitude up to 1000 m
1.6 Applicable national standard IEC 60034-3
1.7 Rated coolant temperature 30.0 °C
1.8 Rated output 41.000 MW, 51.750 MVA
1.9 Power factor 0.800
1.10 Rated stator line current 2949 Amps
1.11 Generator air flow 18.5 m3/sec
2. PERFORMANCE CURVES
2.1 Output vs coolant temperature H.E.P. 19040
2.2 Reactive capability diagram H.E.P. 19041
2.3 Efficiency vs output H.E.P. 19042
2.4 Open and Short circuit curves H.E.P. 19043
2.5 Permitted duration of negative H.E.P. 1216

sequence current
2.6 Exciter Saturation H.E.P. 13725
3. NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CAPABILITY
3.1 Max short time negative sequence I 22t 30
3.2 Max continuous I 2 unbalance 15
The electrical details provided are calculated values. Unless Doc: 152911/16/869S/118R
otherwise stated, all values are subject to tolerances as given
in the relevant national standards. Ref: 909190
The rotor inertia value may vary slightly with generator/turbine
interface. In the event of conflict, the figure quoted on the rotor Date: 4-Feb-2004
geometry drawing takes precedence
Page: 1 of 7
27
CARNOT COMPANY
ELECTRICAL DATA SHEET - CONTINUATION

BDAX 7-290ERN, 41.000 MW, 0.800 pf, 11.50 kV, 50 Hz
4. REACTANCE AND SEQUENCE RESISTANCES
A) Direct Axis Reactances:
4.1 Unsaturated Synchronous reactance, Xd(i) 233 %
4.2 Saturated transient reactance, X'd(v) 19.9 %
4.3 Unsaturated transient reactance, X'd(i) 24.4 %
4.4 Saturated subtransient reactance, X''d(v) 14.0 %
4.5 Unsaturated subtransient reactance, X''d(i) 17.7 %
4.7 Saturated negative sequence reactance, X2(v) 13.7 %
4.7 Unsaturated negative sequence reactance, X2(i) 17.3 %
4.8 Zero sequence reactance, X0 9.3 %
4.9 Potier reactance, XP 20.7 %
4.10 Saturated stator leakage, Xsl(v) 8.1 %
4.11 Unsaturated stator leakage, Xsl(i) 12.8 %
B) Quadrature Axis Reactances:
4.12 Saturated Synchronous reactance, Xq(v) 170 %
4.13 Unsaturated Synchronous reactance, Xq(i) 213 %
4.14 Saturated transient reactance, X'q(v) 24.0 %
4.15 Unsaturated transient reactance, X'q(i) 34.8 %
4.16 Saturated subtransient reactance, X''q(v) 17.0 %
4.17 Unsaturated subtransient reactance, X''q(i) 21.1 %
C) Sequence resistances:
4.18 Positive sequence resistance, R1 0.0055 p.u at 75 °C
4.19 Negative sequence resistance, R2 0.0274 p.u at 75 °C
4.20 Zero sequence resistance, RO 0.0082 p.u at 75 °C
geometry drawing takes precedence.
Page: 2 of 7
28
CARNOT COMPANY

BDAX 7-290ERN, 41.000 MW, 0.800pf, 11.50 kV, 50 Hz
5. TIME CONSTANTS AT 20°C
A) Direct Axis:
5.1 Transient O.C time constant, T'do 10.5 seconds
5.2 Transient S.C time constant, 3 ph, T'd3 0.72 seconds
5.3 Transient S.C time constant, L-L, T'd2 1.43 seconds
5.4 Transient S.C time constant, L-N, T'd1 1.76 seconds
5.5 Subtransient O.C time constant, T''do 0.05 seconds
5.6 Subtransient S.C time constant, 3 ph, T''d3 0.04 seconds
5.7 Subtransient S.C time constant, L-L, T''d2 0.04 seconds
5.8 Subtransient S.C time constant, L-N, T''d1 0.04 seconds
B) Quadrature Axis:
5.9 Transient O.C time constant, T'qo 3.21 seconds
5.10 Transient S.C time constant, 3 ph, T'q3 0.36 seconds
5.11 Transient S.C time constant, L-L, T'q2 0.53 seconds
5.12 Transient S.C time constant, L-N, T'q1 0.64 seconds
5.13 Subtransient O.C time constant, T''qo 0.05 seconds
5.14 Subtransient S.C time constant, 3 ph, T''q3 0.04 seconds
5.15 Subtransient S.C time constant, L-L, T''q2 0.04 seconds
5.16 Subtransient S.C time constant, L-N, T''q1 0.04 seconds
C) Miscellaneous:
5.17 D.C Armature time constant, 3 ph, Ta3 0.30 seconds
5.18 D.C Armature time constant, L-L, Ta2 0.30 seconds
5.19 D.C Armature time constant, L-N, Ta1 0.26 seconds
Page: 3 of 7
29
CARNOT COMPANY

6. SHORT CIRCUIT RATIO
6.1 Short circuit ratio 0.47
6.2 Saturation factor 1.86
7. INERTIA
7.1 Moment of inertia, WR2 990 kg.m2
7.2 Inertia constant, H 0.83 kWsecs/KVA
8. EXCITATION
A) No load (cold):
8.1 Excitation current at no load, rated voltage 287 amps
8.2 Excitation voltage at no load, rated voltage 45 volts
8.3 Exciter field current at no load 1.8 amps
8.4 Exciter field voltage at no load 10 volts
B) Rated load (hot):
8.5 Excitation current at rated load and P.F 888 amps
8.6 Excitation voltage at rated load and P.F 199 volts
8.7 Exciter field current at rated load and P.F 6.1 amps
8.8 Exciter field voltage at rated load and P.F 45.6 volts
C) Short circuit clearance of 2.5 p.u rated line amps (hot):
8.9 Excitation current on clearance 1524 amps
8.10 Excitation voltage on clearance 343 volts
8.11 Exciter field current on clearance 20.2 amps
8.12 Exciter field voltage on clearance 151.6 volts
Page: 4 of 7
30
CARNOT COMPANY

9. INHERENT VOLTAGE REGULATION

9.1 F.L to N.L rated pf, constant excitation 36 %
9.2 F.L to N.L unity pf, constant excitation 25 %
9.3 F.L to N.L steady state under full AVR control N/A
10. EFFICIENCY AND LOSSES
These losses below are calculated values. The total loss and the resulting efficiencies are
guaranteed, subject to the tolerance specified in EN 60034-1.
MW output 41.000 41.000
Power factor 0.800 Unity
Friction & windage loss(kW) 176 176
Stator core iron loss(kW) 120 120
Stator copper loss at 95°C(kW) 116 74
Stray load loss at 95°C(kW) 169 108
Rotor copper loss at 95°C(kW) 160 67
Exciter loss(kW) 12 5
Total loss(kW) 753 550
Efficiencies:
% load 100 75 50 25
0.800 power factor 98.42 % 98.41 % 98.18 % 97.10 %
Unity power factor 98.84 % 98.75 % 98.44 % 97.28 %
11. CAPACITANCE AND SURGE IMPEDANCE
11.1 Capacitance per phase 0.18 Microfarad

of stator winding to earth
11.2 Surge impedance per phase 101 Ohms
Page: 5 of 7
31
CARNOT COMPANY

12. RESISTANCES AT 20°C

12.1 Stator resistance per phase 0.0033 ohms
12.2 Rotor resistance 0.157 ohms
12.3 Exciter armature resistance per phase 0.00130 ohms
12.4 Exciter field resistance 5.39 ohms
12.5 Pilot exciter resistance N/A
13. EXCITER
13.1 Exciter frame size BX 10.20
13.2 Voltage rating 219 Volts D.C

13.3 Current rating 976 Amps D.C
13.4 Output 214 kW
13.5 Frequency 150 Hz

13.6 AC voltage at full load 181 Volts RMS
13.7 AC current at full load 681 Amps RMS
13.8 Power factor 0.83

13.9 Number of phases 3
13.10 Response ratio 2.2 Secs-1
14. ROTATING RECTIFIER
14.1 Number of diodes 12
14.2 Arrangement 3 ph full wave bridge; 6 arms; 2 fused diodes in parallel per arm.
14.3 Diode Repetitive peak reverse voltage 2000 Volts
14.4 Diode rated mean forward current 330 Amps
14.5 Diode mean forward current at rated load 147 Amps
14.6 Diode reverse voltage at rated load 199 Volts
14.7 Fuse rating 450 Amps
Page: 6 of 7
32
CARNOT COMPANY

15. PERMANENT MAGNET PILOT EXCITER
15.1 Pilot exciter frame size N/A
15.2 Open circuit volts N/A
15.3 Full load voltage N/A
15.4 Full load current N/A
15.5 Power factor N/A
15.6 Rated frequency N/A
15.7 Number of phases N/A
16. INSTANTANEOUS INITIAL FAULT CURRENTS
16.1 3 ph symmetrical fault from no load 21050 Amps RMS
16.2 L-L symmetrical fault from no load 18450 Amps RMS
16.3 L-N symmetrical fault from no load 23950 Amps RMS
17. MISCELLANEOUS GENERATOR DATA
17.1 X/R ratio 78
17.2 Synchronising coefficient 74 MW/radian
17.3 No load synchronising power 27 MW/radian
17.4 Full load synchronising power 62 MW/radian
17.5 Damping torque coefficient 14
17.6 Magnetic centering force for an 797 kg

axial displacement of 20mm
17.7 Motoring power 314 kW
17.8 Anti-condensation space heaters 4 kW

approximate power rating
17.9 Generator air outlet temperature 75 °C
Page: 7 of 7
33
CARNOT COMPANY
34
CARNOT COMPANY
35
CARNOT COMPANY
36
CARNOT COMPANY
37
CARNOT COMPANY
38
CARNOT COMPANY
39
CARNOT COMPANY
g
5. Plant Operating Philosophy

5.1 Introduction
This section describes the startup, on-line operation and shutdown of a gas
turbine unit.
The following paragraphs briefly describe the general operating
philosophy and operator’s responsibilities for gas turbine unit operation.
The description is of a general nature. Specifics may vary pending detail
design definition.
5.1.1 Gas Turbine Unit Mode of Operation

The gas turbine unit can be started from the control panel of the gas
turbine control system. Plant permissive circuits must be satisfied that the
unit is capable of coming to full speed and synchronizing to the system.
Systems must be placed in the ready to start mode:
• MCC breakers set in automatic mode
• Cooling water module local disconnect switches closed
• Fuel systems made ready
• Gas turbine/generator permissive to start systems ready
5.1.2 Starting and Loading

All starting is done automatically, with the operator given the opportunity
to hold the startup sequence at either the crank (pre-ignition) or fire (post-
ignition, pre-accelerate) points of the startup. An “Auto” mode selection
results in a start without any holds.
Either before issuing a start command, or during the start, the operator may
make the following selections.
• Select or disable the automatic synchronization capability of the gas
turbine control system. Auto synch utilizes the proven
microsynchronizer first introduced in the SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark VI
generation. The microsynchronizer provides extremely accurate and
repeatable breaker closures based on phase angle, slip, the slip’s rate of
change and the response time of the breaker which is stored in the
system memory.
• Selection of Preselected (Intermediate) Load or Base Load. If a
selection is made, the unit will automatically load to the selected point
and control there. If no selection is made, the unit will load to a low
load referred to as “Spinning Reserve” after synchronization. The
turbine governor is automatically regulated to maintain the megawatt
setting assigned to “Spinning Reserve”.
Plant Operating Philosophy Page 5.1

40
CARNOT COMPANY
5.1.3 Operating
Once the unit is on line, it may be controlled either manually or
automatically from the gas turbine control system operator interface.
Manual control is provided by the governor raise/lower control displayed
on the operator interface screen. Automatic operation is switched on when
the operator selects load points (preselect or base) from the turbine control
interface.
For a fully automatic start with automatic loading to base load, the
operator selects the “Auto” operating mode, enables auto synchronization
and selects “Base” load. Given a “Start” signal, the unit will then start,
synchronize and load to Base load with no further input on the part of the
operator.
5.1.4 Shutdown
On shutdown, the system will automatically unload, coast down and
initiate slow speed rotation until proper wheelspace cooldown
temperatures are reached.
Plant Operating Philosophy Page 5.2

41
CARNOT COMPANY
g
6. Test Philosophy
Gas Turbine Unit Performance Test Philosophy
6.1.1 General
Performance guarantees for the gas turbine unit are indicated in the
Performance Data chapter. Compliance with these guarantees is
determined by an input/output test for the unit. The test includes
measurements of additional parameters required to assure that the unit is
operating at contract conditions and to enable correction of measured
performance to the basis for guarantee conditions.
The performance guarantees apply to equipment in new and clean
condition.
This test must be conducted as soon as possible after the initial startup.
The compressor is cleaned per the Compressor Cleaning specification
found in the Reference Documents chapter and inspected by the GE
representative. The GE representative will be the sole judge with respect to
condition of the gas turbine at the time of testing.
Performance test technicians are provided by the customer. GE prepares a
detailed test specification that is submitted to the customer for mutual
agreement. GE provides the technical direction of the tests. In addition, GE
performs calculations to determine performance relative to the guarantees
and prepares a test report for submittal to the customer.
Instrumentation tolerances are applied to the results of the test based on the
accuracy of the individual test measurements and the contract
requirements. An analysis of the test measurement uncertainty to be
applied is made when the detailed test procedure is complete.
6.1.2 Procedure
Testing is conducted on the gas turbine in accordance with the Field
Performance Testing Procedure included in the Reference Documents
chapter of this proposal. The gas turbine is brought to steady-state test
conditions prior to conducting performance testing. The test includes a
demonstration of electrical output, heat rate, and other parameters
specified in the proposal. Sufficient data is recorded to determine the
equipment performance and to correct it to performance guarantee basis
conditions. Corrections are made for operating and climatic conditions that
may deviate from the contract performance guarantee.
6.1.3 Performance Evaluation

The gas turbine unit performance test is conducted as described above.
Adjustments are made for variation in gas turbine operating conditions as
follows:
Test Philosophy Page 6.1

42
CARNOT COMPANY
Gas Turbine Power

kW SC = kW G T * kW A D
Heat Consumption
HC GT
Heat Rate
HC GT *HR AD
HR SC =
kW GT
Symbol Description
kW SC Gas turbine-generator measured electrical output (kW) at new
and clean conditions and corrected to guarantee site
conditions.
kW GT Gas turbine-generator measured equipment output (kW) at new
and clean conditions.
kW AD Gas turbine output corrections to guarantee basis conditions.
HCGT Gas turbine heat consumption (106 kJ/h) calculated from fuel
flow and lower heating value measured during tests.
HRSC Gas turbine heat rate calculated from measured output and
heat consumption corrected to guarantee basis site conditions.
HRAD Gas turbine heat rate corrections to guarantee basis site
conditions.
The test procedure includes correction factors and curves for test variations
in ambient temperature, ambient pressure, ambient relative humidity,
generator power factor, grid frequency, inlet and exhaust pressure drop,
fuel properties, ageing and gas turbine diluent injection if required. These
factors are used to correct the measured performance data from actual
operating conditions to rated contract conditions.
Output guarantees will be satisfied if the corrected and adjusted output
(kWsc) surrounded by the uncertainty interval encompasses the guaranteed
plant output or falls above it. Heat rate guarantee will be satisfied if the
corrected and adjusted test heat rate (HRsc) surrounded by the uncertainty
interval encompasses the guaranteed plant heat rate or falls below it.
At the conclusion of the tests, GE will perform calculations to det ermine
performance relative to guarantee and will issue a report covering the
entire testing program.
Test Philosophy Page 6.2

43
CARNOT COMPANY
g
7 Scope Of Supply, Limits, Exclusion

7.1 Four (4) PG 6531B Gas Turbine Generator Units, Each
Including :
7.1.1 Gas Turbine Package Consisting Of :
7.1.1.1 Gas Turbine Compartment :
• Multi-stage, axial flow compressor
• Modulated inlet guide vanes
• Ten (10) chambers combustion system
• Single gas combustion system with conventional combustors,
• CL Extendor
• Ignition system with spark plugs and U.V. flame detectors
• Borescope openings for maintenance inspection
• Vibration sensors seismic type for protection
• Proximity type sensors for monitoring
• Thermocouples for measuring exhaust temperature
• Thermocouples on bearing drains
• Thermocouples on bearing metal
• Inlet and exhaust plenums
• Fire detection by thermic detectors and protection system
• Gas leak detection
• H2S detection (GT + Auxiliary + Gas compartment)
• On/off line compressor wet washing system
7.1.1.2 Accessory Compartment :

• Auxiliary gear box
• Dry flexible gear auxiliary coupling
• Lubricating oil system with :
− Duplex oil filters
− Admiralty brass dual oil to water heat exchangers
− Shaft driven main oil pump
− Full flow AC motor-driven auxiliary oil pump
− Safe shut down partial flow DC motor driven emergency oil pump
− Oil reservoir (painted carbon steel)
− Stainless steel 304L for piping and flanges up and downstream lube oil
filter
Scope Of Supply Page 6.1
44
CARNOT COMPANY
− Carbon steel for lube oil return piping

• Starting and cooldown system with :
− MV starting AC motor (6 kV)
− Hydraulic torque convertor
− DC electro-hydraulic rotor turning device
− Manual barring
• Hydraulic oil system with :
− Shaft driven hydraulic oil pump
• Instrumentation panel
• Fire detection by thermic detectors and protection system
7.1.1.3 Gas compartment including:

− One stop and speed ratio control valve assembly
− Gas compartment class 1 group D div.2 according NEC
− Stainless steel 304L for on-base gas fuel piping
7.1.1.4 Gas Turbine Packaging

• Lagging and enclosures
− Enlarged acoustical enclosure around gas turbine and accessory
compartments
• Compartment ventilation and heating
− Dual vent fans and heating system for turbine and accessory
compartments
• Hazardous area classification (NEC Class1, Group D, Division 2)
− Turbine compartment
• Fire detection and protection system with:
− Thermic detectors
7.1.1.5 Couplings:
• Load gear box, mounted between the gas turbine and the generator:
⎯ Separate base
⎯ Lubricating system integral with gas turbine
⎯ Seismic type vibration sensors on bearing caps for protection
⎯ Proximity type sensors
⎯ Thermocouples on bearing drains
⎯ Connected to generator with flexible coupling
7.1.2 Generator (BRUSH BDAX 7-290ERHN)

45
CARNOT COMPANY
Generator Package:
7.1.2.1 General Information

• Totally enclosed water-to-air cooled (TEWAC) generator
• Outdoor installation
• 50 Hz generator frequency
• Generator voltage 11.5 kV
• 0.8 power factor (lagging)
• Class “F” armature and rotor insulation
• Class “B” temperature rise, armature and rotor winding
• Generator bearings
⎯ Endframe bearing support
⎯ 2 lobe bearings
⎯ Roll out bearing capability without removing rotor
⎯ Insulated bearings at drive end and non drive end
• Monitoring Devices
⎯ Seismic vibration detectors
⎯ Two detectors per bearing
⎯ Proximity vibration probes
− Two probes per bearing at 45° angle
• Generator Field
⎯ Indirectly cooled field
⎯ Two-pole field
⎯ Fully interconnected amortisseur winding
7.1.2.2 Generator Gas Coolers

• Cooler assembly shipped separate
• Generator gas cooler configuration
⎯ Four (4) vertically mounted coolers
⎯ Coolers located on generator roof
⎯ Cooler piping connections on left side as viewed from non drive end
⎯ Single wall cooler tubes
⎯ Raised cooler face flanges
⎯ Plate fins
• Generator gas cooling system characteristics

46
CARNOT COMPANY
⎯ Generator capacity with one section out of service 100% with Class “F”
rise
⎯ Working cooler pressure - 6.9 bar
⎯ Coolant - water,
• Generator gas cooler construction materials
⎯ 90-10 copper-nickel tubes
⎯ Carbon steel tube plates with epoxy or polyamide coating
⎯ Carbon steel waterbox and coupling flanges with epoxy or polyamide
coating
⎯ Aluminium cooler tube fins
7.1.2.3 Generator Lube Oil Systems and Equipment

• Bearing lube oil system
⎯ Generator lube oil system integral with turbine
⎯ Pre-fabricated factory fitted lube oil pipe
⎯ Sight flow indicator
• Lube oil system piping materials
⎯ Stainless steel lube oil feed pipe
⎯ Carbon steel lube oil drain pipe
⎯ Welded oil piping
• Lube oil system pressure monitoring
⎯ One (1) low oil pressure switch
⎯ One (1) low oil pressure transmitter
7.1.2.4 Generator Temperature Devices

• Stator winding temperature devices
⎯ 100 ohm platinum RTDs (resistance temperature detector)
⎯ Single element RTDs
⎯ RTDs fitted with overvoltage protection
⎯ Nine (9) stator slot RTDs
• Gas path temperature devices
⎯ 100 ohm platinum gas path RTDs
⎯ Single element temperature sensors
⎯ Two (2) cold gas
⎯ One (1) hot gas
• Bearing temperature devices
⎯ Thermocouples
⎯ Dual element temperature sensors
⎯ One (1) bearing metal temperature sensor per bearing

47
CARNOT COMPANY
• Exciter temperature devices

⎯ 100 ohm platinum RTDs
⎯ Single element temperature sensors
⎯ Exciter air outlet temperature sensor
• Lube oil system temperature devices
⎯ Thermocouples
⎯ Dual element temperature sensors
⎯ One (1) bearing drain temperature sensor per drain
7.1.2.5 Generator Packaging, Enclosures, and Compartments

• Paint and preservation
⎯ Finish painted for use in non corrosive environments
• Exciter enclosure
⎯ Exciter enclosure for brushless exciter
• Foundation hardware
⎯ Generator shims
⎯ Generator anchor pin - drive end
⎯ Generator guide block - non drive end
7.1.2.6 Electrical Equipment

• Heaters
⎯ Generator stator heaters
• Field earth fault monitor
Generator mounted, Brush PRISMIC R10 rotor earth fault monitor
7.1.3 Gas Turbine Generator Control Equipment :

To be located in Control Room and Electrical Room and consisting of :
• SPEEDTRONIC Mark VI turbine control panel
• Operator Interface panel with Ethernet GSM –TCP/IP protocol
redundant for a Supervisory System
• Generator control, excitation, regulation
• Unit AC/DC Motor Control Center
• Unit AC/DC subdistribution panel
• 125 VDC unit battery (sealed lead acid type) with two battery chargers
• Unit fire detection and protection panel
• Auxiliary panel including :
⎯ Gas leak and H2S detection system
⎯ Bently Nevada rack 3500

48
CARNOT COMPANY
7.2 Off-Base Unit Mechanical Auxiliaries Including, each Unit:

7.2.1 The Inlet Air System with :
• Self cleaning type air filter (with synthetic “spider-web” media)
− Sheeting and tubesheet in stainless steel 316L on the clean air side
(sheeting on dirty air side and all the module structures in painted
carbon steel)
− Internal structures of the filter modules in stainless steel 316L (not the
walkway section)
− Blowpipes in stainless steel 304L
− Compressed air manifolds in stainless steel 316L
− Element supports in stainless steel 304L
− Cable trays in stainless steel 316L
− Pre-galvanised Steel hoods
− Dust collection system with screw conveyor and stainless steel dust
collecting bags
• Ducting and inlet silencer in stainless steel 316L
• Supporting steel structure (galvanised)
7.2.2 Air process unit (for air inlet filter cartridges cleaning)
• One (1) motorized air cooler.
• One (1) adsorption air dryer
• One (1) air tank
• Interconnecting piping up to the gas turbine
• One (1) Auxiliary compressor
7.2.3 The Lateral Exhaust System with :
• Exhaust plenum extensions

• Transition piece
• 10' low frequency silencer
• 10' empty duct
7.2.4 The Gas Fuel Off-base System Including:

• One (1) duplex coalescing filter, manual drain.
• One (1) orifice type flow meter (in accordance with ISO 5167)
• One (1) safety shut off valve + vent valve
7.2.5 Fire Protection For Gas Turbine Including :

49
CARNOT COMPANY
• H.P. CO2 bottles rack installed inside an air conditioned 40 feet.

container
7.2.6 One (1) Oil Mist Eliminator With Single Extraction Fan
7.2.7 One (1) Gas Compartment Ventilation Unit With Dual Fan
7.2.8 Off-Base Cooling Loop For Gas Turbine And Generator

Cooling Systems Including For Each Unit:
• Two (2) modules of water to air fin fan coolers with AC motor driven
fans
⎯ With one (1) extra motor fan
⎯ Copper tubes and Aluminium fins with BLYGOLD protective coat for
the complete batteryWith 2 x 50% capacity
• One (2 x 100%) pumping module according to EN standard.
• Atmospheric expansion tank with level, filling plug and steel structure
• Corrosion inhibitor
7.3 Off-Base Unit electrical equipment Including, each Unit:

7.3.1 Generator line auxiliary compartment (GLAC):
• Line CT’s
• Line VT’s
• Lightning arrestors and capacitors
• Outgoing terminals
7.3.2 Generator neutral auxiliary compartment (GNAC):

• Neutral CT’s
• Neutral tie point
• Neutral grounding transformer and resistor
7.4 Site Mechanical Auxiliaries

7.4.1 ON/OFF Line Compressor Washing Skid
• Water tank 6m3 stainless steel
• Pump skid with :
⎯ One (1) AC motor driven water pump
⎯ One (1) detergent storage tank
⎯ One (1) venturi ejector for detergent
• Total two(2) skids for Four (4) GT units
7.5 Remote Control & Monitoring

50
CARNOT COMPANY
• One (1) multi unit remote commercial grade operator interface <HMI>
7.6 Miscellaneous
7.6.1
• Flushing and first charge of lubricating oil plus 10 %
• First charge of detergent for off line washing .
• On base control, power and instrumentation cables up to the local
junction boxes on skids and GTG packages .
• Anchoring, base plates and positioning blocks
• Access ladder and walkways for supplied equipment
• Final painting (raw products) for final paint at site.
• One (1) set of special tools for the gas turbine and generator
maintenance, commissioning and test
• Two (2) sets of special tools for gas turbine inspection
• No load gas turbine factory tests according to Manufacturer’s standard
• Generator routine tests according to Manufacturer’s practice
• Spare parts for Start up and commissioning.
• Counter flanges with gasket and bolts for supplied equipment
7.7 Services
• One (1) set of civil work guide drawings for the gas turbine and
auxiliary foundation included in our scope
• One (1) CD-ROM for operation and maintenance instructions in
English language, in GE Energy Products – Europe standard form
• Two (2) years guarantee period
• Execution of Performance test
• End Of Manufacturing Report (EOMR) containing inspection & test
records as per Contract Manufacturing Quality Plan (Tab.20) in English
language on the following support:
⎯ Paper print (one(1) set)
⎯ CD-ROM (one(1) set)
• FCA to a Northern Sea European port (Antwerp, Rotterdam) of export
delivery of equipment according to Incoterms 2000.
7.8 Terminal Points

7.8.1 Mechanical
• Air

51
CARNOT COMPANY
⎯ Inlet face of the gas turbine air filter

• Exhaust Gas
⎯ Outlet flange at Silencer
• Gas Fuel
⎯ Inlet / Exhaust flange of the duplex coalescing filter
⎯ Vent connections
• Condensates
⎯ Outlet flanges of the gas fuel coalescing filter.
• Drains
⎯ Various outlet connections on the Gas Turbine Generator and auxiliary
bases
• Lube Oil
⎯ Inlet and outlet connection on gas turbine base for filling and emptying
the lube oil reservoir
⎯ Oil mist eliminator vent outlet
• Cooling Water (Closed Circuit)
⎯ Filling connection at the water expansion tank for topping up.
⎯ Inlet /outlet flange of heat exchanger, water pump skid,
⎯ Inlet /outlet flange at generator cooler, turbine lube oil cooler.
• Washing Water (ON/OFF Line)
⎯ Filling connection on washing water tank
⎯ Outlet flange of washing skid
• Detergent (OFF Line Compressor Washing)
⎯ Filling connection on washing detergent tank
• Ventilation
⎯ Inlet and outlet openings on the acoustical enclosures
7.8.2 Electrical
• Low Voltage (400 VAC)
⎯ Incoming circuit breaker terminals on GTG unit MCC (Stand by and
Normal supply )
⎯ Terminals off GTG all Skids
⎯ Terminals off MCC and various cubicles
• Medium Voltage ( 6 kV )
⎯ Outgoing terminals of GLAC
⎯ Incoming terminals on the starting motor
• Control

52
CARNOT COMPANY
⎯ Output terminals on the Speedtronic Remote Operator Interface

(OI) for connection to the supervisory control system
⎯ Input/output terminals on GTG control panels for connection with
equipment not supplied by GEEPE
⎯ Terminals off GTG all Skids
• Instrumentation
⎯ Input/output terminals on GTG unit for connection with equipment
not supplied by GEEPE
⎯ Terminals of GTG all Skids
• Earthing
⎯ Terminal points on the GT base frame and auxiliaries

53
CARNOT COMPANY
7.9 Supply By Others

7.9.1 Mechanical
• Site fire protection and detection
• Exhaust stack and expansion joint
• Compressed air system (service and control)
• Water treatment for compressor washing and water make-up
• Washing water and oily water drain system including water recovery
pit, pipings from connecting flange near the GT base, water treatment
before discharge in sewage system
• Gas conditioning equipment i.e. filters, pressure boosters, pressure
reducing valve, heater, metering, condensate tank, vent stack, flow
measurement, flare
• Gas fuel density or calorific value measurements
• Gas fuel flow meter totalizer
• Instrumentation for performance tests
• Crane and lifting facilities for GTG maintenance
• Overhead travelling crane and related structure
• Piping
7.9.2 Electrical
• Site lightning and protection
• Site lighting, fencing
• Grounding grid and connections to the grounding cable
• All off-base LV Power, control, instrumentation and serial link cables
• All MV and HV cables
• Any auxiliaries transformer, site transformer except those described in
scope of supply
• Any MV/LV site switchboard
• Emergency diesel generating set and black start equipment
• Cathodic protection
• HV switchgear
7.9.3 Miscellaneous & Services

• All consumable, chemicals and fuels (except flushing and first filling of
lubricating oil of turbines and step up transformers) during erection,
commissioning, testing and running of the units
• Soil investigation and analysis, factual report

54
CARNOT COMPANY
• Any civil work, turbine hall building trench, concrete structure, road,
including design studies (except guide drawings for GTG foundation)
• Grouting compound for gas turbine generator sets
• Erection, training, commissioning engineers
• Spare parts
• Any tax, import duty, import license or permit in the final Country
• Generator type test
• Fit up test or String test,
• Any electrical studies as network stability study following new GTG
connection
• Any other equipment or service not clearly indicated in our Scope of
Supply
7.10 Options
• Dry Low Nox combustion system, for 25 ppm Nox emission on Natural
Gas operation.

55
CARNOT COMPANY
g
8. Description of the Offered Equipment

8.1 Gas Turbine and Mechanical Auxiliary Equipment
8.1.1 Gas Turbine
8.1.1.1 General
The gas turbine has a 17 stage compressor, the design of which is based
upon earlier successful General Electric gas turbine compressors. The
compressor rotor consists of individual discs for each stage, and are
connected by through bolts.
The turbine rotor consists of three stages, with one wheel for each stage.
The turbine rotor wheels are assembled by through bolts similarly to the
compressor, and with two spacer pieces: one between the first and
second stage wheels, the other between the second and third stage wheels.
The entire rotor assembly is supported by two bearings.
All turbine stages utilize precision cast, segmented nozzles, which are
supported from the stationary shrouds. This arrangement removes the hot
gas path from direct contact with the turbine shell.
The turbine stages also have precision cast, long shank buckets and this
feature effectively shields the wheel rims and bucket dovetails from the
high temperatures of the main gas stream.
The gas turbine unit casings and shells are split and flanged horizontally
for convenience of disassembly. Compressor discharge air is contained by
the discharge casing and turbine shell. The 10 combustion casings are
mounted from the discharge casing.
8.1.1.2 Turbine Base and Supports
8.1.1.2.1 Turbine Base

The base that supports the gas turbine, inlet and exhaust plenum and gas
turbine auxiliaries is a structural-steel frame about 11.72 meters long and
fabricated of steel beams and plate. The base frame, consisting of
two longitudinal beams with two cross members, forms a bed upon which
the vertical supports for the turbine are mounted. A steel sealing plate is
welded to the bottom of the frame. On the forward end of the base, steel
sealing plates are also welded to provide lubricating oil tank.
Lifting trunnions and supports are provided, two on each side of the base
in line with the two main structural cross members of the base frame.
Machined pads, five on each side on the bottom of the base, facilitate its
mounting to the site foundation. Two machined pads atop the base frame
are provided for mounting the aft turbine supports.
Description of the Offered Equipment Page 8.1

56
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.2.2 Supports
The gas turbine is mounted to its base by vertical supports at
three locations: the forward support at the lower half vertical flange of the
forward compressor casing, and the aft two on either side of the turbine
shell.
The forward support is flexible plate that is bolted and doweled to the
forward flange of the forward compressor casing and fastened to the
forward base cross frame beam. This type of support permits axial
expansion of the turbine.
The aft supports are fixed and are mounted upon the machined pads on
each side of the frame base, extending up to and attaching to each side of
the turbine shell. These leg-type supports permit radial expansion, but
control the axial and vertical position of the unit horizontal centerline to
assure proper casing alignment.
On the inner and outer surface of each support leg a water jacket is
provided through which cooling water is circulated to minimize thermal
expansion and to assist in maintaining alignment between the turbine and
the generator. The leg-type supports maintain the axial and vertical
position of the turbine, while a gib key coupled with the turbine support
legs maintain its lateral position.
8.1.1.2.3 Gib Key and Guide Block

A gib key is machined on the lower half of the turbine shell. The key fits
into a guide block which is welded to the turbine base aft cross beam. The
key is held securely in place in the guide block with bolts that bear against
the key on each side. The key and block arrangement prevents lateral or
rotational movement of the turbine casings while permitting axial and
radial movement resulting from thermal expansion.
8.1.1.3 Axial Compressor
8.1.1.3.1 General
The axial flow compressor section consists of the compressor rotor and the
enclosing stator casing. Mounted from the casing are the 17 stages of
compressor blading, the inlet and the exit guide vanes.
In the compressor air is compressed in stages by a series of alternate
rotating (rotor) and stationary (stator) airfoil shaped blades. Compressed
air is extracted from the compressor for turbine cooling, for bearing
sealing, and for compressor pulsation control during startup and shutdown.
One row of stator blades (inlet guide vanes) are variable to aid in limiting
the air flow during start-up and to improve the part load efficiency of
combined cycle plants.

57
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.3.2 Compressor Rotor

The compressor rotor assembly consists of:
1. A forward stub shaft, on which are mounted the 1st stage rotor blades
2. Sixteen blades and wheel assemblies (rotor stages 2 to 17 inclusive)
Each stage of the compressor is an individual bladed disk. The disks are
held together axially by a number of through-bolts arranged around the
bolting circle. The wheels are positioned radially by a rabbeted fit near the
center of the disks and do not contact at the rim. Transmission of torque is
accomplished by the face friction at the bolting flange.
Each wheel and the wheel portion of each stub shaft have broached slots
around its periphery. The rotor blades are inserted into these slots and they
are held in axial position by staking each end of the slot. Selective
positioning of the wheel is made during assembly to reduce the rotor
balance correction. After assembly, the compressor rotor is dynamically
balanced.
The forward stub shaft is machined to provide the forward and aft thrust
bearing faces and the journal for the No. 1 bearings, as well as the sealing
surfaces for No. 1 bearing oil seals and the compressor inlet low-pressure
air seal.
8.1.1.3.3 Compressor Stator
8.1.1.3.3.1 General
The stator (casing) area of the compressor section is composed of
three major sub-assemblies:
1. Inlet casing
2. Compressor casing
3. Compressor discharge casing
These sections, in conjunction with the turbine shell, constitute the outer
wall of the gas-path annulus and the structural backbone of the unit. The
casing bore is maintained at close tolerances with respect to the rotor blade
tips for maximum aerodynamic efficiency.
8.1.1.3.3.2 Inlet casing

The inlet casing is located at the forward end of the gas turbine. Its prime
function is to direct the air uniformly into the compressor. The inlet casing
also supports the No. 1 bearing assembly, thrust bearing, and variable inlet
guide vane assembly. The variable inlet guide vanes are located at the aft
end of the inlet casing.
8.1.1.3.3.3 Compressor casing

The compressor casing contains the 1st through 10th compressor stages.
The compressor casing is supported in its forward part by an axially

58
CARNOT COMPANY
flexible plate which is bolted and doweled to the casing and fastened to the
turbine base.
8.1.1.3.3.4 Compressor discharge casing

This casing contains the 11th through 17th compressor stages, two rows of
exit guide vanes, and the discharge diffuser.
The functions of the compressor discharge casing are to support the stator
blading, and the combustion cans to provide the inner and outer side walls
of the diffuser, and to join the compressor and turbine stators. This casing
also provides an inner support for the first-stage turbine nozzle. An
extraction port in the casing allows extraction of air from the 13th stage to
cool the second stage nozzle.
The compressor discharge casing consists of two cylinders, one being a
continuation of the compressor casings and the other being an inner
cylinder that surrounds the rotor distance piece. The two cylinders are
connected by radial struts.
8.1.1.3.3.5 Blading
The compressor rotor blades are airfoil shaped and are designed to
compress air efficiently at high blade tip velocities. The forged blades are
attached to their wheels by axial dovetail connections. The dovetail is
accurately machined to maintain each blade in the desired location on the
wheel.
The compressor stator blades are also forged and airfoil shaped. Stages 1
through 4 are mounted by axial dovetails into ring segments. The ring
segments are inserted into circumferential grooves in the casing and are
held in place with locking keys. Stage 5 through the exit guide vanes are
mounted on individual rectangular bases that are inserted directly into
circumferential grooves in the casings.
8.1.1.3.4 Compressor Air Extraction
8.1.1.3.4.1 General
During operation of the gas turbine, air is extracted from various stages of
the axial flow compressor to:
1. Cool the turbine parts subject to high operating temperatures
2. Seal the turbine bearings
3. Provide an operating air supply for air-operated valves
4. Fuel nozzle atomizing air (if applicable).
8.1.1.3.4.2 Fifth-Stage Air

Air is extracted from the compressor 5th stage and is externally piped from
connections in the upper and lower half of the casing for cooling and
sealing of all rotor bearings. Orifices in these lines limit the air flows to the
proper values.
59
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.3.4.3 11th Stage Air

Air from the compressor 11th stage is bled only during unit start up and
shutdown for pulsation control. The compressor bleed valves are closed
during unit operation, so that maximum energy is available to the output
shaft.
8.1.1.3.4.4 13th Stage Air

The 13th stage air bleed is used for cooling the second stage nozzle.
8.1.1.3.4.5 17th Stage Air

Air extracted from the compressor 17th stage flows radially inward
between the stage 16 and 17 wheels, to the rotor bore, and thence aft to the
turbine where it is used for cooling the turbine 1st and 2nd stage buckets
and rotor wheel spaces.
8.1.1.3.4.6 Compressor Air Discharge

Air extracted from compressor discharge is used for stage 1 nozzle vane
and retaining ring cooling .
8.1.1.3.5 Compressor Washing System
8.1.1.3.5.1 General
Compressor blades are subject to deposits from surrounding atmospheres
during gas turbine operation. These deposits arise from dirt, oil mist,
industrial or other atmospheric contaminants, or a salty atmosphere.
Deposits will gradually reduce the thermal efficiency and output. These
deposits can be largely removed by intermittent washing.
8.1.1.3.5.2 Washing system

If compressor inlet, bell mouth, inlet guide vanes and early stage blading
deposits are oil or water soluble, the compressor should be washed with
either a detergent solution for oil deposit or plain water for water soluble
deposits such as salts.
Liquid is sprayed into the compressor inlet. The entire compressor inlet
circumference is covered with:
• 7 plugged nozzles located on the forward wall of the compressor inlet
bell mouth for off-line washing.
• 14 plugged nozzles for on-line washing located as follows:
—On the forward wall of the compressor inlet mouth.
—On the back wall of the compressor inlet mouth.
Liquid is supplied from an off-base water wash skid.

60
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.4 Combustion System
8.1.1.4.1 General
The combustion system is of the reverse-flow type and consists of canted
combustion chambers arranged around the periphery of the compressor
discharge casing.
The combustion system consists of canted combustion chambers arranged
around the periphery of the compressor discharge casing.
This system also includes the fuel nozzles, spark plug ignition system,
flame detectors, and crossfire tubes. Hot gases, generated from burning
fuel in the combustion chambers, are used to drive the turbine.
High-pressure air from the compressor discharge is directed around the
transition pieces and into the annular spaces that surround each of the
10 combustion chamber lines. This air enters the combustion liners
through small holes and slots that cool the liner, and through other holes
that control the combustion process. Fuel is supplied to each combustion
chamber through a nozzle designed to disperse and mix the fuel with the
proper amount of combustion air within the liner.
8.1.1.4.2 CL Extendor
The combustion system is equipped with a combustion life extented
system: CL ExtendorTM.
GE heavy-duty gas turbines require periodic combustion inspections. For
any given machine, the duty cycle, type(s) of fuel(s) used, and the amount
of water and steam injected (if any) are key factors in determining the
recommended combustion inspection intervals.
The CL ExtendorTM combustion system increases significantly the
combustion inspection intervals by reducing combustion component wear.
The typical improvement is an increase of 50% of the combustion intervals
versus a standard design.
The CL ExtendorTM has been designed on the following bases:
• Hard coatings.
• Thermal barrier coatings.
• Reduced clearances
• Anti-rotation features.
• Sacrificial wears strips.
• New seals.
8.1.1.4.3 Combustion Chambers and Transition Pieces

Discharge air from the axial-flow compressor flows forward along the
outside of the combustion liner, toward the fuel nozzle end of the liner. A

61
CARNOT COMPANY
portion of the air flows all the way forward and enters the combustion
chamber reaction zone through the liner cap holes and swirl plate.
The hot combustion gases from the reaction zone pass through a thermal
soaking zone and then into a dilution zone where additional air is mixed
with the combustion gases. Metering holes in the dilution zone allow the
correct amount of air to enter and cool the gases to the desired
temperature. Distributed along the length of the combustion liner are
annular slots whose function is to provide a film of air for cooling the
walls of the liner. The cap is cooled by louvers.
Transition pieces direct the hot gases from the liners to the first stage
turbine nozzle. The 10 combustion chamber liners and casings are
identical with the exception of those fitted with spark plugs or flame
detectors.
Discharge air from the axial-flow compressor flows forward along the
outside of the combustion liner, as guided by the flow sleeve.
Standard combustors are conceived for natural gas.
Metering holes allow the correct amount of air to enter and cool the gases
to the desired temperature. Distributed along the length of the combustion
liner are annular slots whose function is to provide a film of air for cooling
the walls of the liner. Thermal barrier coating is applied to the inner walls
of the combustion liners.
Transition pieces direct the hot gases from the liners to the turbine nozzles.
The transition pieces are formed by an inner piece surrounded by a
perforated sleeve forming an impingement cooling shell. The internal
surface of the transition piece is coated with a thermal barrier.
8.1.1.4.4 Spark Plugs

Combustion is initiated by means of the discharge from two high voltage,
electrode spark plugs. At the time of firing, a spark at one or both of these
plugs ignites a chamber. The remaining chambers are ignited by crossfire
through the tubes that interconnect the reaction zones of the remaining
chambers.
As rotor speed and the air flow increase, chamber pressure rises, causing
the spark plugs to retract, and the electrodes are removed from the
combustion zone.
8.1.1.4.5 Ultraviolet Flame Detectors

During the startup sequence, it is essential that an indication of the
presence or absence of flame be transmitted to the control system.
During the startup, it is essential that an indication of the presence or
absence of flame be transmitted to the control system.
Four flame detectors are installed in four different combustors.

62
CARNOT COMPANY
The control system continuously monitors for presence or absence of

flame. The "failure to fire" or "loss of flame" is indicated on the control
panel.
8.1.1.4.6 Crossfire Tubes

The 10 combustion chambers are interconnected by means of crossfire
tubes. These tubes enable flame from the fired chambers containing spark
plugs to propagate to the unfired chambers.
8.1.1.4.7 Fuel Nozzles

Each combustion chamber is equipped with a fuel nozzle that sprays a
metered amount of fuel into the liner. Gaseous fuel is admitted directly
into each combustion chamber through metering holes located at the inner
edge of the swirl plate. Action of the swirl plate imparts a spin to the
combustion air which enhances combustion, and results in essentially
smoke-free operation of the unit.
Each combustion chamber is equipped with multiple fuel nozzles which
perform the functions of fuel metering and injection.
8.1.1.5 Turbine
8.1.1.5.1 General
The three stage turbine section is the area in which the energy contained in
the hot pressurized gas produced by the compressor and combustion
section is converted to mechanical energy.
The MS 6001 B major turbine section components include:
The turbine rotor, turbine shell, exhaust frame, exhaust diffuser, nozzles
and diaphragms, and stationary shrouds.
8.1.1.5.2 Turbine Rotor
8.1.1.5.2.1 Structure
The turbine rotor assembly consists of a distance piece, the first, second
and third stage turbine wheels and buckets, two turbine spacers, and the aft
stub shaft. Concentricity control is achieved with mating rabbets on the
distance piece, turbine wheels, spacers and stub shaft. The turbine rotor is
held together by through bolts.
Selective positioning of rotor members is performed during assembly to
minimize balance corrections during dynamic balance of the assembled
rotor. The distance piece extends from the first stage turbine wheel to the
aft flange of the compressor rotor assembly. The aft stub shaft connects the

63
CARNOT COMPANY
third stage turbine wheel to the load coupling. The stub shaft includes the
No. 2 bearing journal.
Spacers between the first and second-stage turbine wheels and between the
second and third stage turbine wheels provide axial separation of the
individual wheels. The spacer faces include radial slots for cooling air
passages, and labyrinth packings are located between each spacer and the
second and third diaphragms for interstage sealing.
8.1.1.5.2.2 Buckets
The turbine buckets increase in length from the first to the third stage. The
first and second-stage buckets are cooled by internal air flow. Air is
introduced into each bucket through a plenum at the base of the bucket
dovetail. The air flows outward through a series of radial cooling holes.
For the first stage, cooling air exits from these holes into gas path at the tip
and at the trailing edge. For the second stage cooling air exits only through
the tip.
The third-stage buckets are not air cooled. The second and third stage
buckets have tip shrouds which interlock from bucket to bucket to provide
vibration damping, and which mount seal teeth that reduce the tip leakage
flow.
The three stages of turbine buckets are attached to their wheels by straight,
axial-entry, multiple tang dovetails that fit into matching cutouts in the
rims of the turbine wheels. The bucket vanes are connected to their
dovetails by means of shanks. These shanks locate the bucket-to-wheel
attachment at a significant distance from the hot gases, which reduces the
temperature at the dovetail. The turbine rotor assembly is arranged so that
the buckets can be replaced without unstacking the wheels, spacers, and
stub shaft assemblies.
8.1.1.5.2.3 Turbine cooling

The turbine rotor is cooled to maintain satisfactory metal temperatures and
to assure a long turbine service life.
The turbine rotor is cooled by means of a positive flow of relatively cool
(relative to hot gas path air) air extracted from compressor. Air extracted
through the rotor, ahead of the compressor 17th stage, is used for cooling
the 1st and 2nd stage buckets and rotor wheel spacers. This air also
maintains the turbine wheels, turbine spacers, and wheel shaft at
approximately compressor discharge temperature to assure low steady
state thermal gradients thus ensuring long wheel life. The 1st stage forward
wheel space is cooled by air that passes through the high pressure packing
seal at the aft end of the compressor rotor.
The 3rd aft wheelspace is cooled by cooling air that exits from the exhaust
frame cooling circuit.

64
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.5.3 Turbine Stator
8.1.1.5.3.1 Structure
The turbine shell and the exhaust frame complete the major portion of the
MS 6001 B gas turbine stator structure. The turbine nozzles, shrouds and
turbine exhaust diffuser are internally supported from these components.
8.1.1.5.3.2 Turbine shell

The turbine shell controls the axial and radial positions of the shrouds and
nozzles, and thus controls turbine clearances and the location of the
nozzles relative to the turbine buckets. This positioning is critical to gas
turbine performance. Six hand-holes provided in the turbine shell, forward
of the stage 1 nozzle, permit access to the transition piece mounting bolts.
These hand holes will also serve as ports for atomizing air and/or process
air extraction.
In addition, eddy current probe holes, nozzle deflection holes and
borescope holes are provided for inspection of buckets and nozzles.
The turbine shell is cooled by air from two motor driven blowers which is
piped to a cast in manifold ahead of the stage 1 nozzle. This cooling air
passes through a series of axial holes and exits into the exhaust frame
where it cools the struts and frame.
8.1.1.5.3.3 Nozzles
In the turbine section, there are three stages of stationary nozzles. Because
of the high pressure drop across these nozzles, there are seals at both the
inside and outside diameters to prevent loss of system energy by leakage.
The first-stage nozzle is made up of 18 cast nozzle segments, each with
two vanes, and is cooled with compressor discharge air. A core plug is
inserted in each vane to improve cooling effectiveness. The segments are
contained by a horizontally split retaining ring which remains centered in
the shell and allows for radial growth resulting from changes in
temperature.
The second-stage nozzle is cooled with 13th stage compressor air. A core
plug is inserted in each vane to improve cooling effectiveness. This nozzle
is made up of 16 cast segments, each with three vanes. The nozzle
segments are held in the circumferential position by radial pins from the
shell into axial slots in the nozzles outer sidewall.
The third-stage nozzle consists of 16 cast segments, each with four vanes.
It is held in the turbine shrouds in a manner identical to that used on
second-stage nozzle.
8.1.1.5.3.4 Diaphragms
Attached to the inside diameters of both the second and third-stage nozzle
segments are the nozzle diaphragms. These diaphragms prevent air leakage
between the inner sidewall of the nozzles and the turbine rotor. The
65
CARNOT COMPANY
high/low labyrinth-type seal teeth are machined into the inside diameter of
the diaphragm. They mate with opposing sealing lands on the turbine
rotor. Minimal radial clearance between stationary parts (diaphragm and
nozzles) and the moving rotor are essential for maintaining low interstage
leakage. This results in higher turbine efficiency.
8.1.1.5.3.5 Shrouds
The turbine bucket tips run directly under stationary annular curved
segments called turbine shrouds. The shroud's primary function is to
provide a cylindrical surface for minimizing bucket tip clearance leakage.
The turbine shroud's secondary function is to provide a high thermal
resistance between the hot gases and the comparatively cool shell.
By accomplishing this function, the shell cooling load is drastically
reduced, the shell diameter is controlled, the shell roudness is maintained,
and the important turbine clearances are assured. The shroud segments are
maintained in the circumferential position by radial pins from the shell.
Joints between shroud segments are sealed by an interlocking labyrinth.
8.1.1.5.3.6 Exhaust Frame

The exhaust frame is bolted to the aft flange of the turbine shell.
Structurally, the frame consists of an outer cylinder and an inner cylinder
interconnected by ten radial struts. The No. 2 bearing is supported from the
inner cylinder.
The exhaust diffuser is located between the outer and inner cylinders.
Gases exhausted from the third turbine stage enter the diffuser where the
velocity is reduced by diffusion and pressure is recovered. At the diffuser
exit turning vanes assist in directing the gases radially outward into the
exhaust plenum.
The exhaust frame is cooled from the cooling air that exits from the
turbine shell. Part of this cooling air then flows into the 3rd aft wheelspace
cavity.
8.1.1.6 Bearings
8.1.1.6.1 General
The MS 6001 B gas turbine unit contains two main journal bearings used
to support the gas turbine rotor. The unit also includes thrust bearings to
maintain the rotor-to-stator axial position. These bearing assemblies are
incorporated in two housings: one at the inlet casing, one in the exhaust
frame. These main bearings are pressure-lubricated by oil supplied from
the main lubricating oil system. The oil flows through branch lines to an
inlet in each bearing housing.
Bearing
Housing Class Type
No.

66
CARNOT COMPANY
1 Journal Elliptical
2 Journal Elliptical
1 Loaded thrust Self-aligned, equalized,
tapered land
1 Unloaded thrust Self-aligned, equalized
tapered land
8.1.1.6.2 No. 1 bearing

The No. 1 bearing subassembly is located in the center of the inlet casing
assembly, and contains three bearings: (1) active (loaded) thrust bearing,
(2) inactive (unloaded) thrust bearing, and (3) No. 1 journal bearing.
Additionally, it contains a floating or ring shaft seal, labyrinth seals, and a
housing in which the components are installed. The components are keyed
to the housing to prevent rotation. The lower half of the housing is integral
with the inlet casing. The upper half is a separate casting, flanged and
bolted to the bottom half.
8.1.1.6.3 No. 2 bearing

The No. 2 bearing subassembly is located at the aft end of the turbine shaft
in the center of the exhaust frame assembly. It consists of a bearing
housing, an elliptical type bearing and labyrinth seals.
8.1.1.6.4 Lubrication
The two main turbine bearings are pressure-lubricated with oil supplied
from the lubricating oil reservoir. Oil feed piping, where practical, is run
within the lube oil reservoir drain line, or drain channels, as a protective
measure.
When the oil enters the bearing housing inlet, it flows into an annulus
around the bearing liner. From the annulus the oil flows through machined
slots in the liner to the bearing face. The oil flows out through the ends of
the bearings and is collected in a sump which drains back to the tank.
8.1.1.6.5 Oil Seals

Oil on the surface of the turbine shaft is prevented from leaking to
atmosphere along the shaft by oil seals in each of the bearing housings.
These labyrinth packings are assembled at the extremities of the bearing
assemblies where oil control is required. A smooth surface is machined on
the shaft and the seals are assembled so that only a small clearance exists
between the seal and the shaft. The oil seals are designed with double rows
of packing teeth and an annular space between them. Pressurized sealing
air from the 5th stage extraction is admitted into this space and prevents
lubricating oil from spreading along the shaft. Some of this air returns with
the oil to the main lubricating oil reservoir and is vented to the exhaust.

67
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.7 Instrumentation
8.1.1.7.1 Non Contacting Vibration Probes
8.1.1.7.1.1 General
This description covers the shaft vibration and axial position monitoring
using non-contacting, eddy current proximity devices.
8.1.1.7.1.2 Description
8.1.1.7.1.2.1 Gas turbine bearing n° 1
• One (1) radial probe X

• One (1) radial probe Y (90 degrees apart)
• Two (2) thrust position axial probes Z
• One (1) keyphasor.

• One (1) radial probe X
• One (1) radial probe Y (90 degrees apart)
8.1.1.7.1.2.3 System components

• Proximity transducer system includes the following:
—Extension cable
—Proximitor.
8.1.1.7.1.2.4 Tests
Standard factory testing procedure including a functional checkout of the
probes will apply.
8.1.1.7.2 Bearing Metal Temperature
8.1.1.7.2.1 General
This description covers the bearing metal temperature monitoring.
8.1.1.7.2.2 Description
• Two (2) thermocouples, journal bearing

• Two (2) thermocouples, inactive thrust
• Two (2) thermocouples, active thrust.

Two (2) thermocouples, journal bearing.

68
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.1.7.2.2.3 System components
• Chromel alumel, type K, twin elements (one connected /

one unconnected) thermocouples for turbine bearings.
• Temperature read out is available on the gas turbine control panel.
8.1.2 Description of Accessory Compartment

8.1.2.1 General
The accessory compartment, mounted on a common base with the turbine
compartment, located in front of the inlet plenum, contains the mechanical
and control elements necessary to allow the MS 6001 B gas turbine to be a
self-contained operational station. The major components located in the
accessory compartment are the lubricating oil system and reservoir,
starting means, accessory gear, fuel system and hydraulic system.
8.1.2.2 Lubrication System

The lubricating provisions for the turbine, generator, reduction gear and
accessory gear are incorporated in a common lubrication system which
includes the following equipment:
1. Oil reservoir mounted within the accessory compartment base, having
a nominal capacity of 6500 liters, with the following devices mounted
on it:
—Pressure relief valve in the main pump discharge
—Dual full-flow lube oil coolers (oil-to-water exchanger with U-tubes)
—Dual full-flow filters (efficiency ( 40 = 75) with replaceable pleated-
paper cartridges
—Immersion heater (if deemed necessay regarding the site conditions)
to maintain suitable operating temperature during shutdown and
stand-by periods.
—Bearing header pressure regulator to maintain 1.75 bar header
pressure at rated speed.
1. Main lubrication oil pump - shaft-driven from the accessory gear.
2. Full capacity AC motor driven auxiliary lube oil pump.
3. Emergency lube oil pump driven by a DC motor.
4. Temperature and pressure switches plus thermocouples and pressure
transmitters for control, indication and protection of the lube oil
system.
5. Flow sights are provided in the bearing drains for visually checking the
oil flow from each of the bearings of the gas turbine.
8.1.2.2.1 Oil Mist Eliminator

The oil mist eliminator consists in the following components:
—One (1x100%) set of coalescing cartridges

69
CARNOT COMPANY
—One (1x100%) electric motor blower

—The necessary instrumentation and valving
The control is directly depending on the gas turbine control system.
8.1.2.3 Starting and Cooldown Systems

The starting system includes the drive equipment to bring the unit to self-
sustaining speed during the starting cycle.
cool-down system provides uniform cooling of the rotor after shutdown.
The unit is ready to start on signal at any time after it has come to rest. The
starting system consists of the following equipment:
1. MV starting AC motor ( 6 kV)
2. Hydraulic torque converter.
3. Hydraulically operated solenoid-valve controlled jaw clutch with
automatic disengagement at turbine self-sustaining speed.
4. Rotor turning-device, electro-hydraulic, with 0.75 HP DC motor-
driven pump, mounted on torque converter. The turbine shaft is turned
through at 30° arc at approximately three minute intervals during the
cool-down period.
8.1.2.4 Accessory Drive System

During start-up the accessory gear transmits torque from the starting
device and torque converter assembly to the gas turbine shaft. After start-
up torque is transmitted from the gas turbine shaft via suitable gear drives
to the following:
—Main lube oil pump
—Cooling water pump
—HP hydraulic supply pump
The accessory gear trains are lubricated from the bearing header supply
and drains back to the lube oil reservoir by gravity.
8.1.2.5 Hydraulic Oil System

The hydraulic supply pump is included as part of the hydraulic supply
system to supply high pressure oil for the control system. The hydraulic
supply pump is driven by the accessory gear.
Duplex filters (efficiency ( 40 = 75) are provided to maintain high purity
oil for the control devices.

70
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.2.6 Fuel System
8.1.2.6.1 Gas Fuel System

An off base fuel gas skid is provided and contains the stop/ratio valve and
the gas control valve. This gas skid will be located on the left side of the
gas turbine.
An off base fuel gas skid is provided and contains the stop/ratio valve and
the gas control valve. Additionally, a three ways valve, the gas splitter
valve distribute the fuel flow to the gas fuel manifolds and the combustion
fuel nozzles. This gas skid will be located on the left side of the gas
turbine.
A conical filter is provided upstream of the above assembly.
A filter are provided upstream of the above assembly.
8.1.2.6.1.1 Gas control valve

The gas control valve provides the final precise metering of fuel gas flow
to the combustors. The inlet pressure to the gas control valve is regulated
by the ratio function of the stop/ratio valve described hereafter.
8.1.2.6.1.2 Stop/Ratio valve

The ratio function of the stop/ratio valve provides a regulated inlet
pressure for the control valve.
The stop function of the valve serves to provide a tight shut-off of the fuel
gas flow when required.
Positioning of both stop/ratio valve and control valve is hydraulically
operated and based on signals from the control system.
8.1.2.7 On-Base Closed Cooling Water System

Gas Turbine water cooling is evacuating heat losses from:
—The lubricating oil circuit common to the Gas Turbine and the
Generator.
—The Gas Turbine support legs
—The Gas Turbine atomizing air.
These heat losses recovered from GT On-base equipment are then
evacuated by an Off-Base closed cooling water circuit described in another
section.
GT on-base water cooling system comprises the following major
components:
—For lube oil cooling:
Dual full-flow lube oil to water tubular heat exchangers
One automatic temperature controlled valve which regulates water
flow to avoid lube oil overcooling.

71
CARNOT COMPANY
—For GT support legs cooling:

Small heat exchanger mounted on each of the two GT support legs.
—For atomizing air cooling:
One air to water heat exchanger.
One automatic temperature controlled valve which regulates water
flow to avoid atomizing air overcooling.
—A GT Shaft driven centrifugal water pump with 2300 lpm capacity
to circulate water through the whole cooling water circuit.
8.1.3 Description of the Acoustical Enclosure

8.1.3.1 General
The main purpose of the acoustical enclosure is the reduction of the noise
generated by the gas turbine to a compatible level with the project
requirements.
In addition, the acoustical enclosure includes the following functions :
• protection of the personnel from heat radiation
• fire protection with fire extinguishing media containment
• ventilation to remove the heat and achieve the minimum required air
changes
• gas turbine weather protection and weather protected area during small
maintenance operations (in case of outdoor installation).
8.1.3.2 Enclosure Characteristics

The "ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE" is off base installed on a separated
foundation from the gas turbine pedestal.
The acoustical enclosure consists of :
• a structural steel works constituted by vertical columns linked by cross
bar.
• walls and roof made of removal acoustical panels to permit access to
the equipment during maintenance work.
• the lower concrete wall with openings for pipes crossing and equipped
with a maintenance access trap.
• an internal separation wall to separate the auxiliary compartment from
the turbine compartment.
• internal walk ways along the gas turbine base frame
• external access ladders.
• The acoustical panels are composed of :
– an outer sheet made of painted metal sheet

72
CARNOT COMPANY
– a perforated inner steel sheet

– a material with the required acoustic absorption qualities
sandwiched between the outer sheet and the inner perforated
sheet.
One door is provided on each side of the auxiliary and turbine
compartments.
8.1.3.3 Accessories
8.1.3.3.1 Lighting
Lights are installed in the auxiliary compartment to assure a normal level
of lighting. Emergency lights are also foreseen.
Inside lighting is provided for turbine compartment by outside lights
through windows located on the compartment panels.
8.1.3.3.2 Lifting device

A manual travelling hoist is installed in the auxiliary compartment for
routine maintenance operation. In addition, one beam is installed in the
turbine compartment.
8.1.3.3.3 Fire detection and protection

Fire detectors are provided in the gas turbine, accessory and load gear
compartments. Fire detection shall be by heat detectors on a dual circuit
such that CO2 discharge is initiated when one detector on each circuit is
activated.
The system includes a carbon dioxide (CO2) automatic single-zone fire
protection system with nozzles in the gas turbine and accessory
compartments, as well as the load gear area.
Initiation of the system will trip the unit, provide an alarm on the
annunciator, trip ventilation fan and close (by gravity) the dampers of all
ventilation openings to ensure the compartment tightness.
8.1.3.3.4 Heating and ventilation system

Two fan motors ensures the ventilation of the compartments to remove the
heat radiated by the equipment and achieve the minimum required air
changes.
The air enters into the auxiliary compartment through openings on the
wall. Then the air goes into the turbine compartment through opening on
the lower part of the separation wall. The air is finally exhausted through
openings on the roof of the turbine compartment.

73
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.4 Inlet and Exhaust Systems

8.1.4.1 Inlet System
8.1.4.1.1 General
The turbine air inlet system is the means of receiving, filtering, and
directing the ambient air flow into the inlet of the compressor. The system
consists of an inlet filter house, ducting, silencing, elbows and inlet
plenum. The ducting and silencing that come out from the filter house pass
over the acoustical enclosure and down into the inlet plenum. This
arrangement requires minimum plot area and provides easy access to the
various compartments.
Maintenance requirements are minimal and consist of annual inspection of
the inlet equipment. Any entrapped foreign material should be removed.
Rust and oxidation spots should be scraped and repainted.
8.1.4.1.2 Inlet Air Filter House

The inlet air filter house consists basically of the filter equipment, a
transition duct for connection with the inlet silencer.
The inlet filter house includes:
8.1.4.1.2.1 Self Cleaning Filter

The self-cleaning inlet filter utilizes high efficiency media filters which are
automatically cleaned of accumulated dust by a reverse pulse of
compressed air, thereby maintaining the inlet pressure drop below a preset
upper limit. This design provides single-stage high efficiency filtration for
prolonged periods without frequent replacements.
Dust-laden ambient air flows at low velocity into filter modules which are
grouped around a clean-air plenum. The filter elements are made of
pleated media to provide an extended filtration surface, and of galvanized
steel plates. The air, after being filtered, enters the clean air module
through holes in the vertical wall supporting the filter elements.
As the outside of the filter elements become laden with dust, increasing
differential pressure is sensed by a pressure switch in the plenum. When
the set point is reached, a cleaning cycle is initiated. The elements are
cleaned in a specific order, controlled by an automatic sequencer.
The sequencer operates a series of solenoid-operated valves, each of which
controls the cleaning of a small number of filters. Each valve releases a
brief pulse of compressed air into a blowpipe which has orifices located
just above the filter cartridge. This pulse shocks the filters and causes a
momentary reverse flow, disturbing the filter cake. Accumulated dust
breaks loose, falls, and disperses. The cleaning cycle continues until
enough dust is removed for the compartment pressure drop to reach the
lower set point. The design of the sequencer is such that only a few of the
many filter elements are cleaned at the same time. As a consequence, the
74
CARNOT COMPANY
airflow to the gas turbine is not significantly disturbed by the cleaning

process.
Included with the filter compartment are a pulse air source, necessary
support structures, walkways, and ladders. Access to the clean-air plenum
is by means of a bolt-on hatch. An interior safety light and convenience
outlet are provided. A differential pressure gage is supplied to read plenum
pressure. An alarm is provided for excessive differential pressure in the
plenum or for low pressure in the pulse cleaning air supply. Gas turbine
stop is also controlled in case of very high pressure drop due to the
filtration system.
For particular humid ambience, droplet catcher made of PVC is installed in
the weather hoods.
Due to change in direction of the air flow, liquid droplets gather on the
covers are separated from the air.
8.1.4.1.3 Inlet Ducting and Silencing

The silencers are of baffle-type construction to attenuate the high-
frequency tones from the compressor. Elbows and transition sections are
partially acoustical lined to aid in noise reduction.
The inlet plenum is a lined sheet metal "box" type structure that is
mounted on the turbine base and encloses the compressor inlet casing. Its
top side is connected to the inlet ducting. It is mounted and welded to the
I-beam turbine base.

75
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.4.2 Exhaust System

The exhaust system is that portion of the turbine in which the gases used to
drive the turbine are redirected to the chimney. This system conveys the
hot exhaust gases. The exhaust system includes the exhaust plenum,
silencing and ducting.
8.1.4.2.1 Exhaust Plenum

The exhaust plenum is the beginning of the exhaust system, receiving the
gas flow from the exhaust diffuser. The exhaust plenum is bolted to the
turbine base and is connected to the exhaust frame with flex-plate
expansion joints. The exhaust temperature thermocouples are mounted in
the aft wall of the exhaust plenum to sense exhaust temperatures and
provide electrical signals to the gas turbine control system.
8.1.4.2.2 Exhaust Transition Duct Including Exhaust Silencer

The exhaust transition duct is bolted to the exhaust plenum by mean of an
expansion joint to accommodate thermal expansion and provides a flow
path by which the gases travel from the exhaust plenum section to the
silencer. The silencer design is a parallel baffles type ; it consists of a low-
frequency silencing section. Acoustic treatment is provided by a mineral
wool sandwiched between steel lining.
Lateral Exhaust System
The exhaust system is that portion of the turbine in which the gases used to
drive the turbine are redirected before being released to atmosphere or to
the exhaust heat recovery equipment.
The exhaust system includes:
8.1.4.2.1Exhaust Plenum
The exhaust plenum is the beginning of the exhaust system, receiving the
gas flow from the exhaust diffuser. The exhaust plenum is bolted to the
turbine base and is connected to the exhaust frame with flex-plate
expansion joints. The exhaust temperature thermocouples are mounted in
the aft wall of the exhaust plenum to sense exhaust temperatures and
provide electrical signals to the gas turbine control system.
8.1.4.2.2Exhaust Empty Duct

The exhaust empty duct is bolted to exhaust plenum without expansion
joint and provides a flow path by which the hot exhaust gases travel from
the exhaust plenum up to the outlet of the gas turbine acoustical enclosure.
8.1.5 Off-Base Mechanical Auxiliary

8.1.5.1 Fuel Gas Equipment (shipped loose)
– Fuel Gas Flow-meter

76
CARNOT COMPANY
Orifice type flow measuring spool piece for GT performance test.

Standard codes:
– ISO 5167-1 with geometric inspection by official organism.
– For instrumentation: IEC or CENELEC.
8.1.5.1.1 Shut Off Valve and Vent Valve Skid (shipped loose)
The shut off valve cut the Gas turbine feeding line in case of GT stop, GT
fire detection or GT gas detection.
—One Shut off valve (piloted by fuel gas), with spring return
pneumatic actuator and open/closed limits switches for valve
monitoring system.
The vent valve depressurizes the GT inlet gas pipe.
—One Vent valve (piloted by fuel gas), with spring return pneumatic
actuator and open/closed limits switches for valve monitoring
system.
• Standard codes:
—Valves: API 6D, API 607.
—Instrumentation: IEC or CENELEC.
• Equipment, accessories:
– Three thermocouples are used for gas turbine starts up
permissive.
8.1.5.2 Off-Base Cooling System
8.1.5.2.1 General
• A closed water loop is used to evacuate the heat losses from:
o The lubricating oil circuit common to the Gas Turbine and
the Generator.
o The Gas Turbine atomizing air.
• The Off-Base cooling water system consists of:
o The fin fan coolers which assume heat transfer from closed
cooling water to ambient air.
o The expansion tank which ensure minimal pressure at water
pump suction and compensates water volume variations due
to dilatations and eventual leakage.
o The connecting pipes, instrumentation and isolating valves.
8.1.5.2.2 Fin Fan Coolers

The fin fan coolers consists of one or several modules. The number and
length of modules and number of motor-fans are determined according to
the site conditions and the Gas Turbine unit working duty.
77
CARNOT COMPANY
Each module consists of:

• One heat exchanger battery in horizontal position with fin tubes
bundle made of seamless copper tubes and (in most cases)
aluminum fins.
• Motor fan units normally installed above the heat exchanger
and each of them equipped with its own plenum chamber: this
configuration is called Induced Draft. Each fan wheel is
directly mounted onto the end shaft motor and the fan blades
are made of aluminum with adjustable pitch angle.
• steel support structure.
• pipes between water headers and heat exchanger equipped with
isolating butterfly valves.
The whole set of modules is supplied with:
Ladders and walkways for access to the motor fan units.
Cold and hot water headers pipes for interconnection of the required
modules and connection with the cooling water circuit.
and vent piping.
Instrumentation with:
– One pressure gauge and one thermometer on the hot water inlet
header
– One thermometer and one thermocouple on the cold water outlet
header
8.1.5.2.3 Atmospheric Expansion Tank

The atmospheric type expansion tank is installed on its own steel structure.
8.1.5.2This 0.75 m3 capacity tank is fitted with one local level indicator
combined with a low level switch for remote indication and a connection
pipe for making up.
Off-Base Cooling System
8.1.5.2.1General
A closed water loop is used to evacuate the heat losses from:
—The lubricating oil circuit common to the Gas Turbine and the
Generator.
—The Gas Turbine atomizing air.
—The Generator inner cooling air.
The closed cooling water loop configuration is as follow:
—Generator and Gas Turbine in serial; cold water to Generator in first.
The Off-Base cooling water system consists of:

78
CARNOT COMPANY
—The fin fan coolers which assume heat transfer from closed cooling
water to ambient air.
—The expansion tank which ensure minimal pressure at water pump
suction and compensates water volume variations due to dilatations
and eventual leakage.
—Water pumps to circulate water-cooling (shaft driven is located in
the auxiliary compartment).
—The connecting pipes, instrumentation and isolating valves.
8.1.5.2.2Fin Fan Coolers

The fin fan coolers consists of one or several modules. The number and
length of modules and number of motor-fans are determined according to
the site conditions and the Gas Turbine unit working duty.
This thermal design includes an additional capacity of one motor fan in
extra for the whole Fin Fan Coolers battery.
Each module consists of:
—One heat exchanger battery in horizontal position with fin tubes
bundle made of seamless cooper tubes and (in most cases)
aluminum fins.
—Motor fan units normally installed above the heat exchanger and
each of them equipped with its own plenum chamber: this
configuration is called Induced Draft. Each fan wheel is directly
mounted onto the end shaft motor and the fan blades are made of
aluminum with adjustable pitch angle.
—steel support structure.
—pipes between water headers and heat exchanger equipped with
isolating butterfly valves.
The whole set of modules is supplied with:
—Ladders and walkways for access to the motor fan units.
—Cold and hot water headers pipes for interconnection of the required
modules and connection with the cooling water circuit.
—Vent piping.
—Instrumentation with:
–One pressure gauge and one thermometer on the hot water inlet
header
–One thermometer and one thermocouple on the cold water outlet
header
8.1.5.2.3Water Pumps Skid (in option)

This skid includes two water pumps (2x100% i.e. one in service, the other
in stand-by).

79
CARNOT COMPANY
Each centrifugal type pump, is driven by an AC electrical motor through a

flexible spacer coupling. Each pump unit is installed on its own steel
frame. The suction and discharge flanges of each pump are connected to
piping by means of anti-vibratile coupling
The suction line of each pump includes one isolating butterfly valve and
one strainer. The discharge line of each pump includes one isolating
butterfly valve and one non-return valve.
Installed in parallel with the pumps, a small pot allows the chemicals make
up to the cooling water during pump operation.
The common discharge pipe of the water pump skid is equipped with one
pressure gauge, one low pressure switch and one orifice plate between
flanges (each of them equipped with pressure test point with ball valves).
8.1.5.2.4Atmospheric Expansion Tank (in option)

The atmospheric type expansion tank is installed at 6 meters height on the
GT inlet duct structure.
This 0.75 m3 capacity tank is fitted with one local level indicator
combined with a low level switch for remote indication and a connection
pipe for making up.
8.1.5.3 Fire Protection
8.1.5.3.1 General
The fire protection is assured by a high pressure CO2 bottles system.
The function of the fire protection system is to inject automatically the
required quantity of CO2 into the protected zones to extinguish the fire,
and to maintain the concentration of CO2 in these zones at a level high
enough to prevent reignition of the fire during the cool-down period of
metal surfaces below the ignition temperature of fuel oil or lube oil.
Initiation of the system will trip the unit, provide an alarm of the
annunciator, trip ventilation fans and close ventilation openings.
The gas turbine unit has been divided into several zones for fire detection
purposes.
Zone 1 is defined as the internal volume of auxiliary compartment.
Zone 2 is defined as the internal volume of turbine compartment.
Zone 3 is defined as the annular ventilation space around the turbine
shaft, in the area of No. 2 bearing and as the internal volume of the load
gear compartment.
8.1.5.3.2 Design Assumptions

Usually, the fire protection system is designed in accordance with
NFPA 12 and system components are not UL/FM listed.

80
CARNOT COMPANY
CO2 discharge test is not foreseen because the fire fighting system is
already valid, insofar test has been made on an identical equipment.
The CO2 emission is made in 2 steps:
8.1.5.3.2.1 Initial Discharge

The system reaches the concentration of CO2 required by the current norm
within the minute after detection of the fire.
8.1.5.3.2.2 Extended Discharge

The extended discharge maintains a non-combustible atmosphere during
the period of possible reignition (30 minutes).
8.1.5.3.2.3 Scope
The major equipment of the gas turbine fire protection system are:
• A supply system composed of:
– High pressure CO2 bottles
– A manifold for each type of emission
– A release system.
• fire detection system consisting of several thermo-switch detectors as
follows:
Zone Number of Actuating temperature (°C)
detectors
1 4 163
2 6 316
3 4 316
The fire protection is automatically released on a two of two voting basis.
The fire detectors are arranged in two loops:
—One loop energized: fire alarm
—Two loops energized: fire trip with CO2 release.
8.1.5.3.3 Operation
8.1.5.3.3.1 Manual Operation on Fire Protection System

In case of fire being detected by personnel before actuation of the fire
detection thermostats, the system can be actuated manually from the CO2
storage by a mechanical lever.
8.1.5.3.3.2 Fire Protection System Isolation

The fire protection system can be isolated during stand-by of the gas
turbine for maintenance, etc ...

81
CARNOT COMPANY
This isolation makes impossible the injection of CO2 into the affected
zones, through mechanical damage to a fire detection thermostat for
example.
8.1.5.4Water Injection Skid

Following equipment is arranged on an off-base skid located near the gas
turbine.
It mainly includes :
1.One AC electrical Booster pump fitted with relief discharge valve
2.One filter (efficiency ß 40 = 75)
3.One flow measurement device
4.One control valve assembly
5.One accumulator
6.One stop valve
7.The necessary instrumentation : temperature, pressure and water flow
measurement
8.The manual stop valve
9.One valve to control the water distribution to the different stages of the
combustor
The control of the system is directly depending from the gas turbine
control system (SPEEDTRONIC).
8.1.5.4 Washing Skid
8.1.5.4.1 General
The washing skid is used :
1. During normal operation of the unit for washing the compressor in
case of fouling to restore clean condition performance.
2. After a shut-down of the unit when a long period of stand-by is
foreseen. The detergent contains elements that prevent corrosion of
blades during stand-by periods.
The skid feeds water to the compressor spray nozzles at a pressure and a
flow suitable for the gas turbine supply requirements.
8.1.5.4.2 The On/Off-Line compressor washing unit is pre-assembled and

includes :
8.1.5.4.2.1 One (1) washing module including :

• One (1) water pump (centrifugal type)
• One (1) strainer upstream the pump
• One (1) venturi ejector to regulate the detergent flow in the
water

82
CARNOT COMPANY
• One (1) detergent tank (content 250 liters) with filling flange
and drainage valve
• One (1) flow meter (orifice type)
• One (1) pressure gauge (downstream the pump)
• One (1) terminal board and electrical panel (for feeding of the
pump)
8.1.5.4.2.2 One (1) water tank (6 m3 capacity), made of stainless steel (AISI
304L), including :
• One (1) heater (54 kW) for water heating
• Thermoswitch
• One (1) high and low level switch
• One (1) tubular level indicator
• One (1) vent
• One (1) filling flange
• One (1) drainage valve
8.1.5.4.2.3 Complete set of piping including valves, gauges and fittings of all lines
terminating at the skid flanges.
8.1.5.5 Air Processing Unit

Each Gas Turbine is supplied by an outdoor Air Processing Unit, located close the GT and
designed to supply compressed air to the GT's self-cleaning air filter
The air cooler cools the compressed air coming from the GT. when the GT
is in operation, or from an auxiliary air compressor when the GT is
shutdown. The compressed air tank stores the compressed air. The heavy-
duty coalescer ensures the compressed air filtration by coalescing
cartridge.
8.1.5.5Washing Skid
8.1.5.5.1General
The washing skid is used :
1.During normal operation of the unit for washing the compressor in case
of fouling to restore clean condition performance.
2.After a shut-down of the unit when a long period of stand-by is foreseen.
The detergent contains elements that prevent corrosion of blades
during stand-by periods.
The skid feeds water to the compressor spray nozzles at a pressure and a
flow suitable for the gas turbine supply requirements.

83
CARNOT COMPANY
8.1.5.5.2Composition of Unit
8.1.5.5.2.1The On/Off-Line compressor washing unit is pre-assembled and includes :
8.1.5.5.2.1.1One (1) washing module including :

—One (1) water pump (centrifugal type)
—One (1) strainer upstream the pump
—One (1) venturi ejector to regulate the detergent flow in the water
—One (1) detergent tank (content 250 liters) with filling flange and
drainage valve
—One (1) flow meter (orifice type)
—One (1) pressure gauge (downstream the pump)
—One (1) terminal board and electrical panel (for feeding of the
pump)
8.1.5.5.2.1.2One (1) water tank (6 m3 capacity), made of stainless steel (AISI 304L), including :
—One (1) heater (54 kW) for water heating
—Thermo-switch
—One (1) high and low level switch
—One (1) tubular level indicator
—One (1) vent
—One (1) filling flange
—One (1) drainage valve
8.1.5.5.2.1.3Complete set of piping including valves, gauges and fittings of all lines
terminating at the skid flanges.
8.2 Generator and Electrical Auxiliary Equipment

8.2.1 Load Gearbox
8.2.1.1 Introduction
The gas turbine rotation speed being higher than that of the generator, the
mechanical power is transmitted through the medium of a speed reducing
gear. The connection between the gas turbine and the speed reducing gear
on the one hand and between the speed reducing gear and the generator on
the other hand are made of solid couplings.
The loads on the gear and on the bearings comply with most of the
requirements of the API 613 standard - 5th edition. The minimum service
factor is 1.3.
The arrangement which is proposed and described below is validated by
several hundreds of turbine-generator sets. The first units were
commissioned in the early 70 s.

84
CARNOT COMPANY
Casing
The casing of the speed reducing gear is of cast iron. It is designed to
maintain a perfect alignment of the gear whatever is the load. It consists of
three main elements which are the bottom section, the intermediate section
and the top section with horizontal machined joints at the pinion and wheel
centre lines. The three sections form solid frames in which the bearings are
installed and on which the labyrinths are fixed. Labyrinths prevent oil from
leaking and dust from entering the casing.
Removable covers enable an easy inspection of the gear and the oil
sprayers.
oil sump is fixed underneath the bottom section ; it collects and drains off
the lubricating oil.
8.2.1.2 Gear
The speed reducing gear has only one stage with a double helical profile.
The pinion and the wheel are of carburised and superficially tempered
steel. The gear is milled and ground in order to obtain a state of surface
whose precision complies at least with AGMA 12 standard.
Profile and longitudinal corrections are carried out in order to compensate
the thermal deformations and the deflections due to the load and to obtain
the more uniform breakdown of the forces along the teeth. This uniform
breakdown contributes also to a reduced noise level.
This gear is particularly well adapted to the transmission of great loads at
high speeds.
Prior to assembly, the pinion and the wheel are balanced according to the
API 613 standard - 5th edition.
The pinion and the wheel are hollow shafts into which are installed solid
quill shafts. These quill shafts make the connection between the gas
turbine load coupling and the pinion on the one hand and the connection
between the wheel and the generator rotor on the other hand.
Each of the pinion and the wheel are supported by two bearings ; at least
one of the two bearings which support the pinion incorporates adjustment
facilities for an accurate alignment of the gear. Bearings profile design is
selected to ensure a stable running and low vibrations level throughout the
speed and power range.
One extremity of the quill shafts is rigidly fastened to the pinion and the
wheel respectively ; the other extremity is supported by a bearing and
terminates in an integral flange.
The quill shafts are made of alloy steel with high yield strength.
8.2.1.3 Bearings
The casing of the speed reducing gear includes six radial bearings which
support the pinion, the wheel and the two quill shaft extremities. Each
85
CARNOT COMPANY
bearing consists of two half shells which facilitate the assembly of the
components.
Each bearing is faced with a white metal layer.
The speed reducing gear does not include any axial bearing. The gas
turbine thrust bearing is sufficient for the control of the axial position of
the rotating parts.
8.2.1.4 Lubrication
The gear and the bearings are lubricated by pressurised oil coming from
the lubricating system which is common to the gas turbine and the
generator. The oil inlet is located at the intermediate section of the casing ;
the oil outlet is located on the oil sump which is fixed underneath the
bottom section.
The draining to the main tank is done by gravity.
8.2.1.5 Instrumentation
Tapped holes closed by caps are provisioned on the casing for fitting the
instrumentation.
The load gear box is provided with the following instrumentation:
• One (1) double temperature detector in the gearbox oil drain
• Two (2) seismic vibration detectors on the gearbox casing (vertical
direction) in the vicinity of the front bearing
• Two (2) non-contacting vibration probes on each bearing of the
primary shaft.
• Two (2) non-contacting probes on each bearing of the secondary shaft.
• One (1) double resistance detector (R.T.D.) on each bearing of the
primary shaft.
• One (1) double resistance detector (R.T.D.) on each bearing of the
secondary shaft.
8.2.2 Generator
8.2.2.1 Electrical Rating
The generator is designed for continuous operation. The generator is
constructed to withstand per IEC standards, without harm, all normal
conditions of operation, as well as transient conditions such as system
faults, load rejection and mal–synchronization.
The armature and field windings of the generator are designed with
insulation systems that are proven Class “F” materials.
Temperature detectors installed in the generator permit the measurement
of the stator winding and gas temperatures. The temperature rise limits, per

86
CARNOT COMPANY
IEC standards, will be limited to the following, throughout the allowable

operating range:
• Class “B” temperature rise limits
The generator is designed to exceed the turbine capability as stated in the
performance section of this proposal.
8.2.2.2 Packaging
The generator is a three phase, synchronous machine designed for
compactness and ease of service and maintenance. The machine is
designed for continuous operation at rated conditions as well as providing
maximum protection against damage due to abnormal operating
conditions, per IEC standards.
The generator has the following features:
• Simple foundation design for economic and speedy civil work.
• Minimum number of individual power station components, offering
substantial savings on expensive site time.
• All units are fully factory tested, reducing commissioning to proving
interconnections and combined turbine/generator testing.
• Modular construction giving a fine balance between flexibility and
standardisation of components for fast economic construction.
Location permitting, the generator will ship with the major components
factory assembled:
• Generator rotor
• Endframes
• Brushless exciter
All generator wiring, including winding and gas resistance temperature
detectors (RTDs), bearing metal and drain temperature detectors (as
applicable), and vibration detection systems are terminated on the main
unit with level separation provided.
• Feed piping between the bearings is mounted on the units to a common
header.
8.2.2.3 Terminal Arrangement

All lead connections terminate at the excitation end of the generator.
Customer line connections and the generator neutral tie make-up is made
external to the main generator stator frame.
The main armature leads are brought out of the upper side portion of the
stator and are suitable for connection to bus bars. The leads exit the frame
through insulated bushings. Line leads exit either the left or right side with
the neutral leads exiting the opposite side.

87
CARNOT COMPANY
8.2.2.4 Stator Frame Fabrication

The stator frame is a rigid, box frame structure, designed to support the
stator core and winding, while providing guidance to the airflow in the
machine. The combined core and frame are designed to have a 4-nodal
natural frequency well removed from 100 Hz or 120 Hz.
The stator frame is fabricated from mild steel plate, with mounting pads at
appropriate points on the underside. Holes are provided in each pad for
foundation bolts and dowels.
8.2.2.4.1 Stator Core

The core is built up from segmented laminations of low-loss, high
permeability, high silicon content electrical steel. The laminations of the
core are located by means of “dovetail” profile key bars, bolted to suitably
placed members of the stator frame. The insulated steel laminations are
deburred to minimise interlaminar contact and restrict eddy current losses.
Radial ventilation ducts are formed at intervals along the core by ‘H’
section steel spacers. The spacers extend to the end of the slot teeth to
increase tooth rigidity.
The core is hydraulically pressed at predetermined stages during the

building operation to ensure uniform compaction, the pressure being
carefully monitored.
The finished core is clamped between heavy endplates which are located
by keys inserted in slots in the stator frame members whilst the core is
under pressure. Substantial non-magnetic tooth supports transmit the
pressure from the endplates to the stator teeth. The end plate and tooth
supports are formed in a single cast unit, using a non-magnetic alloy.
8.2.2.4.2 Armature Winding

The stator winding is of the three phase, two-layer diamond type, half coils
being used for ease of handling during manufacture and winding.
To satisfy the electrical design requirements, the winding may be of the

single or multiple conductor type, with parallel connections where
necessary.
In order to minimise eddy current losses, each conductor is subdivided into

appropriately sized strands which are insulated from each other by lapped
layers of resin impregnated glass tape and fully transposed to minimise
circulating currents. Transpositions of the endwinding type, made at the
coil noses, are used.

88
CARNOT COMPANY
The insulation system is based on a resin rich mica glass tape which, when
processed, results in a high performance insulation capable of continuous
operation at temperatures up to 155°C (Class F).
The insulation possesses high dielectric strength and low internal loss.
The resin system is thermo setting so that the resulting insulated coil sides
are dimensionally stable. Additionally, it is highly resistant to most of the
common electrical machine contaminants such as hydrocarbons, acids,
alkalis and tropical moulds.
The insulated copper strands are cut to length, stacked together and the
coil ends formed into the required endwinding shape on a jig, They are
then clamped tightly together, taped with an initial layer of tape and hot
pressed to consolidate the conductor stack. Following this, the main
insulation is applied and pressed to size. The amount of the compression
is carefully controlled to ensure correct resin flow and produce a consistent
high standard of void free insulation.
Each finished half coil is subjected to dimensional checks to ensure that a

correct fit in the stator slot is achieved. To prevent the possibility of
insulation damage due to corona discharge in the slot, the surface of the
coil in contact with the core is made conductive by the application of a
graphite impregnated polyester tape. A silicon carbide impregnated
polyester tape is applied to the coil surface immediately outside the slot to
control the voltage gradient in this region.
The half coils are placed in the stator slots in two layers and wedged
securely in position by polyester glass wedges prior to connection of the
endwinding. The endwinding is securely braced to insulated support
boards bolted to the core endplate. Spacer blocks are fitted between
adjacent coil sides to produce a strong archbound, yet resilient, composite
structure, capable of withstanding the forces that could arise in the event of
an accidental short circuit,.
Finally, the completed stator is heated in an oven to fully cure the

insulation. Resistance temperature detectors are embedded in the windings
at selected points, and anti-condensation heaters are fitted into the stator
frame.
Graded high voltage tests are carried out at stages during manufacture of
the coils and assembly of the winding. This ensures a high standard of

89
CARNOT COMPANY
insulation and also that any faults are detected at the earliest possible
stage.
8.2.2.5 Ventilation
The generator is cooled by air in closed air circuit configuration, where the
hot exhaust air is cooled by a secondary coolant before being returned to
the inlet. The secondary coolant is water, containing up to 33% ethylene
glycol.
Cooling air is forced around the generator by means of two axial flow fans
mounted on the rotor shaft. The stator core has radial ventilating ducts at
intervals along the core. The generator is too long for the stator cooling air
requirements to be supplied by simple air gap flow, and this is overcome
by arranging radial inward flow of air over sections of the stator to provide

90
CARNOT COMPANY
adequate airflow over the entire core length. To achieve this, the space
behind the stator core is divided into five compartments. The first, third
and fifth compartments are open at the top, forming the air exhaust flange.
The second and fourth compartments are sealed at the outside, but are
connected to the stator endwinding compartments by ducts through which
they are fed with cool air in parallel with the air gap.
The rotor is cooled by air flowing under the rotor endcaps, past the
endwinding and through axial cooling slots (interslots) between the
winding slots. Exhaust ducts in the closing wedges of the interslots allow
the air to escape at the centre of the rotor. In addition to the interslots, the
rotor also incorporates cooling slots (subslots) beneath the winding slots.
The cooling air escapes from the subslots through the radial exhaust ducts
along the length of the winding. Rotors with subslot cooling have
independant cooling air paths over the endwinding to minimise the
temperature gradient across the winding.
On closed air circuit water cooled generators, cooling is accomplished by

means of water cooled heat exchangers containing tube nests which are
arranged to permit cleaning in situ, but which can be easily removed for
maintenance if required. The tube nests are complete with flanges for
connection to the customer’s water supply and are arranged to permit full
load operation with one or more tube nests inoperative. The tube nests are
mounted in a sheet steel housing on top of the generator.
8.2.2.6 Rotor
The rotor is manufactured from a one-piece forging of nickel chromium
molybdenum alloy steel which is de-gassed and vacuum poured to obtain a
uniform material which has excellent tensile properties. The manufacture
of the forging is closely supervised by the forgemaster to an agreed quality
control procedure, including checks for freedom from porosity and for
mechanical and thermal stability.
The standard forging material is suitable for use in ambient temperatures

down to minus 20°C. In situations where the rotor may be subjected to
lower temperatures, special materials are available.
Axial slots, to carry the windings and for ventilation, are milled on the
periphery of the body of the rotor. Axial grooves are milled along the top
of both winding and ventilation slots to hold the slot closing wedges. At
the exciter end, a hole is bored along the axis of the shaft to take the leads
from the main exciter to the rotor field winding. The connections to the
rotor winding are brought out from the bore by radial copper studs.

91
CARNOT COMPANY
Bearing journals are machined to exacting tolerances and, tracks for non-
contacting vibration probes are accurately machined and “de-glitched” to
minimise magnetic run-out.
The drive coupling is shrink fitted to an accurate surface machined to

accept it.
The rotor winding conductor material is high conductivity copper/silver

alloy strip. The pre-formed coils are inserted into the slots, each turn
being insulated from the next. The class ‘F’ insulation system is moisture
resistant, shockproof and capable of withstanding the high mechanical
forces to which it will be subjected. After completion of the winding, the
conductors are heated electrically and pressed to the correct depth using
pressing rings. The conductors are held in place by aluminium alloy
retaining wedges, which are connected together at each end by copper
quarter-rings to form a fully interconnected damper winding.
The rotor endwinding is braced with packing blocks between the

conductors and is wrapped with insulation, after which the rotor endcaps
are fitted. The endcaps, which retain the rotor endwinding, are
maufactured from austenitic non-magnetic 18-18 manganese chromium
steel which is cold expanded during manufacture to produce the high
mechanical strength required. The endcaps are shrink fitted to spigots at
each end of the rotor body.
All completed rotors are tested in the Company’s rotor overspeed test
facility, which is equipped with comprehensive monitoring equipment.
The rotor is first given a low speed balance and is then oversped to 20%
above its normal operating speed for two minutes. The rotor is then heated
to its maximum operating temperature, check balanced and the overspeed
test repeated. Finally, the balance at normal running speed is checked.
Balance adjustment planes are provided in the rotor body itself, in the
ventilating fan rings and in the main exciter diode carrier fan hub.
Following overspeed testing, the rotor is subjected to high voltage tests to

prove the integrity of the insulation system.

92
CARNOT COMPANY
8.2.2.7 End Shield Bearings

The lower halves of the bearings are equipped with dual element
temperature detectors. Provisions for both velocity type vibration sensors
and proximity probes are included.
Both bearings are electrically insulated from the generator frame to
prevent the flow of shaft currents.
8.2.2.8 Lubrication System

Lubrication for the generator bearings is supplied from the turbine
lubrication system. Generator bearing oil feed and drain interconnecting
lines are provided, and have a flanged connection at the turbine end of the
generator package for connection to the turbine package.
8.2.2.9 Brushless Excitation System
8.2.2.9.1 Brushless Exciter

The generator is fitted with a brushless excitation system. The brushless
exciter consists of a three phase, rotating armature, alternating current
generator, with a shaft mounted fused rotating rectifier. The field winding
is stationary. The brushless concept enables the exciter output to be
connected to the generator field without the use of commutators, brushgear
or sliprings.

93
CARNOT COMPANY
The armature core is built up from insulated circular laminations of

electrical steel. These are clamped between endrings that are securely
keyed and shrunk on the exciter shaft. The armature windings comprise
pre-formed copper bar type coils retained by fully cured glass fibre bands.
The armature output is three phase, the three terminals being connected to
a full wave rectifier bridge (the rotating rectifier).
The rotating rectifier assembly comprises two insulated high grade forged
aluminium alloy rings which act as heat sinks for the diodes. One ring
carries six anode-based diodes; the other ring carries six cathode-based
diodes, two in parallel in each arm of the three phase bridge. The ring
assemblies are identical mechanically but of opposite polarity and hence
comprise the positive and negative terminals for the generator field. A
fuse is connected in series with each diode to ensure that any arm of the
bridge containing a short circuited diode becomes open circuit, thus
averting a short circuit on the exciter winding. The positive and negative
dc outputs from the bridge are connected to the generator main field
winding by copper connectors from the fuses. The rating of the rotating
rectifier and armature is such that a full load rotor current can be supplied
with one arm of the three phase bridge inoperative. A failure would be
identified by the Brush continuous monitoring system, so that the circuit
could be shut down and the fault corrected at the first convenient
opportunity.
The exciter magnet frame is formed from heavy rolled steel plate. Copper
strip wound field coils are resin bonded to laminated pole bricks which are
bolted to the magnet frame.
DIODE BRIDGE A SM. IF V

F GENERATOR
EXCITER STATOR
ARMATURE
3 PH
Pow er supplied AC
by the MCC
EXCITER FIELD DIODE GEN

FIELD
VOLTAGE DIODE FAULT FLD. GROUND

REGULATOR MONITOR (OPTION) DETECTOR
Generator Field Ground Fault Detector: This device mounted on the

brushless exciter which detects a possible fault between generator field
winding or exciter rotor and ground. It consists of transmitter mounted on
the exciter diode bridge assembly and a receiver (stationary) mounted on
the exciter frame. The transmitter monitors the leakage current from the
generator field/exciter rotor to ground. If the leakage current exceeds

94
CARNOT COMPANY
alarm level indicating a ground fault, the transmitter and sends an alarm
signal to the receiver. The receiver then sends a ground fault alarm to a
remote monitoring device for annunciation and protective action.
8.2.3 Generator Medium Voltage Equipment

8.2.3.1 Generator Line Aux. Cubicle (GLAC)
8.2.3.1.1 Description
The GLAC is designed for outdoor operation (IP 54).
It includes the necessary components for the following functions :
• CT’s and VT’s for generator monitoring and protection
• Surge capacitors and lightning arrestors
Low voltage wiring for power and instrumentation are terminated on
terminal boards located in a segregated box (including the MCB’s for
voltage measuring protection) accessible by means of doors.
Anticondensation heaters are installed inside the GLAC
8.2.3.1.2 Measurement of the stator Currents

Each bar is equipped with one current transformer, encapsulated
primary traversing bar type rated, 17.5 kV insulating class having the
following characteristics :
• 3 000/ 1/1 Amp class 0.2 for metering and voltage regulation and PX
class for generator differential protection
8.2.3.1.3 Measurement of the Generator Voltage

This function is performed by means of one set of three single voltage
transformers encapsulated with two secondary windings, fix type having
an insulating class of 17.5 kV. These voltage transformers are protected by
means of fuse at the primary side and MCB's at their secondary side.
They have the following characteristics :
Primary (11500/ 3 ) Volts
Secondary (100/ 3 ) Volts
• class 3P for the generator protective relays
• class 0.2 for metering, synchronization and AVR.
8.2.3.1.4 Generator Surge Protection

One set of three lightning arrestors (ZnO) and three surge capacitors is
provided, having the following characteristics :
Lightning arrestors :

95
CARNOT COMPANY
• Standard : IEC 60099.4

• Type : Continuous operating voltage
• Rated voltage : adapted to the voltage on duty
• Nominal discharge current : 10 Ka
• Lightning current impulse (8/20 µs – 5 kA) : <40kV
Surge capacitors :
• Type : single phase, stationary, indoor use
• Rated voltage : 17.5 kV
• Capacity : 0.25 µF
8.2.3.1.5 Generator phase outputs sequence
U V W
GAS TURBINE GENERATOR
W V U
8.2.3.1.6 GLAC outgoing

The GLAC is designed for a connection to the circuit breacker or to the
transformer terminals by means of cables.
The output has the same axis as the generator GLAC one.
8.2.3.1.6.1 Remark
Here described component does not include any supply of short-circuit bar
or such like for generator and generator protection testing at site

96
CARNOT COMPANY
8.2.3.2 Generator Neutral Aux. Cubicle (GNAC)
8.2.3.2.1 Description
The GNAC is designed for outdoor operation (IP 54).
Low voltage wiring for power and instrumentation are terminated on
terminal boards located in a segregated box accessible by means of doors.
Anticondensation heaters are installed inside the GNAC
8.2.3.2.2 Grounding of the Generator Star Point

The generator star point is grounded through a grounding transformer
secondary connected to a resistor in order to limit the current to 10 Amp.
for 30 seconds at the primary side of the transformer
One current transformer associated with the generator ground fault relay is
supplied( secondary side of the neutral transformer ).:
250/1 Amp., class 1,
8.2.3.2.3 Measurement of the stator Current

1. Each bar is equipped with one current transformer, encapsulated
primary traversing bar type rated, 17.5 kV insulating class
2. having the following characteristics :
3. 3 000/ 1/1 Amp., PX class, for protections, differential generator
protection and if applicable generator block protection
8.3 Generator Control and Protection

8.3.1 Generator Control Equipment
8.3.1.1 General
This cubicle includes the following functions:
• Excitation
• Voltage regulation
• Generator protection
• Control
This equipment is used for the control of the generator.
8.3.1.2 Structure
Freestanding cubicle, protection degree IP 21, equipped with the necessary
lifting facilities.

97
CARNOT COMPANY
Doors are foreseen for the easy access to the different devices
implemented inside the cubicle. The opening of the doors are of 90°
minimum with a mechanical stop at 90°. The doors are key locked.
All devices have easy removal for replacement.
8.3.1.3 Description
Generator excitation voltage is supplied via a dry type transformer, from
the MCC.
(FOR 6B and 9E) The Generated voltage is rectified through one rectifier
bridge.
8.3.1.3.1 Excitation functions

Starting conditions
—Closing order
—No tripping orders.
—Speed >90% (20% in case of black-start only for 6B)
If the regulator is available, the closing order causes the closing of the field
breaker and the increase of the stator voltage up to the automatic channel
set point (automatic sequence).
• Field breaker opening
The field breaker opening will be allowed only if the unit breaker open
position acknowledgement is given to the excitation system. This is to
avoid the generator from running under asynchronous mode.
• Rotating diode fault
The rotating diode fault detection is able to detect exciter diode fault. This
detection is carried out by rotating earth fault detection. The fault level is
sent to the GCP. If the threshold is reached, the excitation system is
tripped.
• Over-excitation
The excitation current level is controlled by the automatic voltage
regulator (permanent limitation: 1,1Ifn and ceiling limitation: 1,4 Ifn for
typical values). In case of generator non-eliminated fault or regulation
failure, the excitation current level may exceed the permanent limitation.
A protection relay connected to a shunt measures the current and ensures
the following actions:
Gives a change over order to the regulation to go to manual regulation if
the threshold is reached for more than 5 seconds typical time.
Gives a trip order to the excitation breaker if the threshold is reached for
more than 6 seconds typical time.

98
CARNOT COMPANY
8.3.1.3.2 Regulation functions

This system function is to regulate the generator stator voltage by
adjusting its field current.
The excitation field current value is permanently controlled by the
generator regulation.
The regulation system functions are to:
• Adjust the generator stator voltage.
• Be active for the stability of energy evacuation to the grid.
• Have a good response time on troubles (short circuits...).
• Keep the generator in its stability area.
The regulation is divided in two channels:
• Automatic channel including the stator voltage regulation (Digital
Voltage Regulator)
—with the four following realized functions :
—–Excitation current limitations
—–Under excitation, limitation
—–Volt / Hertz limitation
—–Line droop compensation.
—
• Manual channel including the manual excitation current loop (Digital
Voltage Regulator).
• Regulator performances:
—–Automatic regulation set point range: 90 % to 110 % typical of
rated voltage accuracy: +/- 0.5%.
—–Manual regulation set point range: 30 % of no load to 110 % of
rated excitation current ; accuracy: +/- 0.5%.
—–Line droop compensation setting value: 0 à +/- 10 %.
—–Excitation current permanent limitation setting to 1.1 IfN.
—–Over-excitation ceiling setting to 1.4 IfN for 10 s (typical
setting).
—–Frequency range limit: 5 Hz to 90 Hz.
• Display & keyboard
A regulation display device is required to permit easy access for normal
operation, tests and maintenance. This display will indicate status,
measurements, alarms and faults dedicated to the regulation purpose.
• Protection functions

99
CARNOT COMPANY
The protection system function is to protect the generating unit:

—–Generator
—–Main transformer
The protection system includes the necessary treatment, interface display
and control for the trips and alarms initiation.
• Measurement
All currents, voltages measured and calculated values can be displayed.
The measurement card includes necessary filtering and calibrating circuits.
• Display & keyboard
A protection display device is required to permit easy access for normal
operation, tests and maintenance. This display will indicate status;
measurements, alarms and faults dedicated to the protection purpose.
• Watch-dog and cold tests
Cold tests are carried out by the relay when it is energized.
Continuous self-monitoring, in the form of a watchdog, memory checks
and analog input module tests, is performed. In case of a failure, the relay
will either lockout or attempts a recovery, depending on the type of failure
detected.
• Functions
—The protection includes the following functions:
—Generator protective relays
– Generator differential. (87G1).
– Negative phase sequence (46).
– Reverse power (32).
– Generator overvoltage (59).
– 95% stator earth fault (64).
– Loss of excitation (40).
– Voltage restrained overcurrent (51V).
– Overfluxing (59/81).
—Transformer and differential protective relays
– 3 Branches differential (87T)
8.3.1.3.3 Control functions:

The control includes the following functions:
—Display for electrical data, alarms and status. (Not Applicable for 6C
and 6FA+e)
– 3 Electrical 4-20 mA signals.
– Local control. (Not Applicable for 6C and 6FA+e)

100
CARNOT COMPANY
8.3.1.3.4 Wiring
• Wiring entry
All the external wiring coming to the cubicle is realized by the bottom. A
gland plate (removable from indoor), sufficiently sized for the complete
wiring, is installed.
• Wiring
PVC insulation yellow-green for the ground wire

grey for the others
Operating voltage 750 V rms.
Minimum section 0.2 mm² for electronic circuits
1 mm² for other circuits
• Power supplies
All power supplies given to the cubicle are protected inside the cubicle by
fuses or MCB's. A power supply fault signal is given for treatment

101
CARNOT COMPANY
+
3
3
* MCC
Rotor earth fault

protectio n
NON LINEAR
DISCHARGE
ROTATING
DIODE
FAULT
AUTOMATIC
and
FIELD CIRCUIT MANUAL
CONTACTOR I
REGULATORS
i
OVEREXCITATION
PROTECTION
THYRISTORS
BRIDGE
OVERVOLTAGE
PROTECTION
FORCING CIRCUIT
+
-
BATTERY 125 Vdc
+
BOOSTING CIRCUIT
*MOUNTED ON GLAC and GNAC

102
CARNOT COMPANY
8.3.28.4 Low voltage Distribution

8.3.2.28.4.1 Unit Motor Control Center (MCC)
8.3.2.2.18.4.1.1 General
The MCC is used to power supply all the feeders of the gas turbine and
auxiliaries. It is equipped with incoming column, column with
withdrawable drawers, and subdistribution panels (AC and DC).
8.3.2.2.1.18.4.1.2 Technical Data
8.3.2.2.1.1.18.4.1.2.1 Mechanical
• Protective degree: IP 32
• Form: 3b (IEC) for withdrawable section and incoming Breakers
• Vertical 1000A Copper
• Horizontal 1000A Copper.
• Cable entry: Bottom
• Front Access.
8.3.2.2.1.1.28.4.1.2.2 Electrical
• Standard: IEC 60 439-1, IEC 60 947, IEC 60-695, IEC 61-641, IEC
60-073, IEC 60-364
• Short circuit current: 50 kA –1 sec
• Rated isolating voltage: 1000V
• Number of phase: 3
• Neutral grounding mode: solidly grounded, not distributed
8.3.2.2.1.28.4.1.3 Description
8.3.2.2.1.2.18.4.1.3.1 Incoming Panel

This incoming panel is equipped with 2 open air circuit breakers
mechanicaly and electricaly interlocked. In case of undervoltage fault on
main Bus bar, the supply is automatically switched to Standby breaker.
When the fault disapeared the supply switch back automatically on Normal
circuit breaker.
8.3.2.2.1.2.28.4.1.3.2 Panel with Withdrawable Drawers

All critical energy consumers are powered with withdrawable drawers.
These drawers are equipped with fuses and contactor (with thermal
protection).

103
CARNOT COMPANY
All the drawers are controlled by input contacts coming from skid or
Speedtronic.
Each drawer can be locally controlled from MCC front panel with a 3
positions switch (Stop/Auto/Manu) and with 3 signal leds
(ON/OFF/Fault).
8.3.2.2.1.2.38.4.1.3.3 AC Sub-Distribution Panel

• AC sub-distribution
This sub-distribution is equipped with fixed circuit breakers or
miniaturised circuit breakers and circuit breaker-contactors.
Those feeders are used for lighting, panels and other if necessary.
• AC UPS sub-distribution
This UPS voltage is delivered with a 2000 VA Bypass inverter.
This part of subdistribution is used to energize Generator Control Panel
and Speedtronic Human Machine Interface.
8.3.2.2.1.2.48.4.1.3.4 DC Sub-Distribution Panel

This subdistribution is supplied by unit battery and battery charger.
This part of subdistribution is used for Emergency lube oil pump,
Hydraulic rachet pump, over excitation, turbine regulator and all Direct
Current feeders.
8.3.2.2.28.4.1.3.5 Fin Fan Coolers for GT and Generator

This option consists of an addition of material in the MCC, in order to
supply Fin Fan cooler.
The following items are used:
• Additional withdrawable drawers to supply fin fan cooler added in the
outgoing column. This drawers are controlled by input contact coming
from GT controller. Each drawer can be locally controlled from MCC
front panel using a three positions switch (Stop/Auto/Manu) and
equipped with three signal LED’s (ON/OFF/Fault).
• One additional outgoing columns for withdrawable drawers.
8.4.2 Description of Battery and Charger

8.4.2.1 Battery and Battery Charger
Sequencing circuits and emergency functions are fed from the unit battery,
which is supplied from the battery charger.

104
CARNOT COMPANY
8.4.2.1.1 The Battery Charger

It is fed from the a.c. auxiliary sub-distribution, and provides a regulated
direct voltage, with current limitation by an electronic regulator and
thyristor/diode units.
Two battery chargers are supplied in order to ensure a 2x100%
redundancy.
There are two operating modes which are selectable either from a keypad
or programmable in automatic for floating/equalizing.
Output values of the charger:
Automatic mode:
Floating-Equalizing: 2.27V/cell 136.2V
Nominal current (In): 75 A
Voltage regulation: +/- 0.5%
Manual mode:
Commissioning: 2.40V/cell: 144V (with consumers disconnected)
8.4.2.1.2 The Unit Battery

It is constituted with batteries of 12V stationary sealed gas recombination
lead acid cells (Valve Regulated Lead Acid), the battery has the following
characteristics:
Floating voltage: 2.27 V/cell
End voltage: 105 V
Capacity: 210 Ah
Autonomy: 3 hours or 3 start up (2 hours 28 mm)
8.5 Turbine Control Equipment

8.5.1 Turbine Control System Speedtronic TM Mark VI
The SPEEDTRONICTM Mark VI turbine control is the current state-of-
the-art control for GE turbines with a heritage of more than 30 years of
successful operation of electronic turbine control systems. It is designed as
a complete integrated control, protection, and monitoring system for
generator and mechanical drive applications of gas and steam turbines. It is
also an ideal platform for integrating all power island and balance of plant
controls. Hardware and software are designed with close coordination
between GE’s turbine design engineering and controls engineering to
insure that your control system provides the optimum turbine performance
and you receive a true “system” solution. With Mark VI, you receive the

105
CARNOT COMPANY
benefits of GE’s unmatched experience with an advanced turbine control

platform
8.5.1.1 Architecture
The heart of the control system is the Control Module which is available in
either a 13 or 21 slot standard VME card rack. Inputs are received by the
Control Module through termination boards with either barrier or box-type
terminal blocks and passive signal conditioning. Each I/O card contains a
TMS320C32 DSP processor to digitally filter the data before conversion to
32 bit IEEE-854 floating point format. The data is then placed in dual port
memory which is accessible by the on-board C32 DSP on one side and the
VME bus on the other. ] In addition to the I/O cards, the Control Module
contains an “internal” communication card, a main processor card, and
sometimes a flash disk card. Each card takes one slot except for the main
processor which takes two slots. Cards are manufactured with surface-
mounted technology and conformal coated per IPC-CC-830. I/O data is
transmitted on the VME backplane between the I/O cards and the VCMI
card located in slot 1.
The VCMI is used for “internal” communications between:
• I/O cards that are contained within its card rack
• I/O cards that may be contained in expansion I/O racks called
Interface Modules
• I/O in backup <P> Protection Modules
• I/O in other Control Modules used in triple redundant control
configurations
The main processor card executes the bulk of the application software at
10, 20, or 40ms depending on the requirements of the application. Since
most applications require that specific parts of the control run at faster
rates (i.e. servo loops, , etc.), the distributed processor system between the
main processor and the dedicated I/O processors is very important for
optimum system performance. A QNX operating system is used for real-
time applications with multitasking, priority-driven preemptive scheduling,
and fast context switching.
Communication of data between the Control Module and other modules
within the Mark VI control system is performed on IONet. The VCMI card
in the Control Module is the IONet bus master communicating on an
Ethernet 10Base2 network to slave stations. A unique poling type protocol
(Asynchronous Drives Language) is used to make the IONet more
deterministic than traditional Ethernet LANs. An optional Genius BusTM
interface can be provided on the main processor card in Mark VI Simplex
controls for communication with the GE Fanuc family of remote I/O
blocks. These blocks can be selected with the same software configuration
tools that select Mark VI I/O cards, and the data is resident in the same
data base. The Control Module is used for control, protection, and

106
CARNOT COMPANY
monitoring functions, but some applications require backup protection. For

example, backup emergency overspeed protection is always provided for
turbines that do not have a mechanical ovespeed bolt, and backup synch
check protection is commonly provided for generator drives. In these
applications, the IONet is extended to a Backup Protection Module that is
available in Simplex and triple redundant forms. The triple redundant
version contains three independent sections (power supply, processor, I/O)
that can be replaced while the turbine is running. IONet is used to access
diagnostic data or for cross-tripping between the Control Module and the
Protection Module, but it is not required for tripping.
8.5.1.2 Triple Redundancy :

Mark VI control systems are available in Triple Redundant forms for small
applications and large integrated systems with control ranging from a
single module to many distributed modules. The name Triple Module
Redundant (TMR) is derived from the basic architecture with three
completely separate and independent Control Modules, power supplies,
and IONets. Mark VI is the third generation of triple redundant control
systems that were pioneered by GE in 1983. System throughput enables
operation of up to nine, 21-slot VME racks of I/O cards at 40ms including
voting the data. Inputs are voted in software in a scheme called Software
Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT). The VCMI card in each Control
Module receives inputs from the Control Module back-plane and other
modules via “its own” IONet. Data from the VCMI cards in each of the
three Control Modules is then exchanged and voted prior to transmitting
the data to the main processor cards for execution of the application
software. Output voting is extended to the turbine with three coil servos
for control valves and 2 out of 3 relays for critical outputs such as
hydraulic trip solenoids. Other forms of output voting are available,
including a median select of 4-20ma outputs for process control and 0-
200ma outputs for positioners. Sensor interface for TMR controls can be
either single, dual, triple redundant, or combinations of redundancy levels.
The TMR architecture supports riding through a single point failure in the
electronics and repair of the defective card or module while the process is
running. Adding sensor redundancy increases the fault tolerance of the
overall “system.” Another TMR feature is the ability to distinguish
between field sensor faults and internal electronics faults. Diagnostics
continuously monitor the 3 sets of input electronics and alarm any
discrepancies between them as an internal fault versus a sensor fault. In
addition, all three main processors continue to execute the correct “voted”
input data. Mark VI TMR Control Configuration

107
CARNOT COMPANY
To Other GE Operator / Maintenance

Control Systems Interface
Communications To DCS
Unit Data Highway
1. RS232 Modbus Slave/Master
Ethernet 2. Ethernet TCP-IP Modbus Slave
CIMPLICITYR Display System
Windows NTTM Operating System
3. Ethernet TCP-IP GSM
Backup Protection
Primary Controllers 1. Emergency Overspeed
1. Control 2. Synch Check P rotection
2. Protection
3. Monitoring
<P>
Protection Module
<R>
Control Module
Ethernet
P.S.
X CPU
P I/O
S
Redundant Unit
Data Highway Ethernet - IONet
(if required)
<S>
Control Module
Software Voting
P.S.
Y CPU
P I/O
S
Ethernet - IONet
<T>
Control Module
P.S.
Z CPU
P I/O
S
Ethernet - IONet
8.5.1.3 Mark VI TMR Control Configuration

The control system provides complete monitoring control and protection
for Gas Turbine-Generator and Auxiliary systems. The scope of control is
broken down into three (3) sections:
• Control.
• Sequencing.
Protection.
8.5.1.3.1 Control
• Start-up control
The control panel will provide the necessary sequences and protections to
insure the cranking of the shaft, ventilation before firing, firing, and
acceleration of the Gas Turbine up to Full Speed No Load.
• Speed/load set-point and governor
This function allows to control the gas turbine speed and the load once the
breaker is closed. The speed/load loop controls speed after the turbine has
been brought to governed speed . The speed control circuit compares

108
CARNOT COMPANY
turbine shaft speed to the digital set-point , and regulates FSR to maintain
the speed driven by the digital set-point.
• Temperature Control
A temperature control system is required, to control fuel flow to the gas
turbine to maintain operating temperatures within design thermal stress
limitations of turbine parts. The highest temperature attained in the gas
turbine occurs in the combustion chambers and that same gas temperature
occurs at the turbine inlet. This temperature must be limited by the control
system. The temperature control system is designed to measure and control
turbine exhaust temperature because it is impractical to measure
temperatures in the combustion chambers or at the turbine inlet directly.
Control :
• Compressor water washing on line.
Gas turbines can experience a loss of performance during operation as
result of deposits of contaminants on internal components. The dry
contaminants that pass through the filters as well as wet contaminants,
such as hydrocarbon fumes, have to be removed from the compressor by
washing with a water detergent solution followed by a water rinse.
• Off line water washing.
The off–base portion of the water wash system, known as the water wash
skid, contains both a water tank and a detergent tank. The water tank is
equipped with temperature sensors and electric heaters to maintain proper
water temperatures. Off-line water washing should be scheduled during a
normal shutdown, if possible. This will allow enough time for the internal
machine temperature to drop to the required levels for the washing.
• Comp pressure & ex temp control
Gas turbine combustion reference temperature is determined by the
measured parameters of exhaust temperature and CPD. In case of CPD
failure, a backup function is included which uses fuel consumption
(proportional to FSR) or output (in Megawatts).
8.5.1.3.2 Sequencing
• Start-up, purge, ignition, running and shutdown
General
Starting the gas turbine involves proper sequencing of command signals to
the accessories, starting device and fuel control system. Since a safe and
successful startup depends on proper functioning of almost all of the gas
turbine equipment, it is important to verify the state of selected devices in
sequence. Much of the control logic circuitry is associated not only with
actuating control devices, but enabling protective circuits, and obtaining
permissive conditions before proceeding. Startup and shutdown cycle

109
CARNOT COMPANY
improvements have been included to reduce low cycle fatigue of hot gas
path parts.
Speed detectors
An important part of the startup/shutdown sequence control of the turbine
is proper speed sensing. This is necessary for the logic sequences in startup
and shutdown of the gas turbine.
• Start-up control
The startup control operates as an open loop control in the use of preset
levels of the fuel command signal, FSR. The levels set are “FIRE”,
“WARM-UP”, and “ACCELERATE LIMIT”. Startup control FSR signals
operate through a minimum value gate to insure that speed control and
temperature control can limit FSR if required. During the starting
sequence, rates of increase in speed and exhaust temperature are restricted
to protect the turbine parts from excessive mechanical and thermal
stresses.
Control mode display
Display Condition
STARTUP Startup Program
ACCEL Acceleration Control
DROOP SPEED Speed Control
• TEMP Temperature ControlFired shutdown
A normal shut-down is initiated by selecting STOP from the control panel
followed by execute.
• The hydraulic ratchet consists of a ratchet supply pump assembly,
hydraulic self-sequencing valve assembly, torque converter mounted
ratchet, starting clutch system, and relief valves. The purpose of the
during cooldown ratchet is to assist the starting device to break away
the turbine during the startup and to turn the turbine rotor to prevent the
rotor from bowing. During startup, the ratchet operates continuously
rotating the turbine at approximately one revolution per minute. When
the turbine is on cooldown the ratchet turns the turbine rotor 1/8
revolution every three minutes.
• Purge and ignition
During startup sequence, the starting means will hold the turbine speed at a
constant value before firing, this is done to force four changes of exhaust
duct air to insure no combustible mixture is in the exhaust. The duration of
this purge time will depend on the volume of the exhaust duct and may
vary between an open cycle and a combined cycle configuration. When the
purge timer is completed, the firing timer is initiated and the fuel flow set
to the firing value. When flame detectors indicate flame is established in
the combustors, the fuel flow is set to the warm-up value. The warm-up
time is provided to minimize the thermal stresses during startup.

110
CARNOT COMPANY
• Droop-Isochrone mode
Droop speed control is based on the fact that the power grid to which the
generator turbine load will be proportional to the difference between the
grid frequency and speed/load setpoint.
Isochronous control mode is used when the turbine is operating on an
isolating grid. The turbine load will be proportional to the difference
between the frequency setpoint and the actual frequency of the grid.
• Constant settable droop
Constant Settable Droop Speed/Load control represents a method of
formulating the gas turbine droop response as a function of the unit power
output. This method of speed/load control is applied to units where the fuel
stroke reference (FSR) is not predictable as a function of the gas turbine
output power. Standard droop control utilizes the approximate linear
relationship between FSR and the gas turbine power output as the basis for
reacting to variations in electrical grid frequency. Constant Settable Droop
Speed/Load Control is a method where gas turbine megawatt output is
used as a control parameter to formulate the turbine droop response to
electrical grid perturbations.
Dual redundant megawatt transducers are required at a minimum to
provide megawatt feedback to the Constant Settable Droop sequencing.
8.5.1.3.3 Protections
• General (refer to the scheme below)
The protection of the turbine against potential damaging conditions is
provided by two out of three voting system handled by three redundant
controllers: critical protection sensors are triple redundant and voted all the
three processors. An independent overspeed protective module provides
triple redundant hardwired detection and shutdown on overspeed along
with flames detection.
• Overspeed, redundant electronic
During the normal running of the turbine the speed measurement is done
by the way of 3 magnetic sensors mounted close to the 60 teethes’ wheel
installed on the turbine rotor.
The sensor is made of a permanent magnet surrounded of a coil and a tight
enclosure. It transmits to the Speedtronic impulses which frequency is,
because of the quantity of wheel teethes which are equal to the rotation
speed of the machine in rpm (rpm).
• Overtemperature protection
The over temperature system protects the gas turbine against possible
damage caused by overfiring.
• Vibration protection

111
CARNOT COMPANY
The vibration protection system employed for gas turbine units is designed
to adequately protect the unit while maintaining a high level of unit
running reliability and starting availability.
Multiple vibration sensors are mounted on the rotor bearing housings of
the gas turbine and generator, and if applicable, on the load gear bearings.
The Speedtronic vibration protection has the standard capability for 12
vibration sensor inputs that are classified and processed in the following
four groups:
1. Gas Turbine Vibration Sensors
2. Load Gear Vibration Sensors
3. Generator or Driven Load Vibration Sensors
4. Miscellaneous Vibration Sensors (Spare Group)
• Flame detection and protection
The SPEEDTRONIC flame detectors perform two functions, one during
the starting sequence and the other in the protective system. During a
normal startup the flame detectors indicate when a flame has been
established in the combustion chamber, and allow the startup sequence to
continue. Should the flame detectors indicate a loss of flame condition
while the gas turbine is running, fuel is immediately shut off. This avoids
the possible accumulation of an explosive mixture in the turbine and any
exhaust heat recovery equipment which may be installed. The flame
detector system, used with the SPEEDTRONIC system, detects flame by
sensing ultraviolet radiation (UV).
• Combustion monitoring function
Monitoring of the exhaust thermocouples to detect combustion problems is
performed by the SPEEDTRONIC software coupled with solid state
analog devices for interfacing with the primary controls and protective
devices. The primary function of the combustion monitor is to reduce the
likelihood of extended damage to the gas turbine if the combustion system
deteriorates. The monitor does this by examining the temperature control
system exhaust temperature thermocouples and compressor discharge
temperature thermocouples. From changes that may occur in the pattern of
the thermocouple readings, warning and protective signals are generated
by the combustion monitor and sent to the gas turbine control panel.
• Trip oil low pressure protection
A hydraulic trip system called Trip Oil is the primary protection interface
between the turbine control and protection system and the components on
the turbine which admit, or shut-off fuel. The system contains devices
which are electrically operated by SPEEDTRONIC signals as well as some
totally mechanical devices. Besides the tripping functions, trip oil also
provides a hydraulic signal to the fuel stop valves for normal start-up and
shutdown sequences. On gas turbines equipped for dual (gas and oil) fuel

112
CARNOT COMPANY
operation the system is used to selectively close off the system not
required.
• Air flow calculation
The airflow calculation uses the inlet bellmouth as the flow measuring
device, measuring total pressure at the bellmouth throat, compressor inlet
temperature, and barometric pressure. Flow is calculated using a flow
coefficient determined in factory test against a calibrated flow metering
tube. Inlet Air temperature may be sensed by the available inlet
thermocouples. Airflow is calculated using the ambient pressure and the
pressure drops across the compressor bellmouth and the inlet duct. All
come in as or are converted to inches of mercury. Also used in the
equation is the compressor inlet temperature (converted to Rankine) and
the compressor inlet absolute humidity. Dry air flow (AFQD) is equal to
AFQ multiplied by (1-CMHUM).
8.5.1.4 I/O Interface

There are two types of termination boards. One type has two 24-point,
barrier-type terminal blocks that can be unplugged for field maintenance.
These are available for Simplex and TMR controls. They can accept two
3.0mm2 (#12AWG) wires with 300 volt insulation. Another type of
termination board used on Simplex controls is mounted on a DIN rail and
has one, fixed, box-type terminal block. It can accept one 3.0mm2
(#12AWG) wire or two 2.0mm2 (#14AWG) wires with 300 volt
insulation.
I/O devices on the equipment can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet)
from the termination boards, and the termination boards must be within
15m (49.2’) from their corresponding I/O cards. Normally, the termination
boards are mounted in vertical columns in termination cabinets with pre-
assigned cable lengths and routing to minimize exposure to emi-rfi for
noise sensitive signals such as speed inputs and servo loops.
8.5.1.4.1 General Purpose I/O

Discrete I/O: A VCRC card provides 48 digital inputs and 24 digital
outputs. The I/O is divided between 2 Termination Boards for the contact
inputs and another 2 for the relay outputs.
Analog I/O: A VAIC card provides 20 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs.
The I/O is divided between 2 Termination Boards. A VAOC is dedicated
to 16 analog outputs and interfaces with 1 barrier-type Termination Board
or 2 box-type Termination Boards.
Temperature Monitoring: A VTCC card provides interface to 24
thermocouples, and a VRTD card provides interface for 16 RTDs. The
input cards interface with 1 barrier-type Termination Board or 2 box-type
Termination Boards. Capacity for monitoring 9 additional thermocouples
is provided in the Backup Protection Module.

113
CARNOT COMPANY
Synchronizing: The synchronizing system consists of automatic

synchronizing, manual synchronizing, and backup synch check protection.
Two single phase PT inputs are provided on the TTUR Termination Board
to monitor the generator and line busses via the VTUR card. Turbine speed
is matched to the line frequency, and the generator and line voltages are
matched prior to giving a command to close the breaker via the TTUR.
An external synch check relay is connected in series with the internal
K25P synch permissive relay and the K25 auto synch relay via the TTUR.
Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contact
from the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the database.
An internal K25A synch check relay is provided on the TTUR; however,
the backup phase / slip calculation for this relay is performed in the
Backup Protection Module or via an external backup synch check relay.
Manual synchronizing is available from an operator station on the network
or from a synchroscope.
Flame Detection: The existence of flame either can be calculated from
turbine parameters that are already being monitored or from a direct
interface to Reuter Stokes or Honeywell-type flame detectors. These
detectors monitor the flame in the combustion chamber by detecting UV
radiation emitted by the flame. The Reuter Stokes detectors produce a 4-
20ma input. For Honeywell flame scanners, the Mark VI supplies the
335Vdc excitation and the VTUR / TRPG monitors the pulses of current
being generated. This determines if carbon buildup or other contaminates
on the scanner window are causing reduced light detection.
Trip System: On turbines that do not have a mechanical overspeed bolt,
the control can issue a trip command either from the main processor card
to the VTUR card in the Control Module(s) or from the Backup Protection
Module. Hydraulic trip solenoids are wired with the negative side of the
24Vdc/125Vdc circuit connected to the TRPG, which is driven from the
VTUR in the Control Module(s) and the positive side connected to the
TREG which is driven from the VPRO in each section of the Backup
Protection Module. A typical system trip initiated in the Control Module(s)
will cause the analog control to drive the servo valve actuators closed,
which stops fuel or steam flow and de-energizes (or energizes) the
hydraulic trip solenoids from the VTUR and TRPG. If cross-tripping is
used or an overspeed condition is detected, then the VTUR/TRPG will trip
one side of the solenoids and the VPTRO/TREG will trip the other side of
the solenoid(s).
Servo Valve Interface: A VSVO card provides 4 servo channels with
selectable current drivers, feedback from LVDTs, LVDRs, or ratio metric
LVDTs, and pulse rate inputs from flow divider feedback used on some
liquid fuel systems. In TMR applications, 3 coil servos are commonly used
to extend the voting of analog outs to the servo coils. Two coil servos can
also be used. One, two, or three LVDT/Rs feedback sensors can be used
per servo channel with a high select, low select, or median select made in

114
CARNOT COMPANY
software. At least 2 LVDT/Rs are recommended for TMR applications

because each sensor requires an AC excitation source.
8.5.2 Local Operator Interface <HMI>

8.5.2.1 Introduction
HMI system provides the infrastructure needed to meet these demanding
requirements. Designed with an open system concept, the system uses
standard open hardware and operating system software. The HMI’s
software system uses the Windows NT client-server architecture from
Microsoft. Windows NT provides built-in multi-tasking, networking and
security features. The ability to run the system on conventional PC based
platforms minimizes cost, promotes open interfaces, permits system
scalability, and ensures longevity of investment and future performance
enhancement.
8.5.2.2 System Structure

The HMI provides a common view for the operators and maintenance
personnel into the system equipment. Interconnections for plant control,
display and data accumulation are made through Ethernet based Unit Data
Highways (UDH), or through I/O connections, as described below under
Communication paragraph. All control and protection is resident in the
MKVI control which allows the HMI to be a non-essential component of
the Control System. It can be reinitialized or replaced with the process
running with no impact on the control system.
8.5.2.2.1 HMI Product Features

The HMI system uses GE's latest technology to produce a superior product
for the power generation industry. GE Fanuc's CIMPLICITY HMI system
serves as the basic core system, which is then enhanced by the addition of
power plant control hardware and software from GE Industrial Systems.
The HMI system includes the system Toolbox for maintenance , software
interface for the MKVI and a number of product features which are
unmatched by other monitoring and control systems. These features bring
value to the user of power plant control, and include the following:
8.5.2.2.2 Graphics - CimEdit and CimView

The key functions of the HMI system are performed by its graphic system,
which provides the operator with process visualization and control in a
real-time environment. In the HMI system, this important interface is
accomplished through CimEdit, a graphics editing package, and CimView,
a high performance runtime viewing package.
CimEdit is an object-oriented program that creates and maintains the
graphic screen displays that represent the plant systems to the operators.

115
CARNOT COMPANY
Powerful editing and animation tools, with the familiar Windows

environment, provide an intuitive interface that is easy to use.
CimView is the run-time portion of the HMI system, where the operator
sees the process information displayed in graphic and textual formats.
With CimView, the operators can view the system screens and screens
from other applications via OLE automation, run scripts, get descriptions
of object actions, and display system and object help.
8.5.2.3 Functions / Display Facilities

The operator interface, <HMI>, consists of a commercial grade PC, color
monitor, cursor positioning device, keyboard, and printer, all installed in a
panel. It can be used as the sole operator interface or as a local
maintenance work station with all operator control and monitoring coming
from communication links with a plant Distributed Control System (DCS)
if any.
The Interface Operator is used for monitoring the operation of the turbine
and the driven device, issuing commands to the control panel, (e.g. to
view / acknowledge / reset alarm messages, advertise operator displays or
maintenance and diagnostic displays, control parameters, etc ...).
Following facilities are available on operators' interfaces.
• The main display shows the machine with important parameters such
as shaft speed, exhaust temperature, fuel command, flame on-off,
operating mode selected, control mode for fuel (speed, temperature,
start-up) and a field showing three alarms that have not been
acknowledged.
• Various commands and operator's screen control list.
• An alarm management and log prints display, with alarm's time tags.
• Administrative display's (menu for various functions access)
• Diagnostics displays providing information on the machine condition
and control system healthy.
• The monitoring and diagnostics can be performed in the following
fields:
1. Power sources check in
– Power distribution check in
– Battery earth fault.
1. Display of following values:
– Thermocouple circuits
– Vibration transducers
– LVDT signals
– Servovalve current feedback
– Loopback testing (4-20 mA inputs)

116
CARNOT COMPANY
– Tests on relay drivers

– Flame detectors UV light level
– Synchronization tests
– Trip contact status monitor
– Voting mismatch.
The standard logging printer 150 cps, dot matrix type provides an alarm
log, event log, historical trip log and the ability to print hardcopies.
8.5.2.4 Commands:
Master control function:
Start - Stop - Fast Load Start - Cooldown.
Load control function:
Base - Peak (if applicable) - Preselected - Droop - Isochrone.
Speed / Load set point function:
Raise - Lower.
8.5.2.5 Displays
• Data display - The operator's normal display:
A menu of data can be selected by the keyboard to create a display which
shows all key gas turbine parameters that are relevant to a particular mode
(e.g. start up - shut down - running - etc ...). Once a useful display is made,
it can be saved and named for easy recall.
• Alarm display :
System (process) alarms and diagnostics alarms for fault conditions are
time tagged at frame rate (10/20/40ms) in the Mark VI control and
transmitted to the HMI alarm management system. System events are time
tagged at frame rate, and Sequence of Events (SOE) for contact inputs are
time tagged at 1ms on the contact input card in the Control Module.
Alarms can be sorted according to ID, Resource, Device, Time, and
Priority. Operators can add comments to alarm messages or link specific
alarm messages to supporting graphics.
• Load display:
This view shows the load status (e.g. circuit breaker, kVA, MW, MVARS,
temperatures, GT general diagram, etc ...). It presents a concise summary
of plant information and is intended for general monitoring.
8.5.3 MKVI applicable Software

The Mark VI is a fully programmable control system. Application
software is created from in-house software automation tools which select
proven GE control and protection algorithms and integrate them with the
I/O, sequencing, and displays for each application. A library of software is
provided with general-purpose blocks, math blocks, macros, and
117
CARNOT COMPANY
application specific blocks. It uses 32-bit floating point data (IEEE-854) in

a QNX operating system with real-time applications, multitasking,
priority-driven preemptive scheduling, and fast context switching.
Application software is executed sequentially and represented in its
dynamic state in a ladder diagram format. Maintenance personnel can add,
delete, or change analog loops, sequencing logic, tuning constants, etc.
Data points can be selected and “dragged” on the screen from one block to
another to simplify editing. Other features include: logic forcing, analog
forcing, and trending at frame rate. Application software documentation is
created directly from the source code and printed at the site. This includes
the primary elementary diagram, I/O assignments, the settings of tuning
constants, etc.The software maintenance tools (Control System Toolbox)
are available in the HMI
8.5.3.1.1 Multi-Unit on <HMI>

On sites with multiple units, an animated display is capable of displaying
CDB pointnames, their values and engineering units for units other than
the currently selected unit. Command targets for units other than the
currently selected unit can also be shown on animated displays. It is very
important to understand that the animated screen builder does not
automatically identify point or targets on a display for units other than the
currently selected unit. It is the responsibility of the creator or editor of the
item list file to provide some indication of the association between
multiple unit points or targets and their respective units. The viewer of
user of an animated display that has multi-unit points or targets must be
made aware of the fact that issued commands via display may affect more
than one unit.
8.5.3.1.2 Real time plot

Any of the Mark VI control data base points can easily be selected for
creation of a real time plot. The plot shall appear like a strip chart recorder
with the oldest points disappearing at the left side of the screen and new
points being added on the right side.
The HMI shall be capable of providing small windows with real time plots
that could be called up by clicking on point name when in any display.
8.5.4 Communication
8.5.4.1 General
Communications are provided for: internal data transfer within a single
Mark VI control, communications between Mark VI controls and peer GE
control systems, and external communications to remote systems such as a
plant distributed control system (DCS).
The Unit Data Highway (UDH) is an Ethernet based LAN with peer-to-
peer communication between Mark VI controls, the GE Fanuc family of

118
CARNOT COMPANY
PLC based controls, HMIs. The network uses Ethernet Global Data (EGD)
which is a message based protocol with support for sharing information
with multiple nodes based on the UDP/IP standard (RFC 768). Data can be
transmitted Unicast, Multicast or Broadcast to peer control systems. Data
(4K) can be shared with up to 10 nodes at 25Hz (40ms). A variety of other
proprietary protocols are used with EGD to optimize communication
performance on the UDH.
40ms is fast enough to close control loops on the UDH; however, control
loops are normally closed within each unit control. Variations of this exist
such as transmitting setpoints between turbine controls and generator
controls for voltage matching and var/power factor control. All trips
between units are hardwired even if the UDH is redundant.
The UDH communication driver is located on the Main Processor Card in
the Mark VI. This is the same card that executes the turbine application
software; therefore, there are no potential communication failure points
between the main turbine processor and other controls or monitoring
systems on the UDH. In TMR systems, there are three separate processor
cards executing identical application software from identical databases.
Two of the UDH drivers are normally connected to one switch, and the
other UDH driver is connected to the other switch in a star configuration.
Network topologies conform to Ethernet IEEE 802.3 standards.
The GE networks are a Class “C” Private Internet according to RFC 1918:
Address Allocation for Private Internets – February 1996. Internet
Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) has reserved the following IP
address space 192.168.1.1: 192.168.255.255 (192.168/16 prefix).
8.5.4.2 Ethernet to DCS via <HMI> ,GSM TCP/IP Protocol

• The turbine control panel is capable of interfacing with a DCS
computer via the GSM proprietary protocol with Ethernet physical
support. Analogue and digital signals can be transmitted using GSM.
• Periodic transmission of data from the Mark VI using definable data
lists is possible.
• GSM does provide time tagged alarms and events.
Ethernet provides high speed 100 MB transmission rates combined with
TCP-IP which is widely used throughout the world. GE supplies an
application layer protocol call GSM (i.e. GEDS Standard Messages) which
supports four classes of application level messages.
8.5.4.3 Time Synchro

Time synchro card : IRIGB
Time Synchro GE provides a bc620AT card that plugs into an HMI Server.
This card is capable of accepting an IRIG-B signal (time protocol) as well

119
CARNOT COMPANY
as several other time signals from the customer. IRIG-B is the most
prevalent. This card will take the time signal input from the customers
source and update the time of the HMI. The TCP looks to this HMI for the
time. Therefore the TCP time will end up matching the time of the IRIG-B
signal. All TCP’s that are served by this HMI server can get the time from
it.
8.5.4.4 Typical Alarms List

The list below is a typical one which may be finalized according final
design.
Alarm messages
Alarms are logged as they occur with 62 ms resolution. These information
are available for the operator on the display and on the printer.
The list below is a typical one which may be finalized according final
design.
• System Failure - Check Diagnostic Alarms
• Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low
• Hydraulic Protective Trouble
• Aux. Lube oil Pump motor Running
• Aux. Lube oil Pump motor Running
• Aux. Hydraulic oil Pump motor Running
• Hydraulic Supply Pressure Low
• Lube oil Level High
• Lube oil Level Low
• Lube oil Pressure Low
• Emergency Lube oil Pump Motor Running
• Lube Oil Tank Temp Low
• Lube Oil Header Temp High
• Loss of Flame Trip
• Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble
• Cooling water level low
• Failure to Ignite
• Chamber flamed out during shutdown
• Exhaust Temperature High
• Flame Detector Trouble

120
CARNOT COMPANY
• Air inlet filter differential pressure

• Turbine Incomplete Sequence
• Failure to Start
• Fire protection system trouble
• Fire in Turbine or Accessory Area
• Starting Device Protective Lockout
• Cooldown system trouble
• Starting motor overload
• FSR Gag Not At Max. Limit
• Customer trip
• Turbine Compartment Temp High
• Vibration Transducer Fault
• Master Protective Start-up Lockout
• 20 % Speed and no Flame
• Compressor Bleed Valve Position Trouble
• MCC Undervoltage
• Battery charger AC Undervoltage
• Battery DC Undervoltage
• Battery 125 DC Ground
• DC Motor Undervoltage (lube oil)
• Auxiliary Motor Overload
• Manual Trip
• Low Lube Oil Pressure Trip
• Underspeed Trip
• High Vibration Trip Level
• Start-up Fuel Flow Excessive Trip
• High Exhaust Temp Spread Trip
• Exhaust Over-temperature Trip
• Electrical Overspeed Trip
• Starting Device Trip
• Lube Oil Header Temp High Trip
• Off-line diagnostic running

121
CARNOT COMPANY
• Wheelspace Temp Differential High

• Wheelspace Temperature High
• Fuel Pressure Low (if applicable)
• Fuel Pressure High (if applicable)
• Vibration Detectors Trouble
• Vibration Sensors Inoperative or Disabled
• High Vibration Alarm Level
• Lube oil Temperature Switch Trouble
• Lube Oil Pressure Switch Trouble
• Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble
• Fire Detector System Trouble
• Main Lube Oil Filter Differential Pressure high
• Hydraulic filter Differential Pressure high.
1. Turbine trip log:

If a trip occurs, the trip log captures all key control parameters and alarm
messages at the time of the trip and at several time intervals preceding the
trip. (Typically 38 pre-trip samples for 63 parameters, 3 post-trip samples
for 63 parameters and up to 63 alarms captured at the time of the trip).
8.5.5 Codes and Standards

ISO 9001 in accordance with Tick IT by Lloyd's Register Quality
Assurance Limited. ISO 9000-3 Quality Management and Quality
Assurance Standards, Part 3: Guidelines for the Application of ISO 9001
to Development Supply and Maintenance of Software.
• Safety Standards
UL 508A Safety Standard Industrial Control Equip.
CSA 22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment
• Printed Wire Board Assemblies
UL 796 Printed Circuit Boards
UL recognized PWB manufacturer,
UL file number E110691
ANSI IPC guidelines
ANSI IPC/EIA guidelines

122
CARNOT COMPANY
• CE - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

EN 50081-2 Generic Emissions Standards
EN 50082-2:1994 Generic Immunity Industrial Environment
EN 55011 Radiated and Conducted Emissions
IEC 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic Discharge Susceptibility
IEC 6100-4-3: 1997 Radiated RF Immunity
IEC 6100-4-4: 1995 Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility
IEC 6100-4-5: 1995 Surge Immunity
IEC 61000-4-6: 1995 Conducted RF Immunity
IEC 61000-4-11: 1994 Voltage Variation, Dips, and Interruptions
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Surge
CE - Low Voltage Directive
EN 61010-1 Safety of Electrical Equipment, Industrial Machines
IEC 529 Intrusion Protection Codes / NEMA 1 / IP 20
Reference the Mark VI Systems Manual GEH-6421, chapter 5 for
additional codes and standards.
8.5.6 Environment
The control is designed for operation in an air-conditioned equipment
room with convection cooling. Special cabinets can be provided for
operation in other types of environments.
Temperature:
Operating 0 to +45 C +32 to +113 F
Storage -40 to +70 C -40 to +158 F
The control can be operated at 50( C during maintenance periods to repair
air-conditioning systems. It is recommended that the electronics be
operated in a controlled environment to maximize the mean-time-between-
failure (MTBF) on the components.
Purchased commercial control room equipment such as PCs, monitors, and
printers are typically capable of operating in a control room ambient of 0
to +40( C with convection cooling.
• Humidity
5 to 95% non-condensing
Exceeds EN50178: 1994
• Elevation
Exceeds EN50178: 1994

123
CARNOT COMPANY
• Gas Contaminants
EN50178: 1994 Section A.6.1.4 Table A.2 (m)
• Dust Contaminants
Exceeds IEC 529: 1989-11 (IP-20)
• Seismic Universal Building Code (UBC)
Section 2312 Zone 4

124
CARNOT COMPANY
g
9. Design Basis
9.1 Fuel System Design Conditions
9.1.1 Gas Fuel
The gas fuel shall have the physical and chemical characteristics required
in the attached specification GEI 41040 and in the Design Basis.
Should there exist any doubt on the gas quality at the GT inlet flange, then
it would be advisable to install a device such as a gas scrubber upstream of
the machine, which would avoid the possible ingress of condensates or
water in the GT. This device is not presently included in our « scope of
supply ».
Allowable gas fuel supply conditions at the inlet flange of the gas turbine
with standard combustors :
— Pressure range: 17.9 to 24.2 bar(g)
— Temperature:
– Minimum: 13°C
– Maximum: 50°C (Consistent for the range of Wobbe index
variation)
— Maximum Transient supply pressure excursions are limited to
either 1% per second ramp or 5% step. The 1% per second ramp is
applicable over the range of minimum required pressure to
maximum operating pressure. The 5% step is applicable over the
range of minimum required pressure to 95% of maximum
operating pressure and with a maximum of one 5% step change in
5 seconds.
Note: Transient Supply Pressure operation applies to brief periods
associated with pressure control mode transfers such as transfer between
gas fuel pressure regulating valves, gas compressor changeovers or gas
supply source changeovers, or rapid fuel demand transients such as Gas
Turbine load rejections or trips.
— The steady state gas supply pressure regulation at any operating
point within the gas turbine capability shall remain within more or
less 1 % pressure at a rate not to exceed more or less 0.25 % / sec
over the range of minimum required pressure to maximum
operating pressure.
— In case of use of a pressure boosting compressor, no oil content
shall be present in the fuel gas.
— Filtration efficiency (absolute removal efficiencies):
– all solid particles whose size is greater than 0.3 microns shall be
filtered with an efficiency of 99.99%
Design Basis Page 9.1

125
CARNOT COMPANY
– all liquid particles whose size is greater than 0.3 microns shall
be filtered with an efficiency of 99.5%.
— Wobbe index variations:
– Wobbe index variation range, with temperature correction, shall
not be more than more or less 5%.
– During normal operation, the wobbe index variation of the gas
fuel with temperature correction shall not be more than 0.3% per
second and temperature rise shall not exceed 1°C/s
Wi = LVH / Sqrt (Sg * T)
Where:
LHV: Low Heating Value (kJ/Nm3)
Sg: Specific gravity relative to air
T: absolute Temperature (Kelvin)
The gas fuel analysis used as design criteria and for performance
calculation is as per :
COMPOSITION MOL %
Nitrogen 3.59
Carbon dioxide 0.9
Methane 86.65
Ethane 5.48
Propane 1.99
n-Butane 1.0
n- Pentane Plus 0.4
Total Sulphur ( as S) 98.5 ppm mol Max.
M-Mercaptan 8 ppm mol
H2S 31 ppm mol Max.
COS 7 ppm mol Max.

126
CARNOT COMPANY
9.2 Lube Oil

The lube oil shall be in accordance with attached specification GEK 28
143.
9.3 Washing Water

9.3.1 Compressor Washing Water (On/Off Line)
9.3.1.1 Water quality
Compressor washing water shall be in accordance with GEK 103623
Solution quality:
Total solids (dissolved and < 5 ppm

undissolved):
Total Alkali Metals and the other < 0.5 ppm
metals which may cause hot corrosion:
Silica: < 5 ppm
Conductivity: < 1 microS/cm
9.3.1.2 Chemical content of washing detergent for Off-Line Washing
Total alkali metals: 25 ppm max

Magnesium + calcium: 5 ppm max
Vanadium: 0.1 ppm max
Lead: 0.1 ppm max
Tin + copper: 10 ppm max
Sulfur: 50 ppm max
Chlorine: 40 ppm max
9.3.1.3 Water requirements

On-line washing:
For each compressor on-line washing, 300 l will be necessary.
Between +10°C to -10°C antifreeze shall be added to water.
Off-line washing
Depending on the flow adjustment and on the duration the quantity of
water required for a complete off-line washing sequence will vary from
0.75 m3 to 2.25 m3 for compressor washing.
Off-line water washing shall be done at a compressor inlet temperature not
less than 4°C.
127
CARNOT COMPANY
9.4 Gas Turbine Generator Cooling Water (for GEEPE Closed

Circuit)
The cooling water quality for closed loop shall be in accordance with the
specification GEI 41004h.
9.5 Noise Level Data
Guarantee 85 dB(A) average at 1 meter from the units and 1.5 meter from the ground in free
field conditions for GEEPE supplied equipment at least 3m from reflecting surface.
F (Hz) 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K

SABINE FACTOR according to ISO 354 0.25 0.35 0.6 0.7 0.75 0.8
Sound power level

Estimated sound power level (LW) of main GEEPE equipment (ref : 10-12 Watt) at base load. Octave
band values are given in dB linear, except for the global value given in dB(A). Please, note that the
values below are provided only for use in modeling. The values are per unit.
9.5.1 Lw of the GT acoustic enclosure, type OFF-BASE with its

ventilation system:
Sound Octave Band Center Frequency, Hertz
Power Level 31,5 63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K dB(A)
Lw 9.5.1 115 112 109 100 99 96 95 94 91 103
Ref : 10-12 W Above and below, values in linear decibel (without being weighted)
9.5.2 Lw emitted at the downstream flange of the exhaust silencer

LW 9.5.2 126 121 117 117 116 111 105 107 112 118
9.5.3 Lw of the BRUSH generator, with its ventilation system, without

acoustical screen effects:
LW 9.5.3 103 107 120 109 105 104 109 97 89 113

128
CARNOT COMPANY

129
CARNOT COMPANY
9.5.4 Lw radiated by the exhaust transition duct and low frequency

silencer
LW 9.5.4 112 108 103 98 95 94 94 88 83 100
9.5.5 Lw emitted by the self cleaning filter opening (without bleed

heating in operation)
LW 9.5.5 111 105 89 75 73 71 75 78 83 86
9.5.6 Lw emitted by the self cleaning filter opening (with bleed heating in
operation)
LW 9.5.6 111 105 89 78 77 76 78 80 84 87
Pulse noise of the self cleaning filter: (not a permanent source)

Duration of a complete cycle : 15' (approximation)
Number of element cleaned per pulse : 6
Number of pulse (std configuration) : 26
Duration of one pulse : 0,1s (approximation)
Pulse cleaning noise (temporary source)

Lp @ 50m Lw
Leq (1h) for one cycle 52 94
Leq (15min) for one cycle 58 100
Leq (T=1s) for one pulse 73 115

130
CARNOT COMPANY
9.5.7 Lw emitted by the fin fan coolers

LW 9.5.7 106 105 104 103 98 94 90 83 104
9.5.8 Lw radiated by the GT inlet duct

LW 9.5.8 105 107 102 96 93 92 104 97 95 107
NOTE :
These upper values are given for information, moreover, this data must change according to the
suppliers choice or to a different repartition of the sound levels between the sources of noise.
DATA ALLOWANCE :
Standard ISO 10494
Standards ISO 9614-1
Lw = SOUND POWER LEVEL REF : 10-12 W
SPL = SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL REF : 2 x 10-5 Pa
SIL = SOUND INTENSITY LEVEL REF : 10-12 W/m²
TEMPORARY NOISE SOURCES
The atmospheric safety relief and vent valves are considered as part of the temporary noise sources.
These temporary noise sources are not taken into account in our data or calculation. Valves passing
high-pressure gas directly to the atmosphere are part of significant noise source. Although energy
release from safety relief valves or others can produce excessive noise levels in the atmosphere, its
occurrence is so infrequent that noise abatement provisions are not needed.
It’s also considered as infrequent the noise emission to the hot air GT compressor discharge inside
the GT air filter during the GT on-line washing at low ambient temperature and the filter pulses
noise.

131
CARNOT COMPANY
9.6 Voltage and Current Levels

11.5 kV Generator Outgoing
— Rated voltage : 11.5 kV ± 10%
— Rated frequency : 50 Hz ± 2%
— Number of phases : 3
— Neutral earthing mode : Transformer
MV supply to GT starting motor

— Rated voltage : 6000 V ± 5%
— Neutral earthing mode : Solidly Earthed
400 VAC Switchboard (Motor control center)

— Rated voltage : 400 V + 10 % - 10 %
— Insulation : 750 V
— Neutral earthing mode : Solidly earthed
— Maximum short circuit : 50 kA - 1 second
current (at busbar)
125 V-DC Switchboard (distribution)
— Rated voltage : 125 V + 10% - 16%
— Earthing mode : Isolated
9.109.7 Codes and Standards

The used codes and standards for the Gas Turbine Generator and its
auxiliaries are listed in the Codes and Standards chapter.
For others codes and standards not mentioned in this specification,
Manufacturer standards shall apply.

132
CARNOT COMPANY
g
10. Codes and Standards
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Codes and Standards Page 10.1

133
CARNOT COMPANY
STANDARDISATION INSTRUCTION
GEEPF SNC applicable codes and standards
SUMMARY
1 – SUBJECT
2 – FIELD OF APPLICATION
3 – DEFINITIONS
4 – INSTRUCTION
5 – ANNEX
ST092G REFERENCE : IN 001 REVISION : G INDICE D'ENQUETE : 0 1/9

Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC,
est strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, copié, ou is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated, copied or
134notre autorisation écrite.
reproduit sans reproduced without our written consent.
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products - Europe

1 - SUBJECT
The purpose of this instruction is to provide a list of the main codes and standards that are
generally applicable to GE Energy Products - Europe products and activities. This list is in Annex.
2 - FIELD OF APPLICATION
The following equipment are covered by this instruction :
- The gas turbine and its direct auxiliaries called on-base equipment,
- The generator (and load gear if applicable),
- Other auxiliaries generally used for a gas turbine in simple cycle called off-base equipment,
3 - DEFINITIONS
Code of practice (code) : document that recommends practices or procedures for the design,
manufacture, installation, maintenance or utilisation of equipment, structures or products.
Standards : document, established by consensus and approved by a recognised body, that

provides, for common and repeated use, rules, guidelines or characteristics for activities or their
results, aimed at the achievement of the optimum degree of order in a given context.
4 - DEFINITIONS
4.1 - GE Energy Products - Europe considers the codes and standards listed in Annex to be the
most relevant for the gas turbine industry.
4.2 - The gas turbine and its direct auxiliaries (on-base) are manufactured by GE Energy Products
- Europe are consequently designed and constructed using General Electric internal
specifications. In a same way, the generator and the off-base equipment are designed and
constructed as per the Manufacturer's internal specifications.
In general, these specifications comply with the applicable sections of the codes and
standards (listed in annex) which have nevertheless been used for guidance only.
4.3 - The list of codes and standards produced herewith is based on GE Energy Products - Europe
experience and standardisation of equipment. Any modification of this list will be subject to
negotiation between the Purchaser and GE Energy Products - Europe.
4.4 - The applicable revision of the codes and standards is the one published and effective at the
date of submittal of the tender. The date of this revision is mentioned for information after the
reference of each code and standard.
Any modification in the codes and standards posterior to the date of tender submittal, and
required by the Purchaser, will be taken into account by GE Energy Products - Europe only
upon mutual agreement between the Purchaser and GE Energy Products – Europe.
On the contrary, and in order to enable the necessary changes to be made in the designs
and procedures, it is acceptable that some codes and standards become really applicable in
our company only 6 to 12 months after their date of effectiveness.
4.5 - Copy of codes and standards are not authorised by the Standards Organisations. As an
option GE Energy Products - Europe can supply original documents at cost.

CARNOT COMPANY

4.6 - The listed codes and standards do not necessarily exist in the national language of the
Purchaser or in English. GE Energy Products - Europe will supply no translation, neither with
the tender nor with the contract.
5 - ANNEX
Annex : list of applicable codes and standards.

CARNOT COMPANY

ANNEX
MAIN APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
Standard Number Title Version Country

AISC M016 ASD MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION 9ED 89 ERRATA United States
API 505 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR CLASSIFICATION OF 1ED 97 ERRATA 98 United States
LOCATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AT
PETROLEUM FACILITIES CLASSIFIED AS CLASS I, ZONE
0, ZONE 1 AND ZONE 2
API 520PT1 SIZING, SELECTION AND INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE- 7ED 2000 United States
RELIEVING DEVICES IN REFINERIES - SIZING AND
SELECTION
API 521 GUIDE FOR PRESSURE-RELIEVING AND DEPRESSURING 4ED 97 ERRATA 1 United States
SYSTEMS
API 526 FLANGED STEEL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES 4ED 95 United States
API 5L SPECIFICATION FOR LINE PIPE 42ED 2000 United States
API 607 FIRE TEST FOR SOFT-SEATED QUARTER-TURN VALVES 4ED 93 United States
API 610 FORCES AT NOZZLE POINT (PUMP) 8ED 95 United States
API 617 FORCES AT NOZZLE POINT (COMPRESSOR) 6ED 95 United States
API 650 WELDED STEEL TANKS FOR OIL STORAGE 10 ED 98 United States
API 6D SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE VALVES (GATE, PLUG, 21ED 94 SUPP 2 E1 United States
BALL AND CHECK VALVES)
ASCE 7-98 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER 95 United States
STRUCTURES
ASHRAE HDBK - ASHRAE HANDBOOK - FUNDAMENTALS 97 United States

FUNDAMENTALS
ASME B133.8- INSTALLATION SOUND EMISSION, GAS TURBINE, 77(R1989) United States
ASME B16.1- CAST IRON PIPE FLANGES AND FLANGED FITTINGS, 98 United States
CLASS 25, 125, 250, 800,
ASME B16.10 FACE-TO-FACE AND END-TO-END DIMENSIONS OF 92 United States
VALVES
ASME B16.11- FORGED STEEL FITTINGS, SOCKET-WELDING AND 96 United States
THREADED,
ASME B16.25- BUTTWELDING ENDS 97 United States
ASME B16.28- WROUGHT STEEL BUTTWELDING SHORT RADIUS 94 United States
ELBOWS AND RETURNS
ASME B16.34- VALVES - FLANGED, THREADED AND W ELDING END 96 ADDENDA A 98 United States
ASME B16.5- PIPE FLANGES AND FLANGED FITTINGS 96 RS AD A 98 United States
ASME B16.9- FACTORY-MADE WROUGHT STEEL BUTTWELDING 93 United States
FITTINGS
ASME B31.1- POWER PIPING 98 ADDENDA A 99 United States
ASME B31.3- PROCESS PIPING 99 RS United States
ASME B36.10M- WELDED AND SEAMLESS WROUGHT STEEL PIPE 96 United States
ASME B36.19M- STAINLESS STEEL PIPE 85(R1994) United States
ANNEX A REFERENCE : IN 001 REVISION : G INDICE D'ENQUETE : 0 4/9

CARNOT COMPANY

ASME PTC19.3- PERFORMANCE TEST CODE TEMPERATURE 74(R1998) United States

MEASUREMENT,
ASME PTC 19.5 APPLICATION - PART II OF FLUID METERS 72 United States
ASME PTC 19.5.1 INSTRUMENTS AND APPARATUS - W EIGHING SCALES 64 United States
ASME PTC8.2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 90 United States
ASME PV CODE 8 DIV 1 PRESSURE VESSELS - DIVISION 1 98 INTERP 45 99 United States
ASME PV CODE 9 WELDING & BRAZING QUALIFICATIONS 98 INTERP 45 99 United States
ASTM A 105/A105M- SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON STEEL FORGINGS FOR 98 United States
PIPING APPLICATIONS
ASTM A 106 SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS CARBON STEEL PIPE 99 E1 United States
FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE
ASTM A 182/A182M- SPECIFICATION FOR FORGED OR ROLLED ALLOY-STEEL 99 United States
PIPE FLANGES, FORGED FITTINGS, AND
VALVES AND PARTS FOR HIGH-
TEMPERATURE SERVICE
ASTM A 193/A193M- SPECIFICATION FOR ALLOY-STEEL AND STAINLESS 99 United States
STEEL BOLTING MATERIALS FOR
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE
ASTM A 194/A194M- SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON AND ALLOY STEEL NUTS 99 United States
FOR BOLTS FOR HIGH PRESSURE OR HIGH
TEMPERATURE SERVICE, OR BOTH
ASTM A 216/A216M- SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL CASTINGS, CARBON 93(R1998) United States
SUITABLE FOR FUSION WELDING FOR
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SERVICE
ASTM A 234/A234M- SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING FITTINGS OF WROUGHT 99 United States
CARBON STEEL AND ALLOY STEEL FOR
MODERATE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE
SERVICE
ASTM A 312/A312M- SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AND WELDED 99 United States
AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
ASTM A 333/A333M SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS AND WELDED STEEL 99 United States
PIPE FOR LOW -TEMPERATURE SERVICE
ASTM A 403/A403M- STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR WROUGHT AUSTENITIC 99 United States
STAINLESS STEEL PIPING FITTINGS
AWS D1.1 STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL 2000 United States
BS 4076(1989) SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL CHIMNEYS Unites Kingdom
BS 5351(1986) SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL BALL VALVES FOR THE AMD 6271 Unites Kingdom
PETROLEUM PETROCHEMICAL AND ALLIED INDUSTRIES
BS 6374:PT5(1985) LINING OF EQUIPMENT WITH POLYMERIC MATERIALS FOR THE PROCESS Unites Kingdom
INDUSTRIES - SPECIFICATION FOR LINING W ITH RUBBERS
BS 6755:PT1(1986) TESTING OF VALVES - SPECIFICATION FOR PRODUCTION PRESSURE TESTING Unites Kingdom
REQUIREMENTS
BS 6755:PT2(1987) TESTING OF VALVES - SPECIFICATION FOR FIRE TYPE- AMD 6712 Unites Kingdom
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
BS 8110:PT1(1997) STRUCTURAL USE OF CONCRETE - CODE OF PRACTICE AMD 9882 Unites Kingdom
FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
BS 8110:PT2(1985) STRUCTURAL USE OF CONCRETE - CODE OF PRACTICE AMD 5914 Unites Kingdom
FOR SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
DIN 4024(PT1) MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ; FLEXIBLE STRUCTURES THAT 88 Germany
SUPPORT MACHINES WITH ROTATING ELEMENTS
DIN 4024(PT2) MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ; RIGID FOUNDATIONS FOR 91 Germany
MACHINERY WITH PERIODIC EXCITATION
DTU P 06-002 RULES DEFINING THE EFFECTS ON BUILDINGS OF 98 AMD 2 99 France
SNOW AND WINDS (CALLED RULES NV 65) AND
APPENDICES
DTU P 06-008 REGLES PS MI 89 - CONSTRUCTIONS PARASISMIQUES 90 France
DES MAISONS INDIVIDUELLES

CARNOT COMPANY

DTUP 22-701 RULES FOR THE DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES 66 France

(CALLED RULES CM 66)
EJMA STANDARDS OF THE EXPANSION JOINT United States
MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
EN 287 PT1 APPROVAL TESTING OF WELDERS - FUSION W ELDING - 92 AMD 1 97 Europe
STEELS
EN 288 PT3 SPECIFICATION AND APPROVAL OF WELDING 92 AMD 1 97 Europe
PROCEDURES FOR METALLIC MATERIALS - WELDING
PROCEDURE TESTS FOR THE ARC WELDING OF STEELS
EN 60584 PT1 INDUSTRIAL-PROCESS CONTROL VALVES - 95 Europe

THERMOCOUPLES - REFERENCE TABLES
EN 60584 PT2 THERMOCOUPLES - TOLERANCES 93 Europe
FCI 70-2 CONTROL VALVE SEAT LEAKAGE 91 United States
IEC 60034-3 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - SPECIFIC 88 CORR 97 International

REQUIREMENTS FOR TURBINE TYPE SYNCHRONOUS
MACHINES
IEC 60034 PT1 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - RATING AND 99 (COND ED)10.2 International
PERFORMANCE
IEC 60034 PT16-1 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - EXCITATION 1ED 91 International
SYSTEMS FOR SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES -
DEFINITIONS
IEC 60034 PT2 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - METHODS FOR 72 AMD 2 9672 International
DETERMINING LOSSES AND EFFICIENCY OF ROTATING
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY FROM TESTS (EXCLUDING
MACHINES FOR TRACTION VEHICLES)
IEC 60034 PT2A ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - MEASUREMENT OF 74 International

LOSSES BY THE CALORIMETRIC METHOD
IEC 60034 PT4 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - METHODS FOR 85 AMD 1 95 International
DETERMINING SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE QUANTITIES
FROM TESTS
IEC 60034 PT5 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - CLASSIFICATION OF 3ED 91 International

DEGREES OF PROTECTION PROVIDED BY ENCLOSURES
FOR ROTATING MACHINES.
IEC 60034 PT7 ROTATING ELECTRICAL MACHINES - SYMBOLS FOR 2ED 92 International
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION AND MOUNTING
ARRANGEMENTS OF ROTATING ELECTRICAL
MACHINERY (IM CODE)
IEC 60044 PT1 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS - CURRENT 1ED 96 International

TRANSFORMERS
IEC 60060 PT1 HIGH VOLTAGE TEST TECHNIQUES - GENERAL 89 CORRIGENDUM 1 International
DEFINITIONS AND TEST REQUIREMENTS
IEC 60072 PT1 DIMENSIONS AND OUTPUT SERIES FOR ROTATING 6ED 91 International
ELECTRICAL MACHINES - FRAME NUMBERS 56 TO 400
AND FLANGE NUMBERS 55 TO 1080
IEC 60079 PT0 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR EXPLOSIVE GAS 98 AMD 1 2000 International
ATMOSPHERES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ATMOSPHERES - CONSTRUCTION AND VERIFICATION
TEST OF FLAMEPROOF ENCLOSURES OF ELECTRICAL
APPARATUS
IEC 60079 PT10 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR EXPLOSIVE GAS 3ED 95 International
ATMOSPHERES - CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS
AREAS

CARNOT COMPANY

IEC 60079 PT11 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR EXPLOSIVE GAS 4ED 99 International
ATMOSPHERES - INSTRINSIC SAFETY I""
IEC 60079 PT1A ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR EXPLOSIVE GAS 75 International
ATMOSPHERES - CONSTRUCTION AND TEST OF
FLAMEPROOF ENCLOSURES OF ELECTRICAL
APPARATUS - APPENDIX D : METHOD OF TEST FOR
ASCERTAINMENT OF MAXIMUM EXPERIMENTAL SAFE
GAP
ATMOSPHERES - METHOD OF TEST FOR IGNITION
TEMPERATURE
IEC 60079 PT4A ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR EXPLOSIVE GAS 70 International

ATMOSPHERES - METHOD OF TEST FOR IGNITION
TEMPERATURES - FIRST SUPPLEMENT
ATMOSPHERES - INCREASED SAFETY e""
IEC 60085 THERMAL EVALUATION AND CLASSIFICATION OF 2ED 84 International

ELECTRICAL INSULATION
IEC 60227 PT1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE INSULATED CABLES OF RATED 98 (CON ED)2.2 International
VOLTAGES UP TO AND INCLUDING 450/750 V - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
IEC 60255 PT3 ELECTRICAL RELAYS - SINGLE INPUT ENERGIZING 2ED 89 International
QUANTITY MEASURING RELAYS WITH DEPENDENT OR
INDEPENDENT TIME
IEC 60364 PT5-51 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS OF BUILDINGS - 3ED 97 International

SELECTION AND ERECTION O F ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
- COMMON RULES
IEC 60502 PT1 POWER CABLES WITH EXTRUDED INSULATION AND 97 AMD 1 98 International
THEIR ACCESSORIES FOR RATED VOLTAGES FROM 1KV
(UM=1.2 KV) UP TO 30 KV (UM=36 KV) – CABLES FOR
RATED VOLTAGES OF 1 KV (UM=1.2 KV) UP TO 3 KV
(UM=3.6 KV)
IEC 60502 PT2 POWER CABLES WITH EXTRUDED INSULATION AND 97 AMD 1 98 International
(UM=1.2 KV) UP TO 30 KV (UM=36 KV) – CABLES FOR
RATED VOLTAGES OF 6 KV (UM=1.2 KV) UP TO 3 KV
(UM=36 KV)
IEC 60502 PT4 POWER CABLES WITH EXTRUDED INSULATION AND 1 ED 97 International
(UM=1.2 KV) UP TO 30 KV (UM=36 KV) – TEST
REQUIREMENTS ON ACCESSORIES FOR CABLES WITH
RATED VOLTAGES FROM 6 KV (UM=7.2 KV) UP TO 30 KV
(UM=36 KV)
IEC 60529 DEGREES OF PROTECTION PROVIDED BY ENCLOSURES 89 AMD 1 99 International
(IP CODE)
IEC 61131 PT1 PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS - GENERAL 1ED 92 International
INFORMATION
IEC 61131 PT2 PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS - EQUIPMENT 1ED 92 International
REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS
IEC 61131 PT3 PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS - PROGRAMMING 1ED 93 International
LANGUAGES
IEEE 421.2 GUIDE FOR IDENTIFICATION, TESTING AND EVALUATION 90 United States
OF DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE OF EXCITATION CONTROL
SYSTEMS
IEEE 803 UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION IN POWER PLANTS AND 83(R1999) United States
RELATED FACILITIES - PRINCIPLES AND DEFINITIONS,
RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR

CARNOT COMPANY

IEEE 803.1 UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION IN POWER PLANTS AND 92 United States

RELATED FACILITIES - COMPONENT FUNCTION
IDENTIFIERS
IEEE C37.1 IEEE STANDARD DEFINITION, SPECIFICATION, AND 94 United States

ANALYSIS OF SYSTEMS USED FOR SUPERVISORY
CONTROL, DATA ACQUISITION, AND AUTOMATIC
CONTROL
IPC-A-600 ACCEPTABILITY OF PRINTED BOARDS F United States

IPC-A-610 ACCEPTABILITY OF ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLIES C 2000 United States
ISO 10494- GAS TURBINES AND GAS TURBINE SETS - 1993 International
MEASUREMENT OF EMITTED AIRBORNE NOISE -
ENGINEERING SURVEY METHOD
ISO 10816/1- MECHNICAL VIBRATION - EVALUATION OF MACHINE 1995 International

VIBRATION BY MEASUREMENTS ON NON-ROTATING
PARTS - GENERAL GUIDELINES
ISO 1217- DISPLACEMENT COMPRESSORS - ACCEPTANCE TESTS 1996 International

ISO 1460- METALLIC COATINGS - HOT DIP GALVANIZED COATINGS 1992 International
ON FERROUS MATERIALS - GRAVIMETRIC
DETERMINATION OF THE MASS PER UNIT AREA
ISO 1461- METALLIC COATINGS - HOT DIP GALVANIZED COATINGS 1999 International
ON FABRICATED FERROUS PRODUCTS -
REQUIREMENTS
ISO 1680- ACOUSTICS - TEST CODE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF 1999 International
AIRBORNE NOISE EMITTED BY ROTATING ELECTRICAL
MACHINERY - ENGINEERING METHOD FOR FREE FIELD
CONDITIONS OVER A REFLECTING PLANE
ISO 1680/2- ACOUSTICS - TEST CODE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF 1986 International
AIRBORNE NOISE EMITTED BY ROTATING ELECTRICAL
MACHINERY - SURVEY METHOD
ISO 2314- GAS TURBINES - ACCEPTANCE TESTS 89 CORRIGENDUM 1 International

ISO 2409- PAINTS AND VARNISHES - CROSS CUT TEST 1992 International
ISO 9906 ROTODYNAMIC PUMPS – HYDRAULIC PERFORMANCE 1999 International
ACCEPTANCE TESTS – GRADES 1 AND 2
ISO 3746- ACOUSTICS - DETERMINATION OF SOUND POWER 95 CORRIGENDUM 1 International
LEVELS OF NOISE SOURCES USING SOUND PRESSURE -
SURVEY METHOD USING AN ENVELOPING
MEASUREMENT SURFACE OVER A REFLECTING PLANE
ISO 3977/1- GAS TURBINES - PROCUREMENT - GENERAL 1997 International

INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
ISO 3977/2- GAS TURBINES - PROCUREMENT - STANDARD 1997 International
REFERENCE CONDITIONS AND RATINGS
ISO 4624- PAINTS AND VARNISHES - PULL OFF TEST FOR 1978 International
ADHESION
ISO 4628/3- PAINTS AND VARNISHES - EVALUATION OF 1982 International
DEGRADATION OF PAINT COATINGS - DESIGNATION OF
INTENSITY, QUANTITY AND SIZE OF COMMON TYPES OF
DEFECT - DESIGNATION OF DEGREE OF RUSTING
ISO 5167/1- MEASUREMENT OF FLUID FLOW BY MEANS OF 91 AMD 1 98 International

PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL DEVICES - ORIFICE PLATES,
NOZZLES AND VENTURI TUBES INSERTED IN CIRCULAR
CROSS SECTION CONDUITS RUNNING FULL
ISO 5199- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 1986 International

- CLASS II

CARNOT COMPANY

ISO 6190- ACOUSTICS - MEASUREMENT OF SOUND PRESSURE 1988 International

LEVELS OF GAS TURBINE INSTALLATIONS FOR
EVALUATING ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE - SURVEY
METHOD
ISO 8501/1- PREPARATION OF STEEL SUBSTRATES BEFORE 88 INF SUPP International

APPLICATION OF PAINTS AND RELATED PRODUCTS -
VISUAL ASSESSMENT OF SURFACE CLEANLINESS -
RUST GRADES AND PREPARATION GRADES OF
UNCOATED STEEL SUBSTRATES AND OF STEEL
SUBSTRATES AFTER OVERALL REMOVAL OF PREVIOUS
COATIN
ISO 8504/1- PREPARATION OF STEEL SUBSTRATES BEFORE 2000 International

SURFACE PREPARATION METHODS - GENERAL
PRINCIPLES
ISO 8504/2- PREPARATION OF STEEL SUBSTRATES BEFORE 2000 International

SURFACE PREPARATION METHODS - ABRASIVE BLAST
CLEANING
ISO 9614/1- ACOUSTICS - DETERMINATION OF SOUND POWER 1993 International

LEVELS OF NOISE SOURCES USING SOUND INTENSITY -
MEASUREMENT AT DISCRETE POINTS
MSS SP 44 STEEL PIPELINE FLANGES 96 ERRATA United States
NACE MR 01 75 SULFID STRESS CRACKING RESISTANT MATERIALSFOR 2000 United States

OILFIELD EQUIPMENT
NFA 91-122 METALLIC COATINGS - FINISHED PRODUCTS OF HOT DIP 87 France

GALVANIZED STEEL - SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE ZINC
COATING AND RECOMMENDED METHOD OF
FABRICATION FOR THE PRODUCTS TO BE GALVANIZED
NFP 06-013 REGLES DE CONSTRUCTION PARASISMIQUES - REGLES 95 France

PS92
NFP 06-014 REGLES DE CONSTRUCTION PARASISMIQUES - REGLES 95 France
PS-MI 89 REVISEES 92
NFPA 11 LOW EXPANSION FOAM 98 United States
NFPA 12 CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 2000 United States
NFPA 15 WATER SPRAY FIXED SYSTEMS FOR FIRE PROTECTION 96 United States
NFPA 20 INSTALLATION OF CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS 99 United States
NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 99 ERRATA 99 United States
NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE 99 United States
NFPA 850 FIRE PROTECTION FOR ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS 2000 United States
AND HIGH VOLTAGE DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER
STATIONS
TEMA STANDARDS STANDARDS OF THE TUBULAR EXCHANGER 8 ED 99 United States

MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
UNIFORM BUILDING CODE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE 97 United States

CARNOT COMPANY
g
11. Not Used
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Error! Reference source not found. Page 11.1

143
CARNOT COMPANY
g
GE Energy Products – France SNC
12. Technical Comments
GE has reviewed the Specification. We are p roviding the clarifications and

exceptions to this specification as e xplained below.
Clarification [C] Customer Specification is not clear to GE and thus
GE is restating the requirement to elim inate any
misunderstanding. GE will give the Customer the
functionality that he has requested and will comply
with the spirit of his Specification even though the
GE approach may be different.
Exception [E] GE cannot comply with the Customer Specification
or relevant portions of the Specification per GE
Scope of Supply.
Comments in the present section are based exclusively on the specification listed hereafter, any other
specification is considered not applicable to the GTG package, as the equ ipement used for GT package
are pre designed. The below list is not e xhaustive, additional comments will be provided during the
course of detailled engineering.
Document N° / Revision Document Title

SPY 2-0000- ME – DT 100 / Rev D0 Data sheet for GTG
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 019 / Rev D0 GT driven synchronous generator
SPY 2-0000- ME – MR 461 / Rev Requisition for GTG
D0
SPY 2-0000- EL – SP 005 / Re v D2 Packaged equipement spe cification
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 006 / Rev D3 Lubrication & control oil
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 013 / Rev D2 Special Purpose gears
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 030 / Rev D4 Minimum requirements for Packaged equipements
SPY 2-0000- PE – SP 002 / Rev D4 Basic engineering design
SPY 2-0000- QA – PR 002 / Rev D4 Shop quality control procedure with vendor
SPY 2-0000- QA – PR 003 / Rev D2 General inspection requirements for procurement
SPY 2-0000- PC – PR 010 / Rev D4 Non conformance procedure
SPY 2-0000- ME – DT 100 Data sheet for GTG
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Technical Comments Page 12.1

144
CARNOT COMPANY
Section Page Para Code Comments

All Refer to Tab 12b of t he present proposal for detailed
comments as applicable for 6B gas turbines.
4 C Hazardous area classification (NEC Class1, Group
D, Division 2) for gas turbine compartment and gas
module compartment is provided.
4 E Painting and coating systems will be according to
specification System E, re -inforced painting system
for aggressive environment.
Fuel gas pressure and fuel gas temperature ranges
are mentioned in Tab 9 Design Basis.
4 E Maximum gas composition has not been taken into
account for fuel gas pressure and temperature ranges
definition and for emission guarantees.
6 to 12 E These pages have not been taken into account by
GE.
6 C Line 21
Generator rotation as viewed from the drive end is
clockwise.
13 E Shop inspections and te st ( line 25)
Rotor overspeed test will be performed on site
during GT commissioning only.
GE.
23 E Shop test of systems - Cleanliness (line 3)
Cleanliness reportof GT lube oil circuit give n to
customer but not witnessed (done before GT FSNL
test)
23 E Shop test of systems - Sound levels (line 8)
Sound levels not checked & witnessed during GT
FSNL test as acoustical enclosure is mounted.
23 E Shop test of systems - Use for complete u nit
equipment (line 9)
Not performed
23 Shop test of systems - Hydraustatic test of
assembled oil system (line 11)
A certificate of conformity (COC) on GT lube oil
circuit will be issued for welds visual, dimensional
& geometrical , dye penetrant, rad iographic &
painting inspections. These test are however not
witnessed by custome r. Refer to Ta b 20, page 53
clause 1.3.5.2 of our proposal for details.

145
CARNOT COMPANY

GE.
25 E Line 18
Cooling water pipi ng in stainless steel. The
generator cooler header with short stub pipes is in
carbon steel.
27 E Line 20 & 21
End covers and tubes in stainless steel. The
generator cooler header is in carbon steel with
90/10 Cu Ni tubes.
15 E Line 18 Generator oil inlet pipes are stainless steel,

oil outlet pipes are carbon steel.
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 019 GT driven synchronous generator
5.1 5 5.1 E 11/33 kV unit transformer / low voltage bus duct/
6kV distribution transformer are not GE scope.
Generator is designed for rated operation at 11.5kV
7 6 to 7 E The gas turbine generator set and its auxiliaries are
designed and constructed using General Electric
standards which in themselves do not fully recognise
any accepted Nati onal or International Standards.
Due recognition, however, is taken of A.S.M.E.,
A.N.S.I., I.E.E., A.G.M.A., A.P.I., ISO Standards
and other standards and codes listed in GE
specification ST 092 enclosed in tab 10 of our
proposal and construction of the ga s turbines which
GE EPE, manufacture. In general, certain sections of
these standards and codes are considered for
guidance and significant efforts to optimise the
design basis are kept continuously under review. For
example, great emphasis is placed on fa tigue studies,
vibration analysis and other refined evaluations
which are not in themselves stringently defined
within the documents referred to above.
Country or local codes and standards may not be
followed.
10.2 8 E Generator is designed for rated op eration at 11.5kV
10.4.2 8 E Our curve HEP 19042 attached to this proposal
shows the generator's Efficiency.
10.7 9 E Generator is IP54 not IP55 as specified here.
10.8.3 9 E We monitor exciter air outlet temperature not
i di C li
146
CARNOT COMPANY
winding temperature. Cooling water temperature

monitoring is by others.
10.8.4 9 E We provide two leak detectors, one for each drip
tray under each pair of nests, at each end.
10.10.2 10 E Generator bearings are fitted with thermocouples.
10.11.1 11 E We do not vacuum pressure impregnate our coils.
10.12.1 11 E Rotor balance weights are steel not stainless steel.
10.12.4 11 E The separation margin may not meet the specified
flexible-shaft rotor system.
TDI 137 gives details on critical speeds and lateral
dynamic analysis o f shaft systems.
10.13 12 E GE will provide an energy meter cl 0.5 for VARh
and WATTh metering.
10.17 13 C GE will supply an enlarged acoustical enclosure
around gas turbine and accessory compartments.
Hazardous area classification (NEC Class1, Group
10.18.1 14 C Communication from Speedtronic Mark VI to DCS
will be made with Ethernet GSM/TCP/IP protocol
redundant.
10.19 15 E The starting motor will be 6.0 kV rating
11 15 E Generator is tested in accordance with our TDI 160.
12 15 E - Drawings list and delivery schedule will be
according to GE’s Engineering & Design
specification included in tab 13 of our technical
offer.
- Format of drawings and scales will be ac cording to
GE pract ices.
- Only the General Layout, the Single Line Diagram
and the General Painting Specification will be
submitted for approval.
Attachments 2 20 to 28 E Attachments 2 to 5 have not been tak en into account
to 5 by GEEPE.
Attachment 3 21 PSMS system is not GE scope
SPY 2-0000- ME – MR 461 Requisition for GTG


147
CARNOT COMPANY
5 3 C Performance curves included in this proposal are

typical curves. Engineered performance curves will
be provided during the engineering phase.
6 5 6.4 & Services are not part of the present proposa l, refer to
6.5 Services proposal
8 5 to 7 E - Drawings list and delivery schedule will be
according to GE’s Engineering & Design
specification included in tab 13 of our technical
offer.
- Format of drawings and scales will be according to
GE pract ices.
- Only the General Layout, the Single Line Diagram
and the General Painting Specification will be
submitted for approval.
13 6 and 7 Changes This clause shall be deleted and replaced by clause
/23 GC-6 of Appendix A – General Conditions of
Global Sales of Equipment
14 8 14.2 E Anchor bolts and Nuts will be as per GE standards.
Attachment 2 8 14.3 E Inlet supporting structure is galvanized but not

painted. The gratings are not galvanized.
14 8 14 –5) E 4 – 20 mA transmitters will not be of HART smart
type, as this function is not necessary for the GT
package Control System.
14 8 14 –9) E Exhaust system: GE scope is limited to the lateral
exhaust silencer. Expansion joint downstream
silencer, stack, sampling, CEMS are not included.
14 9 13) E Please refer to chapter 3 Perf Data for emission
guarantees. Only Nox emission is guaranteed.
14 9 14) E The gas composition, based on SPY 2 -0000- ME –
DT 10 Data sheet for GTG page 5, is detailed in
chapter 9 Design Basis of this proposal. HP fuel gas
pressure range requests are mentioned in chapter 9
Design Basis.
14 9 14- 16) Sub vendor for GTG equipments are as per GE
sourcing practices.

148
CARNOT COMPANY
Attachment 2 11 to 13 E Refer to Section 7 of the pres ent proposal for GE

actual scope of supply, following items are not
required or not GE scope of supply:
1.1 scope of articles
- Clause 8) Load sharing of kW and kVA Oil
- Clause 9) 11/33 kV unit transformer
1.2 scope of work
- Clause 9) transportation to FCA ins tead of
FOB
Attachment 2 11 1.1.3 C Main lube oil pump will be shaft driven.
Attachment 2 13 1.1.12 C GE will provide two (2) sets of special tools for gas
turbine inspection.
Attachment 3 15 to 17 E The present proposal is bas ed exclusively on the
specification listed in p age 1 of this chapter 12, any
other specification is considered not applicable to
the GTG package, as the equipement used for GT
package are pre designed.
Attachment 4 18 E Refer to Section 13 of the present proposal for
schedule of Vendor drawing and documents as
applicable for GTG.
Attachment 5 20 162 E PQR & WPS will only be transmitted to customer in
MDR for pressure vessels only.
Attachment 5 20 164 E Inspection & test procedure are GE p roprietary
information which can only be consulted by
customer during his visits at facilities.
Attachment 5 20 165 & E Final Manufacturer Data Record (one(1) paper copy
171 & & one(1) electronic copy) will be sent to customer at
note (5) least one(1) month after shipment of last equipment
for each unit.
Attachment 5 21 1.2 E Only test description for GT, TCC & GT Gen. will
be sent to customer for information one(1) month
prior to test date. Detailed test & inspection
procedures are GE proprietary information which
can only be consulted by cust omer during his visits
at facilities.
Attachment 5 21 1.5 E Test gages are calibrated according to international
standard. Calibrating intervals may vary for each
equipment. Generaly, main gages are calibrated at
least every year.
Attachment 5 21 1.8 E Final test report, with customer attendance for the
witnessed test, will be sent 15 days after test. All
other test reports without customer attendance will
be compiled in Final Quality Data book (called End

149
CARNOT COMPANY
Of Manufacturing Report -EOMR) & sent to

customer at least one(1) month after shipment of last
equipment for each unit.
Attachment 5 21 1.10 C Only Quality plan, as detailed in Section 20 of our
proposal, will be approved by customer.
Attachment 5 21 1.11 E Manufacturing Data Record will be approved by GE
Quality Control Dept. prior to shipment. EOMR will
be sent to customer at least one(1) month after
shipment of last equipment for each unit.
Attachment 5 21 2 E See general comment detailed below regarding
customer’specification ref.: SPY 2 -0000- QA –
PR003 – General Inspection Requirements for
Procurement.
SPY 2-0000- EL – SP 005 Packaged equipment specification

6 6 E Please refer to Tab 10 for the app licable
codes&standards.
8.1 7 8.1 E Voltage for Electrical control and protection is 125
VDC for GTG.
9 9.1 E Enclosures for MCC, Battery chargers have
protection degree of IP 32.
Enclosure for speedtronic Mark VI has protection
degree NEMA 10.
Enclosure for generator Control Panel has protection
degree of IP31.
9 to 12 8 to 13 E Enclosures, Installation and construction
requirements , External connections and cables are
according to GEEPE standards, as the equipments
used for GT package are pre -designed.
14 13 E Motors are according to European Norms.
15 14 C Hazardous area classification (NEC Class1, Group

17 14 C Numbering system will be according to GE
standards, and is homogeneous all along drawings,
schematic diagrams, operating and maintenance
manual, control panels.
20 15 C For gas turbine , GE will provide commissioning
tools and two (2) sets of special tools for gas turbine
inspection.

150
CARNOT COMPANY
21 15+16/16 21 E For details of test & inspection performed on

electrical equi pment, please refer to Section 20
Quality of our proposal.
Test certificates will be compiled as per Section 20
& sent to customer at least one(1) month after
shipment of last equipment for each unit.
SPY 2-0000- QA – SP 006 – Lubrication and contro l oil

All E Please refer to GE comments to API 614.
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 013 Special Purpose gears

All E Please refer to GE comments to API 613.
SPY 2-0000- ME – SP 030 - Minimum req uirements for Packaged equipements

2.1.1 5 E Refer to Tab 12b page 1 of p resent proposal for
specifications applicable for 6B gas turbines.
2.1.2 6 E Please refer to Tab 10 for the app licable
codes&standards.
4.2.3 and 4.2.4 11 to 12 E Structural design and Lifting will be designed and
constructed using GEEPE standards.
4.3.1 13 to 14 E Structural design and Lifting will be designed and
constructed using GEEPE standards.
4.3.3 14 E Inlet supporting structure is ga lvanized but not
painted. The gratings are not galvanized.
4.3.3 14 E Minimum width for acccess platforms will be 800
mm. Access platforms for air inlet filter will be 1200
mm width.
4.3.4 14 E Turbine casings are not designed to be insulated and
will have surface temperatures exceeding 60C
(140F). However, the GT will be within an
enclosure. Enclosure external temperatures may
reach an average surface temperature of 60C on a
hot day.
4.7 15 E Painting and coating systems will be according to
specification System E, re -inforced painting system
for aggressive environment.

151
CARNOT COMPANY
4.8 15 to 16 E Please refer to Tab 7 scope of supply for equipment

provided in stainless steel. Inlet support ing structure
will include galvanized protection.
5.1 to 5.2 16 E Material specification and welding will be as per GE
standards.
6 17 6.2 E Customer will be provided with reasonable access to
manufacturing facilities (GE & its sub -contractors).
For GE policy regarding access guidelines, please
refer to section 20 “Q uality”, paragraph 11.9 page 9
of our proposal.
6 17 6.2 E Regarding approval, as GE manufactures GTG units
on advanced order, this is not applicable.
6 18 6.4 C For GE scope of supply, performance test will be
done during commissioning activities on site.
6 18 6.5 E GE understood paragraph “The compete
assembly….” is applicable to GT auxiliairies only
which are mounted on the same base plate as GT
flange to flange.
6 18 6.5 E Only test description for GT, TCC & GT Gen. will
be sent to customer for information only one(1)
month prior to test date. Detailed test & inspection
procedures are GE proprietary information which
can only be consulted by customer during his visits
at facilities.
6 18-19/20 6.7 E Spec SPY-2000-TY-SP-008/009 were not taken into
account & not commented by GE.
SPY 2-0000- PE – SP 002 Basic engineering design
4.2 7 E Please refer to Tab 10 for the app licable
codes&standards.
4.5.3 23 E Please refer to specification GEI41004 for water
quality requirements.
4.5.3.1 23 E Generator is rat ed for operation at 30°C.
The generator cooler design pressure is 6.9 with test
at 9.0 bar. We assume the demineralised or fresh
water cooling is applicable at 14.8 bar design.
4.5.6 24 E Please refer to Tab 9 Design Basis for Gas Fuel
composition.
4.5.7 25 E Diesel is not applicable to Gas Turbine Package
4.6 to 5 25 to 47 E These paragraphs have not been taken into account

by GE.
4.7 26 E The closest reference to the generator air to water
cooler is Shell and tube. We have worked to ASME
VIII but not customers codes.

152
CARNOT COMPANY
SPY 2-0000- QA – PR002 – Shop Quality Control Procedure with Vendor

Complete E General comment: All GEEPE Qua lity
procedure Assurance/Quality Control activities are managed
according to our Qualit y system which is ISO
9001:2000 certified. Summary of quality system is
detailed in Tab.20 “Quality” of our proposal
(Quality Policy part page 2 to 11). Other aspects can
be discussed during Pre -Inspection Meeting which
will be scheduled after contract awa rd.
SPY 2-0000- QA – PR003 – General Inspection Requirements for Procurement
Complete E General comment: For GEEPE scope of supply,
procedure applicable Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) will be
Tab.20 “Quality” of our propo sal based on former
South Pars 4 & 5 Quality Plan agreed with customer.
SPY 2-0000- PC – PR010 – Non Conformance Procedure
Complete E General comment: As GEEPE is ISO 9001:2000
procedure certified, we use internal non -conformance
procedures which can be consulted by customer at
facilities.
GEEPE will only request customer’s approval on
non-conformances which impact interchangeability
of parts. For details, please refer to Tab.20, page 8,
paragraph 10 “Non -conforming Prod ucts
Inspection” included in our proposal.

153
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products – Europe COMMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS TO API 614
COMMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS TO API 614, Fourth edition
FOR PG 6531B
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France This document, sole property of GE Energy Products France
SNC, est strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, copié, SNC, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated, copied
154 sans son autorisation écrite.
ou reproduit or reproduced without our written consent.
CARNOT COMPANY
9.2 Comments and Exceptions to API 614 Lubrication, Shaft Sealing and Control Oil
Systems for Special Purpose Applications, Fourth Edition Applicable to the PG
6581B Packaged Power Plant.
The above GEEPE gas turbine utilizes a standard pre-engineered lubrication system
which is integrated and packaged into the common turbine gas and accessory
baseplatelube oil module. The following comments are provided to indicate where our
standard design differs from the requirements of API 614. Only Sole the main deviations
are stated for information only. API 614 standard is considered "NOT APPLICABLE" to
GE EPE's Standard proven design. Changes of that this proven design should may cause
loss of reliability and operability of the complete packaged power plant.
See point 1.1 of API 614, Chapter 1 too. "This standard does not apply to internal
combustion engines".
Chapter 1: General requirements
5.1.2 E Tubing size 1/4" & 3/8" will be used in lube and control oil system instrumentation lines.
Tubing thickness used in the oil systems (lube and HP supply for IGV) are:
1/4" is 0.91 mm thick
1/2" is 0.89 or 0.91 mm thick according to the material
3/4" is 1.22 or1.25 mm thick according to the material
1" is 2.03 or 2.11 mm thick according to the material.
However , the sizes and thicks may be altered according to the selected supplier from
sourcing policy after contract award .
5.1.2 C The oil system feed piping downstream of the filter transfer valve is stainless steel. The
drains are carbon steel.
Bolts are ASTM A354, Grade BD (SAE Grade 8) and nuts are Flexloc heavy duty hex.
5.1.5 C Absolutely complete drainage is not always possible.
5.1.7 C Socket-welded pipe fittings are used downstream of oil filters.

Backed rings and sleeve type joints will be used .
DIN standards are also applicable . GE welding requisities , including materials ,
procedures , qualification and inspection are based on DIN EN 287 / 1 .
5.1.15 C Check valves on pump discharges are wafer style.
CARNOT COMPANY
5.1.16 E Check valves, regulating valves, relief valves are cast iron. Valves have stainless steel
trim.
5.1.18 E Repacking under pressure is not possible.
5.1.20 C Instrument valves are .25 inch NPT. No block valves are provided upstream of
instrument valve.
5.1.22 E Test valves in gauge panel are .25 inch NPT.
5.3.2 E Instrument panels may use 1/4 and 3/8 inch tubing, valves and fittings.
6.1.2 E The design of instrumentation, controls and the installation of control devices are in
accordance with GE/GE EPE practices and specifications. Modifications of
instrumentation and controls can't be done because of interface with the Mark V or MKVI
control system.
6.1.4 E Instrumentation and controls will conform to GE's/GE EPE's gas turbine standards not in
complete compliance with API RP 550.
6.2.1 E GE EPE's standard arrangement of transmitter panel will be used. The gauge board has
6.2.2 only a limited amount of space for additional instruments that might be specified by the
purchaser.
6.2.3 C Local instrument board is only provided with switches and transmitter. All signals and
information of instrumentation are available on the turbine control panel or available to
DCS connection.
6.3.1 Alarms and shutdowns will be according to GE EPE's standard. Please refer to the
schematic diagrams, device summary and MKV or MKVI control panel alarm and
shutdown list.
6.3.3 Test mode indication light on gauge panels is not provided.
6.3.4 Pressure and temperature switches are primarily single pole, double throw.
6.4.1 C Thermometers are not mounted in oil piping of the cooler inlet and outlet. The function is
accomplished with reservoir and bearing header thermocouples.
6.4.5.2 C Where used, gauges in 1,200 psig systems are 4.5" and have 1/4" NPT connections.
Sockets are carbon steel.
7.3.2 E The lube oil system is leak tested at nominal operating pressures and temperatures
during the factory modules tests.
CARNOT COMPANY
7.4 C Please refer to the comments about API 616 because the lube oil and control oil system
are integral part of the common gas turbine and accessory package .
7.4.3.12 E Filters as shipped do not have clean elements since they have not been changed out
after the factory mechanical run test. However, the installation and start-up kit contains
extra clean filter sets.
CARNOT COMPANY
Chapter 2 Special purpose oil system :
1.1.1 C Before 3 years of uninterrupted operation, planed maintenance outage are must be
included.
1.1.2 E Main shaft driven lube and hydraulic oil pumps cannot be isolated for maintenance
with the unit running.
1.1.4 C Materials for GE EPE's scope of supply will be identified according to ASTM
materials. Materials supplied by U.S. Sub-vendors will be identified according ASTM.
Materials = ASTM. Piping calculations = ASME.B 31-3. Pressure vessels =ASME VIII
1.1.17 C Main pump and auxiliary pump are in cast iron . In addition to that some valves are
also in cast iron .
1.1.18 C Only the lube oil tank, lube oil cooler(s) and liquid fuel drains are equipped with
valves. All other drains and vents are plugged.
1.1.20 E Accumulator where used will be per Sub-vendor standard.
1.1.25 C Please refer to GE EPE's Quality Control Plan for inspection requirements.
1.1.26 E Operators may also be qualified according to EN 473.
1.2.2 C A drain gutter is not used since separate drain connections are provided.
1.2.4 E Non skid metal decking is not provided.
1.2.5 C Since the base is supported from strategically located pads grouting is not required
and grout holes are not provided. Vent holes are not applicable to the design offered.
1.1.26 C Welding may also be performed according to EN 287 – 1 or ASME Section IX.
1.3.1 C Reservoir is integrated in the common gas fuel turbine and accessory baseplatelube
oil module.
1.3.2.1 E . Auxiliary and emergency lube oil pumps are mounted inside of the reservoir.
Oil/water cooler is mounted internally inside the toreservoir.
1.3.2.2 E Top of reservoir is not sloped.
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.3.2 E Stilling tubes or degasification trays are not required or provided. The #2 bearing
drain is below above oil level. The drain between the generator and the turbine
package is under oil level .
1.3.4 E Drains are NPT connections plugged since flanges would exceed shipping dimension
limitations. Valves will be installed at site.
1.3.5.1.3 E Aa switch alone is provided.
1.3.5.1.4 E The standard fill connection is NPT. An automatic closing strainer type fill feature is
not provided.
1.3.5.1.5 E No extra blind flanged vent connection is provided as the oil tank demister system
including blower and coalescing filter is included
1.3.5.1.6 E Filter breather cap is not applicable to our meeting venting system. The lube oil
reservoir is maintained at a negative pressure by the an oil tank demister system.
1.3.5.1.7 C Not applicable for the offered standard lube oil reservoir.
1.3.6.2.1 E Capacity between low alarm level and the pump suction loss level is sufficient for
approximately 2 2 minutes of normal flow.
1.3.6.2.2 E The retention time is approximately 4 3 minutes of normal flow.
1.3.7 C Only electric heating elements are available.
1.3.8 C Not applicable to the equipment offered.
1.3.9 E No extra plugged connections will be provided, as gas purging and oil clarification is
not necessary or recommended.
1.3.10 E Due to full-flow oil filtering system design on the gas turbine, GEEPE sees no need
for an oil conditioner. In addition, centrifuging the lube oil may separate required
additives. Therefore no flange at reservoir and no pipe loop inside the reservoir will be
provided.
1.3.13 E The reservoir is integral within the common turbine gas and accessory base
framelube oil module and is carbon steel made painted internally with oil resistant
epoxy paint.
CARNOT COMPANY
1.4.1 E The main pump is positive displacement , shaft –driven and the auxiliary pump is
centrifugal, electrically driven, vertically mounted; the auxiliary pump is submerged
inside the reservoir, the motor being above the pump baseplate on the top of the
tank. They do not comply with API 610.
1.4.2 C Auxiliary pump is internal to the reservoir. Their baseplate is bolted over the lube oil
tank: thence pump can be dismantled easily without requiring access inside the tank.
1.4.3 E The definition of the emergency pump is made according to GE EPE's standards.
1.4.4 C Not applicable to the design offered.
1.4.7 C The main pump is shaft – driven .
1.4.8 E Not Applicable
1.4.10.2 C Accumulators are not provided for the lube oil system.
The pumps are designed for supplying the required normal oil flow for all operation
condition plus a minimum of 15 % .
1.4.17 E Block valves on pump suction and discharge are not provided.
1.4.18 E Each centrifugal pump is fitted with a permanent suction strainer. This same strainer
serves is used during flushing and normal operation. No block valve is provided
upstream the pump.
1.4.21 E A compound-type pressure gauge cannot be furnished as strainer is directly flanged

on the pump inlet flange.
No pressure gauges between suction and inlet of each oil pump . Only common
header pressure can be measured for bearing oil supply , on bearings there is a
concentric design for oil supply and return on which we cannot have transmitters
mounted .
Accumulator have no permanently mounted indicating pressure gauge .
1.4.22 E Automatic start-up of standby pump is on decreasing main pump discharge pressure
only.
1.4.24 E Couplings between pumps and drivers are GE EPE's proven standard design. Each
motor is fitted on the vertical pump by a specific machined bracket to minimize offset
and maximize parallelism; this design includes no shim.
1.5.1.1 C Coolers are plate frame type.
CARNOT COMPANY
1.5.2 E Not applicable for the design of a water/oil cooler within a closed cooling water
system. The tube fouling is 0.005 for the closed cooling water systems.
1.5.3.1 E Bearing header temperatures may exceed values shown but are within the allowable
design for GEEPE units.
1.5.3.4.6 C Water system pressure may be higher than oil side pressure.
1.5.6 C A cooling water bypass regulating valve, oil temperature controlled, is provided in the
cooling water circuit.
1.5.8 C Drain connections are valved with threaded connection on oil side and NPT plugged
drain and vent connections on water side.
1.6.1 E Filtration PRE is Beta 40 = 75, same as the whole current GE fleet.
1.8.3 E Accumulator vessels used in the hydraulic high pressure control oil system are made
of carbon steel.
2.2.1 E Standard lube oil piping use carbon steel pipe and flanges upstream the lube oil
filters. Some oil connection (drain, etc.) are NPT.
2.5.1 C Cooling water system uses also “VICTAULIC®” fittings with grooved pipes.
4.1, 4.2, C Lube oil and control oil system are tested in accordance with GE EPE's standard.
4.3 Please refer to GE EPE's Quality Control Plan in our proposal.
4.3.3 C Operational Test. See separate GE EPE's comment & exceptions on QCP 3.00.005,
section 12.
5 C As stated above, API 614 requirements are not applicable to gas turbine pre-
engineered lube and control oil system.
5.1 C The proposal data of the lube and control oil system are part of the gas turbine
description and the gas turbine data sheets in our proposal.
5.2 C Contract data will be provided in accordance with the contract.
Appendi E GE EPE's schematic diagrams, symbols and tag numbering will be used.
xA
Appendi E Please refer to our data sheets in our proposal.

xB
CARNOT COMPANY
Appendi C Inspector's check-list will be as agreed in the contract.

xC
Appendi E Bill of materials will not be provided for the relevant items under this tabulation. A list
xD of drawings to be submitted, a submitted schedule and approval rights will be
provided as agreed in the contract.
CARNOT COMPANY
COMMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS TO API 614, Fourth edition
FOR PG 6531B
CARNOT COMPANY
9.2 Comments and Exceptions to API 614 Lubrication, Shaft Sealing and Control Oil
Systems for Special Purpose Applications, Fourth Edition Applicable to the PG
6581B Packaged Power Plant.
The above GEEPE gas turbine utilizes a standard pre-engineered lubrication system
which is integrated and packaged into the common turbine gas and accessory
baseplatelube oil module. The following comments are provided to indicate where our
standard design differs from the requirements of API 614. Only Sole the main deviations
are stated for information only. API 614 standard is considered "NOT APPLICABLE" to
GE EPE's Standard proven design. Changes of that this proven design should may cause
loss of reliability and operability of the complete packaged power plant.
See point 1.1 of API 614, Chapter 1 too. "This standard does not apply to internal
combustion engines".
Chapter 1: General requirements
5.1.2 E Tubing size 1/4" & 3/8" will be used in lube and control oil system instrumentation lines.
Tubing thickness used in the oil systems (lube and HP supply for IGV) are:
1/2" is 0.89 or 0.91 mm thick according to the material
3/4" is 1.22 or1.25 mm thick according to the material
1" is 2.03 or 2.11 mm thick according to the material.
However , the sizes and thicks may be altered according to the selected supplier from
sourcing policy after contract award .
5.1.2 C The oil system feed piping downstream of the filter transfer valve is stainless steel. The
drains are carbon steel.
Bolts are ASTM A354, Grade BD (SAE Grade 8) and nuts are Flexloc heavy duty hex.
5.1.5 C Absolutely complete drainage is not always possible.
5.1.7 C Socket-welded pipe fittings are used downstream of oil filters.

Backed rings and sleeve type joints will be used .
DIN standards are also applicable . GE welding requisities , including materials ,
procedures , qualification and inspection are based on DIN EN 287 / 1 .
5.1.15 C Check valves on pump discharges are wafer style.
CARNOT COMPANY
5.1.16 E Check valves, regulating valves, relief valves are cast iron. Valves have stainless steel
trim.
5.1.18 E Repacking under pressure is not possible.
5.1.20 C Instrument valves are .25 inch NPT. No block valves are provided upstream of
instrument valve.
5.1.22 E Test valves in gauge panel are .25 inch NPT.
5.3.2 E Instrument panels may use 1/4 and 3/8 inch tubing, valves and fittings.
6.1.2 E The design of instrumentation, controls and the installation of control devices are in
accordance with GE/GE EPE practices and specifications. Modifications of
instrumentation and controls can't be done because of interface with the Mark V or MKVI
control system.
6.1.4 E Instrumentation and controls will conform to GE's/GE EPE's gas turbine standards not in
complete compliance with API RP 550.
6.2.1 E GE EPE's standard arrangement of transmitter panel will be used. The gauge board has
6.2.2 only a limited amount of space for additional instruments that might be specified by the
purchaser.
6.2.3 C Local instrument board is only provided with switches and transmitter. All signals and
information of instrumentation are available on the turbine control panel or available to
DCS connection.
6.3.1 Alarms and shutdowns will be according to GE EPE's standard. Please refer to the
schematic diagrams, device summary and MKV or MKVI control panel alarm and
shutdown list.
6.3.3 Test mode indication light on gauge panels is not provided.
6.3.4 Pressure and temperature switches are primarily single pole, double throw.
6.4.1 C Thermometers are not mounted in oil piping of the cooler inlet and outlet. The function is
accomplished with reservoir and bearing header thermocouples.
6.4.5.2 C Where used, gauges in 1,200 psig systems are 4.5" and have 1/4" NPT connections.
Sockets are carbon steel.
7.3.2 E The lube oil system is leak tested at nominal operating pressures and temperatures
during the factory modules tests.
CARNOT COMPANY
7.4 C Please refer to the comments about API 616 because the lube oil and control oil system
are integral part of the common gas turbine and accessory package .
7.4.3.12 E Filters as shipped do not have clean elements since they have not been changed out
after the factory mechanical run test. However, the installation and start-up kit contains
extra clean filter sets.
CARNOT COMPANY
Chapter 2 Special purpose oil system :
1.1.1 C Before 3 years of uninterrupted operation, planed maintenance outage are must be
included.
1.1.2 E Main shaft driven lube and hydraulic oil pumps cannot be isolated for maintenance
with the unit running.
1.1.4 C Materials for GE EPE's scope of supply will be identified according to ASTM
materials. Materials supplied by U.S. Sub-vendors will be identified according ASTM.
Materials = ASTM. Piping calculations = ASME.B 31-3. Pressure vessels =ASME VIII
1.1.17 C Main pump and auxiliary pump are in cast iron . In addition to that some valves are
also in cast iron .
1.1.18 C Only the lube oil tank, lube oil cooler(s) and liquid fuel drains are equipped with
valves. All other drains and vents are plugged.
1.1.20 E Accumulator where used will be per Sub-vendor standard.
1.1.25 C Please refer to GE EPE's Quality Control Plan for inspection requirements.
1.1.26 E Operators may also be qualified according to EN 473.
1.2.2 C A drain gutter is not used since separate drain connections are provided.
1.2.4 E Non skid metal decking is not provided.
1.2.5 C Since the base is supported from strategically located pads grouting is not required
and grout holes are not provided. Vent holes are not applicable to the design offered.
1.1.26 C Welding may also be performed according to EN 287 – 1 or ASME Section IX.
1.3.1 C Reservoir is integrated in the common gas fuel turbine and accessory baseplatelube
oil module.
1.3.2.1 E . Auxiliary and emergency lube oil pumps are mounted inside of the reservoir.
Oil/water cooler is mounted internally inside the toreservoir.
1.3.2.2 E Top of reservoir is not sloped.
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.3.2 E Stilling tubes or degasification trays are not required or provided. The #2 bearing
drain is below above oil level. The drain between the generator and the turbine
package is under oil level .
1.3.4 E Drains are NPT connections plugged since flanges would exceed shipping dimension
limitations. Valves will be installed at site.
1.3.5.1.3 E Aa switch alone is provided.
1.3.5.1.4 E The standard fill connection is NPT. An automatic closing strainer type fill feature is
not provided.
1.3.5.1.5 E No extra blind flanged vent connection is provided as the oil tank demister system
including blower and coalescing filter is included
1.3.5.1.6 E Filter breather cap is not applicable to our meeting venting system. The lube oil
reservoir is maintained at a negative pressure by the an oil tank demister system.
1.3.5.1.7 C Not applicable for the offered standard lube oil reservoir.
1.3.6.2.1 E Capacity between low alarm level and the pump suction loss level is sufficient for
approximately 2 2 minutes of normal flow.
1.3.6.2.2 E The retention time is approximately 4 3 minutes of normal flow.
1.3.7 C Only electric heating elements are available.
1.3.8 C Not applicable to the equipment offered.
1.3.9 E No extra plugged connections will be provided, as gas purging and oil clarification is
not necessary or recommended.
1.3.10 E Due to full-flow oil filtering system design on the gas turbine, GEEPE sees no need
for an oil conditioner. In addition, centrifuging the lube oil may separate required
additives. Therefore no flange at reservoir and no pipe loop inside the reservoir will be
provided.
1.3.13 E The reservoir is integral within the common turbine gas and accessory base
framelube oil module and is carbon steel made painted internally with oil resistant
epoxy paint.
CARNOT COMPANY
1.4.1 E The main pump is positive displacement , shaft –driven and the auxiliary pump is
centrifugal, electrically driven, vertically mounted; the auxiliary pump is submerged
inside the reservoir, the motor being above the pump baseplate on the top of the
tank. They do not comply with API 610.
1.4.2 C Auxiliary pump is internal to the reservoir. Their baseplate is bolted over the lube oil
tank: thence pump can be dismantled easily without requiring access inside the tank.
1.4.3 E The definition of the emergency pump is made according to GE EPE's standards.
1.4.4 C Not applicable to the design offered.
1.4.7 C The main pump is shaft – driven .
1.4.8 E Not Applicable
1.4.10.2 C Accumulators are not provided for the lube oil system.
The pumps are designed for supplying the required normal oil flow for all operation
condition plus a minimum of 15 % .
1.4.17 E Block valves on pump suction and discharge are not provided.
1.4.18 E Each centrifugal pump is fitted with a permanent suction strainer. This same strainer
serves is used during flushing and normal operation. No block valve is provided
upstream the pump.
1.4.21 E A compound-type pressure gauge cannot be furnished as strainer is directly flanged

on the pump inlet flange.
No pressure gauges between suction and inlet of each oil pump . Only common
header pressure can be measured for bearing oil supply , on bearings there is a
concentric design for oil supply and return on which we cannot have transmitters
mounted .
Accumulator have no permanently mounted indicating pressure gauge .
1.4.22 E Automatic start-up of standby pump is on decreasing main pump discharge pressure
only.
1.4.24 E Couplings between pumps and drivers are GE EPE's proven standard design. Each
motor is fitted on the vertical pump by a specific machined bracket to minimize offset
and maximize parallelism; this design includes no shim.
1.5.1.1 C Coolers are plate frame type.
CARNOT COMPANY
1.5.2 E Not applicable for the design of a water/oil cooler within a closed cooling water
system. The tube fouling is 0.005 for the closed cooling water systems.
1.5.3.1 E Bearing header temperatures may exceed values shown but are within the allowable
design for GEEPE units.
1.5.3.4.6 C Water system pressure may be higher than oil side pressure.
1.5.6 C A cooling water bypass regulating valve, oil temperature controlled, is provided in the
cooling water circuit.
1.5.8 C Drain connections are valved with threaded connection on oil side and NPT plugged
drain and vent connections on water side.
1.6.1 E Filtration PRE is Beta 40 = 75, same as the whole current GE fleet.
1.8.3 E Accumulator vessels used in the hydraulic high pressure control oil system are made
of carbon steel.
2.2.1 E Standard lube oil piping use carbon steel pipe and flanges upstream the lube oil
filters. Some oil connection (drain, etc.) are NPT.
2.5.1 C Cooling water system uses also “VICTAULIC®” fittings with grooved pipes.
4.1, 4.2, C Lube oil and control oil system are tested in accordance with GE EPE's standard.
4.3 Please refer to GE EPE's Quality Control Plan in our proposal.
4.3.3 C Operational Test. See separate GE EPE's comment & exceptions on QCP 3.00.005,
section 12.
5 C As stated above, API 614 requirements are not applicable to gas turbine pre-
engineered lube and control oil system.
5.1 C The proposal data of the lube and control oil system are part of the gas turbine
description and the gas turbine data sheets in our proposal.
5.2 C Contract data will be provided in accordance with the contract.
Appendi E GE EPE's schematic diagrams, symbols and tag numbering will be used.
xA
Appendi E Please refer to our data sheets in our proposal.

xB
CARNOT COMPANY
Appendi C Inspector's check-list will be as agreed in the contract.

xC
Appendi E Bill of materials will not be provided for the relevant items under this tabulation. A list
xD of drawings to be submitted, a submitted schedule and approval rights will be
provided as agreed in the contract.
CARNOT COMPANY
g GE Energy Products – Europe
A GE Power Systems Business
COMMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS TO API 616

Fourth Edition, (August 1998)
Applicable to the PG 6581B Packaged Power Plant
1/21
172
CARNOT COMPANY
Section 3 - Definition
3.16 [C] Firing temperature for GEEPE gas turbines is defined as the mass flow
mean total temperature at the fi rst-stage nozzle trailing edge plane.
3.17 [C] The ISO rating of the GEEPE generator drive gas turbines includes the
effects of the standard inlet and exhaust systems.
Section 4 - Basic design.
4.1.1 [C] The recommended combustion inspection interval i s fixed to a minimum

of 8000 hours after which subsequent inspection intervals should be
based on experience. Peaking operation by increasing the firing
temperature will reduce the inspection interval in reference to
GER 3620.
Other factors that can affect maintenance intervals include :
- Operation with Ash forming fuel
- Steam or water injection
- Trips from load
4.1.0 [C] Guarantee sound levels are provided in the proposal. Please refer to
design assumption for sound level measurement practises API 615 is not
applied.
4.1.7 [E] Not Applicable
4.1.11 [C] Not applicable for the design of a water/oil heat exch anger within the
closed cooling water system supplied by GEEPE
4.1.14 [C] Starting motor will be, due to space limitation, manufacturer's standard
for the relevant voltage, i.e. open ventilated, IP43.Diesel engine is not
compliant with NFPA
2/21
173
CARNOT COMPANY
4.1.16 [C] Not Applicable
4.1.18 [C] GEEPE can review and comment pu rchaser's piping and foundation
drawings, but responsibility for accuracy and correct design r emains
with the purchaser.
Alignment checks shall included as part of Site Technica l Assistance
Services
4.1.20 [C] Spare parts under GE con tractual services responsibility.
4.2.3 [E] The word "perceptible" is not definitive. There are minute leakages from
any casing joint but these have negligible effects on output and he at rate.
We have two limits for casing leakage:
1. A 10 degree F (5 degree C) inc rease in compartment temperature
2. A 0.1 % loss in output
4.2.7 [C] Boroscope po rts are provided.
4.2.8 [C] Flange faces adjacent to jack screw holes are smooth instead of counter -
bored in order to preclude in gestion of dirt.
4.2.9 [E] Gas turbine rotor cannot be b alanced at full speed. Each individual
subcomponent of the rotor is s tatically and dynamically balanced at the
factory. In addition, the compressor and turbine rotor are factory
balanced at low speed before final assembly
Balancing after rebucketing is recommended only if there is access to a
balance machine. The repl acement buckets are moment -weighed and the
required location plotted.
4.3.2 [C] Gas turbine temperature limits are measured and maintained through the
use of exhaust gas thermocouples.
3/21
174
CARNOT COMPANY
4.3.3 [C] . Gas fuel nozzles cannot be calibrate d but are flow checked at factory. It
may not be possible to use a mixture of new and old nozzles.Production
combustion liners are not flow checked (calibrated
4.4.3 [C] GEEPE interprets these pipe restrictions to be applicable t o purchaser

connections and in general will comply.
4.4.3.2 [C] All threaded pipe connections in casings are at least Schedule 80.
4.4.3.5 [C] Seal weld threaded connections are avoided in order to s implify
maintenance and servicing.
4.4.5 [E] Casing flanges, combustion casings and combustion header flanges are
based on GEEPE's standards selected for each application.
4.4.5.4 [E] GEEPE's standard connections may be reviewed but are not subject to
Purchaser's approval.
4.5.1.4 [C] .Please refer to the comments API 670
4.7.1.1 [C] Amplification factors for journal bearing rotor systems are generally low
for those modes that include movement within the journal bearing oil
film. Damping within this oil is generally high. Howeve r, certain
bending modes involving little or no journal movement within the oil
film may have higher amplification factors. Consequently, we have
never put a value on the amplification factor for acceptance but have
generally considered the overall peak am plitude response at all locations
along the rotor system in order to assess the forces at the bearings and
movement of the rotor within its seal clearances.
4.7.1.2 [E] Rotor dynamic analysis and tests are not performed for each rotor since
these are prod uction type rotors with a history of successful field
operation. Therefore data or reports can not be submitted.
4/21
175
CARNOT COMPANY
4.7.1.2.1 [C] The only exciting frequencies that are considered in the GEEPE
torsional and lateral analysis studies are those created by rotor
unbalance. The other causes listed in this paragraph are insignificant and
are not included.
The suggested analysis procedure for use in the design of ne w rotors
does not apply to production type rotors.
4.7.1.2.2 [C] Please refer to comments to subsecti on 4.7.1.1c above.
4.7.2.1 [E] Test data of measured support stiffness and damping is not
available.Unbalance response tests are not performed since these is no
natural frequncy inside the oparating separation margin.
4.7.3.2 [E] Although the 10 % separ ation is a design target it becomes impractical
on occasions. However, a rotor stress analysis is completed to ensure
safe operation of the system.
4.7.3.5 [C] Unless the starting device is coupled during normal operation, its effect
is not included in th e analysis since it is uncoupled early in the start -up
sequence.
4.7.4.2.1 [C] Each piece of the rotating element is balanced individually by a single or
two plane balance depending on whether the piece is a disc o r a shaft.
The compressor and the turbine are then assembled and multiplane
balanced individually and then placed in the turbine casing. For two
bearing machines the complete compressor/turbine ro tor is also
multiplane balanced.
4.7.4.2.2 [E] Not applicable to the turbine proposed.
4.7.4.5 [C] The factory acceptance limit is based on the use of the GEEPE's
seismic detectors based on peak to peak velocity signal. Proximity
probes, if specified by the contract are not used to determine the
acceptability of the unit.
4.7.4.6 [E] Not applicable.
5/21
176
CARNOT COMPANY
4.8.3.3 [E] Bearing element replacement requires removal on the top half of the
casing.
4.8.4.2.1 [C] Since the thrust load changes direction under certain conditions, two
thrust plates are included in each thrust bearing . However, the maximum
axial load will occur in one direction only and therefore only one plate is
designed for maximum axial load.
4.8.4.2.3 [E] Only the active face of the thrust collar is monitored. The thrust collar is
integral part of the shaft. The total runout of this face wil l not exceed
0.001 inch (25.4 micrometers).
4.8.4.2.4 [E] Thrust bearing selection is based on GE design criteria and may exceed
50 % of the ultimate load rating.
4.8.5.1 [E] Since the bearings are designed to operate on an inlet oil temperature of
up to 160 F (71 C), the outlet temperature could exceed 180 F (82 C).
4.8.5.3 [C] Please refer to separate comments to API 670.
4.8.5.5 [C] Please refer to separate comments to API 670.
4.9.4 [C] All materials employed in the lube oil system are compatible with the
lube oils recommended by GEEPE. Seller accepts no reponsability for
any damage caused by lube oils not on their approved list.
4.9.5 [E] GEEPE standard data sheets are included in the vendor’s proposal.
These are furnished in place of the API dat a sheets. .
4.9.7 [C] Please refer to separate comments to API 614
4.10.1 [E] Materials used as well as the acceptance criteria are based on proven
standards and may be reviewed at the factory.
4.10.1.1. [C] Material will be according to the main manuf acturer standards. All
corrosive agents and environments used by the purchaser must be
received by the seller for compatibility with the equipment o ffered.
6/21
177
CARNOT COMPANY
4.10.2 [C] GEEPE heavy -duty gas turbines utilize gray iron and ductile iron
casings in the productio n of heavy-duty gas turbines. Gray iron (similar
to ASTM-A48, Class 30 with a minimum tensile strength of 30 ksi) is
used for casings in the colder inlet and compressor areas. Ductile iron
(similar to ASTM -A395 with a 60 ksi minimum tensile strength and a
40 ksi yield strength) is used in the hotter, compressor discharge,
combustion and turbine areas. These material selections and associated
non-destructive test procedures (which may be reviewed in the factory)
are a result of over forty years of experience and substitutes are not
available.
Since casings are long cycle items, they will generally be poured and
machined prior to being assigned to any production unit. The quality
records of any casing are retained and may be reviewed in the factory.
4.10.4 [C] The GEEPE welding requisites, including materials, procedures,

qualifications and inspections, are based on DIN EN 287/1 and other
national standards, as appropriate to the manufactures of gas turbine
parts. Welder qualification is by GEEPE.
4.10.5 [E] The materials specified for low ambient temperatures will be per gas
turbine standards. These standards have been desi gned based on our
proven experience in the gas turbine field. However, these standards
may not necessarily meet ASME Code for structural steel.
Charpy impact tests are made during the initial material selection of the
prototype machine but are not repeated for production units based on
satisfactory field experience. Since a charpy impact test is a destructive
test we rely on chemical proper ty analysis to ensure adequate properties.
4.11.2 [E] Gas turbine rotation arrows are not pro vided on the rotating equipment.
The direction of rotation is indicated on the mechanical outline drawing.
4.11.3 [E] The critical speeds are listed on the late ral and torsional vibration study
report and are not shown on the n ameplate.
The overspeed trip setting is documented in the con trol specifications
and is not shown on the na meplate.
4.12 [E] GEEPE Quality Practice is based on the requirements of Quality

Management ISO 9000, European Standards and recommended
practices as deemed appropriated for the manufacturer of gas turbines.
7/21
178
CARNOT COMPANY
Section 5 - Accessories
5.1.1.1 [C] The only starting devices available on the PG 6581B gas turbine are
either an electri c motor or diesel engine.
5.1.2.1 [C] The 10 percent margin are not necessarily observed. Speed torque
curves are provided only for single shaft mechanical drive units.
5.1.3.3 [C] Ratchet will operate through the starting clutch.
5.2.1.2 [C] Please re fer to separate comments to API 613.
5.2.2.3 [C] Rigid hollow type is provided as standard load coupling. The accessory
coupling is dry flexible type.Neither meets API 671 fully.
5.3 [C] Additional comment will be provided later on
5.3.1.1 [E] Sole plates and sub sole plates are not provided.
5.3.1.2.1 [C] Subsole plates will be design following GE rules . Please refer to GEK
106957 . The maximum surface finish will be 250 microinches ( Ra6.3 )
5.3.1.2.2 [E] Vertical jackscrews are not used. Flats on l ifting trunnions are provided
for jacking.
5.3.1.2.3. [C] All drilling and doweling is done in our factory. No field doweling is
required.
5.3.1.2.7 [E] These are all the responsibility of the foundation designer, not GEEPE.
5.3.1.2.7 [E] Load coupling alignments are to standard for GEEPE gas turbines.
5.3.1.2.8 [C] Shim plates and spherical washers which are embedded plates and
equipment setting plates always extend at least 25 millimeters ( 1 inch )
beyond the outer three sides of equipment feet .
8/21
179
CARNOT COMPANY
5.3.1.2.9 [E] These are all the responsibility of the foundation designer, not GEEPE.
5.3.2.1 [C] A split base design is used.
5.3.2.2 [E] Extended base plate is not available.
5.3.2.3 [C] Optical alignmen t targets are not provided in the fa ctory since these are
normally provided in the field by the contractor providing the optical
alignment.
5.3.2.6 [C] The turbine base bottom is c losed.
5.3.2.8. [E] Decking is provided on the accessory part of the common turbine and
accessory base plate, but not rem ovable.
5.3.2.9 [C] A split base design is used.
5.4.1.1 [E] Gas turbine instrumentation and instrumentation installation will be

GEEPE's standard.
5.4.1.2 [E] Controls and instrumentation are supplied for indoor installation.
5.4.4.8.1 [C] The fire de tection temperature switches utilize single pole single throw
contacts.
5.4.4.8.2 [C] Trip contacts are "open" (de -energized) to trip, except for fire detectors
which "close" (de -energized) to trip.
5.4.4.8.3 [C] Most pressure switches have non metallic diaphragms. Only low lube oil
pressure and hydraulic trip switches are capable for testing with gas
turbine in operation.
5.4.4.8.5 [C] A sequence of events recorder normally records balance of plants

function as well as equipment func tions and is therefore provided by the
main contractor.
5.4.4.9 [C] Controls don't have valving to allow removin g of devices with gas
turbine in operation.
9/21
180
CARNOT COMPANY
5.4.5.3 [C] Gas turbine units are provided with more than one junction box in o rder
to provide proper voltage level se paration.
Control panels are required to be installed in an indoor controlled
environment.
5.4.6.2 [C] Control panel have to be installed in a non ha zardous area.
5.4.6.3 [C] Control wiring and insulation will be GEEPE's proven standard and is a
function of signal type and temperature.
5.4.6.4 [C] Approximately 10 -15% of spare terminals are available.
5.4.6.5 [E] 600 volt clearance is provided in all locations required by the NEC.
Terminals for some low le vel instrument connections do not comply.
5.4.7.6 [E] Oil-filled pressure gauges are not used since gauges are not mounted in
areas subject to vibration.
5.4.7.7 [C] Solenoid valve for compressor bleed v alves uses compressor discharge
air.
5.4.7.8 [C] Please refer to separate GEEPE’s comments to AP I 670.
5.5.1.1 [E] Piping and tubing will be GEEPE's standard, which is based on ANSI
31.3 and fully complies with these codes with the excep tion of leak
testing of the completed system. With the exception of the fuel gas
piping, leak testing is done vis ually during the factory mechanical run
test. See comments to API 614.
5.5.1.3 [E] All on base piping are installed in factory
5.5.2.1 [C] Some vent and drain lines contain socket -weld fittings.
[E] No provisions are made for bypass of bearing housings during flushing
operations.
5.5.4.4a [C] An entrance screen is applicable to certain types of filtration s ystems

only .
10/21
181
CARNOT COMPANY
5.5.4.4.d [C] For self cleaning filter there is only one stage of filtration with
manometer and diffrential alarm pressure switch. On static filter each
filtration stage is equiped with one pressure transmitter but a diffrential
alarm pressure switch is applied only for the complete pressure drop.
5.5.4.4.e [E] Not Applicable
5.5.4.4f [C] All carbon steel will be GEEPE’s standard pa inted.
5.5.4.5 [C] Implosion doors are not provided on sel f cleaning pulsation filter.
5.5.5.1.2 [C] Silencers are not designed to be supported from the end flanges.
However, supports for the entire inlet system are provided.
5.5.5.1.4 [C] Silencer perforated plate elements are constructed in stainless steel AISI
439. For corrosive aera stainless steel AISI 316L is used
5.5.5.1.6 [C] Detailled drawing of inlet silencer is not provided by EPE.
5.5.5.2.2 [C] Silencer ducting is made with S355JOWP fo llowing EN 10157
5.5.6.5 [C] Manways are provided in the elbow and in the exh aust duct. No
manways is provided for the silencer.
5.5.6.6 [C] The casing connection stresses are based on GEEPE's standards.
5.5.6.10 [C] Emission sensors.Access for emission sensors will be provided if

specified. However the sensors and the monitoring are to be provided by
others. Emissions sampling ports are located on the chimney (if
included).
5.5.7.3 [C] Expansion joint are not reinforced with metallic components.
5.6.1.3 [C] Evaporative cooler housing is a painted carbon steel.
5.6.2 [C] Detailled drawing of air inlet cooler is not provided by EPE.
5.7.1.1 [E] Turbine casings are not designed to be jacketed and will h ave surface
temperature over 75°C.
11/21
182
CARNOT COMPANY
5.7.3.1 [C] The high p ressure fire protection system is designed in accordance to
NFPA 12. However CO2 discharge test is not foreseen bec ause GEEPE
fire fighting system is already valid.
5.7.5.5 [C] Lighting is not included in the turbine compartment due to high
temperatures. But insi de an external casing with a window
5.7.5.6 [C] Package ventilation system is on induced ventilation system.
5.7.5.6.1. [E] GEEPE’s standard ventilation air does not include filtration.
Filtration can be provide as an option.
5.7.5.6.4. [E] DC backup fans are not provided. However vent is performed by AC
supply .
5.8.1.2.5 [C] A bypass valve for purging the fuel supply line is considered as a part of
the fuel supply system and is to be mounted off base by others.
5.8.1.3.1 [C] Flexible hoses will be used between manifold and nozzles.
5.8.1.3.2 [C] Only the pipping downstream the filter / separators on the gas off base
skid is stainless steel .
5.8.1.4.1 [C] A single fuel filter is included. If specified, a second filter can be
provided at extra cost. Only one liquid stop valve is provided. The
requested second liquid fuel shut -off valve will have to be supplied by
the purchaser for installation in liquid fuel supply piping.
5.8.1.5.1 [C] Automatic change over only from gas to liquid on loss of g as pressure.
Manual transfer from liquid to gas.
5.8.2.1 [C] Fuel gas has to be superheated to 50°F above the dew point.
5.8.2.2 [C] The contaminant limits are defined in the GEEPE fuel gas specification.
GEI 41040 included in the proposal.
12/21
183
CARNOT COMPANY
5.8.2.2.3 [C] Off base coalescing filter for fuel is an optional feature available at
additional cost.
5.8.3 [C] The required properties and contaminant limitations are defined in the
GEEPE liquid fuel specification GEI 41047 included in the proposal.
5.9.1 [C] One set of special tools will be supplied for up to four gas turbines at
one site.
Section 6 - Inspection, Testing and Preparation for Shipment

6.1.1 [C] Arrangements for purchaser entry for inspection to vendor and sub -
vendor plants will be arranged on a best effort basis.
6.1.2 [C] A pre-inspection meeting is held at GEEPE’s factory in Belfort, quality

to review inspection requirements. Participants include GEEPE’s qualit y
assurance representatives and the purchaser’s representatives.
6.2.1.3 [C] Due to the long delivery cycles of many components, these are
manufactured prior to receipt of order without customer iden tification
and are tracked, processed and inventoried in lots by drawing number.
When assigned to a customer the pertinent NDT may be revi ewed in the
factory.
6.2.2 [C] Non-destructive test (NDT) practices are GEEPE's standard which are
based on European standards and recommended practices as deemed
appropriated for the manufacture of gas turbines. Operator certification
is by the GEEPE. Th e applicable test procedures may be reviewed in the
factory during the inspection coordination meeting referenced in item
6.1.5.1.
6.2.3.2 [C] The API 614 cleanliness standards will be met. Howe ver, GEEPE's
standard procedures for flushing will be used.
13/21
184
CARNOT COMPANY
6.3.1.2 [C] A generic test procedure will be p rovided in advance when requested.
However, the job specific procedure is completed in time for the test and
may be reviewed by the Purchaser or Purchaser's authorized Inspection
Agency in the factory prior to the test.
6.3.2.1 [C] The hydrostatic testing in the factory is limited to gas/fuel piping.
Pressure vessels are hydrostatically tested in the vendor/subvendors'
workshops before purchaser's affectation to a project. The results of
these tests are part o f End Of Manufacturing Report as per Tender
Quality Plan.
6.3.2.4 [C] Applicable to gas turbine lube oil coolers, lube oil filters & gas filters
only (ASME without stamp).
6.3.2.6 [C] The hydro static test duration is 10 minutes but can be extended at ex tra
cost.
6.3.3 [C] Mechanical Running Test (refer also to separate comments in GEEPE's
QC 3.00.005 document)
6.3.3.1.2. [C] GEEPE's factory test procedures assure the adequacy of oil flow by
means of standardized piping systems, observation of oil flow sight
glasses, system flow measurements using orifice plates and monitoring
of bearing drains.
6.3.3.1.3 [C] Judgements regarding casing joint leakage acceptability should only be
done, after turbine has reached s tabilized conditions. GEEPE reserves
the rights of acceptance / rejection joint tightness and permissible air
leakage.
6.3.3.1.4 [C] Warning, protective and control devices are checked at the factory test to
the maximum appropriate extent. A number of such devices are pre -
tested and pre -set before assembling to the unit or during internal pre -
tests and not retested durin g "mechanical running test".
6.3.3.1.5 [E] GEEPE's factory testing is performed without the load coupling or
simulated coupling moments. Extensive experience with proven gas
turbine models and system torsional and lateral studies proves the
adequacy of this standard factory test.
14/21
185
CARNOT COMPANY
6.3.3.1.6 [E] The turbine is tested with a test slave accessory base, the contract
accessory gear and other auxiliary systems are not used.
6.3.3.1.7 [E] The gas turbine is tested in workshop with a test bench control panel due
to major differences in the turbine shop and field configurations. The
contract control panel would require major modifications to be utilized
during the FSNL test. The contract co ntrol panel with requisition
software is functionally tested on field.
6.3.3.1.9 [C] Only seismic probes are connected to GT test bench control panel during
FSNL tests in factory.
6.3.3.1.10 [C] GEEPE shop facilities do not include shaft vibration monito ring device
based on proximitors.
6.3.3.1.11 [C] The vibration acceptance criteria is based on the use of the GEEPE's
standard seismic vibration monitoring system.
6.3.3.2 [C] The gas turbine is started in automatic mode and run up to operating
speed at the turbine's test acceleration rate. The turbine is run through its
range of operation speeds in a slow controlled manner.
GEEPE heavy duty gas turbines operate below the first bend ing critical
mode.
6.3.3.2.1. [E] The gas turbine is started in automati c mode and run up to operating
speed at the turbine’s test acceleration rate. The turbine is run through its
range of operation speeds in a slow controlled manner.
GEEPE heavy duty gas turbines operate below the first bend ing critical
mode.
6.3.3.2.5 [C] Since the contract control panel is not used on during the factory test, a
meaningful record of the total control system can only be made at the
site.
6.3.3.2.6 [C] The standard test at maximum continuous operating speed is two hours
and can be extended to four hours at extra cost.
15/21
186
CARNOT COMPANY
6.3.3.3.1 [E] The vibration acceptance criteria is based on GEEPE's st andard seismic
protection system, peak to peak levels.
6.3.3.3.2 [C] GEEPE does not have a procedure to perform this test, please re fer to
comment 4.7.4.5.
6.3.3.3.3 [E] Critical speeds are calculated and verified on the prototype test
but are not verified on production units. Critical speeds are defined in
the lateral and torsional vibration study report and are not stamped on
the nameplate.Rotor sensitivit y tests are not made on these proven rotors
with successful field experience.
6.3.3.3.6 [E] Tape recordings are not available but required data will be stored either
on disc or on CD -ROM.
6.3.3.4.1 [C] Seller considers a post -test bearing inspection to be inappropriate since it
requires opening up the machine which invalidates the aerodynamic test.
For this reason Seller’s test procedure does not include this inspection.
6.3.3.4.2 [E] Spare rotor is not applicable to this project
6.3.4 [C] Since the factory test facilities are limited to full speed no load testing
only, the following optional tests could only be done at the site.
- ASME Po wer Test (6.3.4.1.)
-Complete unit test (6.3.4.2)
-Governing system response test (6.3.4.3)
6.3.4.1 [C] ASME Power Test (6.3.4.1.)
6.3.4.2 [E] Complete Unit Test
6.3.4.2.1.k [C] Enclosure with the associated equipment
6.3.4.2.1.i [C] Fire protection
6.3.4.3 [C] Testing with the Load Gear
16/21
187
CARNOT COMPANY
6.3.4.8.1 [C] Governing System Response Test
6.3.4.4 [E] A factory sound level test is not provided and would not be
representative of the field noise levels since:
1. The test is performed without the noise attenuating enclosure.
2. Shop inlet and exhaust systems are used which have different noise
attenuating characterist ics than those in the field.
3. The factory test is done at no load.
4. Shop background noise would render any test data meaningless.
6.3.4.5 [C] Basis for the test details should be as per GEEPE Tender Quality Plan.
6.3.4.6 [E] The post-test inspection consists of boroscoping turbine and compressor
blading and visual spot check of the co mbustion system and the hot gas
paths. The casings are not opened as this would negate the aerodynamic
performance test.
6.3.4.7 [C] Not applicable since couplings are flange connected.
6.3.4.8.1 [C] Speed rise requirements are not applicable on GEEPE's s tandard
mechanical running test. Governor system tests are part of the site
commissioning procedure.
6.3.4.8.2 [C] The response time of the overspeed trip system is no t recorded on a strip
chart recorder but may be viewed on the test bench Human Machine
Interface (HMI).
6.3.4.10 [C] Fire protection systems are designed according to specific contractual
requirements. A factory fire protection test is not available since the
enclosures are mounted in the shipping area and the fire protection agent
supply system is shipped from the vendor directly to the site. This test, if
required by the Contract, must be performed at the site.
Refer also to paragraph 5.7.3.1.
6.4.1 [C] Equipment packaging is not suitable for a 6 months outdoor storage; if
such storage is needed, the special GE conservative p rocedure should
apply
17/21
188
CARNOT COMPANY
6.4.3.3 [C] The interior rust preventative is sprayed through the openings at
standstill.
6.4.3.4 [C] One barrel of rust inhibitive oil is dumped into the oil tank prior to the
shipment.
6.4.3.9 [C] Material shipped separately will not have a metal tag. Indicating items
are for the model list items for which it is intended.
6.4.3.10 [C] If included in the scope of supply, the spare rotor is shipped in a metal
container pressurized with nitrogen.
6.4.4 [C] Regulations under OSHA are not subject to shipped p ackages or collies
of GEEPE's scope of supply.
6.4.5 [C] Purchaser's connections are identified by th e purchaser's connect ion

drawing and list.
6.4.7 [C] Installation instructions are provided via a separate installation drawing
package.
6.4.8 [C] Not all auxiliary piping removed for shipment is match marked. An
example of this is combustion tubing.
6.4.9 [E] If applicable interconnecting piping is manufactured by sub -vendors and

shipped directly to the field installation. It therefore cannot be fit up to
the unit assembled in the factory.
Section 7 - Vendor's Data

7.1.1 [C] A list of the drawings to be submitted, a submittal schedule for each and
approval rights will be provided in the proposal.
7.1.2 [C] This topic shall be agreed at the ODM.
7.1.3 [E] Seller prefers two separate meetings, one for engineering discussions
and one for testing and inspecti on.
18/21
189
CARNOT COMPANY
7.2.2 [E] Seller provides only a proposal mechanical outline drawing and in the
case of generation drives, a proposal one -line diagram. Drawings
supplied after receipt of order are listed in the proposal.
7.2.2.1 [C] System schematics and drawings s howing the method of lifting the
assembled gas turbine and major components will be submitted during
the design stage.
7.2.3 [E] The data listed b, c, d, e, f, g, h, k, i, n, m, o will be provided after

receipt of order, by contract and under GEEPE forma t. Others items
will be supplied by others. Item e and f will be limited , if requested by
the contract, to normal maintenance purpose with excluding startup
spares. m is included to tender document. o is as per contract and
GEEPE practises with comments to 4.7.4.5. Please also refer to GEEPE
proposals for specifics regarding the information supplied in support of
proposal efforts. Standard GE data sheets are included in the vendor’s
proposal. These are furnished in place of API data sheets. Performance
and emissions data are also furnished on standard GEEPE data p ages.
Proposal mechanical outline drawing is submitted with the p roposal, and
for generator drives, a proposal one -line diagram as well.
7.2.4 [C] Standard performance curves based on ISO or design conditions will be
provided. These will be supplemented with correction curves for
altitude, ambient temperature, humidity and pressure losses of the inlet
and exhaust systems (if applicable).
7.2.5.1 [E] Special factory tests are not performed.
7.3.1.1 [C] The job information listed will be included on customer drawings only
as described in the proposal. Many of the d rawings listed will be
standard drawings included in the service manuals and will not include
these job specific data.
7.3.1.3 [C] The drawing numbers will be assigned when the drawing is comp leted.
Therefore the numbers of the subsequent drawing will not be listed on
the initial transmittal.
19/21
190
CARNOT COMPANY
7.3.2 [C] Please refer to listing of GEEPE's standards used in the "Standards and
Regulations" d ocument included in the proposal.
7.3.5 [C] Cross-sectional and assembly type drawings for the spare parts will be
included in the spare parts manual. The spare parts will be identified by
GEEPE's drawing number system only.
7.3.6.2 [C] Separate "install ation manual" will not be delivered.
7.3.6.3 [C] Operating and maintenance manuals will be delivered three months after
turbine Ex-work.
20/21
191
CARNOT COMPANY
Appendix A: Typical Data Sheets

[E] Please refer to the standard GEEPE data sheets in the proposal.
Appendix B: Gas Turbine Vendor Drawings and Data Requirements

[E] Please refer to comments to subsection 7.1.1.
Appendix C: Procedure for Determination of Residual Unbalance

[E] We meet the residual unbalance criteria specified
but utilize our own format of recordin g the data.
Appendix D: Lateral and Torsional Analysis Logic Diagrams

[E] This is a suggested analysis procedure for use in the design of new rotors
and does not apply to production type rotors.
21/21
192
CARNOT COMPANY
g
GE Power Systems
COMMENTS ON API 613 / 95 TO THE GAS

TURBINE PG 6531B

2 7 2.3.3.2 C Details of threading conform to DIN or ISO conditions
2 15 2.7.2.1 C Unless specified , bearings are not replacable without

removing upper half part of casing .
2 15 2.7.3.2 C According to the architecture , thrust bearing if any

could be a tapered land or titling pad bearing . Using the
levelling feature is not necessary but will be supply as an
option .
2 16 2.9.1.2 C Materials are in accordance with ISO standards and
equivalent to ASTM
3 19 3.4.2.4 C Unless specified shafts having an axial float will not be
equipped with axial position prob es .
Error! Reference source not found. Page 1

193
CARNOT COMPANY
INSULATION SYSTEM FOR Doc No TDI 136
be l TURBOGENERATORS STATOR WINDINGS Book L4

THE RELATIVE MERITS OF RESIN RICH AND
Design Information
Sheets
VPI SYSTEMS Rev July 99 D
1. INTRODUCTION
UNCONTROLLED COPY Printed: 03-Jan-2012
Most large electrical machines are associated with major capital projects where any failure is of serious
consequence with a substantial loss of revenue in any enforced shutdown. The performance of the
stator winding is of major importance in the reliability of a machine. Most failures involve significant
shutdowns and repairs and extreme practical problems can arise. While diagnostic testing can help to
anticipate some problems, it is most important that the manufacturer designs on the basis of prevention.
The stator insulation system of Brush type "DAX" turbogenerators is described in Design Information
Sheet TDI 54 and TDI 55.
This insulation system is based on a resin rich mica glass tape which when processed, results in a high
performance insulation capable of continuous operation at class "F" temperatures.
The insulation possesses high dielectric strength and low internal loss and can meet all current
specifications. The resin system is thermo setting so that the resulting insulated coil sides are
dimensionally stable. Additionally, it is highly resistant to most of the common electrical machine
contaminants such as hydrocarbons, acids, alkalis and tropical moulds.
In making the decision to adopt this insulation system in the early 1970's, it was necessary to evaluate
the relative merits of resin rich and vacuum/pressure impregnation systems. The final decision was
based on the following considerations, all of which were considered of paramount importance.
2. CORONA PROTECTION
All high voltage windings require an earthed shield around the outside of the coil along the slot portion.
This shield must maintain adequate contact with the core along its entire length in order that the coil-to-
core interface is held at close to earth potential. To be effective, corona shields must have a surface
resistance within specified tolerances both before and after the impregnation process. In addition,
these values must be maintained throughout the life of the machine. The earthed shield is achieved by
the use of graphite loaded polyester tape applied to the outer surface of the coil prior to the pressing
operation.
3. REPAIRABILITY
To the user of electrical plant, the ability to have partial rewinds and repairs carried out on site is an
essential requirement. Although experience shows that, with modern epoxide windings, failures are
virtually unknown due to the insulation itself, accidents can, and sometimes do, occur. With resin rich
insulation systems, partial or full rewinds can be carried out without difficulty, due to the permanent
retention of flexibility of the coil overhangs. With a VPI system, partial rewinds are, in most cases,
extremely difficult to carry out on site and may involve the cutting of the endwindings to facilitate the
removal of coils. Even a complete rewind is impossible without returning the stator to the original
manufacturer's factory because the necessary burnout and impregnation facilities are not available.
4. ENDWINDING
In practice, it is impossible to make an endwinding absolutely rigid such that it will not move under the
influence of the forces produced by short circuits and other transient conditions. The merit of having a
system wherein the insulation used on the endwindings can be formulated to meet exactly the operating
conditions is very attractive. Inherent toughness of the overhangs, rather than the fully consolidated
insulation essential for the slot portion, can be built into a resin rich system.
Approved by: Authorised by:

This document is the property of Brush Electrical Machines Ltd. © No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any way.
This information is subject to constant review.
Page 1 of 2 3133/98 - SI 002
194
CARNOT COMPANY
INSULATION SYSTEM FOR Doc No TDI 136
be l TURBOGENERATORS STATOR WINDINGS Book L4

THE RELATIVE MERITS OF RESIN RICH AND
Design Information
Sheets
VPI SYSTEMS Rev July 99 D
5. QUALITY CONTROL
UNCONTROLLED COPY
Although it is perfectly practical to Printed:
vacuum/pressure 03-Jan-2012
impregnate individual coils before winding them
into the stator core, it is generally considered that the real advantage of a VPI system is achieved on
industrial machines when all coils making up a complete winding are impregnated at the same time.
With such a technique, which is very convenient for the manufacturer, it is not practicable to carry out
loss tangent measurements on individual coils after impregnation. Brush consider that one of the most
vital factors in the long term service reliability of a winding is the quality of consolidation of the main slot
(earth) insulation. A check on this quality, which is written into most of the discerning international test
specifications, can be carried out adequately only on individual coils. When the complete winding is
impregnated in one operation, the measurement can be made only on individual phases or on the
complete winding, where the results are masked by the dilution effect of a global measurement as well
as by external anti-corona protection on the coil.
Page 2 of 2 3133/1/98 - SI 002
195
CARNOT COMPANY
Doc No TDI 137
CRITICAL SPEEDS AND LATERAL DYNAMIC Book L4
ANALYSIS OF SHAFT SYSTEMS
Design Information
Rev July 99 E
Sheets
1. INTRODUCTION
UNCONTROLLED COPY Printed: 03-Jan-2012
A description of the method of shaft system dynamic analysis used by Brush Electrical Machines is
given below, along with an explanation of the philosophy on which the acceptance criterion for rotor
dynamic behaviour is based.
The rotor is a flexible rotor in the sense that it operates above its first lateral critical speed and near to
its second critical speed. These critical speeds are defined partly by the rotor geometry and partly by
the bearing oil film characteristics. This is particularly true of the second critical speed, which is
controlled by the oil film flexibility and damping characteristics. The high damping effect can allow a
properly balanced rotor to run on its second critical speed without significant increases in vibration
levels.
The analytical procedures, including the modelling of the rotor, bearings and structural support
characteristics, have been developed over a period of almost 30 years. During this time, with the
refinement of computer modelling techniques and with more practical data available, Brush Electrical
Machines has experienced good correlation between the predicted vibration levels and measurements,
both on the test bed and at site.
2. ROTOR DYNAMIC BEHAVIOUR
For satisfactory rotor dynamic behaviour, a rotor must operate with vibration levels within the specified
acceptance limits. This must be achieved with both residual unbalance in any plane along the rotor and
also with any in-service variations which may occur. The latter is particularly important for satisfactory
long term performance.
This leads directly to an acceptance criterion which is based on the maximum allowable response to
unbalance.
This response criterion is much more satisfactory than the "margin from critical speed" criterion often
used in specifications. A rotor system which has a margin of separation which satisfies the specification
may not have a satisfactory response at running speed. Conversely, a rotor system may have a critical
speed within the specified margin and yet may meet the rotor response criterion and hence be perfectly
acceptable.
3. SUMMARY
If a lateral dynamic analysis of a shaft system shows it to have a critical speed within the specified
margin of separation but the rotor response is satisfactory and can meet the vibration specification, then
there is no practical reason why the rotor system should be changed.
Approved by: Authorised by:

Page 1 of 1 3133/98 - SI 002
196
CARNOT COMPANY
Doc No TDI 160
TESTS CARRIED OUT ON TYPE ‘DAX’ Book L4
TURBOGENERATORS
Design Information
Rev Apr 04 G
Sheets
1. UNCONTROLLED
INTRODUCTION COPY Printed: 03-Jan-2012
Most large electrical machines are associated with major capital projects where any failure is of serious
consequence, with a substantial loss of revenue resulting from any enforced shutdown. To minimise
the risk of operational failure, it is essential that all equipment arrives at site fully proven. Brush's policy
of extensive factory testing of every generator provides this assurance.
Routine factory check tests, as shown in the attached list, are carried out on all assembled
turbogenerators; type tests are conducted on the first machine of each type and, by prior agreement,
can also be carried out on selected machines in a contract. Both the routine and type tests meet the
requirements of ANSI C50.13, ANSI C50.14, IEEE 115 and the relevant parts of BS 5000 and
IEC 60034.
The lists of routine check and type tests do not preclude any non-standard testing that may be required.
The company will always endeavour to meet the testing requirements of specifications but reserves the
rights to charge an additional price and to review delivery commitments.
2. TEST FACILITIES
2.1 Brush BEM Ltd
The turbo-generator test area comprises three test beds, equipped with modern drive systems
designed to minimise test preparation time. An automated data acquisition system is used to
acquire test data and to calculate results. The system uses a network of scanner modules to
act as an interface between the equipment being tested and the computer by converting
analogue signals to digital.
The central control room has three consoles, each of which is equipped with a data
acquisition computer and monitor. Each console is used to control and monitor the test
support systems (drive motors, oil systems, circuit breakers, etc) and to provide the electrical
needs of the machine on test.
2.2 Brush SEM Ltd
The test area for medium sized turbo-generators comprises two dedicated test beds, fully
equipped with oil, water and all associated services. Both of these beds are controlled from
an adjacent gallery where all instrumentation and DC motor controls are located. The drive
systems and generator parameters are measured and controlled from separate consoles. All
temperature and measured electrical parameters are captured using a data acquisition
system in addition to traditional instrumentation.
3. ROUTINE CHECK TESTS
The following routine factory tests are carried out on all assembled turbogenerators, prior to despatch.
3.1 Measurement of Cold Resistances
The temperature and resistance of all windings are recorded and checked against design
values.
Author: B Chamberlain Approved by: P D Pawson

Page 1 of 5 3133/02 - SI 001
197
CARNOT COMPANY
Doc No TDI 160
TURBOGENERATORS
Design Information
Rev Apr 04 G
Sheets
UNCONTROLLED
3.2 COPY
Open Circuit Curve (without Printed:
sliprings) 03-Jan-2012
The machine is excited in steps up to, or down from 130% line voltage. Values of terminal
voltage, exciter field current, exciter field voltage, drive motor input voltage and current are
recorded. No load exciter field current and windage and friction loss are checked against
design values.
3.3 Phase Sequence and Voltage Balance Checks
With the machine on open circuit at a voltage between 200 and 500volts, the phase sequence
is recorded using a suitable device connected directly to the machines terminals. The
mechanical direction of rotation is also recorded.
The voltage balance is recorded with the machine on open circuit at line voltage. The voltage
between each pair of terminals is recorded.
3.4 Shaft Voltage Check
With the machine on open circuit at line voltage an electrical contact is made with the shaft at
both ends of the machine and the voltage measured. If an earthing brush is fitted at the driven
end of the machine, the voltage can be measured between the shaft at the non-driven end
and earth.
3.5 Insulation Resistance Measurement and High Voltage Dielectric Tests
The winding temperatures are recorded and their insulation resistances measured at
1000volts prior to the high voltage test. Each winding is subjected to a high voltage for
1minute at the value quoted on the winding specification. On completion of the high voltage
test the winding insulation resistance is measured again.
3.6 Measurement of Rotor Impedance at Rated Frequency
With the rotor electrically isolated from the exciter, a 4 amps supply at rated frequency is
passed through the rotor winding. The voltage is recorded and the impedance calculated.
3.7 Monitoring of Vibrations at Operating Speed
With the machine on open circuit at line voltage the bearings and frame vibrations are
recorded in amplitudes and velocities using seismic probes. If there is a provision for shaft
probes, the shaft vibrations are recorded at line voltage, unexcited and at low speed (slow
rolls).
3.8 Auxiliary Wiring Checks
Prior to despatch all auxiliary wiring is checked to the drawing, heater values and insulation
resistances recorded.
3.9 Stator Winding RTD Checks
The resistance of each element is measured and recorded with temperatures.
3.10 Electronic Rotor Earth Fault Detector Test (where applicable)
With the machine on open circuit at line voltage the contract rotor earth fault monitor or a test
unit is checked for a healthy signal. When the switch on the unit is switched to the test
position, the unit will indicate a fault. In this condition the machine speed is reduced until the
unit trips on a falling frequency curve. With the machine stationary an earth fault is
deliberately introduced. The unit is checked again to prove that the fault is detected.
Page 2 of 5 3133/1/02 - SI 001
198
CARNOT COMPANY
Doc No TDI 160
TURBOGENERATORS
Design Information
Rev Apr 04 G
Sheets
UNCONTROLLED
3.11 COPY
Measurement of Bearing Printed:
Insulation Resistance 03-Jan-2012
During the assembly of the machine, the bearing insulation is recorded using 1000volt
insulation resistance tester.
3.12 Measurement of Bearing Temperatures and Oil Flow Rates
During the running in procedure the bearing temperatures and oil flow rates are recorded at
each speed. Bearing seal pressures are recorded to prove the design of the oil tightness
system.
3.13 Check for Oil Tightness
After the completion of the running tests covers are removed and a visual inspection carried
out to check for oil ingress.
4. TYPE TESTS
Type tests form a comprehensive test programme, that may be carried out in addition to the routine
check tests listed above. These tests would be offered only by prior agreement on selected machines of
a contract.
4.1 Open Circuit Loss Curve
The machine is excited in steps up to, or down from 130% line voltage. Values of terminal
voltage, exciter field current, exciter field voltage, drive motor input voltage and current
recorded. The no load exciter field current, windage and friction loss and iron loss, are
checked against design values.
4.2 Open Circuit Excitation Curve (with test sliprings)
This test is normally conducted at running speed at the same time as the “Open Circuit Loss
Curve,” but if the fitting of test sliprings affects the mechanical stability of the system, the test
may be carried out at half speed. If so, the line voltage must be reduced in proportion to
speed, so the curve is conducted at half the terminal voltages carried out during the “Open
Circuit Loss Curve”. Values of terminal voltage, rotor current and rotor voltage are recorded.
No load rotor current is checked against design values.
4.3 Short Circuit Loss Curve
The machine is excited and points taken at 150%, 125%, 100%, 75% and 50% line current. If
the 150% point cannot be achieved a point at 25% line current is taken. Values of line current,
exciter field current, exciter field voltage, drive motor input voltage and current are recorded.
The windage and friction loss and stray loss are checked against design values.
4.4 Short Circuit Excitation Curve (with test sliprings)
This test is normally conducted at running speed at the same time as the “Short Circuit Loss
Curve,” but if the fitting of the sliprings to the machine affects the stability of the system, the
test is carried out at half speed. The machine is excited and points taken at the same values
of line current obtained during the “Short Circuit Loss Curve”. Values of line current, rotor
current and rotor voltage are recorded.
NOTE: Values taken from tests 4.2 and 4.4 allow the “Short Circuit Ratio” and the
“Synchronous Reactance (Xd)” to be calculated.
Page 3 of 5 3133/1/02 - SI 001
199
CARNOT COMPANY
Doc No TDI 160
TURBOGENERATORS
Design Information
Rev Apr 04 G
Sheets
UNCONTROLLED
4.5 COPY
Temperature Rise Tests Printed:
to IEEE 115 03-Jan-2012
Section 6.2.4 , comprising of:-
Unexcited Heat Run
The machine is run at rated speed with no excitation. Air, winding ETDs, oil and bearing
temperatures are recorded at half hour intervals until thermal equilibrium is achieved. When
the machine is stationary, cooling curves for all winding resistances are recorded.
Open Circuit Heat Run
The machine is run at rated speed at 105% line voltage. Air, winding ETDs, oil and bearing
Short Circuit Heat Run
The machine is run at rated speed at line current. Air, winding ETDs, oil and bearing
On completion of the heat runs the results are tabulated and a temperature rise for the
machine at full load is calculated.
4.6 Measurement of Negative and Zero Sequence Reactances
Negative Sequence Reactance (X2)
With the machine connected as above it is excited to a maximum of approximately 300amps.

Readings of voltage current and power are taken. 4 more points are taken at lower values to
produces a table of results. The negative sequence reactance X2 is then calculated.
Zero Sequence Reactance (X0)
Page 4 of 5 3133/1/02 - SI 001
200
CARNOT COMPANY
Doc No TDI 160
TURBOGENERATORS
Design Information
Rev Apr 04 G
Sheets
With the machine connected as above it is excited to a maximum of approximately 300amps.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
Readings of voltage current Printed:
and power 03-Jan-2012
are taken. 4 more points are taken at lower values to
produces a table of results. The zero sequence reactance X0 is then calculated.
4.7 Instantaneous Short Circuit
The three line terminal of the machine are connected to a breaker whose output is short
circuited via an inductive shunt in each line. The machine is excited to 25% line volts and a
short circuit applied through the breaker. An oscillogram of the line voltage and the three line
currents are recorded. The test is repeated for values of 50% and one higher value of either
65% or 75% line voltage. The results are analysed and values for Transient Reactance (X’d),
Sub Transient Reactance (X’’d), Transient Short Circuit Time Constant(T’d), SubTransient
Short Circuit Time Constant(T’’d) and Armature Time Constant (Ta) obtained.
4.8 Determination of Open Circuit Time Constant (T’do)
With a discharge resistance of approximately 10 times the exciter field resistance connect
across the terminals of the exciter field, the machine is excited to line voltage. The field supply
is open circuited via a switch and an oscillogram of the decaying line voltage recorded. From
the results the open circuit time constant (T’do) can be calculated.
4.9 Waveform and Harmonic Analysis
With the machine running at rated speed and at line voltage a plot of the line to line and line to
neutral voltage waveforms are taken.
With the machine running at rated speed and at line voltage a signal analyser is used to
measure the line to line and line to neutral voltages at the fundamental frequency and all
harmonics up to 5000Hz. The figures are then used to calculate:-
The Balanced Telephone Interference Factor
The Telephone Interference Factor
The Residual Telephone Interference Factor
The Line To Line Distortion factor.
The Telephone Harmonic Factor
4.10 Current Balance Check
During the short circuit loss curve test at the line current point the three line currents are
recorded. The values are checked against the acceptance criteria.
4.11 Exciter Open Circuit Curve (with test sliprings)
This test is normally conducted at running speed but if the fitting of test sliprings affects the
mechanical stability of the system, the test may be carried out at half speed. The exciter
output open circuit voltage is recorded for different values of exciter field current from 10amps
down to zero. The exciter output voltage is proportional to speed and if the test is carried out
at half speed the measured exciter output voltage is multiplied by 2 and recorded on the test
sheet.
5. NON STANDARD TESTS
A list of common non standard tests is available on request.
Page 5 of 5 3133/1/02 - SI 001
201
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products -France
13. Engineering and Design

Equipment only scope
12.1 General
12.2 Basic Design Work
12.3 Simple-Cycle Technology
12.4 Mechanical Work
12.5 Electrical Work
12.6 Controls Work
12.7 Other Comments
12.8 Drawings and Schedule
12.8.1 Gas Turbine Drawing Schedule for submittal to Owner
12.8.2 Generator Drawing Schedule for submittal to Owner
12.8.3 GEEPF-supplied Equipment Drawing Schedule for
submittal to Owner
12.8.4 Gas Turbine Drawing Descriptions
12.8.5 Generator Drawing Descriptions
12.8.6 GEEPF-supplied Equipment Drawing Descriptions
12.8.7 Typical GEEPF Gas Turbine Drawings/Documentation to
Owner
12.1 General
Engineering design and drafting services will be consistent with standard
practices and follow as closely as practical the Owner’s specified
requirements.
After contract award, a staff of competent engineers in the mechanical,
electrical, instrumentation and control, civil and structural engineering
fields will be maintained to carry on the work herein with timeliness and in
accordance with the specific requirements of the project.
A staff of skilled draftspersons will be available to complement the
engineering staff. The personnel selected will be experienced in their
particular fields of power plant design work and fully competent to
perform the work envisioned herein.
GEEPF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Engineering and Design Page 1

202
CARNOT COMPANY
12.2 Basic Design Work

Certain basic engineering and drafting work establishes the foundation
from which the work is advanced. The following items are considered in
this category:
• Definition of the system technical design criteria and requirements
including the plant operating modes, presentation of the performance
data, the plant control requirements and the systems which interface
with GEEPF-supplied equipment.
• Preparation of plant performance data for base load and part load
conditions for the various ambient temperatures.
• Preparation of specifications for GEEPF-supplied equipment, receipt
and evaluation of vendor proposals and recommendations for purchase.
• Preparation of GEEPF-supplied equipment General Layout drawing
following the drawings prepared for and submitted with the proposal.
These drawings will show the exact location and elevation of the
equipment and apparatus included in the offering and will be brought
into agreement with the final equipment outlines as they become
available.
• Preparation and maintenance of engineering and drafting progress
charts and purchasing and delivery schedules to expedite and monitor
the progress of the work.
12.3 Simple-Cycle Technology

The following engineering services are provided for the Simple-Cycle
Power Plant:
• Product design for the equipment supplied
• Definition of the performance guarantees.
• Definition of the design criteria for interfacing the equipment included
in the scope of supply with the BOP equipment and systems.
• Definition of the electrical and mechanical interfaces required between
the equipment supplied.
• A complete set of performance curves for the expected performance
for part load operation.
• Preparation of specifications for equipment systems within the project
scope; solicitation, receipt and evaluation of vendor proposals for this
equipment; and provide recommendations for the purchase of the
supplied equipment.
• Preparation and updating of the equipment outline drawings for the
equipment included within the project’s scope of supply.

203
CARNOT COMPANY
12.4 Mechanical Work

The following items are considered part of the overall mechanical design
work:
• Preparation of a complete set of Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams
(P&IDs).
• Design of major piping systems included in the scope of supply.
Preparation of piping drawings necessary to show the runs of major
pipelines in order to establish clearances, locate connections to major
components of equipment, and evaluate location of any supports.
Piping drawings will locate required valves, fittings, specialties and
connections. Drawings will be suitable for general field pipe
fabrication and erection.
• Specifications and lists of necessary valves, piping materials,
specialties and miscellaneous items for the permanent installation.
• Specification requirements for heat insulation and covering, both for
heat retention and personnel protection. These specifications will
define materials, thicknesses, types of finishing and jacket materials.
• Design and specification of heating, ventilation and air–conditioning
equipment.
12.5 Electrical Work

The following items are considered part of the overall electrical work:
• Preparation of single–line diagrams illustrating major power
equipment and power circuitry. These drawings will also indicate the
ratings of the major electrical apparatus as well as indicate the
instrumentation and protective relaying functions being provided.
• Development of arrangement drawings locating the electrical
apparatus. This design effort will consider access to the equipment for
operating and maintenance purposes and for the original installation of
the equipment. These drawings shall be utilized in defining the
configuration of the electrical equipment, determining material lengths
and fittings, etc.
• Preparation of cable schedules for the interconnecting power, control
and instrumentation cables. This list will define terminating points,
sizes and types of cables, lengths, routing and where applicable, color
coding, for the electrical equipment within the scope of supply.
• Preparation of installation drawings for the electrical equipment within
the scope of supply and associated interconnecting cables. Such
drawings shall define cable trays systems, grounding, underground
ducting, manholes, and other details as necessary to guide the
installation effort and determine the installation material requirements.

204
CARNOT COMPANY
• Preparation of a list of installation material required for the installation

of the GEEPF-supplied equipment.
12.6 Controls Work

The following items are considered part of the overall Controls
Engineering work:
• Preparation of the Controls Design Philosophy Document establishing
basic criteria for the overall plant control design.
• Preparation of the Data Link Signal List
12.7 Other Comments

• The GEEPF-supplied equipment installation drawings are prepared in
Metric units of measurement.
• Drawings will be sent on CD ROM support (2 copies), neutral
computer format: Acrobat (extention .pdf) or TIFF (extension .tif).
• The Owner’s engineer may approve GEEPF-supplied equipment
General Layout, single–line electrical diagram and General Painting
Specification (which defines the color of each piece of equipment)
before their use is permitted. The above approval will not be cause for
waiver of any responsibility for discrepancies and errors made by
others, but not detected in the examination.
The approval time–cycle will be consistent with those periods allotted
on the project schedule, with a maximum of 21 calendar days.
• Upon completion of the project and after the modified equipment is
accepted by the Owner for commercial operation, modified drawings
will be revised in accordance with changes made in the field during
construction (see last page of the chapter).
• Instruction manuals that describe the modes of equipment operation
and the necessary on–site maintenance for all items described herein
will be provided.

205
CARNOT COMPANY
12.8 Drawings and Schedule

In a typical project, the drawings are released in accordance with the
schedule indicated below. Modifications to the schedule for any drawings
affected by changes in the definition of the equipment or open Owner
options will be available ten (10) working days after receipt of resolution
of the change or option. One change or option may affect several
drawings. Any drawings returned to GEEPF with comments and/or
changes will be reissued, if appropriate, within thirty (30) calendar days
after receipt by GEEPF.
12.8.1 Gas Turbine Drawing Schedule for submittal to Owner
Drawing Title Identi Weeks

fication *
6B
Gas Turbine Package Piping Connection Outline 110---PA 14
Notes for Gas Turbine Package Piping Connection 110---PA 14
Outline
Gas Turbine Weight and Center of Gravity 110---EA 14
Schematic Piping Diagrams 110---FD 10
Gas Turbine Device Summary 110---FD 11
* Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting and drawing release.

206
CARNOT COMPANY
12.8.2 Generator Drawing Schedule for submittal to Owner

fication *
6B
Outline 510I40EA 14
Generator data & curves 510I40DS 14
* Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting and drawing release.
12.8.3 GEEPF-supplied Equipment Drawing Schedule for submittal

to Owner

fication *
6B
General
Document List 000---DL 6
Project Document Codification 000---PP 6
Mechanical
General Layout 000---GA 6
General Painting Specification CF0---ES 8
PID’s xxxxxxFD 10
Mechanical Interface Drawing 000---GA 14
Mechanical Interface Table 000---FD 18
Equipment Arrangement, Off-Base Equipment xxx---EA 22
Equipment Arrangement, Unit Fire Fighting 240---EA 24
Protection
Gas Turbine & Generator Pedestal Civil Work 000---CG 8
Guide Drawing
Gas Turbine & Generator Foundation Anchoring 221/2/3--- 8
Drawings DD/EA/EI
Off-Base Auxiliary Equipment Pedestal Civil Work 000---CG 18
Guide Drawings
Piping Supports & Trenches Civil Work Guide 000---CG 24
Drawing

207
CARNOT COMPANY
Off-Base Piping Specification 000---PG 18

Electrical
Single Line Diagram - Main Power Distribution 000IA0SD 6
Tripping Diagram 000IA0LO 8
Earthing connecting point location plan DEO---IL 15
Customer Electrical Interface List 000---ER 10
Cable ducts & manholes Civil Work Guide 000---CG 14
Drawing, GT area
Cable Block Diagram 12
Electrical connecting point location plan DC4---IL 16
Cubicle General Arrangement (GT Motor Control xxx---EA 16
Center, Batteries, chargers)
Cable Reservation Guide Drawing in Customer DC4---EA 22
Building(s) ***
Control, Product Engineering
Data Link Protocol 000I90DM 10
Data Link Signal List (Software) (Preliminary/ 000I90LM 16 /
Final) 8**
Common Frame Control Equipment Outline B20---EA 14
Drawing
Control, Plant Engineering
Handbook Key 000---NA 8
Synchronization Principles 000IA0DM 8
Gas Turbine and Auxiliary Control Hierarchy 000---DM 10
GT Unit Overall Operation Description 000---DM 12
* Elapsed weeks between Order Definition Meeting and drawing

release.
**After Unit Shipment.
*** .subject to GEEPF Cubicle layout in Customer Building to be
received from customer 4 weeks earlier
12.8.4 Gas Turbine Drawing Descriptions

Owner design drawings provided by GEEPF allow a Owner to design foundations,
make station layouts, order long-lead Owner supplied equipment and prepare an
installation bid package or plan. Following are definitions of each drawing including
its purpose and information presented:
Drawing Title

208
CARNOT COMPANY
Gas Turbine Package Piping Connection Outline - This drawing shows the outline of
the gas turbine package with detailed dimensions for Owner supplied field piping
connections with interface dimensions for points that must be connected to a station
sump or drain.
The purpose is to define the location of field piping connections for GEEPF supplied
loose piping and components, as well as Owner supplied piping.
Notes for Gas Turbine Package Piping Connection Outline - The Owner’s piping
connection notes provide piping interface data including thread and flange sizes and
ratings. Descriptive information is provided for connections normally plugged and/or
connected to the station sump.
The purpose is to define piping connections shown on the Owner’s Piping
Connection Outline.
Gas Turbine Weight and Center of Gravity - This drawing contains the location of
unit weights and center of gravity for the turbine.
The purpose is to to assist the Owner in determining lifting requirements for heavier
pieces of equipment.
Schematic Piping Diagrams - These diagrams are functional representations of all
packaged power plant fluid systems, such as lubrication oil, coolant system, fuel
system. They contain information regarding flow rates, pressures and temperature
requirements at Owner connection points and identify system capacity to determine
initial fill requirements
The purpose is to provide information to allow the Owner to determine station
interconnecting piping design requirements, and the amount of lubrication oil and
coolant required for operation of the power plant. The schematics also act as source
documents for generation of the device summary.
Gas Turbine Device Summary - The Device Summary defines the functional
characteristics for all mechanical and electrical devices on the gas turbine and its
associate components. It is developed from all the schematic drawings and forms the
basis for the connection outlines.

209
CARNOT COMPANY
12.8.5 Generator Drawing Descriptions
Drawing Title
Outline, Mechanical & Electrical— Shows information pertaining to mechanical and
electrical features.
Generator Data & Curves — Estimated Generator Performance Data & Curves
typically include reactive capability, excitation, synchronous and saturation
impedance and generator output as a function of cold air or liquid temperature.
12.8.6 GEEPF-supplied Equipment Drawing Descriptions

This section lists the drawings supplied for the balance of plant systems to support the
design, installation, operation and maintenance of the plant:
Drawing Title
General
Document List – This list contains all documents identified by their titles, which will
be transmitted to the Customer during the Engineering phase of the Contract
realization.
Moreover, If not already included in the GEEPF proposal attached to the contract, this
list includes commonly required specifications and recommendations for equipment or
commodities supplied by the Owner.
As applicable:
Coolant recommendations for closed cooling system
Fuel oil specification
Fuel gas specification
Lubrication oil recommendations
Drafting symbols
The purpose is to provide information to allow the Owner to determine requirements
for the aforementioned items.
Project Document Codification – explains standard GEEPF codification for the
documents to be sent to the client in relation with a project.
Mechanical
General Layout - SHEET 1 - Shows relative location of the gas turbine, auxiliaries
generator and other equipment in GEEPF scope if any, and indicates zones for
maintenance
SHEET 2 - Depicts elevation view of the GEEPF scope.
General Painting Specification – Defines the painting coats for each equipment in
GEEPF scope and (as needed) for each part of equipment: type, shop/site realization,
final color… This document as transmitted for the first time to the client either
includes a proposal for the external color definition, to be agreed by the client, or lets

210
CARNOT COMPANY
free space for the client to define the external colors.

PID’s - For the off-base auxiliary equipment, Piping & Instrumentation Drawings
(PID) are provided. These diagrams are functional representations of all off-base
power plant fluid systems, such as air filter, CO2 fire protection system, coolant
system, fuel filtering and forwarding. They contain information regarding flow rates,
pressures and temperature requirements at Owner connection points, as applicable.
The purpose is to provide information to allow the Owner to determine station
interconnecting piping design requirements.
Mechanical Interface Drawing - For the gas turbine and its auxiliary equipment, this
drawing gives the positions of the mechanical interface points.
Mechanical Interface Table - For the gas turbine and its auxiliary equipment, this
drawing gives the characteristics of the mechanical interface points (connection type,
fluid pressure, flow, temperature, reference to a PID or Schematic Piping Diagram).
Equipment Arrangement, Off-Base Equipment Included for each item is an
Equipment Arrangement drawing, giving the outline of the equipment.
Gas Turbine & Generator Pedestal Civil Work Guide Drawing - This drawing contains
Civil Work interface information for the main gas turbine and generator foundation
including pad locations and loadings for embedded sole plates. Embedded conduit
locations and sizes within the gas turbine foundation are defined.
The purpose is to provide information to aid design of the foundation for the gas
turbine and generator components located on the unit centerline.
Gas Turbine & Generator Foundation Anchoring Drawings - These drawings depict
the arrangement of the bolting of the gas turbine, generator, GEEPF supplied
components located on the gas turbine centerline to the main foundation. The material
required for leveling and bolting the components to the foundation and the shims,
keyways and keys required for alignment of the gas turbine are defined and the
materials supplied by GEEPF are identified.
The purpose of these drawings is to supplement the information presented on the
Foundation Interface drawings and to define the material supplied by GEEPF.
Off-Base Auxiliary Equipment Pedestal Civil Work Guide Drawings- These drawings
contain the same information as the two preceding drawings except it is for the off-
base auxiliary Equipment supplied by GEEPF.
Piping Supports & Trenches Civil Work Guide Drawing
Off-Base Piping Specification – This document contains a general description of the materials
used for the off-base piping.
Electrical
Single-Line Diagram - Main Power Distribution - Shows major power equipment and
power circuitry. Indicates the ratings of the major electrical apparatus as well as
indicates the instrumentation and protective relaying functions being provided.
Tripping Diagram
This document defines the actions of protective functions shown on a Single-Line
Diagram.
Earthing connecting point location plan -

211
CARNOT COMPANY
This plan indicates the connections for buried earthing grid by others.
Customer Electrical Interface List - This document gives the list of electrical interfaces
at medium voltage, low voltage as well as control and measurement signals.
This table is a basic design document which allows to check the correct understanding
between customer and GEEPF.
Cable ducts & manholes Civil Work Guide Drawing, GT area - This document
indicates GEEPF requirements regarding cable pulling manholes size and location as
well as cable ducts for cables within the scope.
This document covers the power train area.
Cable Block Diagram - A diagram showing the connections between components or items of
equipment or system and, in some cases, the routing of these connections. Can be in
graphical or in tabular form.
Electrical connecting point location plan -
This location plan includes the customer interfaces. It is issued at the engineering
phase when GEEPF does not supply the cables between the equipment in the GEEPF
scope.
Cubicle General Arrangement (GT Motor Control Center, Batteries, chargers)
Cable Reservation Guide Drawing in Customer Building(s)
Control, Product Engineering
Data Link Protocol
This document specifies the data link protocols between GEEPF and the partner’s
DCS. One document per protocol.
Data Link Signal list (software) – This document lists the signals exchanged through
the data link between the GEEPF automations and the ones excluded in the GEEPF
scope. One document per Link. The preliminary issue is a standard list. The final list is
issued after the Automation/PLC software is available, which is done at the latest stage
of the project, when all design parameters are fixed.
Common Frame Control Equipment Outline Drawing Shows control cubicles
installed on a common frame to be installed in Customer Building. Gives outline
dimensions and free zone reservation for door opening. Gives positions of removing
plates for cable access. Indicates lifting points, total weight, earth connections.
Control, Plant Engineering
Handbook Key
This specification gives the standard off-base GEEPF Power Plant equipment labeling
principles and applicable codes.
Synchronization Principles
This document presents the synchronizing method of the Gas Turbine Unit. It includes
external interfaces when applicable.
Gas Turbine and Auxiliary Control Hierarchy
This document shows the functional and operating links between the different Power
Plant components.

212
CARNOT COMPANY
GT Unit Overall Operation Description

This document summarizes the Gas Turbine Unit functionalities and reminds its main
operating sequences.

213
CARNOT COMPANY
12.8.7 Typical GEEPF Gas Turbine Drawings/Documentation for

submittal to Owner
This section describes the documentation GEEPF provides to support the
Owner’s efforts to design, install, operate and maintain the GEEPF gas
turbine-generator packaged power plant. This documentation is divided
into three (3) categories which coincide with the progression of the
project:
• Advance interface documents to Owner
• Design drawings to Owner
• Startup and operation documents
12.8.7.1 Advance Interface Documents

In addition to the design drawings formally issued to the Owner for
construction, GEEPF can upon request, provide advance information
suitable for use in: (a) project planning and estimating the scope and cost
of a project; and/or (b) the initiation and development of the design of
equipment, systems and/or civil works that interface with GEEPF
furnished equipment. This information is furnished on an informal basis.
The following definitions are provided for clarification:
12.8.7.1.1 Typical Drawings

Typical drawings consist of either drawings previously developed for a
different project or drawings for a reference unit for purposes of
information and/or illustration. These drawings are suitable for use in
project planning and for estimating the scope and cost of a project. Typical
drawings, however, lack the prerequisite detail and/or project-specific
features necessary to permit their use to develop designs for equipment,
systems and/or civil works that interface with GEEPF furnished
equipment. The use of typical drawings for such design development is
strictly at the risk of the Owner.
Please note: typical drawings can be augmented by preliminary design
information furnished by GEEPF at the Order Definition Meeting (ODM).
Preliminary design information provided at that meeting normally consists
of a Single Line diagram and mechanical outline drawing, but can be
extended upon request to include foundation interface information.
12.8.7.1.2 Preliminary Design Information

This information may consist of typical drawings, marked-up drawings or
any other material in either graphic or descriptive format used to convey
non-finalized design information on GEEPF furnished equipment. This
information is sufficiently detailed to permit initiation and development of
the design of equipment, systems and/or civil works interfacing with
GEEPF furnished equipment. This information, however, may be subject

214
CARNOT COMPANY
to changes that impact equipment, systems and/or civil works by others

that interface with GEEPF furnished equipment. The use of preliminary
design information as a basis for the issue of final drawings by others is at
their risk.
12.8.7.1.3 Order Definition Meeting

After receipt of an order, GEEPF will promptly conduct an “Order
Definition" meeting with the Owner’s representatives, during which the
aims concerning Engineering and Design will be:
• To meet stated drawing and equipment scheduling commitments,
• To reach agreement on options, alternatives and technical details
within a limited time period. finalize the required design and scope of
supply. In case some options and alternatives would not be finalized at
this meeting, they will be documented with a schedule to resolve each,
so as to minimize the impact on the shipment and price. Drawings
affected by the lack of final definition will be identified during the
“Order Definition” meeting and a schedule for drawing transmittals
established upon receipt of the final data.
12.8.7.2 Startup and Operation Documents

Documentation associated with the checkout, initial startup and routine
operation of a GEEPF gas turbine-generator packaged power plant will be
provided in the English language and include the following:
• Consolidated Service Manuals; see schedule below
• Turbine Control Specification; available at time of
commissioning
• Elementary Diagrams; available at time of erection (hardwired)
and at time of commissioning (software)
• Startup Report; available after initial operation of the unit
In addition, previously supplied functional drawings such as the single line
diagram, schematic piping, and device summary are heavily utilized
during the functional checkout and initial startup operations.
12.8.7.2.1 Service Manuals

The Service Manuals are comprised of: Operation, Maintenance and
System Description and Parts manuals. Two CDROM’s are provided for
each station.
12.8.7.2.2 Operation Manual

This volume of the Service Manuals contains site specific information on
turbine-generator operation. Normal operating sequences are described,
together with normal running inspections for all supplied equipment and
systems. Trouble shooting and diagnostic recommendations are also

215
CARNOT COMPANY
included. Special notes, and cautionary and warning statements are

included and highlighted throughout the instruction book to enable easy
recognition of special procedures and techniques which must be followed
to ensure correctness and safety for equipment and personnel. Operating
information is also included for all components and systems that are
standardized in their design.
12.8.7.2.3 Maintenance and System Description

This volume provides information for inspection and maintenance of the
turbine, its accessories and auxiliary systems over the life of the
equipment. Recommended procedures for scheduling inspections and
planning maintenance outages, including recommended spares, tools and
equipment are provided. Standard practices for disassembly, component
inspection and reassembly are described in detail. Copies of the necessary
reporting forms are also provided.
12.8.7.2.4 Parts Manual

This volume includes all necessary turbine accessory and auxiliary system
drawings and bills of material to allow ordering of replacement and
expendable materials, parts, components, and assemblies for all routine
inspection and maintenance activities. It is organized along the same lines
as the model list, or master parts list used to manufacture the turbine in the
factory and is specific to the Owner unit.
12.8.7.2.5 Service Manuals Schedule

Service Manual completion and shipment will occur in three phases as
listed below:
• Service Manuals shipment - 12 weeks after the shipment of the last
major component (for example, lube oil skid)
• Follow-up shipment - 8 weeks after Manual shipment, to include any
shortage material received (for example, drawings and/or vendor
documents) after the Manual shipment
• Commercial operation shipment - 12 weeks after the unit is put into
operation a final shipment to the Service Manuals will be made to
incorporate any changes to the bill of material and previously
unavailable shortages
12.8.7.2.6 Turbine Control Specification

The turbine control specification provides all recommended turbine control
panel settings, control system calibration procedures and turbine operating
sequences. It is a unit specific document, and together with the device
summary and generator elementary, provides information on field settable
control and protective equipment

216
CARNOT COMPANY
12.8.7.2.7 Diagrams
Elementary diagrams are provided for the gas turbine and generator
controls, including the excitation system. The turbine control elementary
diagram is primarily functional, and although some hardware
representation is included where appropriate, it concentrates on a pictorial
representation of the turbine and auxiliary system sequencing and control
and protection algorithms implemented in the panel software. The turbine
control panel is also supported for checkout purposes by a hardware
connection diagram depicting internal hardware connections.
The generator and power system elementary diagram is also functional;
however, since control, protection and sequencing are accomplished with
hardware elements, it is more representative of the actual system hardware
configuration. The same is also true of the motor control centers for
electrically powered auxiliaries.
12.8.7.2.8 Startup Report

The startup report is prepared by the field startup engineer after
completion of the initial operation of the unit. It provides an indication of
the initial settings and startup control characteristics for the gas turbine,
generator and auxiliary systems. It is useful for anticipating trouble and
performing diagnostic work at least through the first inspection period, and
in many cases, over the life of the installation.
12.8.7.3 As-Built Drawing File

The As-Built Drawing File is made of the modified drawings revised in
accordance with changes made in the field during construction. The non
modified drawings are not included in this file.
The As-Built Drawing File shipment will occur 12 weeks after the unit is
put in operation. The document types that can be included in the As-Built
Drawing File are:
• Layout
• PID’s
• Single Line Diagram, Main Power Distribution
• Electrical Circuit Diagrams
• General Piping Arrangement
• Cable List
• Interconnecting Diagram
The As-Built Drawing File will be sent on CD ROM support.

217
CARNOT COMPANY
g
14. Not Used
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Page 14.1

218
CARNOT COMPANY
g
15. Not Used
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Error! Reference source not found. Page 15.1

219
CARNOT COMPANY
220
CARNOT COMPANY
221
CARNOT COMPANY
222
CARNOT COMPANY
g
16. Mechanical Outline and PID’s
Mechanical Outline 129 E 1315
Mechanical Outline Page 16.1

223
CARNOT COMPANY
g
17. Electrical One-Line Diagram
One-Line Diagram 364 B 4204
Electrical One -Line Diagram Page 17.1

224
CARNOT COMPANY
225
CARNOT COMPANY
226
CARNOT COMPANY
227
CARNOT COMPANY
228
CARNOT COMPANY
229
CARNOT COMPANY
g
18. Control Architecture Drawing
Control Architecture Drawing 360 B 2484
GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Control Architecture Page 18.1

230
SIZE DWG. NO. SH. REV.
CARNOT COMPANY A3 360B2484 1 4
Control Room
(1)
HMI
CRM1
Global Multi-Unit
Time Server
DCS (1) Source
UPS-
220VAC
(1) 21"
Ethernet GSM UDH PDH IRIG-B
Alarm Printer
(1) (1)
SW17
SW19
SW18
SW20
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
PDH UDH ADH TRUNK PDH UDH ADH TRUNK
(1)
UPS- UPS- UPS- UPS-

220VAC 220VAC 220VAC 220VAC
GT#1 GT#2 GT#3 GT#4

UPS-
UPS-
SW3 220VAC
SW1 220VAC
PDH
PDH
BN GCP Mark VI BN GCP Mark VI
UDH
UDH
GPP AVR T S R GPP AVR T S R
ADH
ADH
same as same as
TRUNK
TRUNK
GT#1 & #2 GT#1 & #2
UPS- UPS-
220VAC SW4 220VAC
SW2
PDH
PDH
RS485 RS485
HMI HMI
UDH
UDH
RS232 UDH PDH RS232 UDH PDH
GT1 GT2
17" 17"
ADH
ADH
Single-Unit Single-Unit
TRUNK
TRUNK
Server Server
Alarm Printer Alarm Printer
UPS- UPS-
220VAC 220VAC
Hardware Link / Cable Remote to Scada (1) Customer Supply
Modbus link over a multidrop (RS485) link (2) OSM1 dedicated GT1&2, OSM2 dedicated GT3&4
UDH: Unit Data Highway. Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO
PDH: Plant Data Highway. (UTP) cable, 4 pair, Category 5, RJ-45 connectors. 4108
g GE Energy Products - Europe A3 MAX CASE
Trunk: cross-over UTP cable is used to connect a switch to a switch.
360B2484
DISTR
Fiber Optic: (1) Multimode - SC type connectors DRAWN 11-MAR-2004 C. Florentz
SCALE CONT ON SHEET
231 Time Synchronization: (1) Modulated IRIG-B time code signal, RG-58 Coaxial cable, BNC connector 1
CARNOT COMPANY
g
19. Experience List
GE PROPRIETARY I NFORMATION Experience List Page 19.1

232
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Design Gas Turbine Experience, MS6001B
g
SHIP YR CUSTOMER STATION COUNTRY MODEL DES QTY CYCLE FUEL
2004 SINGAPORE POWER PTE LTD CHANGI SINGAPORE MS6001B 2 SC DO

2003 CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 1 SC NG
2003 ARKAY ENERGY KUTTALAM INDIA MS6001B 1 CC NG
2003 CNOCO & SHELL PETROCHEMICALS NANHAI CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DO
2003 DAELIM (BASF) NANJING CHINA PR MS6001B 3 CC TI
2003 EXXON MOBIL NEFTEGAS SAKHALIN ISLAND 3 & 4 RUSSIA MS6001B 2 SC NG
2003 JINAN IRON & STEEL JINAN CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC SYN
2003 KUVVAT CORPORATION BALKANABAT TURKMENISTAN MS6001B 3 CC DA
2003 NIGERIA LNG BONNEY ISLAND LNG 4&5 NIGERIA MS6001B 2 HR NG
2003 NOT AVAILABLE DONGGUAN CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC DO
2003 OMIFCO OMAN FERTILIZER PLANT OMAN MS6001B 2 HR NG
2003 PROTECMA REGGIO EMILIA ITALY MS6001B 1 CC NG
2003 RAS LAFFAN LNG CO. LTD. RAS GAS IV QATAR MS6001B 2 SC NG
2003 ROQUETTE KEOKUK USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
2002 AEC GENCO LTD FOSTER CREEK CANADA MS6001B 2 HR NG
2002 ARABIAN OIL COMPANY AL KHAFJI SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 3 SC DA
2002 CALIK ENERJI TURKMENBASHI REFINERY TURKMENISTAN MS6001B 3 SC DA
2002 CMS RAS LAFFAN QATAR MS6001B 1 SC DA
2002 COMPANIA NATIONAL DE FUERZA MOIN COSTA RICA MS6001B 2 SC DO
2002 CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 1 SC DA
2002 ENRON TEESIDE UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 HR NG
2002 EXXON/MOBIL LABARGE USA MS6001B 3 HR GA
2002 FREMONT NEBRASKA, CITY OF FREMONT USA MS6001B 1 SC NG
2002 GRAND ISLAND NEBRASKA, CITY OF BURDICK STATION USA MS6001B 2 SC DA
2002 KAMC POWER HADANIA SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 1 SC DO
2002 LOTTE ENG & CONST CO LTD YEOCHUN REPUBLIC OF KOREA MS6001B 1 CC NL
2002 NATIONAL ELECTRICITY KHARTOUM CC 1 & 2 SUDAN MS6001B 4 CC LPG
2002 PARS OIL & GAS SOUTH PARS 4 & 5 IRAN MS6001B 4 SC NG
2002 PSEG GLOBAL SALALAH OMAN MS6001B 6 SC DA
2002 RUVNL RAMGARH INDIA MS6001B 1 CC DA
2002 SPAD-ROQUETTE ITALIA CASSANO SPINOLA ITALY MS6001B 1 CC NG
2002 TENGIZCHEVROIL TENGIZ 5 KAZAKHSTAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
2001 AMEREN AMEREN USA MS6001B 3 SC
2001 ARABIAN AMERICAN OIL COMPANY ABQAIQ 1-3 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 3 HR NG
2001 COGETHERM LA POSSESSION FRANCE MS6001B 1 SC DO
2001 CONFIDENTIAL DALIAN 1 #1 & 2/CHP CHINA PR MS6001B 2 HR DC
2001 CONFIDENTIAL XIAN YANGLING CHINA PR MS6001B 1 CC NG
2001 DEPT ELECTRICAL SERVICES GADONG 1 THRU 3 BRUNEI MS6001B 3 SC NG
2001 EDISON/CARTIERE BURGO VERZUELO ITALY MS6001B 2 CC NG
2001 ENDESA GRANADILLA SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
2001 ENERGY WORKS CARTAGENA, S.L. GEPESA CARTAGENA SPAIN MS6001B 2 CC NG
2001 ENERJISA ADANA TURKEY MS6001B 2 CC GNL
2001 ENERJISA CANAKKALE TURKEY MS6001B 1 CC GNL
2001 ENERJISA MERSIN TURKEY MS6001B 1 CC GNL
2001 EXELON CALUMET USA MS6001B 6 SC NG
2001 EXXON-MOBIL DOBA-CHAD CHAD MS6001B 4 HR GR
233
GE Company Proprietary 1 As of YE 2002
CARNOT COMPANY
g
2001 MIRANT CORPORATION BOGUE JAMAICA MS6001B 2 CC DO

2001 SHARJAH ELEC & WATER DEPT KALBA UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC DA
2001 SHELL CHEMICAL COMPANY SHELL GEISMAR COGEN USA MS6001B 2 HR NG
2001 TONGHUA IRON & STEEL GROUP JILIN CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC WASTE
2001 TOYO ENGINEERING RAYONG THAILAND MS6001B 2 CC NG
2000 AMATA POWER LTD BANG PAKONG IND. PARK II THAILAND MS6001B 2 CC DA
2000 AMEREN AMEREN USA MS6001B 5 SC
2000 BANGLADESH POWER DEV BOARD SHAHJIBAZAR 1 & 2 BANGLADESH MS6001B 1 SC NG
2000 BPCL MUMBAI #2-2 INDIA MS6001B 1 HR NL
2000 COGETHERM/AIR LIQUIDE LAVERA 1 FRANCE MS6001B 1 HR NG
2000 DAIRYLAND POWER COOPERATIVE ELK MOUND USA MS6001B 2 SC NG
2000 ELIN/KHTP INDEPENDENT PWR KULIM MALAYSIA MS6001B 1 CC NG
2000 EXELON CALUMET USA MS6001B 2 SC NG
2000 EXELON LA PORTE USA MS6001B 4 SC NG
2000 INDIAN OIL CORPORATION PANIPAT INDIA MS6001B 1 HR DN
2000 KARACHAGANAK KARACHAGANAK 1&2 KAZAKHSTAN MS6001B 2 SC NG
2000 KARACHAGANAK PETROLEUM OPER. KARACHAGANAK 3 KAZAKHSTAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
2000 MASSAC ENTERPRISES JOPPA USA MS6001B 2 SC
2000 MEPCO TABARJAL 1 & 2 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 2 SC DC
2000 NATIONAL PETROCHEMICAL MAP TA PHUT THAILAND MS6001B 1 RP NG
2000 NATIONAL POWER, SCA AYLESFORD AYLESFORD, KENT UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 HR DA
2000 NIGERIA LNG BONNY ISLAND 1 NIGERIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
2000 NIGERIA LNG BONNY ISLAND 3 & 4 NIGERIA MS6001B 2 SC NG
2000 CONFIDENTIAL UNITS 1 & 2 CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 2 SC NG
2000 PETRO CANADA TERRA NOVA CANADA MS6001B 2 SC DA
2000 QATAR VINYL MESAIEED 1 THRU 4 QATAR MS6001B 4 SC NG
2000 REPSOL GAJANO SANTENDE SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
2000 REPSOL LA CORUNA SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
2000 REPSOL-QUIMICA TARRAGONA SPAIN MS6001B 1 CC DA
2000 ROQUET LESTREM 1&2 FRANCE MS6001B 2 HR NG
2000 RURAL POWER MYMENSINGH 2 #1 & 2 BANGLADESH MS6001B 2 SC NG
2000 S.A. INDUSTRIAS CELULOSA ARAGO SAICA 3 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR NG
2000 TERRA NOVA ALLIANCE OFFSHORE 1 & 2 CANADA MS6001B 2 SC DA
2000 TIANJIN BINHAI POWER CO. LTD. NOT AVAILABLE CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DO
2000 TRACTEBEL POWER SUJANA GANGAIKONDAN INDIA MS6001B 2 CC NL
2000 TRACTEBEL POWER SUJANA TUTICORIN INDIA MS6001B 2 CC NL
2000 UNION CARBIDE CORPORATION SEADRIFT USA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1999 ABU DHABI CO ONSHORE OIL OPER ASAB 3&4 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC NG
1999 ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY HABSHAN UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1999 AIR PRODUCTS & CHEMICALS AIR PRODUCTS-CLARK OIL USA MS6001B 1 HR
1999 AMCO BIOKO ISLAND METHANOL EQUATORIAL GUINEA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1999 BANGLADESH POWER DEV BOARD SHAHJIBAZAR 1 & 2 BANGLADESH MS6001B 1 SC NG
1999 BRUNNER MOND, POWER GEN CHP WINNINGTON CHP UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 2 CC NG
1999 CMS ENTERPRISES COMPANY MARGARITA 1 & 2 VENEZUELA MS6001B 2 SC DO
234
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1999 COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE CHAUFFE RENAULT FLINS FRANCE MS6001B 1 HR NG

1999 DBA/ENRON NOWAZARZINA CHP POLAND MS6001B 2 HR DA
1999 EGASA MOLLENDO 1&2 PERU MS6001B 2 SC DO
1999 ELECTRICITY OF VIETNAM CAN THO 2-2 VIETNAM MS6001B 1 SC DO
1999 ELIN/KHTP INDEPENDENT PWR KULIM MALAYSIA MS6001B 3 CC NG
1999 ENERJISA IZMIT TURKEY MS6001B 1 CC DA
1999 ENERSUL CORUMBA (MERCHANT) BRAZIL MS6001B 1 SC DA
1999 FOSTER WHEELER ITALIANA AL-JUBAIL SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1999 GAS Y ELECTRICIDAD MAHON 2 SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1999 GTI DAKAR, SENELEC CAP DES BICHES SENEGAL MS6001B 1 CC NL
1999 INDIAN OIL CORPORATION BARODA 2 INDIA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1999 LOCKWOOD GREENE/BASF NROC COGENERATION PROJECT USA MS6001B 2 HR NG
1999 MAPNA RAYSUT OMAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1999 MERCK & CO., INC. WEST POINT COGEN USA MS6001B 1 HR
1999 NAT POWER, BRIDGEWATER PAPER BRIDGEWATER, CHESHIRE CHP UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC NG
1999 NONG KHAE COGEN, SITHE ENERGIE NONG KHAE 1&2 THAILAND MS6001B 2 CC NG
1999 CONFIDENTIAL UNITS 1-4 CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 4 SC DA
1999 PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT OMAN HUBARA 1-3 OMAN MS6001B 3 SC NG
1999 RELIANCE POWER BOMBAY 1 THRU 3 INDIA MS6001B 3 SC DA
1999 REPSOL LA CORUNA SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1999 REPSOL-QUIMICA TARRAGONA SPAIN MS6001B 1 CC DA
1999 RPL JAMNAGAR #3-14 INDIA MS6001B 1 HR NL
1998 ABU DHABI CO ONSHORE OIL OPER ASAB 1&2 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC NG
1998 ALUAR ALUMINIO ARGENTINO PUERTO MADRYN 3 ARGENTINA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1998 ANCHOR PRODUCTS TE RAPA NEW ZEALAND MS6001B 1 HR NG
1998 ATLANTIC RICHFIELD COMPANY KUPARUK USA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1998 BANDISCHE ANALIN SODA FAB-BASF GEISMAR COGEN 2 USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1998 BECHTEL/ENKA/TENGIZCHEVROIL TENGIZ OIL FIELD 1 & 2 KAZAKHSTAN MS6001B 2 SC GA
1998 CALTEX PACIFIC INTERNATIONAL CALTEX MINAS 11 INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1998 CHINA PETROLEUM TECH & DEV KORLA 1&2, TARIM CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC NG
1998 CORP DOMINICA DE ELECTRICIDAD ITABO 3 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC MS6001B 1 SC DO
1998 ELECTRICITY AUTH OF CYPRUS VASILIKOS 1 CYPRUS MS6001B 1 SC DO
1998 ELECTRICITY OF VIETNAM CAN THO 2-1 VIETNAM MS6001B 1 SC DO
1998 ENCE HUELVA SPAIN MS6001B 1 CC NG
1998 ENERSUL CAMPO GRANDE (MERCHANT) BRAZIL MS6001B 1 SC DA
1998 GENTING SANYEN POWER GEN KUALA LANGAT MALAYSIA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1998 HPL COGEN LTD, HALDIA PETRO HALDIA INDIA MS6001B 2 CC DA
1998 JINHUA LONGQIAO JINLONG JINHUA CITY CHINA PR MS6001B 1 CC DC
1998 NATIONAL POWER COGEN/PHILLIPS SEAL SANDS PHILLIPS UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC NG
1998 CONFIDENTIAL UNIT 1 CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 1 SC NG
1998 CONFIDENTIAL UNIT 1 CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 1 SC NG
1998 NWE/MOUNT ISA MINES MICA CREEK 3 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1998 OMAN LNG QALHAT IMD 1 & 2 OMAN MS6001B 2 SC NG
1998 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER WADI AL JIZZI 11&12 OMAN MS6001B 2 SC DA
1998 PETRONAS GAS GEBENG 1-3 MALAYSIA MS6001B 3 HR NG
1998 PETRONAS GAS KERTH 1-6 MALAYSIA MS6001B 6 HR NG
235
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1998 RAS LAFFAN LNG CO. LTD. RAS LAFFAN QATAR MS6001B 1 SC DA
1998 RURAL POWER MYMENSINGH BARGE 1 & 2 BANGLADESH MS6001B 2 SC NG
1998 SABINE COGEN, LP SABINE COGEN (MERCHANT) USA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1998 SAMUTPRAKARN COGEN, SITHE BANGPOO THAILAND MS6001B 2 CC DA
1998 SARPOM TRECATE 1 ITALY MS6001B 1 HR NG
1998 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS PUNTA GRANDE-LANZAROTE SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1998 WARMEVERBUNDKRAFTWERK FREIBURG FREIBURG GERMANY MS6001B 1 CC NG
1997 ALUAR ALUMINIO ARGENTINO PUERTO MADRYN CC GT 1&2 ARGENTINA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1997 ANSALDO/IRHE BAHIA LAS MINAS PANAMA MS6001B 1 SC DO
1997 BRITISH PETROLEUM CBS/BP OFFSHORE BARGE 1&2 VENEZUELA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1997 CHINA RESOURCES MACHINERY CO. KARAMAY POWER PLANT PHASE VI CHINA PR MS6001B 1 HR DA
1997 COGENERATION COMPANY LTD MAP TA PHUT PHASE IV-1 THRU 4 THAILAND MS6001B 4 HR DO
1997 COPESUL RIO DO SUL BRAZIL MS6001B 1 SC NG
1997 CORP DOMINICA DE ELECTRICIDAD HIGUAMO 1&2 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC MS6001B 2 SC DO
1997 CORP DOMINICA DE ELECTRICIDAD ITABO 1&2 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC MS6001B 2 SC DO
1997 DALTEM NRL-ASSAM INDIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1997 ELIN/ESG LINZ 3 AUSTRIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1997 EMPRESA NACIONAL DE ELEC SA PAN DE AZUCAR 3 THRU 6 CHILE MS6001B 1 SC DO
1997 ENERJISA KENTSA TURKEY MS6001B 1 CC NG
1997 ENRON/DABHOL POWER COMPANY DABHOL POWER PHASE I INDIA MS6001B 1 SC NL
1997 ESKISEHIR ENDUSTRIAL ENERJI AS ESKISEHIR INDUSTRIAL PARK TURKEY MS6001B 1 SC DA
1997 GULF COGENERATION CO KAENG KHOI COGEN THAILAND MS6001B 2 CC DA
1997 HOFFMAN LaROCHE, ROCHE VITAMIN HOFFMAN LaROCHE USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1997 KENYA POWER & LIGHTING COMPANY KIPEVU 2 KENYA MS6001B 1 SC DO
1997 KIEWIT INDUSTRIAL CO/CALPINE NRG/MILLENIUM USA MS6001B 3 CC NG
1997 L&T CEMENT WORKS PIPAVAV, KOVAYA INDIA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1997 MEAG INFRA LEUNA LEUNA GERMANY MS6001B 1 CC NG
1997 MOUNT ISA MINE HOLDINGS, LTD MICA CREEK 1&2 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1997 NOKIAN LAMPOVOIMA NOKIA REPOWER FINLAND MS6001B 1 RP DA
1997 OMAN CEMENT COMPANY MUSCAT OMAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1997 OMAN LNG QALHAT IPG 1 THRU 4 OMAN MS6001B 4 SC DA
1997 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT NIMR 2 OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1997 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT PDO OMAN LLC, REFINERY 1&2 OMAN MS6001B 2 HR NG
1997 PERUSAHAAN UMUM LISTRIK NEGARA PONTIANAK, BORNEO INDONESIA MS6001B 1 SC DO
1997 POWERTON RESOURCES/LLS SABAH KARAMBUNAI MALAYSIA MS6001B 4 SC DA
1997 RAS LAFFAN LNG CO. LTD. RAS LAFFAN 4-6 QATAR MS6001B 3 SC DA
1997 RELIANCE INDUSTRIES JAMNAGAR 1-6 INDIA MS6001B 6 HR GNL
1997 SAMSUNG GENERAL CHEMICALS DAESAN 2 REPUBLIC OF KOREA MS6001B 1 HR PG
1997 SARAWAK ELECTRICITY SUPPLY BINTULU MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1997 SCOTTISH HYDRO-ELECTRIC SNODLAND, KENT CHP UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC DA
1997 SHARJAH ELEC & WATER DEPT AL RAMTHA UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1997 SHELL OIL COMPANY BONNY ISLAND 1-4 NIGERIA MS6001B 4 SC LNG
1997 SHELL OIL COMPANY BONNY ISLAND 7&8 NIGERIA MS6001B 2 SC LNG
1997 TEMES/GUAM POWER AUTHORITY GUAM POWER GUAM MS6001B 1 SC DO
1997 THAI OIL SRI RACHA REFINERY 3 THAILAND MS6001B 1 CC DA
1997 VULKAN ENERGIEVIRTSCHAFT ODER EISENHUTTENSTADT GERMANY MS6001B 1 CC GA
236
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1997 YACIMENTO PETROLIFERO FISCALES PLAZA HUINCUL ARGENTINA MS6001B 1 SC NG

1996 ACEA, ROMA TOR DI VALLE ITALY MS6001B 2 CC NG
1996 AEG FOR THAI OIL SRI RACHA REFINERY 1 THAILAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1996 AK ENERJI BOZUYUK 1&2 TURKEY MS6001B 2 CC DA
1996 ALPHA POWER CHACHEONGSAO 1-4 THAILAND MS6001B 4 CC DA
1996 ALUMINUM COMPANY OF AMERICA WAGERUP REFINERY, PERTH AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1996 ANHUI-LIYUAN/AES HEFEI CITY CC GT 1 & 2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC DO
1996 BIS ENERJI BURSA 2 TURKEY MS6001B 1 CC DA
1996 COGENERATION COMPANY LTD MAP TA PHUT PHASE III THAILAND MS6001B 2 HR DA
1996 COSMO ENGINEERING/COSMO SEKIYU ICHIHARA, CHIBA JAPAN 50 MS6001B 1 HR LPG
1996 DOGA ENERGY ESENYURT TURKEY MS6001B 3 CC DA
1996 ELECTRICITE DU LIBAN BAALBEK 2 LEBANON MS6001B 1 SC DO
1996 ELECTRICITY OF VIETNAM BA RIA 8 VIETNAM MS6001B 1 SC DA
1996 ELECTRICITY OF VIETNAM CAN THO 1-1&2 VIETNAM MS6001B 2 SC DO
1996 ELIN/ERDEMIR EREGLI IRON & STEEL TURKEY MS6001B 2 HR NG
1996 EMPRESA NACIONAL DE ELEC SA PAN DE AZUCAR 3 THRU 6 CHILE MS6001B 3 SC DO
1996 ENEMALTA DELIMARA MALTA MS6001B 2 CC DO
1996 ENERGIA DEL SUR CAMUZZI 1&2 ARGENTINA MS6001B 3 SC NG
1996 EUROGEN C.V. ROZENBURG 3 NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 CC NG
1996 GUJARAT ALKALIES & CHEMICALS DAHEJ INDIA MS6001B 2 CC DA
1996 HYUNDAI DAESAN 2 REPUBLIC OF KOREA MS6001B 1 HR GA
1996 JINHUA LONGQIAO JINLONG JINHUA CITY CHINA PR MS6001B 1 CC DC
1996 KALTIM DAYA MANDIRI BONTANG INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1996 MEAG WOLFEN CHP GERMANY MS6001B 1 CC NG
1996 NANJING COASTAL XINGANG COGEN NANJING GT 1 & 2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 HR DO
1996 NATIONAL POWER/BASF SEAL SANDS, TEESIDE UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC NG
1996 NUMALIGARTH REFINERY ASSAM 1 & 2 INDIA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1996 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER WADI AL JIZZI OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1996 PERUSAHAAN UMUM LISTRIK NEGARA UJUNG PANDANG 1&2 INDONESIA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1996 PILBARA ENERGY SOUTH HEDLAND 1 & 2 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1996 PORTSIDE ENERGY CORPORATION NATIONAL STEEL USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1996 RELIANCE INDUSTRIES HAZIRA 3 INDIA MS6001B 1 HR GNL
1996 RELIANCE INDUSTRIES PATALGANGA 2 INDIA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1996 RUIAN/HUARVI POWER RUIAN CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DC
1996 SARAWAK ELECTRICITY SUPPLY BINTULU MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1996 SHARJAH ELEC & WATER DEPT KHORFAKKAN UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC DA
1996 SITHE CHINA HOLDINGS CHANGZHOU CHINA PR MS6001B 1 HR DO
1996 SOUTHERN PERU COPPER SOUTHERN PERU COPPER PERU MS6001B 1 SC DO
1996 SVZ SCHWARZE PUMPE SCHWARZE PUMPE GERMANY MS6001B 1 CC-IGCC COAL
1996 TUNTEX SHIN-SU 1&2 TAIWAN MS6001B 2 CC DC
1995 AEG FOR THAI OIL SRI RACHA REFINERY 1 THAILAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1995 ALUAR ALUMINIO ARGENTINO PUERTO MADRYN 1 ARGENTINA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 BELLELI, QATAR FERTILIZER QAFCO 3 QATAR MS6001B 1 HR NG
1995 BP KWINANA, MISSION ENERGY BP KWINANA REFINERY AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 CC NP
1995 CEPSA INTERQUISA SAN ROQUE SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
237
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1995 CHEVRON OIL COMPANY EL SEGUNDO 2 USA MS6001B 1 CC NG

1995 ELECTRICITE DU LIBAN BAALBEK 1 LEBANON MS6001B 1 SC DO
1995 ELECTRICITE DU LIBAN TYR 1&2 LEBANON MS6001B 2 SC DO
1995 EMPRESA ELECTRICA DEL ECUADOR GUAYAQUIL 2 ECUADOR MS6001B 1 SC DO
1995 ENEMALTA DELIMARA 1&2 MALTA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1995 FORMOSA PLASTIC CORPORATION BATON ROUGE 3 USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1995 HJORRING KOMMUNE HJORRING CHP DENMARK MS6001B 1 CC NG
1995 INDIAN PETROCHEMICALS CORP GANDHAR 1 INDIA MS6001B 1 CC NL
1995 INST COSTA RICENSE DE ELECTRIC MOIN 4 COSTA RICA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1995 INTEX ENERGY CORPORATION FUZHOU CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC CO
1995 KVAERNER ENERGY/UNION CEMENT RAS AL-KHAIMAH 3 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 KWG ACHENBACH STASSFURT 1 GERMANY MS6001B 2 CC DA
1995 KYRON PROSSESIVOIMA OY KYROSKOSKI FINLAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1995 MIDTKRAFT/VIBORG KOMMUNE VIBORG KV DENMARK MS6001B 1 CC NG
1995 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER AJMAN 3&4 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1995 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER DHAID UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER NAKHEEL 1&2 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC NG
1995 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER QIDFA UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER UM AL QUAIN UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 MYANMA ELECTRIC POWER AHLONE 3 MYANMAR MS6001B 1 CC DA
1995 MYANMA ELECTRIC POWER HLAWGA 1-3 MYANMAR MS6001B 3 CC DA
1995 NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER CO AMMAN SOUTH JORDAN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1995 NATIONAL POWER IMMINGHAM, LINDSEY OIL UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 HR NP
1995 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT NIMR 1 OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT SUWAIHAT OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 PILBARA ENERGY NEWMAN 1-3 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 3 SC DA
1995 PT FAJAR SURYA WISESA CIBITUNG BEKASI INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1995 SABAH ELECTRICITY BOARD PATAU PATAU MALAYSIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1995 SCOTTISH HYDRO-ELECTRIC RUNCORN, CHESHIRE UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC DA
1995 SHELL OIL COMPANY PERNIS, PER 1&2 NETHERLANDS MS6001B 2 CC-IGCC RO
1995 SITHE ENERGIES SMITHFIELD, PRATT IND. AUSTRALIA MS6001B 3 CC NG
1995 SUZHOU COASTAL COGENERATION SUZHOU 1&2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 HR NG
1995 TABRIZ PETROCHEMICAL TABRIZ 1&2 IRAN MS6001B 2 SC NG
1995 TEXACO, INC. EL DORADO COGEN USA MS6001B 1 HR-IGCC RO
1995 THE COGENERATION COMPANY LTD MAP TA PHUT 1&2 THAILAND MS6001B 5 CC DA
1995 UNION CARBIDE CORPORATION TEXAS CITY USA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1995 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS JUAN GRANDE 2 SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1995 UNITED POWER COMPANY MANAH 1-3 OMAN MS6001B 3 SC DA
1995 WILLIAMS FIELD SERVICES CO MILAGRO COGEN USA MS6001B 2 HR NG
1995 YACIMENTO PETROLIFERO FISCALES LOS PERALES 1 & 2 ARGENTINA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1994 ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY HABSHAN THAMMAMA 1&2 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 HR NG
1994 ABU DHABI NATIONAL OIL COMPANY RUWAIS 1 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 AK ENERJI CERKEZKOY 2 TURKEY MS6001B 1 HR DA
1994 AZERBAIDJAN REGIONAL ELEC CO. UROMIEH 1&2 IRAN MS6001B 2 SC DA
1994 BANGLADESH POWER DEV BOARD SYLHET FENCHUGANJ BANGLADESH MS6001B 2 CC NG
238
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1994 BRUNEI, GOVERNMENT OF LUMUT 8 BRUNEI MS6001B 1 SC NG

1994 CALIFORNIA - TEXAS PETROLEUM MINAS 10, RIAU INDONESIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1994 CIPREL VRIDI 1-1 THRU 3 IVORY COAST MS6001B 3 SC DA
1994 EEC BARCALDINE AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 ELECTRICITY AUTH OF CYPRUS MONI 3 CYPRUS MS6001B 1 SC DO
1994 ELIN/VA STAHL LINZ 2 AUSTRIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 EUROGEN C.V. ROZENBURG 1&2 NETHERLANDS MS6001B 2 CC NP
1994 GENFIBRE MIRANDA DE EBRO 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 CC NG
1994 INTERNATIONAL PAPER RIVERDALE MILL USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1994 KOREA ELECTRIC POWER CORP CHEJU ISLAND REPUBLIC OF KOREA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 MAURITIUS CENTRAL ELEC BOARD NICOLAY 3 MAURITIUS MS6001B 1 SC DA
1994 MOROCCO OFFICE NATL DE ELEC TETUAN 1-3 MOROCCO MS6001B 3 SC DO
1994 MOROCCO OFFICE NATL DE ELEC Z. I. CASA 3 MOROCCO MS6001B 1 SC DO
1994 MYANMA ELECTRIC POWER AHLONE 1&2 MYANMAR MS6001B 2 CC DA
1994 NANSHAN ELECTRIC SHENZHEN CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DO
1994 NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER CO REHAB 1&2 JORDAN MS6001B 2 SC DO
1994 NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER CO RISHA GAS FIELD 3 JORDAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1994 NORSKE SKOG BRUCK GMBH BRUCK AUSTRIA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1994 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER WADI JIZZIE OMAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1994 OSTTHURINGER ENERGI, TEAG JENA-SOUTH, REPOWER GERMANY MS6001B 3 CC DA
1994 PILBARA ENERGY PORT HEDLAND 1-3 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 3 SC DA
1994 POWER GEN/GROVEHURST ENERGY KEMSLEY, KENT CHP UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC NG
1994 PT CIKARANG LISTRINDO CIKARANG 3-6 INDONESIA MS6001B 4 CC NG
1994 PT SURYA KERTAS SURABAYA INDONESIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 QATAR LIQUEFIED GAS RAS LAFFAN 1-5 QATAR MS6001B 5 SC NG
1994 RELIANCE INDUSTRIES NARODA INDIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1994 RELIANCE INDUSTRIES PATALGANGA 1 INDIA MS6001B 1 HR GNL
1994 RSEB RAMGARH INDIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 SARAWAK ELECTRICITY SUPPLY MIRI 4 MALAYSIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1994 SHELL OIL COMPANY MARTINEZ CLEAN FUELS USA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1994 TAMIL NADU ELECTRICITY BOARD BASIN BRIDGE INDIA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1994 THAILAND NATL PETROLEUM CORP MAB TA PHUT THAILAND MS6001B 1 HR NG
1994 THE COGENERATION COMPANY LTD MAP TA PHUT 1 THAILAND MS6001B 1 CC DA
1994 TONEN/KIGUNAS SEKIYU KAWASAKI JAPAN 50 MS6001B 1 HR PG
1994 V.O.F. WKMM MAASTRICHT, KNP MILL NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 CC NG
1993 ABU DHABI WATER & ELEC AUTH ABU DHABI CITY 1 THRU 8 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 8 SC NG
1993 ABU DHABI WATER & ELEC AUTH AL-AIN 1 THRU 4 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 4 SC NG
1993 ABU DHABI WATER & ELEC AUTH MADINAT ZAYED 1&2 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1993 AGIP PETROLI TARANTO ITALY MS6001B 1 SC NG
1993 BANDISCHE ANALIN SODA FAB-BASF SCHWARZHEIDE GERMANY MS6001B 2 CC DA
1993 BRUNEI, GOVERNMENT OF GADONG 2-4 BRUNEI MS6001B 3 SC NG
1993 COLORADO POWER PARTNERS BRUSH 2 USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1993 COLORADO SPRINGS COLORADO RAY NIXON USA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1993 CORPORACION DEL COBRE CHILE TOCOPILLA 1 CHILE MS6001B 1 SC NG
1993 COTESA TENERIFE SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1993 DERWENT COGENERATION LTD SPONDON - COURTAULDS UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 4 CC NG
1993 GAS Y ELECTRICIDAD MAHON SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
239
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1993 GEGSA SAN ROQUE 1&2 SPAIN MS6001B 2 HR PG

1993 GSFC BARODA INDIA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1993 IRAN NATIONAL OIL COMPANY BANDAR ABBAS 1-3 IRAN MS6001B 3 SC NG
1993 ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION ATAROT ISRAEL MS6001B 2 SC DA
1993 ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION EILAT ISRAEL MS6001B 1 SC DA
1993 JAMAICA PUBLIC SERVICES HUNTS BAY 7 JAMAICA MS6001B 1 SC DO
1993 MEAG GROSSKAYNA GERMANY MS6001B 3 SC DO
1993 MOROCCO OFFICE NATL DE ELEC TIT MELLIL 1-3 MOROCCO MS6001B 3 SC RO
1993 MOROCCO OFFICE NATL DE ELEC Z. I. CASA 1&2 MOROCCO MS6001B 2 SC DO
1993 NATIONAL POWER COGEN AYLESFORD, KENT UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC NG
1993 NEEPCO KATHALGURI 1&2 INDIA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1993 OMV LAARKIRCKEN AUSTRIA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1993 PACIFIC INDONESIA PEKANBARU INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1993 POWER COMPANY 2 BA RIA 4-6 VIETNAM MS6001B 3 SC DA
1993 REGIONAL POWER GENERATION BRIGG 1-3 UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 3 CC DA
1993 REPSOL PETROLEO CARTAGENA 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1993 REPSOL PETROLEO PUERTOLLANO 2 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1993 REPSOL PETROLEO TARRAGONA SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1993 SALINCO HENGELO NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 CC NG
1993 SARAWAK ELECTRICITY SUPPLY KUCHING SUNGAI BIAWAK MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1993 SHELL OIL COMPANY HAMBURG-HARBURG GERMANY MS6001B 1 HR DA
1993 SONDEL ISOLA LIRI ITALY MS6001B 1 CC DA
1993 SONDEL SETTIMO TORINESE ITALY MS6001B 1 CC NG
1993 STEAG LEUNA W/DLN-1 GERMANY MS6001B 3 CC DA
1993 TAMIL NADU ELECTRICITY BOARD BASIN BRIDGE 3&4 INDIA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1993 TENAGA NASIONAL BERHAD CONNAUGHT BRIDGE MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1993 TENAGA NASIONAL BERHAD KAPAR 1&2 MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1993 TENAGA NASIONAL BERHAD PASIR GUDANG MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1993 YUMA COGEN YUMA USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1992 AIR LIQUIDE BIG THREE INDUSTRIES USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1992 ANDHRA PRADESH SEB NARASAPUR 1&2 INDIA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1992 ATLANTIC RICHFIELD COMPANY CENTRAL GAS 1-4 USA MS6001B 4 SC NG
1992 BRUNEI, GOVERNMENT OF GADONG 1 BRUNEI MS6001B 1 SC NG
1992 CHEVRON OIL COMPANY ALBA FIELD UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 SC DA
1992 CHINA PROSPERITY SHANTOU B1&2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC DC
1992 COM EJEC HIDRO DEL RIO LEMPA ACAJUTLA 1&2 EL SALVADOR MS6001B 2 SC NG
1992 CRS SIRRINE-OLEAN/INDECK ENRGY OLEAN USA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1992 ELECTRABEL ESSO-ANTWERPEN BELGIUM MS6001B 1 HR GA
1992 ELECTRABEL LANGERBRUGGE BELGIUM MS6001B 1 HR NG
1992 ELECTRICITY AUTH OF CYPRUS MONI 1&2 CYPRUS MS6001B 2 SC DO
1992 EMEN COMPANY ANYER 1 INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1992 ENSO GUTZEIT OY KOTKA FINLAND MS6001B 1 CC NG
1992 EPON ALMERE 2 NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 CC NG
1992 INDECK ENERGY/ILION ILION USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1992 ISEFJORDVAERKET HELSINGOR DENMARK MS6001B 1 CC NG
1992 KAMINE/BESICORP KAMINE 1/NATURAL DAM USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1992 L'USINE D'ELECTRICITE DE METZ CHAMBIERE FRANCE MS6001B 1 HR DA
240
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1992 LINZ AUSTRIA, CITY OF ESG, LINZ AUSTRIA MS6001B 2 CC DA

1992 MARUZEN SEKIYU CHIBA JAPAN 50 MS6001B 1 HR PG
1992 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER AJMAN 1&2 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC NG
1992 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER NAKEEL RAK UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC DA
1992 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER QIDFA 1&2 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1992 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER RAS AL KHAIMA, DHAID UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC DA
1992 MINISTRY OF ELEC & WATER UM AL QAIN UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC DA
1992 MITSUI/PRC-NANSHAN NANJING TURBINE WORKS CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DO
1992 MOBIL OIL/PARSONS MAIN MOBIL BEAUMONT COGEN PH 1 USA MS6001B 1 CC PG
1992 NATIONAL NUCLEAR FUELS SELLAFIELD 1-3 UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 3 CC DA
1992 NO. TONAWANDA COGEN/OXBOW PWR CN FLAGG USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1992 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER WADI AL JIZZI OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1992 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT FAHUD OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1992 PERTAMINA - MUSI/JGC PALEMBANG INDONESIA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1992 PERUSAHAAN UMUM LISTRIK NEGARA PLN, PADANG INDONESIA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1992 PETRONAS BINTULU 1-3 MALAYSIA MS6001B 3 SC NG
1992 PETRONOR SOMORROSTRO 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR PG
1992 PHILIPPINES NATIONAL POWER SUCAT PHILIPPINES MS6001B 1 SC DO
1992 POWER COMPANY 2 BA RIA 1&2 VIETNAM MS6001B 2 SC DA
1992 POWER COMPANY 2 THU DUC VIETNAM MS6001B 1 SC DA
1992 PT CIKARANG LISTRINDO CIKARANG LISTRINDO INDONESIA MS6001B 2 CC DA
1992 REGIONAL POWER GENERATION BRIGG 4 UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 CC DA
1992 SARAWAK ELECTRICITY SUPPLY BINTULU 4 MALAYSIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1992 SHARJAH ELEC & WATER DEPT LAYYAH UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC DA
1992 SOCIEDAD ANONIMA INDUSTRIAS RIO DE EBRO SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR NP
1992 SONDEL SESTO SANGIOVANNI ITALY MS6001B 1 CC NG
1992 TOKYO ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY SHIN TOKYO 1&2 JAPAN 50 MS6001B 2 SC NG
1991 AZERBAIDJAN REGIONAL ELEC CO. ARAK 2-5 IRAN MS6001B 4 HR DA
1991 CNF CONSTRUCTORS/CETI FORT ORANGE PAPER USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1991 CU ENERGY PARTNERSHIP/CT MAIN LOCKPORT GENERAL MOTORS USA MS6001B 3 CC DA
1991 DUPONT MAITLAND CANADA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1991 ELEC DEV CORP OF ZHUHAI ZHUHAI 1&2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC DC
1991 ENCOGEN NORTHWEST ENSERCH/ENCOGEN NORTHWEST USA MS6001B 3 CC NG
1991 ENERGY MANAGEMENT DARTMOUTH USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1991 EXXON ROTTERDAM NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 HR NG
1991 HOLLAND MICHIGAN, CITY OF 491 E. 48TH ST 7&8 USA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1991 IKPT/PETROKIMIA PT IMECO/PETROKIMIA INDONESIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1991 INDIAN OIL CORPORATION VADADORA 1&2, BARODA REFINERY INDIA MS6001B 2 HR DA
1991 INDIANA MUNICIPAL POWER ASSOC ANDERSON 1&2 USA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1991 INDIANA MUNICIPAL POWER ASSOC RICHMOND 1&2 USA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1991 KISH WATER & POWER COMPANY KISH 1&2 IRAN MS6001B 2 SC DO
1991 LONE STAR ENERGY AMERICAN BRASS USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1991 MARCH POINT COGENERATION ANACORTES 3 USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1991 MOROCCO OFFICE NATL DE ELEC TAM TAM MOROCCO MS6001B 3 SC CO
1991 NIGERIAN NATL PETROLEUM CORP ELEME PETCHM/CHIYODA/OLEFINS NIGERIA MS6001B 4 SC NG
1991 POWER COMPANY 2 THU DUC VIETNAM MS6001B 1 SC DO
1991 PRAXAIR S&L COGEN USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
241
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1991 RAS AL KHAIMAH ELEC & WATER GALILAH UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1991 REPSOL PETROLEO PUERTOLLANO 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR PG
1991 SALINAS RIVER COGEN/TEXACO SALINAS RIVER USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1991 SHARJAH ELEC & WATER DEPT LAYYAH 3&4 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1991 TEXACO, INC. SARGENT CANYON USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1991 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS JUAN GRANDE SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1991 VERO BEACH FLORIDA, CITY OF VERO BEACH 5 USA MS6001B 1 RP NG
1990 AZERBAIDJAN REGIONAL ELEC CO. ARAK 1 IRAN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1990 COPENE CAMACARI 1 BRAZIL MS6001B 1 SC DA
1990 COPENE CAMACARI 2 BRAZIL MS6001B 1 HR DA
1990 DOVER DELAWARE, CITY OF PARKLAND 1 USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1990 ENERGY MANAGEMENT PAWTUCKET USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1990 GUJARAT ELECTRICITY BOARD UTRAN 1-3 INDIA MS6001B 3 CC DA
1990 GUJARAT INDUSTRIAL POWER CORP BARODA 1-3 INDIA MS6001B 3 CC NG
1990 HOPEWELL MOBILE POWER SYSTEMS NAVOTAS 1-4 PHILIPPINES MS6001B 4 SC DO
1990 INDECK ENERGY/ZURN NEPCO SILVER SPRINGS USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1990 INDUSTRIEAN LAGEN NORTH BERLIN 1-4 GERMANY MS6001B 4 HR DA
1990 INST COSTA RICENSE DE ELECTRIC MOIN 1-3 COSTA RICA MS6001B 3 SC DA
1990 INTERSTATE POWER & LIGHT MASON CITY 1&2 USA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1990 KAMINE/BESICORP CARTHAGE LP CARTHAGE USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1990 KAMINE/BESICORP/SO GLENS FALLS SOUTH GLENS FALLS USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1990 MARCH POINT COGENERATION ANACORTES 1&2 USA MS6001B 2 HR NG
1990 MID CONTINENT POWER PRIOR USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1990 MOROCCO OFFICE NATL DE ELEC MOHAMMEDIA 1-3 MOROCCO MS6001B 3 SC DO
1990 MOUNT ISA MINE HOLDINGS, LTD. MICA CREEK AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1990 O-AT-KA COGENERATION BATAVIA ENERGY FACILITY USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1990 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER WADI JIZZI OMAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1990 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT LEKHWAIR 1&2 OMAN MS6001B 2 SC NG
1990 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT SAIH NEHAYDA OMAN MS6001B 1 SC NG
1990 PEQUIVEN EL TABLAZO VENEZUELA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1990 RELIANCE INDUSTRIES HAZIRA INDIA MS6001B 2 HR NG
1990 REPSOL LA CORUNA SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR PG
1990 SARAWAK ELECTRICITY SUPPLY EAST MALAYSIA 1-3 MALAYSIA MS6001B 3 SC NG
1990 SHENZHEN MAWAN POWER PLANT CO SHENZHEN 1&2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC DC
1990 SITHE ENERGIES STERLING ENERGY FACILITY USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1990 ST ENERGY COMM OF W AUSTRALIA MUNGARRA 3 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1990 ST ENERGY COMM OF W AUSTRALIA PINJAR 3-7 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 5 SC DA
1990 TEXACO CHEMICAL COMPANY PORT NECHES A&B USA MS6001B 2 SC NG
1990 TEXACO/MISSION ENERGY COALINGA USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1990 TRIGEN/NASSAU DISTRICT ENERGY NASSAU USA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1990 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS GRANADILLA SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1989 AHMEDABAD ELECTRICITY COMPANY VATWA 1 INDIA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1989 ALTRESCO-GE PLASTICS PITTSFIELD USA MS6001B 3 CC DA
1989 ANDHRA PRADESH SEB VIJRESHWARAM 1&2 INDIA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1989 ANDHRA PRADESH SEB VIJRESHWARAM 2-3 INDIA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1989 CHAMPION INTERNATIONAL COURTLAND USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1989 DEXTER PAPER DEXTER CORP COGEN PR USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
242
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1989 ELIN STEYERMUEHL AUSTRIA MS6001B 1 SC DA

1989 EMPRESA NACIONAL DE ELEC SA MEJILLONES CHILE MS6001B 2 SC DO
1989 ENEMALTA MARSA MALTA MS6001B 1 SC DO
1989 ESPOON SAHKO OY ESPOO FINLAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1989 EXPLOXIVAS RIO TINTO HUELVA 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR DA
1989 EXXON LOS FLORES CANYON USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1989 GENERAL ELECTRIC - PLASTICS BERGEN OP ZOOM NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 HR DA
1989 HOPEWELL MOBILE POWER SYSTEMS BARGE MOUNTED PHILIPPINES MS6001B 5 SC DA
1989 IMATRAN VOIMA OY SAHANMAEKI FINLAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1989 INDECK ENERGY/OSWEGO ENERGY OSWEGO USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1989 INDECK ENERGY/YERKES ENERGY TONAWANDA, DUPONT YERKES USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1989 INDUSTRIEAN LAGEN THYROW 5-8 GERMANY MS6001B 4 SC DA
1989 JERSEY CENTRAL POWER & LIGHT FORKED RIVER 2 USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1989 MID AMERICAN ENERGY COMPANY PLEASANT HILL 1&2 USA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1989 MISSION ENERGY/SAGUARO POWER SAGUARO USA MS6001B 2 CC DA
1989 NANNING CITY PLANNING COMPANY NANNING CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DO
1989 NESTE OY PORVOO WORKS FINLAND MS6001B 1 HR GA
1989 NIGERIAN NATL PETROLEUM CORP WARRI REFINERY NIGERIA MS6001B 2 HR NG
1989 O'BRIEN ENERGY SYSTEMS BOXBOARD USA USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1989 O'BRIEN ENERGY SYSTEMS DUPONT USA MS6001B 2 CC DA
1989 ORLANDO FLORIDA, CITY OF INDIAN RIVER B USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1989 PANDA ENERGY ROANOKE RAPIDS USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1989 PHILIPPINES NATIONAL POWER BATAAN 1-4 PHILIPPINES MS6001B 4 SC DO
1989 PHILIPPINES NATIONAL POWER MALAYA PHILIPPINES MS6001B 2 SC NG
1989 SERV ELEC GRAN BUENOS AIRES BUENOS AIRES 1-3 ARGENTINA MS6001B 3 SC DA
1989 SITHE ENERGIES NAVSTA, NAVAL STATION USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1989 ST ENERGY COMM OF W AUSTRALIA KALGOORLIE AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1989 ST ENERGY COMM OF W AUSTRALIA MUNGARRA AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1989 ST ENERGY COMM OF W AUSTRALIA PINJAR AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1989 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS GRAN CANARIA 2 SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1988 AHMEDABAD ELECTRICITY COMPANY VATWA 2 INDIA MS6001B 1 CC NG
1988 CAIN CHEMICAL COMPANY CORPUS CHRISTI USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1988 CELANESE CHEMICAL COMPANY BISHOP COGEN USA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1988 EGS CORNAUX SWITZERLAND MS6001B 1 CC DA
1988 EXXON BAYTOWN USA MS6001B 3 HR NG
1988 FINA OIL COMPANY PORT ARTHUR USA MS6001B 1 HR GA
1988 GAS Y ELECTRICIDAD ALCUDIA 1&2 SPAIN MS6001B 2 SC DO
1988 HUANENG INTERNATIONAL PWR DEV CHONGQING CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC NG
1988 IMATRAN VOIMA OY VANAJA FINLAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1988 JERSEY CENTRAL POWER & LIGHT FORKED RIVER 1 USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1988 LONE STAR ENERGY/TXU ENERGY SWEETWATER USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1988 MIDSET COGENERATION MIDWAY-SUNSET 1 USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1988 NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER CO RISHA GAS FIELD JORDAN MS6001B 2 SC DA
1988 ORLANDO FLORIDA, CITY OF INDIAN RIVER A USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1988 PHILIPPINES NATIONAL POWER MALAYA PHILIPPINES MS6001B 1 SC NG
1988 SOUTHEAST PAPER DUBLIN 2 USA MS6001B 1 HR DA
243
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1988 CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL MS6001B 1 SC DC

1988 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS GRAN CANARIA 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 SC DO
1988 UNION ELECTRICA DE CANARIAS TENERIFE 1&2 SPAIN MS6001B 2 SC DO
1987 BORAL ENERGY ROMA 1&2 AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1987 CAPITOL DISTRICT ENERGY HARTFORD, CT USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1987 CHEVRON OIL COMPANY EL SEGUNDO REFINERY USA MS6001B 2 HR GA
1987 COGEN TECHNOLOGIES INC BAYONNE USA MS6001B 3 CC DA
1987 DAMODAR VALLEY CORPORATION MAITHON DAM INDIA MS6001B 3 SC NG
1987 ELECTRICITY OF TAMPERE LIELAHTI 1&2 FINLAND MS6001B 2 CC DA
1987 GUJARAT ELECTRICITY BOARD WAALHAVEN 4&5 NETHERLANDS MS6001B 4 CC NG
1987 IMATRAN VOIMA OY KOUVALA FINLAND MS6001B 1 SC DA
1987 INDUSTRIEAN LAGEN SWANBANK AUSTRALIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1987 INDUSTRIEAN LAGEN THYROW 1-4 GERMANY MS6001B 4 SC DA
1987 INDUSTRIEAN LAGEN ZCHORNEWITZ 5 GERMANY MS6001B 1 SC DA
1987 INST DE RECURSOS HIDRAULICOS LAS MINAS PANAMA MS6001B 2 CC DO
1987 KOCH REFINERY CORPUS CHRISTI REFINERY USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1987 PRC MINISTRY OF PETROLEUM LIAO HE CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC NG
1987 PRC MINISTRY OF PETROLEUM SHENGLI CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC NG
1987 PRC MINISTRY OF PETROLEUM ZHONG YUAN CHINA PR MS6001B 1 CC NG
1987 PROV ELEC BEDRIJF-FRIESLAND BERGUM NETHERLANDS MS6001B 2 CC NG
1987 PT KALTIM BONTANG BONTANG INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1987 RED DORDRECHT MERWEDEHAVEN NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 CC NG
1987 SOCIEDAD ANONIMA INDUSTRIAS SARAGOSSE 1 SPAIN MS6001B 1 HR NG
1987 UNION CARBIDE CHEMICAL COMPANY SEADRIFT USA MS6001B 2 CC DA
1986 AKZO ZOUT CHEMIE DELFZIJL NETHERLANDS MS6001B 3 HR NG
1986 ARABIAN AMERICAN OIL COMPANY RABIGH REFINERY, JIZAN SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 2 SC DO
1986 BORDEN CHEMICAL COMPANY GEISMAR 2 USA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1986 BORDEN CHEMICAL COMPANY GEISMAR E USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1986 CARDINAL COGENERATION STANFORD UNIVERSITY USA MS6001B 1 CC DA
1986 DELHI ELECTRIC SUPPLY INDRA PRASTHA DESU 1-6 INDIA MS6001B 6 SC GNL
1986 FORMOSA PLASTIC CORPORATION POINT COMFORT USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1986 FOSTER WHEELER MARTINEZ REFINERY USA MS6001B 2 CC NG
1986 HUANENG INTERNATIONAL PWR DEV SHANTOU 1&2 CHINA PR MS6001B 2 CC DC
1986 IJSSELCENTRALE HARCULO NETHERLANDS MS6001B 2 CC GA
1986 INDIAN PETROCHEMICALS CORP BARODA 3&4 INDIA MS6001B 2 HR GR
1986 KENYA POWER & LIGHTING COMPANY MOMBASA KENYA MS6001B 1 SC DO
1986 LAHDEN LAMPOVOIMA OY KYMIJARVI 1 FINLAND MS6001B 1 HR DA
1986 MINISTRY OF PETROLEUM DEV LAMA DIEN 2 CHINA PR MS6001B 1 CC NG
1986 NORTHERN TERRITORY POWER & WAT CHANNEL ISLAND CC AUSTRALIA MS6001B 2 CC GA
1986 NORTHERN TERRITORY POWER & WAT CHANNEL ISLAND CT AUSTRALIA MS6001B 3 SC GA
1986 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER SOHAR 6&7 OMAN MS6001B 2 SC DA
1986 OMAN PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT YIBAL FIELD 5&6 OMAN MS6001B 2 SC NG
1986 PROV ELEC BEDRIJF-FRIESLAND BERGUM NETHERLANDS MS6001B 2 CC NG
1986 ROYAL DUTCH SHELL MOERDIJK NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 HR NG
1986 SCECO - CENTRAL REGION AL JUBA SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 7 SC DC
244
CARNOT COMPANY
g
1986 UNIVERSITY ENERGY TAFT USA MS6001B 1 HR NG

1985 ALASKA ELEC GEN & TRANS COOP SOLDOTNA 1 USA MS6001B 1 SC GA
1985 AMERICAN OIL CO - CHEMICALS CHOCOLATE BAYOU USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1985 ARABIAN AMERICAN OIL COMPANY RABIGH REFINERY SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 3 SC NG
1985 BANDISCHE ANALIN SODA FAB-BASF GEISMAR D USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1985 MINISTRY OF PETROLEUM DEV KARAMAY, XINJIANG PETRO ADM. CHINA PR MS6001B 1 SC DA
1985 MINISTRY OF PETROLEUM DEV LAMA DIEN 1 CHINA PR MS6001B 1 CC NG
1985 SCECO - EASTERN REGION QAISUMAH 6 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 1 SC DC
1984 AMERICAN OIL CO - CHEMICALS TEXAS CITY C USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1984 IMPERIAL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES WEAVER, RUNCORN UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 HR NG
1984 INLAND CONTAINER ONTARIO LINERBOARD MILL USA MS6001B 1 HR DA
1984 NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER CO AMMAN - SOUTH JORDAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1984 NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER CO RISHA JORDAN MS6001B 1 SC DA
1984 OMAN REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT COMM SOHAR COPPER COMPLEX OMAN MS6001B 2 SC DA
1984 PERTAMINA PLAJU AROMATICS PLANT INDONESIA MS6001B 2 HR GA
1984 SASKATCHEWAN POWER COMPANY MEADOW LAKE CANADA MS6001B 1 SC NG
1984 SCECO - EASTERN REGION QAISUMAH 5 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 1 SC DC
1984 STATOIL KAARSTO NORWAY MS6001B 1 HR DA
1983 ARAB IRON & STEEL COMPANY MUGARRAQ 1 THRU 3 BAHRAIN MS6001B 3 HR NG
1983 EXXON FAWLEY REFINERY UNITED KINGDOM MS6001B 1 HR DA
1983 GENERAL ELECTRIC - PLASTICS BERGEN OP ZOOM NETHERLANDS MS6001B 1 HR NG
1983 PT KALTIM BONTANG KALTIM 2 INDONESIA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1983 SABAH ELECTRICITY BOARD LABUAN ISLAND 1&2 MALAYSIA MS6001B 2 SC DA
1983 SCECO - SOUTHERN REGION TIHAMA 1&2 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 2 SC DC
1983 STAR ENTERPRISE PORT ARTHUR 35 USA MS6001B 1 HR NG
1983 TABOUK ELECTRIC COMPANY TABOUK 5&6 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 2 SC DC
1982 BANI YAS DEPT OF WATER & ELEC BANI YAS UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1982 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC CABORCA MEXICO MS6001B 2 SC DO
1982 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC ROSARITO 1&2 MEXICO MS6001B 2 SC DO
1982 GAYLORD CONTAINER ANTIOCH USA MS6001B 1 RP DA
1982 SCECO - SOUTHERN REGION JIZAN 6&7 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 2 SC DC
1982 SHARJAH ELEC & WATER DEPT LAYYAH C&D UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1981 BANI YAS DEPT OF WATER & ELEC BANI YAS UNITED ARAB EMIRATES MS6001B 2 SC DA
1981 INST COLOMBIANO DE ENERGIA BARRANCABERMEJA COLOMBIA MS6001B 1 SC DA
1981 OMAN MIN OF ELEC & WATER GHUBRAH 1&2 OMAN MS6001B 2 SC DA
1981 PETROLEOS MEXICANOS COSOLEACAQUE 1&2 MEXICO MS6001B 2 SC DA
1981 PETROLEOS MEXICANOS DOS BOCAS 1&2 MEXICO MS6001B 2 SC DA
1981 PETROLEOS MEXICANOS SALINA CRUZ 1&2 MEXICO MS6001B 2 SC DA
1981 SCECO - SOUTHERN REGION JIZAN 5 SAUDI ARABIA MS6001B 1 SC DC
1980 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC CIUDAD JUAREZ 4 MEXICO MS6001B 1 SC DA
1980 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC ENSENADA 1&2 MEXICO MS6001B 2 SC DA
1980 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC PIEDRAS NEGRAS MEXICO MS6001B 1 SC DA
1980 STADTWERKE WUPPERTAL WUPPERTAL-BARMEN GERMANY MS6001B 2 CC DA
1979 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC CIUDAD JUAREZ 5 MEXICO MS6001B 1 SC DA
1979 COMISION FEDERAL DE ELECTRIC RIO BRAVO 1 MEXICO MS6001B 1 SC DA
1978 MONTANA-DAKOTA UTILITIES GLENDIVE 1 USA MS6001B 1 SC DA
245
CARNOT COMPANY
CONTRACT MANUFACTURING
QUALITY PLAN
PLAN QUALITE
AFFAIRE FABRICATION
SUMMARY / SOMMAIRE
- Quality Policy / Politique Qualité
- Quality Control Operations Submitted to the Customer /

Actions Qualité Suivies par le Client (AQSC)
AAA.DOC
Y. MOREAU 16/06/04 B. TRIBOULOT 16/06/04
MADE / ETABLI Date RATIFIED / VALIDE Date
A04003AB.DOC
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.B 6B9E 1/83

Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC, This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products France
est strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, copié, ou SNC, is strictly confidential. It must not be communicated, copied or
246sans notre autorisation écrite.
reproduit reproduced without our written consent.
CARNOT COMPANY
QUALITY POLICY
POLITIQUE QUALITE
CONTENT
1- INTRODUCTION
2- QUALITY POLICY
3- ISO 9000 CERTIFICATION
4- QUALITY SYSTEMS MANUAL
5- CUSTOMER REVIEW OF GE DOCUMENTATION
6- CUSTOMER QUALITY DOCUMENTATION
7- PURCHASED EQUIPMENT QUALITY SERVICES
8- USE OF ADVANCED ORDERED EQUIPMENT
9- IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY
10 - NON-CONFORMING PRODUCTS INSPECTION
11 - TERMS AND DEFINITION OF QUALITY
12 - STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES
13 - CUSTOMER OBSERVATION POINTS (NOTIFICATION POINTS)
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 2/83

Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC, This document, exclusive property of GE Energy Products
est strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, copié, ou France SNC, is strictly confidential. It must not be
reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite. communicated, copied or reproduced without our written
247 consent.
1. INTRODUCTION
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products Europe has vast experience in the supply of equipment for gas turbine based
power stations meeting the requirements specified by its customers with the object of the constant
availability of equipment in use.
The power stations built by the Company have been set up and are operating successfully on all
continents.
This document sets out the quality assurance systems employed for the completion of this gas
turbine based power station equipment in conjunction with the quality policy and the management
systems and organization. It also defines the principal guidelines with the customer as regards
quality.
2. QUALITY POLICY
The Management of GE Energy Products Europe regards quality as one of its prime objectives, on
the same footing as cost and time-scales. Only by mastering these three parameters can one meet
the requirements of one’s customers.
All Departments of GE Energy Products Europe are required to implement a quality assurance
system in accordance with standard ISO 9001. This system is described in the Quality Assurance
Manual.
2.1 OBJECTIVE
The objectives of the Quality Policy are based on the premise that, in striving for excellence
in every facet of our operations, we will assure the highest level of customer satisfaction and
the fulfillment of their objectives through the products and services Power Generation has
provided. Integral to this are the following key elements:
• Customers are both internal and external.

• Quality measurements must be customer oriented.
• Complete understanding of customer requirements and expectations is essential.
• Quality is to be achieved by designing and building quality and reliability into our
products and services, optimizing our processes and minimizing or eliminating inspections,
waste and rework.
• Business processes and procedures instrumental in the achievement of the Quality
Policy are to be defined, documented and controlled.
• Continuous process improvement efforts will focus around process simplification,
variation reduction and cycle time compression, utilizing when able, “Best Practices” as
models and examples.
• Timely and effective corrective and preventive action will be the key to the continuous
improvement process.
• Management involvement plays a critical role in the achievement of the quality
objectives.
• The Power Generation Quality System will be based on the International Standard ISO
9001.
2.2 IMPLEMENTATION
It is the responsibility of the President and CEO, GE Energy Products Europe, and his
management teams at all levels, to ensure the understanding and implementation of this
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 3/83

248 consent.
policy throughout the business and to provide the necessary processes, practices,
procedures and resources necessary to achieve that end.
CARNOT COMPANY
3. ISO 9000 CERTIFICATION
The desire for customer satisfaction drives world class quality. Customers throughout the world are
not only demanding a high level of quality, they are requiring this quality be assured through the
application of a comprehensive quality program. The ISO 9000 program and certification provide
customers with a globally recognized Quality Management system.
In order to be more responsive to our customer’s needs GE took this customer requirement and
made it a top priority. Our Sales, Engineering, Sourcing and Manufacturing functions worked
diligently to accomplish ISO certification.
Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance has assessed and approved GE Energy Products Europe quality
management system standards of ISO 9001:2000, NF EN ISO 9001.
GE has focused on this quality issue, with customer satisfaction being the top priority. The driving
force behind our total quality system is to achieve total customer satisfaction by minimizing variances
and completing the product or services correct the first time. We established our quality
measurements and targets based on the most demanding of our customers’ perspective. To satisfy
this high level of demand, we focused on our “process” quality, not just the end-products and
services. To achieve this, we have directly involved our employees, our customers and suppliers in
these process improvements.
What really counts is our customers’ perception of how well we meet their quality requirements and
goals. Therefore, our quality measurements and procedures are being constantly monitored and
evaluated against both our own high standards and our customers’ needs.
4. QUALITY SYSTEMS MANUAL
GE Energy Products Europe has and maintains controlled Quality Manuals in accordance with good
quality practices and established standards.
The quality assurance system covers all activities concerning quality : commercial, design, supply,
production, installation, assembly and maintenance.
The Quality Manuals are used by personal in the pursuit of quality. The manuals provide information
to integrate the quality system. All quality related procedures are referenced to permit ready access
to pertinent information on any portion of the quality system.
The Quality Manuals address the following elements:
1. Management Responsibility
2. Quality System
3. Contract Review
4. Design Control
5. Document Control
6. Purchasing
7. Purchaser Supplied Product
8. Product Identification and Traceability
9. Process Control
10. Inspection and Testing
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 4/83

249 consent.
11. Control of inspection, measuring and test equipment
12. Inspection and Test Status
CARNOT COMPANY
13. Control of Non-Conforming Material
14. Corrective and Preventive Action
15. Handling, Storage, Packaging, Preservation and Delivery
16. Quality Records
17. Internal Quality Audits
18. Training
19. Servicing
20. Statistical Program
5. CUSTOMER REVIEW OF GE DOCUMENTATION
A customer may review whatever quality control plans, procedures, drawings or records which are
necessary for operations/tests/inspections performed on his parts. (Under certain conditions when
his parts may not be available, ‘typical’ documentation may be reviewed to demonstrate examples.)
Due to the fact that such documentation usually contains information considered proprietary, copies
are not provided.
All documentation reviews will be conducted with an authorized representative, such as the area
Quality and Process Engineer. This is necessary as such documentation is usually of a “working”
nature and will need interpretation by a knowledgeable individual. Under no circumstances will
customers be allowed unrestricted access to documentation or data.
Since the review of documentation and data will usually involve in-process product and activities,
certain types of documentation may not be made available for customer review until after full
resolution and/or implementation of related issues.
Advance submittals of specifications, procedures and manufacturing quality plans are not provided.
For examples, documents are available within the GE Energy Products Europe entities for
consultation by the customer’s representative but may only be handed over in accordance with the
following rules:
5.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, DETAILED DRAWINGS AND QUALITY CONTROL PLANS

BETWEEN GE-SUPPLIERS/SUBCONTRACTORS.
The technical specifications, production drawings, sub-order documents and quality control
plans between GE-Suppliers/Subcontractors specify the quality requirements. Some of
these documents are of a confidential nature and can only be consulted by customer at
facilities.
5.2 QUALIFICATION OF THE SPECIAL PROCESSES & PERSONNEL

Special processes methods are qualified in accordance with technical specifications and
relevant national standards. The qualification report on the special process method may be
consulted by the customer’s representative within the unit where the test took place. Special
processes for supplied equipment are:
Welding, Brazing, Coating, Painting and Non Destructive Tests.
The personnel performing these special processes are qualified in accordance with technical
specifications and relevant national standards.
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 5/83

250 consent.
5.3 CONTRACT MANUFACTURING QUALITY PLAN (CMQP)
CARNOT COMPANY
The application of the Contract Manufacturing Quality Plan (CMQP) is inherent to GE
Energy Products Europe quality system.
The contract manufacturing quality plan lists those parts and those quality actions the
monitoring of which is suggested to the customer. The customer is invited to attend the tests
for all the actions marked by an "N".
A report of the inspections or tests, or a certificate of conformity is prepared for these

operations as well as for those marked with an "R". These documents are included in an
End Of Manufacture Report (EOMR) handed to the customer on the completion of the
contract.
5.4 CUSTOMER QUALITY SYSTEM AUDITS
GEEPE is certified to ISO 9001:2000, an International Quality System, by Lloyd’s Register

Quality Assurance. Thus, GEEPE does not consider audits of its quality system as part of
its Standard Offering.
Since quality system audits can require extensive involvement of GEEPE personnel and
resources, they are considered extra cost and must be detailed in the terms of the contract.
In addition, the performance of contractual quality systems audits must be limited to two
auditors acting as a team and coordinated well in advance. Circumstances may exist which
would limit the scope and duration of an audit.
6. CUSTOMER QUALITY DOCUMENTATION
GE Energy Products Europe retains the quality documentation proving that the equipment conforms
to the contractual requirements.
The reports mentioned in the Contract Manufacturing Quality Plan (CMQP) transmitted to the
Customer are supplied on paper & CD ROM to the customer through the comprehensive product
quality report called End Of Manufacturing Report (EOMR). One(1) paper & one (1) electronic copies
will normally be available four weeks after shipment of the last equipment for the unit. For the Gas
Turbine flange to flange, an advanced copy on CD ROM only can be normally available four weeks
after GT shipment.
7. PURCHASED EQUIPMENT QUALITY SERVICES
These services are provided for the major vendor purchased material and equipment required for the
Project.
The purchase orders are passed to suppliers and sub-contractors approved for their ability to
produce the parts or assemblies in accordance with the specified requirements.
The quality assurance requirements are specified to the approved suppliers and sub-contractors, in
the sub-orders, in the same way as the commercial and technical conditions.
7.1 SUPPLIER QUALITY SYSTEM
GE Energy Products Europe utilizes the following three step process for selecting and
controlling the quality of the products received from our suppliers:
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 6/83

251 consent.
•
Supplier Approval— In order to receive a purchase order, a supplier must be designated as
Approved per GEPS Global Sourcing Quality Management System procedures. Criteria for
CARNOT COMPANY
approval includes, but is not limited to, the following: a documented Quality system,
technical and EHS capability, financial viability, customer service aptitude, and strategic
value.
• Supplier Qualification— Once Approved, the supplier must be Qualified for a specific
process, part, or commodity family. Through the qualification process, the supplier
demonstrates its ability to provide high quality parts in accordance with requirements and
expectations of the GEPS business purchasing the material. A Qualification Program is
defined and documented by a GE qualification team.. The supplier is required to perform the
qualification using this documented qualification plan. Once the qualification program has
been completed to the satisfaction of the Qualification Team and the supplier has received
written confirmation of this qualification status, the supplier is considered Qualified to provide
the specific process, part, or commodity family.
• Supplier Surveillance—Inspections and quality audits are performed where required to

assure conformance to customer requirements.
7.2 SUPPLIER QUALITY SYSTEM REVIEW
GE Energy Products Europe personnel or a GE representative will arrange for and

accompany where necessary the customer’s representative on quality-oriented visits to
subsuppliers. Emphasis is placed on equipment to be shipped direct to the customer site
(MSD equipment). The customer’s representative may review the subsupplier’s quality plan,
the GE quality plan for the subject equipment and the status and condition of the equipment
designated for their unit. This visit should be coordinated with specific supplier production
cycle events or tests as applicable.
8. USE OF ADVANCE ORDERED EQUIPMENT
The policy of GE Energy Products Europe and of its sub-contractors is to hold manufacturing
stocks which enables delivery times to be reduced but which necessitates the ordering and
receipt of certain components prior to the signing of the customer’s contract.
In the case of parts already received, the presence of the customer at the tests is therefore
no longer possible. The test certificates are available in accordance with the relevant
specification or the catalogue, and the traceability of equipment/parts is ensured in
accordance with GE Energy Products Europe rule or that of its sub-contractor.
9. IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY
GE Energy Products Europe policy for the identification and traceability of the equipment and
components is as follows :
9.1 IDENTIFICATION
In the case of a current contract, every manufacture is identified by a contract number and/or
by the part or assembly number. Parts taken into stock with a view to future use are
identified by a consecutive number or by a serial number until such time as they are
allocated to a contract.
9.2 TRACEABILITY
The concept as detailed below only applies to the essential components of the gas turbine :
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 7/83

252 consent.
. Forged rotor parts : traceability maintained between the part and the materials test
CARNOT COMPANY
certificate.
. Turbine blades : traceability maintained between casts and heat treatments according to
the indications on the materials test certificate.
. Compressor blades : traceability lost from the moment the materials enter the
warehouse, whether bars or as-forged parts.
. Foundry pieces : traceability maintained between the part and the materials test
certificate.
. Sheets : traceability lost from the moment the materials enter the warehouse.
. Consumable welding products : traceability by identification of lots up until the time of

use in the wokshop.
. Catalogue items : identification maintained until checked on the acceptance inspection.
The sub-contractors also ensure the traceability of certain other components.
10. NON-CONFORMING PRODUCTS INSPECTION
Non-conforming items are identified, submitted to Engineering Dept. for decision, accepted as they
are, rejected or repaired as appropriate, in accordance with GE Energy Products Europe’s current
procedures.
The customer is informed of non-conformities which impact interchangeability of the parts.
11. TERMS AND DEFINITION FOR QUALITY

11.1 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
The specific set of measurements and criteria including judgment by which a part, a
component, or the whole product is accepted or rejected. The acceptance criteria
established by GE (as designer of the equipment) will prevail in all cases.
11.2 AUDIT TYPICAL
A customer examination of typical parts or factory inspection practices (such as NDT,

dimensional checks) in a specific area such as turbine wheel UT examination. The “audit
typical” is frequently conducted in lieu of a witness point when the parts or components of
interest are at a stage of production where the part does not have customer assignment.
11.3 MATERIALS SHIPPED DIRECT (MSD)
Materials or equipment within the GE scope of supply but manufactured by a sub-supplier

and shipped directly from the subsupplier to the installation site.
11.4 OBSERVE (NOTIFICATION POINT)
Advance notice of an observation point is provided to the customer and updated as the
event nears. Production sequences are followed and the event is not delayed or
rescheduled to accommodate customer schedules.
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 8/83

253 consent.
11.5 OBSERVATION POINT (OPTIONAL NOTIFICATION POINT)
CARNOT COMPANY
A specific test or event in the production cycle observed by the customer or his
representative, as an option, without interrupting the normal production flow. Advance
notification will be provided to the customer for contractually specified notification points and
updated as the event nears. Production sequences will be followed and the event will not be
delayed or rescheduled to accommodate customer schedules.
11.6 QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS (QCR) OR NON CONFORMANCE REPORTS (NCR)
The reporting form used to identify and track manufacturing non conformances. The
customer representative may review any QCR/NCR pertaining to his equipment.
11.7 RECORDS REVIEW
This is a joint Customer-Quality representative review of Manufacturing and Quality

documentation applicable to or typical of the customer’s unit.
11.8 RIGHTS OF ACCEPTANCE
The contractually agreed and stated ultimate power to accept a product or portion of
product. Contract documents define the limits of customer rights of acceptance; otherwise,
the manufacturer retains the rights.
11.9 ARRANGEMENTS AND ACCESS GUIDELINES
Customer representatives will be provided reasonable access to manufacturing facilities for

purposes of obtaining information on production progress, determining status, and observing
inspections and tests with respect to the customer ordered power generation equipment. All
customer contacts with GE during the manufacturing phase are scheduled in advance
through designated personnel in Project Management, Project Engineering and/or
Manufacturing.
Access will be available at the manufacturing facilities during normal working hours and on
an off-hours basis where appropriate or necessary for observation of contractually agreed
upon production points. The main manufacturing locations are:
- Belfort & Bourogne (Gas Turbines-France),

- Greenville (Gas Turbines-USA),
- Schenectady (Steam Turbines/Generators-USA),
- Weiz (Generators-Austria).
11.10 SUPPLIERS
GE maintains a high quality global supplier base. These suppliers are subject to rigorous
approval, qualification and surveillance processes to maintain this high level of quality. GE
will make additions and deletions from time to time to the current supplier list in an effort to
improve quality and delivery while maintaining the ability to provide our customer’s
equipment at competitive prices.
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 9/83

254 consent.
12. STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES
12.1COMPANY
CARNOT GENERAL
GE has traditionally designed and manufactured its products in accordance with GE

standards. The codes and standards are listed in the relevant chapter of the offer/contract.
The customer or his representative may review and discuss the standards at the
manufacturing facilities but copies will not be provided and contents will not be altered.
GE specifications, standards, and procedures are also applied to all purchased materials for
the GE supplied equipment.
12.2 RIGHTS OF APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE
GE reserves all rights of acceptance/rejection for components or characteristics except

where specifically defined in the GE/Customer contract documentation.
Customer reviews or observations of factory tests and inspections do not constitute a waiver
of requirements to meet the specified operating conditions, nor does customer inspection
relieve GE of its responsibilities.
12.3 DRAWINGS AND RECORDS
Drawings and records are available for review and discussion on a specific case basis at the
manufacturing facility. Copies will not be provided except where specifically required in the
contract.
13. CUSTOMER OBSERVATION (NOTIFICATION) POINTS
The customer, by previous arrangements, can be notified in advance of significant events in the
manufacturing cycle for his major hardware. The normal practice is to provide the customer with a
monthly “milestone” schedule of key activities for each of the customer’s units.
"Hold points", defined as a test or inspection point for which production stops until the customer
arrives, have an obvious and significant impact on production. Many such points occur at critical
times in the manufacturing cycle and at critical and tightly scheduled facilities. For that reason,
GEEPE does not accept "hold points".
Manufacturing operations are not subject to customer observation (notification) requiring prior notice
or hold points. A customer may review whatever operations are in process on his parts while in-
plant for an observation (notification) point & view similar parts as long as such review does not
interfere with production or violate security requirements, restricted areas or processes.
Advance notification requirements in excess of those specified below must be negotiated and
incorporated into the terms of the contract.
If notification points have been contracted, advance notification (15 calendar days) of notification
points will be provided with confirmation (fax/mail) of 48 hours. Production work, testing and
equipment delivery will not be delayed to accommodate the inspector.
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 10/83

255 consent.
Supplied equipment and parts are manufactured under a production and inventory control system.
Many parts are produced for “inventory” and are not assigned to a specific customer until time of
CARNOT COMPANY
shipment. Thus, except for certain large components and major serialized parts, it may not be
possible to provide an observation point on the actual parts a customer will receive. In such cases,
GE recommends that a customer observe the test or inspection on similar parts to assure that the
procedures and processes are being followed that will assure a quality part.
Summary of customer observation points (Notification points) is given in Quality Control Operations
Submitted to the Customer section of this document (page 14).
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 11/83

256 consent.
CARNOT COMPANY
QUALITY CONTROL OPERATIONS

SUBMITTED TO THE CUSTOMER
ACTIONS QUALITE
SUIVIES PAR LE CLIENT
AQSC
PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 12/83

257 consent.
CARNOT COMPANY
CONTENT / SOMMAIRE
ISSUE B
DESCRIPTION CHAPTER PAGE ISSUE
LIST OF CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION POINTS 0 14 A
GAS TURBINE 1 15-60 A
GT GENERATOR (GE 6A6) 2 61-64 B
GT GENERATOR LINE/NEUTRAL AUXILIARY COMPARTMENTS

(GLAC/GNAC) 3 65 B
CONTROL CUBICLES 4 66-71 A
AIR INLET SYSTEM 5 72-74 A

SELF CLEANING AIR FILTER 5.1
INLET DUCTS 5.2
EXHAUST DUCTS 6 75 A
GAS SYSTEM 7 76-79 A

DUPLEX COALESCING FILTERS 7.1
GAS METERING SYSTEM 7.2
SHUT OFF VALVE AND VENT VALVE SKID 7.3
GT ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE 8 80 A
H.P. FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 9 81 A
COOLING SYSTEM 10 82-83 A
Notes:
All specifications identified with "*" are proprietary information documents and may be consulted at the
vendor's premises / Les spécifications identifiées par un "*" sont des documents confidentiels qui ne
peuvent être consultés que dans les locaux du fournisseur.
All reference documents identified in the right column (drawings, specifications, codes...) are given for
information ,these reference documents could be modified by GEEPE according to design evolution / La
reference des documents indiquée dans la colonne de droite (Plans, spécifications, normes,…) sont
mentionnées pour information. Ces références de documents peuvent être modifiées par GEEPE
suivant l’évolution de la définition technique.
R = Report / Rapport N = Notification + R / Convocation + R

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 13/83
consent.
258
CARNOT COMPANY
0.LIST OF CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION POINTS (N)

LISTE DES POINTS DE CONVOCATION CLIENT (N)
ISSUE A
AQSC
Page Par. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION & TEST UNIT #1 UNIT #2 UNIT #3 UNIT #4
1 GAS TURBINE
47 1.2.3 COMPLETE ASSEMBLED ROTOR DYNAMIC BALANCE X X X X
59 1.5 FACTORY FULL SPEED NO LOAD (FSNL) TEST X X X X
60 1.6 FINAL INSPECTION X X X X
2 GENERATOR
61 2.1 GENERATOR ARMATURE (STATOR) X X X X
62 2.2 GENERATOR FIELD (ROTOR) X X X X
64 2.4 GENERATOR ROUTINE TEST X X X X
4 CONTROL CUBICLES
FINAL ACCEPTANCE TEST WITH TEST SOFTWARE
71 4.5 INSTEAD OF ACTUAL REQUISITION SOFTWARE X X X X
5 AIR INLET SYSTEM

73 5.1 SELF CLEANING AIR FILTER X X X X
74 5.2 INLET DUCTS X X X X
6 EXHAUST DUCTS
75 FINAL INSPECTION X X X X
7 GAS SYSTEM
78 7.2 GAS METERING SYSTEM FINAL INSPECTION X X X X
SHUT OFF VALVE AND VENT VALVE SKID FINAL
79 7.3 INSPECTION X X X X
8 GT ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE
9 H.P. FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

10 COOLING SYSTEM

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 14/83
consent.
259
CARNOT COMPANY
PG 6B GAS TURBINE
ISSUE A
CONTENT
SOMMAIRE
1.1 GT STATOR
1.1.1 Casings / Carters
1.1.2 Blades+nozzles / Aubes+directrices
1.1.3 Combustion parts / Pièces de combustion
1.2 GT ROTOR
1.2.1 Compressor rotor / Rotor compresseur
1.2.2 Turbine rotor / Rotor turbine
1.2.3 Complete assembled rotor / Ensemble rotor complet
1.2.4 Load coupling / Accouplement de puissance
1.3 GT AUXILIARIES / AUXILIAIRES TURBINE A GAZ
1.3.1 Starting motor / Moteur de démarrage
1.3.2 Torque converter / Convertisseur de couple
1.3.3 Auxiliary gear box / Réducteur auxiliaire
1.3.4 Auxiliary coupling / Accouplement auxiliaire
1.3.5 Lube oil system / Circuit d'huile
1.3.6 Instrumentation and control devices /

Instrumentation et dispositifs de régulation

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 15/83
consent.
260
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.7 Fuel nozzles / Injecteurs
1.3.8 Liquid fuel and atomizing air systems /

Systèmes combustible fuel liquide et air d'atomisation
1.3.9 Gas fuel system / Système combustible gaz
1.4 GT ASSEMBLY / MONTAGE TG
1.5 GT TESTS / ESSAIS TG
1.6 GT SHIPMENT / EXPEDITION TG
NOTE CONCERNING THE MANUFACTURE OF GAS TURBINES :

NOTE CONCERNANT LA FABRICATION DES TURBINES A GAZ
We purchase the main components / materials on an advance order program. Consequently, components /
materials of the Gas Turbine are not allocated to a project until final assembly.
Nous approvisionnons les principaux composants sur un programme de commande en avance. Par conséquent
les composants ne sont pas affectés avant le montage final de la Turbine à Gaz.

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 16/83
consent.
261
CARNOT COMPANY
1.1 GT STATOR
1.1.1 CASINGS / CARTERS
INLET PLENUM / CAISSON D'ADMISSION
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY FOR : R

ATTESTATION DE CONFORMITE POUR :
Chemical composition B4A26*

Analyse chimique B4A45*
Welds visual and dimensional inspection P8A AG1*

Contrôle visuel et dimensionnel soudures Drawing*/Dessin
Dimensional / visual check Per drawing*

Contrôle dimensionne l visuel Dessin

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 17/83
consent.
262
CARNOT COMPANY
AIR INLET CASING AND BEARING Nr 1 P29A-AG185*

CORPS ENTREE D'AIR ET CHAPEAU PALIER N°1
MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS P14A-AL0205*

CARACTERISTIQUES MATIERE
Chemical composition R B50A684*

Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties R B50A684*

Caractéristiques mécaniques
Magnetic particule inspection R P3A-AG1*

Magnétoscopie
Or/and - Et/ou
Dye penetrant inspection R P3A-AG2*
Ressuage
Radiographic inspection
Radiographie P14A-AL0205*
(statistic basis 1 of ten in production)
(contrôle statistique 1 sur 10)
DIMENSIONAL / VISUAL INSPECTION

CONTROLE DIMENSIONNEL ET VISUEL
Certificate of conformity R Per drawing*

Attestation de conformité Dessin
LEAK TEST (ON BEARING HOUSING NR 1) R Per drawing*

TEST DE FUITE (SUR PALIER N°1) Dessin
P3C-AL1805*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 18/83
consent.
263
CARNOT COMPANY
COMPRESSOR CASING P29A-AG222*

CORPS COMPRESSEUR

Chemical composition R B50A684*

Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties R B50A684*

Magnetic particule inspection R P3A-AG1*

Magnétoscopie
Or/and - Et/ou
Dye penetrant inspection R P3A-AG2*
Ressuage
Radiographic inspection
Radiographie P14A-AL0205*
(statistic basis 1 of ten in production)
(contrôle statistique 1 sur 10)



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 19/83
consent.
264
CARNOT COMPANY
COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE CASING P29A AG191*

CORPS ECHAPPEMENT COMPRESSEUR

Chemical composition R B50 A 684*

Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties R B50 A 684*

Magnetic Particle Inspection R P3A AG1*

Magnétoscopie
Or/and - Ou/et
Dye penetrant inspection R P3A AG2*
Ressuage
Ultrasonic inspection R P3C AG41*

Contrôle ultrasons



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 20/83
consent.
265
CARNOT COMPANY
INNER BARREL / CORPS INTERIEUR P29A AG161*
MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS P14A AL0205*


Analyse chimique


Magnétoscopie
Or/and - Ou/et
Ressuage

Contrôle ultrasons



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 21/83
consent.
266
CARNOT COMPANY
TURBINE CASING / CORPS TURBINE P29A AG207*


Analyse chimique


Magnétoscopie
Or/and - Ou/et
Ressuage

Contrôle ultrasons



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 22/83
consent.
267
CARNOT COMPANY
BEARING HOUSING NR 2 / PALIER 2 P29A AG210*


Analyse chimique


Magnétoscopie
or/ou
Ressuage

Contrôle ultrasons


LEAK TEST R Per drawing*

TEST DE FUITE Dessin
P3C-AL1805*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 23/83
consent.
268
CARNOT COMPANY
EXHAUST FRAME HOOD / CADRE D'ECHAPPEMENT

MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Chemical composition B50 A 596*

Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties B50 A 596*

WELDS / SOUDURES

Contrôle visuel et dimensionnel des soudures Drawing*/Dessin
Welds dye penetrant inspection P3A AG2*

Ressuage des soudures
or/ou
Welds magnetic particle inspection P3A AG1*
Magnétoscopie des soudures
Ultrasonic inspection on specific welds ASME boiler and

Contrôle ultrasons sur soudures spécifiques pressure vessel
Code. section V
Article 5
DIMENSIONAL / VISUAL INSPECTION Per drawing*

CONTROLE DIMENSIONNEL ET VISUEL Dessin

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 24/83
consent.
269
CARNOT COMPANY
EXHAUST DIFFUSER / DIFFUSEUR D'ECHAPPEMENT


Analyse chimique B7 A 68*

Caractéristiques mécaniques B7 A 68*
WELDS / SOUDURES

Contrôle visuel et dimensionnel des soudures
Welds liquid penetrant inspection P3A AG2*



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 25/83
consent.
270
CARNOT COMPANY
EXHAUST PLENUM / CAISSON D'ECHAPPEMENT

Chemical composition B7 B 34*

Analyse chimique B4 A 26*
Mechanical properties B7 B 34*

Caractéristiques mécaniques B4 A 26*
WELDS / SOUDURES
Welds visual inspection P8A AG1*

Contrôle visuel des soudures


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 26/83
consent.
271
CARNOT COMPANY
1.1.2 BLADES + NOZZLES / AUBES + DIRECTRICES
INLET GUIDE VANES / AUBES IGV


Analyse chimique

Caractéristiques mécaniques (1 test per master
heat and 1 per heat
treatment batch)
MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION P3A AG1*

MAGNETOSCOPIE P3C AG16*


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 27/83
consent.
272
CARNOT COMPANY
STATOR BLADES 1 TO 8
AUBES STATOR ETAGE 1 A 8


Analyse chimique

Caractéristiques mécaniques (1 test per master heat
and 1 per heat
treatment batch)



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 28/83
consent.
273
CARNOT COMPANY
STATOR BLADES 9 TO EGV 2

AUBES STATOR ETAGE 9 A EGV 2


Analyse chimique

Caractéristiques mécaniques (1 test per master heat
and 1 per heat
treatment batch)



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 29/83
consent.
274
CARNOT COMPANY
STAGE 1 NOZZLE / DIRECTRICE ETAGE 1 P29A-AG105*



Analyse chimique

Fluorescent penetrant inspection P3A AG4*

Ressuage fluorescent
Radiographic inspection (1 in 50) P3B AG8*

Radiographie (1 sur 50)
Dimensional / Visual inspection Per drawing*

Contrôle dimensionnel/Visuel Dessin

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 30/83
consent.
275
CARNOT COMPANY
1.1.3 COMBUSTION PARTS / PIECES DE COMBUSTION
COMBUSTION CHAMBER CASING / ENVELOPPE DES CHAMBRES

Chemical composition B4 A56*

Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties B4 A56*

INSPECTION AFTER FABRICATION

CONTROLE APRES FABRICATION
Visual welds inspection P8A AG1*

Contrôle visuel des soudures Drawing*/Dessin
Welds dye penetrant inspection P3A AG2*

ou/or
Welds magnetic particle inspection P3A AG1*
Magnétoscopie sur soudure


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 31/83
consent.
276
CARNOT COMPANY
COMBUSTION LINERS / CHAMBRES DE COMBUSTION


Analyse chimique B50A774*
Mechanical properties B50A436*

Caractéristiques mécaniques B50A774*

Welds and brazing inspection P8A AG1*

Contrôle des soudures et du brasage

Brazed rings real time radioscopic inspection P3B AG11*

Radioscopie brasures anneaux P3B AG13*


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 32/83
consent.
277
CARNOT COMPANY
TRANSITION PIECES / PIECES DE TRANSITION


Analyse chimique


Welds inspection P8A AG1*

Contrôle des soudures

Random radiographic inspection P3B AG11*

Radiographie par sondage P3B AG12*


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 33/83
consent.
278
CARNOT COMPANY
1.2 GT ROTOR
1.2.1 COMPRESSOR ROTOR / ROTOR COMPRESSEUR
FORWARD STUB SHAFT (STAGE 1) P29A AG215*

ARBRE AVANT (ETAGE 1) P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties P29A AG215*

Ultrasonic inspection P3C AG42*

Contrôle ultra-sons


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 34/83
consent.
279
CARNOT COMPANY
COMPRESSOR WHEELS (STAGES 2 TO 15) P29A AG211*

DISQUES COMPRESSEUR (ETAGES 2 A 15) P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique

(1 test per master
heat and per heat
treatment batch)



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 35/83
consent.
280
CARNOT COMPANY
WHEEL STAGE 16 & AFT STUB SHAFT (STAGE 17) P29A AG214*
DISQUE ETAGE 16 & ARBRE ARRIERE (ETAGE 17) P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique


SPIN TEST P3C AG30*

SPIN TEST


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 36/83
consent.
281
CARNOT COMPANY
BLADES STAGES 1 TO 8
AUBES ETAGES 1 A 8


Analyse chimique

heat and 1 per heat
treatment batch)



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 37/83
consent.
282
CARNOT COMPANY
BLADES STAGES 9 TO 17
AUBES ETAGES 9 A 17


Analyse chimique

heat and 1 per heat
treatment batch)



PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 38/83
consent.
283
CARNOT COMPANY
INSPECTION REPORT / DOSSIER DE VERIFICATION R CC / C6B
Serial numbers
Numéros de série
Inspections check list

Liste des contrôles
ASSEMBLED ROTOR COMPRESSOR / ENSEMBLE ROTOR COMPRESSEUR
Dynamic balance R GE data record(PGT 5846)*

Equilibrage dynamique
Mechanical runout check R GE data record(PGT 5844)*

Faux rond mécanique

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 39/83
consent.
284
CARNOT COMPANY
1.2.2 TURBINE ROTOR / ROTOR TURBINE
WHEELS STAGES 1 TO 3 / DISQUES TURBINE ETAGES 1 A 3 P29A AG212*

P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique


SPIN TEST P3C AG30*

SPIN TEST


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 40/83
consent.
285
CARNOT COMPANY
SPACERS 1/2 AND 2/3 / ENTRETOISES 1/2 ET 2/3 P29A AG213*

P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique

Caractéristiques mécaniques B50A 368*
Magnetic particle inspection P3A AG1*

Magnétoscopie P3C AG17*

SPIN TEST P3C AG30*

SPIN TEST


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 41/83
consent.
286
CARNOT COMPANY
DISTANCE PIECE AND AFT STUB SHAFT P29A AG215*

DISTANCEUR ET ARBRE ARRIERE P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique




PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 42/83
consent.
287
CARNOT COMPANY
1ST STAGE BUCKETS / AUBES 1ER ETAGE P29A AG115*


Analyse chimique


Radiographic inspection P3B AG8*

Radiographie
INSPECTION AFTER MACHINING

CONTROLE APRES USINAGE
Coating inspection
Contrôle revêtement
Cooling holes radiographic inspection

Radiographie des trous de refroidissement
Dimensional inspection Per drawing*

Contrôle dimensionnel Dessin
MOMENT WEIGHTING R Computer listing

PESEE AU MOMENT

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 43/83
consent.
288
CARNOT COMPANY
2ND STAGE BUCKETS / AUBES 2E ETAGE P29A AG103*


Analyse chimique



Radiographie

Cooling holes radiographic inspection

Radiographie des trous de refroidissement


PESEE AU MOMENT

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 44/83
consent.
289
CARNOT COMPANY
3RD STAGE BUCKETS / AUBES 3E ETAGE P29A AG104*


Analyse chimique



Radiographie



PESEE AU MOMENT

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 45/83
consent.
290
CARNOT COMPANY
INSPECTION REPORT / DOSSIER DE VERIFICATION R CC / T6B
Serial numbers
Numéros de série
Inspections check list

Liste des contrôles
ASSEMBLED TURBINE ROTOR / ENSEMBLE ROTOR TURBINE
Dynamic balance R GE data record(PGT 5849)*

Equilibrage dynamique
Mechanical runout check R GE data record(PGT 5847)*

Faux rond mécanique

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 46/83
consent.
291
CARNOT COMPANY
1.2.3 COMPLETE ASSEMBLED ROTOR / ENSEMBLE ROTOR COMPLET
MECHANICAL RUNOUT CHECK R GE data record(PGT 5585)*

FAUX ROND MECANIQUE
DYNAMIC BALANCE N GE data record(PGT 5200)*

EQUILIBRAGE DYNAMIQUE

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 47/83
consent.
292
CARNOT COMPANY
1.2.4 LOAD COUPLING / ACCOUPLEMENT DE PUISSANCE

P29A AG215*
P3B AG10*


Analyse chimique


MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION P3C AG17*

MAGNETOSCOPIE

DYNAMIC BALANCE R
EQUILIBRAGE DYNAMIQUE

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 48/83
consent.
293
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3 G.T. AUXILIARIES
1.3.1 ELECTRICAL STARTING MOTOR / MOTEUR ELECTRIQUE DE DEMARRAGE
TESTS REPORT
RAPPORT D'ESSAI R
Dielectric withstand IEC 34

Essais diélectriques
Winding resistances measurement IEC 34

Résistances des enroulements
Insulation resistances measurement IEC 34

Mesure des résistances d'isolement
Vibrations measurement NFE 90 300

Mesure de vibrations
No load characteristics IEC 34

Caractéristiques à vide
Voltage-current-power factor IEC 34

Tension-courant-cos phi
Iron losses IEC 34

Pertes fer
Mechanical losses IEC 34

Pertes mécaniques
Stalled rotor characteristics IEC 34

Caractéristiques en court circuit
Voltage-current-power factor IEC 34

Tension-courant-cos phi

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 49/83
consent.
294
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.2 TORQUE CONVERTER / CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE
TEST REPORT R
RAPPORT D'ESSAI
Inlet and outlet speed and torque measurement

Mesure vitesse et couple en entrée et sortie
Inlet and outlet lube oil pressures-temperatures

and flow measurement
Mesure pressions-températures et débit huile en
entrée et sortie.
Vibrations measurement ISO 3945

Mesure de vibrations

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 50/83
consent.
295
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.3 AUXILIARIES GEAR BOX / REDUCTEUR DES AUXILIAIRES
TESTS REPORT
RAPPORT D'ESSAI R
AT NOMINAL SPEED
A VITESSE NOMINALE
Vibrations measurement VDI 2056

Mesure vibrations
Noise levels measurement ISO R 1996

Mesure niveaux de bruit
Lube oil pressure-temperatures-flow

Pression-températures-débit d'huile
Bearings temperature
Température des paliers
AT OVERSPEED
EN SURVITESSE
Overspeed test
Essai de survitesse
Lube oil pressure-temperature-flow

Pression-température-débit d'huile
GT main lube oil pump flow

Débit pompe à huile principale
Bearings temperature
Température des paliers

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 51/83
consent.
296
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.4 AUXILIARY COUPLING / ACCOUPLEMENT AUXILIAIRE
DIMENSIONAL RECORD R Per drawing*

RELEVE DIMENSIONNEL Dessin
BALANCING R 307 A 9204

EQUILIBRAGE

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 52/83
consent.
297
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.5 LUBE OIL SYSTEM / CIRCUIT D'HUILE
1.3.5.1 LUBE OIL COOLERS / REFRIGERANTS D'HUILE
Tubes mechanical properties R DIN 17679

Caractéristiques mécaniques tubes
10 % radiographic examination on shell weld R

Contrôle radiographique 10 % soudure corps
Hydraulic pressure test on shell and tubes sides

at 1,5 x design pressure R ASME VIII
Epreuve hydraulique sur corps et tubes à
1,5 fois la pression de calcul
1.3.5.2 LUBE OIL PIPING / TUYAUTERIE HUILE

Material characteristics Drawing*

Caractéristiques matière Dessin
Welds visual inspection P8A-AG3*

Contrôle visuel soudures
Dye penetrant inspection on fillet welds P3A-AG2*

(statistic basis 5 % in production)
Ressuage des soudures d’angle
(contrôle statistique 5 % en production)
Radiographic inspection on butt welds P8A-AG3*

(statistic basis 5 % in production)
Radiographie des soudures bout à bout
(contrôle statistique 5 % en production)
Visual and dimensional check Drawing*

Contrôle visuel et dimensionnel Dessin
Painting / Peinture

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 53/83
consent.
298
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.6 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES

INSTRUMENTATION ET DISPOSITIFS DE REGULATION
1.3.6.1 VALVES / VANNES
Valves setting R
Réglage vannes
1.3.6.2 PRESSURE SWITCHES / MANOSTATS
Pressure switches setting R

Réglage des manostats
1.3.6.3 PRESSURE TRANSMITTORS / TRANSMETTEURS DE PRESSION
Pressure Transmittors setting R

Réglage transmetteurs de pression
1.3.6.4 INLET GUIDE VANES CONTROLLER

CONTROLEUR DES I.G.V
Functional test report R

Rapport d'essai de fonctionnement

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 54/83
consent.
299
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.7 FUEL NOZZLES / INJECTEURS
BODY HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS Per drawing*

EPREUVES HYDRAULIQUES DU CORPS Dessin
Fuel gas side

Côté gaz
Nota : Hydraulic pressure values are stamped on body flange after tests.
Les valeurs d'épreuves hydrauliques sont frappées
sur la bride du corps après essais.
FLOW TEST / ESSAI DE DEBIT Per drawing*

Dessin
Fuel gas side R

Côté gaz
FUEL OIL NOZZLE GASKET LEAK TEST R

ETANCHEITE DU JOINT FUEL

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 55/83
consent.
300
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.8. GAS FUEL SYSTEM / SYSTEME COMBUSTIBLE GAZ
1.3.8.1 GAS STOP RATIO AND CONTROL VALVE

VANNE D'ARRET ET DE REGULATION GAZ
VALVE BODY MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS

CARACTERISTIQUES MATIERE DU CORPS DE VANNE

Chemical composition B2 M1*

Analyse chimique
Mechanical properties B2 M1*


Contrôle ultrasons
Magnetic particle inspection P3B AG9*

Magnétoscopie
VALVE BODY HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST AT R Per drawing*

31 BARS DURING 1 HOUR. Dessin
EPREUVE HYDRAULIQUE DU CORPS DE VANNE
A 31 BARS PENDANT 1 HEURE.
VALVE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST AT R Per drawing*

46,5 BARS DURING 1 MINUTE. Dessin
EPREUVE HYDRAULIQUE DE LA VANNE A
46,5 BARS PENDANT 1 MINUTE.
VALVE AIR TIGHTNESS TEST AT 1,5 BAR R

EPREUVE D'ETANCHEITE A L'AIR A 1,5 BAR

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 56/83
consent.
301
CARNOT COMPANY
1.3.8.2 FUEL GAS PIPING / TUYAUTERIE GAZ

Material characteristics Drawing*

Caractéristiques matière Dessin
Welds visual inspection P8A-AG3*

Contrôle visuel soudures
Dye penetrant inspection on fillet welds P8A-AG3*

Ressuage des soudures d’angle
Radiographic inspection on butt welds P8A-AG3*

Radiographie des soudures bout à bout
Hydrostatic pressure test at 1,5 time Drawing*

the design pressure Dessin
Epreuve hydraulique à 1,5 fois
la pression de design
Dimensional check Drawing*


PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 57/83
consent.
302
CARNOT COMPANY
1.4 GAS TURBINE ASSEMBLY
COMPRESSOR ROTOR CLEARANCES R GE data record(PGT 10055)*

RELEVE DES JEUX DU ROTOR COMPRESSEUR
TURBINE ROTOR CLEARANCES R GE data record(PGT 10056)*

RELEVE DES JEUX SUR LE ROTOR TURBINE
BEARING AND JOURNAL DIAMETERS R GE data record(PGT 5277)*

DIAMETRES DES ARBRES ET COUSSINETS
SHIM AND KEY CHECK R GE data record(PGT 5269)*

RELEVE DES MISES ET CLAVETTES
FINAL ROTOR POSITION R GE data record(GT 5270)*

POSITION FINALE ROTOR
ALIGNMENT CHECKS OF TURBINE AND AUXILIARIES R GE data record(GT 5298)*

MOUNTED ON THE BASE
CONTROLE ALIGNEMENT – TURBINE MONTEE SUR SOCLE

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 58/83
consent.
303
CARNOT COMPANY
1.5 GAS TURBINE FACTORY TEST

ESSAIS USINE DE LA TURBINE A GAZ
Pre-running tests / Essais préliminaires
Full Speed No Load (FSNL) test / Essai FSNL N GE Specification

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 59/83
consent.
304
CARNOT COMPANY
1.6 GAS TURBINE SHIPMENT

EXPEDITION TURBINE A GAZ
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FOR :

PAINTING INSPECTION R GE Specification*

INSPECTION PEINTURE
Visual
Visuel
Thickness
Epaisseur
FINAL INSPECTION N GE Specification*

INSPECTION FINALE
Packing
Emballage

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 60/83
consent.
305
CARNOT COMPANY
2. GAS TURBINE GENERATOR / ALTERNATEUR TURBINE A GAZ
ISSUE B
CONTENT
SOMMAIRE
GE 6A6 generator / 50 Hz
2.1 GENERATOR ARMATURE (STATOR)
Insulation Resistance Measurement N GE Specification*
Armature Winding Resistance Measurement N GE Specification*
Armature Winding Hi-potential Test N GE Specification*
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) functional check R GE Specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 61/83
consent.
306
CARNOT COMPANY
2.2 GENERATOR FIELD (ROTOR)
Rotor Overspeed Test N GE Specification*
Rotor High Speed Balance N GE Specification*
Field Winding Insulation Resistance Measurement N GE Specification*
Field Winding Hi-potential Test N GE Specification*
Field Winding Resistance Measurement N GE Specification*
Field Winding Shorted Turn Test at Rated Speed R GE Specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 62/83
consent.
307
CARNOT COMPANY
2.3 GENERATOR ASSEMBLY (COMPLETE GENERATOR)
Air gap Measurement R GE Specification*
Wiring Checks R GE Specification*
Hydrostatic Test of Coolers R GE Specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 63/83
consent.
308
CARNOT COMPANY
2.4 GENERATOR ROUTINE TEST
Type test report on identical generator model R GE Specification*
Routine test according to list below: N GE Specification*
Mechanical operation check

Vibration measurement
No-load Saturation test from 1.2 UN
Open circuit loss curve
Voltage balance at UN
Shaft voltage at UN
Phase sequence
Dielectric test and measurement of insulation
Rotor field coil and exciter field coil resistance measurement at cold condition
Synchronous impedance curve
Current balance
Residual voltage
NOTE CONCERNING THE MANUFACTURE OF GENERATORS :
We purchase the main components / materials on an advance order program. Consequently, components /
materials of the Generators not allocated to a project until final assembly.

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 64/83
consent.
309
CARNOT COMPANY
3. GT GENERATOR LINE/NEUTRAL AUXILIARY COMPARTMENTS (GLAC/GNAC)
COMPARTIMENTS AUXILAIRES PHASE & NEUTRE ALTERNATEUR
ISSUE B
MAIN COMPONENTS:
COMPOSANTS PRINCIPAUX :
VTs / TP
Routine accuracy tests report R IEC 60044-2*

Rapport d’essais individuels de précision
CTs / TC
Routine accuracy tests report R IEC 60044-1*

Rapport d’essais individuels de précision
SURGE CAPACITORS / CONDENSATEURS
Capacitor losses measurement R IEC 60358

Mesure des pertes capacitives or IEC 60871*
SURGE ARRESTORS / PARAFOUDRES
Reference voltage measurement R IEC 60099-4*

Mesure de la tension de référence
NEUTRAL GROUNDING POINT / POINT NEUTRE
Resistance measurement R IEC standard*

Mesure de la résistance
END OF MANUFACTURING INSPECTION

RECETTE EN FIN DE FABRICATION
Insulation resistance measurement R Manufacturer

Mesure de la résistance d'isolement specification*
Power-frequency withstand voltage test R IEC 60298*

Essais à fréquence industrielle

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 65/83
consent.
310
CARNOT COMPANY
4. CONTROL CUBICLES
ARMOIRES DE CONTROLE
CONTENT ISSUE A
SOMMAIRE
4.1. GAS TURBINE CONTROL PANEL

ARMOIRE CONTROLE TG
4.2. GAS TURBINE LOCAL/REMOTE HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACES (HMI)

ARMOIRES INTERFACE HOMME MACHINE TG LOCALE/A DISTANCE
4.3 GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL (INCLUDING EXCITATION/REGULATION & PROTECTION)

ARMOIRE DE CONTROLE / EXCITATION/REGULATION/PROTECTION ALTERNATEUR
4.4 MOTORS CONTROL CENTER

CENTRE DE CONTROLE DES MOTEURS
4.5. CUBICLES AFTER INSTALLATION ON THE SKID

ARMOIRES APRES INSTALLATION SUR LE SOCLE
N.B. :
All specifications identified with "*" are proprietary information documents and may be consulted at the vendor's
premisses.
Les spécifications identifiées par un "*" sont des documents confidentiels qui ne peuvent être consultés que
dans les locaux du fournisseur.

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 66/83
consent.
311
CARNOT COMPANY
4.1 GAS TURBINE CONTROL PANEL

ARMOIRE CONTROLE TURBINE A GAZ
Hardware test report carried out at GE's workshop (GE R Manufacturer

Industrial system – Salem) specification*
Rapport d’essais partie hardware réalisés par GE - Salem
Factory test report for Turbine Control Panel R GEEPF SNC

Rapport d'essais de l’armoire de contrôle Turbine specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 67/83
consent.
312
CARNOT COMPANY
4.2. GAS TURBINE LOCAL/REMOTE HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACES (HMI)

ARMOIRES INTERFACE HOMME MACHINE TG LOCALE/A DISTANCE
HMI hardware test report R GEEPF SNC

Rapport d’essais hardware Interface Homme Machine specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 68/83
consent.
313
CARNOT COMPANY
4.3 GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL (INCLUDING EXCITATION/REGULATION & PROTECTION)

ARMOIRE DE CONTROLE/EXCITATION/REGULATION/PROTECTION ALTERNATEUR
CUBICLE CHECK
CONTROLE ARMOIRE
Drawing's conformity R Manufacturer

Conformité au plan specification*
Visual checks R Manufacturer

Contrôles visuels specification*
Mechanical checks R Manufacturer

Contrôles mécaniques specification*
Earthing continuity check R IEC standard*

Contrôle de la continuité
des masses mécaniques
TESTS AND CHECKS

CONTROLES ET ESSAIS
Dielectric test R IEC Standard*

Essai diélectrique
Insulation test R IEC Standard*

Essai d’isolement
Functional tests R Manufacturer

Essais fonctionnels specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 69/83
consent.
314
CARNOT COMPANY
4.4. MOTORS CONTROL CENTER

CENTRE DE CONTROLE DES MOTEURS
SUB ASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY CHECK

CONTROLES DES ENSEMBLE ET SOUS-ENSEMBLES
Visual and dimensional inspections R Manufacturer

Contrôles visuel et dimensionnel specification*
Earthing continuity check R IEC or UL standard*

Contrôle de la continuité des masses
Electrical tests R IEC or UL standard*

Essais électriques
Dielectric test R IEC or UL standard*

Essai diélectrique
Functional tests R Manufacturer

Essais fonctionnels specification*

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 70/83
consent.
315
CARNOT COMPANY
4.5. CUBICLES AFTER INSTALLATION ON THE SKID

ARMOIRES APRES INSTALLATION SUR LE SOCLE
FINAL ACCEPTANCE TEST INCLUDING: N Manufacturer

ESSAI D’ACCEPTATION FINAL COMPRENANT: specification*
- Visual Inspection / Inspection visuelle
- Skid panels switched ON/OFF / Mise sous tension armoires sur socle
- I/O Tests (random check) / Essais E/S (échantillonnage)
- Skid hardwire check (with test software instead of actual requisition software) / Vérification
interliaisons socle (avec logiciel d’essais)

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 71/83
consent.
316
CARNOT COMPANY
5. AIR SYSTEM
SYSTEME ADMISSION D’AIR
CONTENT ISSUE A
SOMMAIRE
5.1 SELF CLEANING AIR FILTER
5.2 INLET DUCTS

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 72/83
consent.
317
CARNOT COMPANY
5.1 SELF CLEANING AIR FILTER
FINAL INSPECTION
RECEPTION FINALE
Product and documentation conformity with N GEEPF SNC

purchase order, drawings and specifications Specification
Conformité du produit et de la documentation
à la commande, aux plans et aux spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 73/83
consent.
318
CARNOT COMPANY
5.2 INLET DUCTS
FINAL INSPECTION
RECEPTION FINALE

purchase order, drawings, standards and specifications specification
Conformité à la commande, aux plans, normes et
spécifications du produit et de la documentation

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 74/83
consent.
319
6. EXHAUST DUCTS
CARNOT COMPANY
GAINES D'ECHAPPEMENT
ISSUE A
FINAL INSPECTION
RECEPTION FINALE

purchase order, drawings, standards and specifications specification
Conformité à la commande, aux plans, normes et
spécifications du produit et de la documentation

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 75/83
consent.
320
CARNOT COMPANY
7 GAS SYSTEM
SYSTEME COMBUSTIBLE GAZ
CONTENT ISSUE A
SOMMAIRE
7.1. DUPLEX COALESCING FILTERS / DOUBLE FILTRES COALESCEURS
7.2. GAS METERING SYSTEM / SYSTEME DE COMPTAGE GAZ
7.3. SHUT OFF VALVE AND VENT VALVE SKID / SKID VANNES D’ARRET GAZ ET EVENT GAZ

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 76/83
consent.
321
CARNOT COMPANY
7.1. DUPLEX COALESCING FILTERS
DOUBLE FILTRES COALESCEURS
FINAL INSPECTION
INSPECTION FINALE
Product and documentation conformity with R GEEPF SNC

purchase order, drawings, standards and specifications specification*
à la commande, aux plans, normes et spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 77/83
consent.
322
7.2. GAS METERING SYSTEM
CARNOT COMPANY
SYSTEME DE COMPTAGE GAZ
FINAL INSPECTION
RECEPTION FINALE

purchase order, drawings and specifications specification
à la commande, aux plans et aux spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 78/83
consent.
323
CARNOT COMPANY
7.3. SHUT OFF VALVE AND VENT VALVE SKID
SKID VANNES D’ARRET GAZ ET EVENT GAZ
FINAL INSPECTION
INSPECTION FINALE

Purchase order, drawings, standards and specifications specification
à la commande, aux plans, normes et spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 79/83
consent.
324
CARNOT COMPANY
8 GT ACOUSTICAL ENCLOSURE
CAPOTAGE ACOUSTIQUE TG
ISSUE A
FINAL INSPECTION
INSPECTION FINALE
Product and documentation conformity N GEEPF SNC

with purchase order, drawings and specifications specification
Conformité du produit et de la documentation à
la commande, aux plans et aux spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 80/83
consent.
325
CARNOT COMPANY
9. HIGH PRESSURE FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

SYSTEME DE PROTECTION INCENDIE HAUTE PRESSION
ISSUE A
FINAL INSPECTION
INSPECTION FINALE

à la commande, aux plans et spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 81/83
consent.
326
CARNOT COMPANY
10. COOLING SYSTEM

SYSTEME DE REFROIDISSEMENT
CONTENT ISSUE A
SOMMAIRE
10.1 UNIT FIN FAN COOLERS / AEROREFRIGERANTS

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 82/83
consent.
327
CARNOT COMPANY
10.1 UNIT FIN FAN COOLERS
AEROREFRIGERANTS
FINAL INSPECTION
INSPECTION FINALE

à la commande, aux plans et spécifications

PROJECT N° 04003 Rev.A 6581B 83/83
consent.
328
CARNOT COMPANY
Painting system
329
CARNOT COMPANY
g
21. Reference Documents
The following is a list of documents referenced in various sections of the

proposal, documents are enclosed in the attached CD.
Publication Name Publication No.

A Special Tools Gas Turbine ST024
B Gas Turbine Gas Fuel Specifications GEI-41040
C Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil Recommendations GEK 28 143
for Gas Turbine
D Cooling Water Specification for Closed Loop System ST018
(91-410 704)
E Cooling Water Recommendations for Combustion Gas GEI 41004
Turbine Clo sed Cooling Systems
F Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Operating And Maintenance GER3620
Considerations
G Gas turbine and accessory Equipment Preservation GEK 28156
H Specification of Anti -Corrosion Protecting Systems ST001
Applied on the Various Equipment
I Gas turbine compressor cleaning: liquid and solid GEI 41042
compound / cleaning recommendations for non -DLN gas
turbine
j Standard Field Performance Testing Procedures GEK 107551
Reference Docu ments Page 21.1

Firm Proposal 04021 E1N1 (10/04) Rev 00 Trr
330
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products – Europe SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR FRAME 6000B GAS TURBINE
SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR FRAME 6000B GAS TURBINE

Standard tooling set furnished for each site, whatever be the number of gas turbines supplied.
ITEM A033
(N° 91 402 482G04 Rev.E)
QUANTITY DESIGNATION PART NUMBER

4 Compressor inlet casing guide pin 295 A 9600 P001
4 Foward compressor casing guide pin 295 A 9608 P001
4 Aft compressor casing guide pin 295 A 9608 P002
4 Bearing n° 1 guide pin 295 A 9601 P001
4 Compressor discharge casing guide pin 295 A 9609 P001
4 Turbine casing guide pin 295 A 9609 P002
4 Turbine casing guide pin 295 A 9609 P003
4 Bolt H ¾”10 F4” N22 P 35064
6 Bolt H1” ½ 8 F5” N22 P 50080
6 Bolt H1” ½ 8 F3” ¼ N22 P 50052
4 Bolt H1” ¾ 8 F6” N22 P 52096
4 Bolt H1” ¾ 8 F4” ½ N22 P 52072
4 Bolt H1” 8 F2” ½ N22 P 39040
4 Upper half bearing n° 2 cap handling tool 235 A 9910 G03
1 Fuel nozzle disassembly wrench 178 C 6613 G02
1 Retainer control tool 295 A 9625 G01
1 Spark plug assembly check tool 295 A 9634 P001
1 Crossfire tube & crossfire tube collar clearance check tool 295 A 9632 P001
1 Crossfire tube aft and foward clearance check tool 295 A 9633 P001
1 Transition piece and seal alignment check tool 295 A 9623 P001
1 Transition piece to turbine nozzle clearance check tool 295 A 9624 P001
1 Fixture alignment 199 C 4353 G01
1 Crossfire tube assembly clearances check tool 295 A 9640 P001
1 Stacking tool (fuel nozzle lockplate) 287 A 1684 P001
1 Pliers 192 B 2316 G01
1 Combustion liner puller tool 143 D 7028 P001
1 Bearing n° 2 disassembly tool 935 E 722 G01
1 Disassembly exhaust frame 151 D 8073 P001
2 Sling 307 A 9235 P001
2 Sling 307 A 9235 P002
1 Shackle 307 A 9236 P001
8 Shackle 307 A 9236 P002
2 Shackle 307 A 9236 P003
2 Hoist 298 A 8973 P001
4 Removable link 307 A 9239 P001
ST 024 D STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGE 1/2
Ce document, propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC, est This document, sole property of GE Energy Products France SNC, is
strictement confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, copié, ou reproduit strictly confidential. It must not be communicated, copied or
sans son autorisation écrite. reproduced without our written consent.
331
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products – Europe SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR FRAME 6000B GAS TURBINE

4 Exhaust frame guide pin 295 A 9601 P003
4 Bearing n° 2 guide pin 295 A 9601 P002
1 Transition piece assembly tool 143 D 6947 P001
1 Turbine nozzle n° 1 and 2 disassembly tool 178 B 5680 G02
4 Rotor guide for putting into the machine 91-400 660 G01
Only for vertical Exhaust :

1 Hoist and trolley 91-417 123 P001
1 Lifting beam for vertical exhaust frame dismantling 91-220 312 G01
ST 024 D STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGE 2/2
332
CARNOT COMPANY
GEI 41040G
Revised, January 2002
GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine
Specification for Fuel Gases

for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines
These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible
contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or
333 should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be
referred to the GE Company.
© 1999 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CARNOT COMPANY
GEI 41040G Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
II. FUEL GAS CLASSIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

A. Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) And Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
B. Gasification Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
C. Process Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
III. FUEL PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

A. Heating Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
B. Modified Wobbe Index (MWI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
C. Superheat Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
D. Hydrocarbon Dew Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
E. Moisture Dew Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
F. Flammability Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
G. Gas Constituent Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
H. Gas Fuel Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
IV. CONTAMINANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A. Particulates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
B. Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
C. Sulfur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
D. Trace Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
V.SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
A. Particulates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
B. Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
C. Sulfur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
D. Trace Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
E. Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
F. Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
G. Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
H. Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
APPENDIX
Appendix 1 AppendixDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Appendix 2 Particle Size Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Appendix 3 Equivalent Contaminant Relationships (all machines except FB, H-Class) . . . . . . . 21
Appendix 4 Minimum Gas Fuel Temperature Reqirement Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Appendix 5 Related Specification Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2 334
CARNOT COMPANY
Specification for Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines GEI 41040G
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Fuel Gas Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table 2a. Gas Fuel Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Table 2b. Gas Fuel Contaminant Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table 3. Test Methods for Gaseous Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Hydrogen and Moisture Superheat Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Figure 2. Moisture Dew Point as a Function of Concentration and Gas Pressure for a Typical
Natural Gas Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
335 3
CARNOT COMPANY
I. INTRODUCTION
General Electric heavy-duty gas turbines have the ability to burn a wide classification of gaseous fuels as
shown in Table 1. The properties of these gases can vary significantly due to the relative concentrations of
the reactant and inert constituents. In order to protect the gas turbine and to burn these fuels in an efficient
and trouble free manner, allowable ranges are defined in this specification for physical properties, constitu-
ents and contaminants.
Table 2a specifies the allowable limits for the fuel properties and constituents and Table 2b lists the limitation
on contaminants. These tables provide a screen for fuels that are acceptable for all frame sizes and combustor
types. Fuels that fall outside of these limits may be acceptable for specific applications e.g. a high hydrogen
fuel can be used with standard combustors in most cases. Contact GE for further evaluation of these fuels.
Table 3 identifies the acceptable test methods to be used for determining gas fuel properties shown in Tables
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁ
2a and 2b.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á TABLE 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
FUEL Á
FUEL GAS CLASSIFICATION
Á LHV Btu/scft MAJOR COMPONENTS
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á
Natural Gas and Liquefied Natural Gas
Á
800-200 Methane
ÁÁÁ
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁ 2300-3200 Propane, Butane
ÁÁÁ
-Air Blown ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gasification Gases
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
100-150 Carbon Monoxide,
Hydrogen, Nitrogen, Water
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Vapor
ÁÁÁ
-Oxygen Blown
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
200-400 Carbon Monoxide,
Hydrogen, Water Vapor
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Process Gases
Á 300-1000 Methane, Hydrogen,
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Carbon Monoxide, Carbon
Á
Dioxide
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4 336
CARNOT COMPANY
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ TABLE 2a
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
FUEL PROPERTIES
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GAS FUEL SPECIFICATION (see notes 1 and 2)
ÁÁ MAX MIN NOTES
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gas Fuel Pressure ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
Varies with
unit and
Varies with
unit and
See note 3
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
°
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gas Fuel Temperature, F
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
combustor type combustor type
see note 4 Varies with gas See note 4
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Lower Heating Value, Btu/scft
ÁÁ
ÁÁ None
pressure
100-300 See note 5
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Modified Wobbe Index (MWI) ÁÁ
ÁÁ
See note 6
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Absolute Limits 54 40 See note 7
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Range Within Limits +5% -5% See note 8
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Flammability Ratio See Note 9 2.2:1 Rich:Lean Fuel/Air
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Ratio volume basis.
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
See Note 10
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Constituent Limits, mole %
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Methane 100 85 % of reactant species
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Ethane 15 0 % of reactant species
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Propane
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
Butane + higher paraffins (C4+)
15
5
0
0
% of reactant species
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Hydrogen
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Carbon Monoxide
ÁÁ
Trace
Trace
0
0
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Oxygen
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁ
Total Inerts (N2+CO2+Ar)
Trace
15
0
0
% of total (reactants +
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
Aromatics (Benzene, Toluene etc.) Report 0
inerts).
See Note 11
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
Sulfur
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
Report 0 See Note 12
337 5
CARNOT COMPANY
Table 2b
Allowable Gas Fuel Contaminant Levels
Turbine Inlet Limit, Fuel Equivalent Limit, XFe, See notes 13
Xe ppbw ppmw
Machine Model Machine Model
MS3000 FB, H- MS3000 MS5000 FB, H-Class
MS5000 CLASS B, E and F-Class
B, E and Turbine inlet flow/fuel The limits for Pb,
F-Class flow (E/F) V, Ca, Mg for FB,
Trace Metals 50 12 4 H–Class machines
Lead (Pb) 20 20 1.00 .240 .080 are identical to the
Vanadium (V) 10 10 .5 .120 .040 limits for other
Calcium (Ca) 40 40 2.0 .480 .160 machines.
Magnesium (Mg) 40 40 2.0 .480 .160
Sodium+Potassium see Note 14
(Na/K)=28 20 3 1.00 .24 .080 For Alkali metal
(Na/K)=3 10 3 .50 .12 .040 limits (Na and K)
(Na/K)=<1 6 3 .30 .072 .024 see GEI 107230(1)
Particulates see note 15
Total 600 400 30 7.2 2.4 Consult GE For
Above 10 Microns 6 4 0.3 .072 .024 particulate limits
Liquids No Liquids allowed, gas must be superheated. See note 16
Fuel Property and Contaminant Notes:
1. All fuel properties must meet the requirements from ignition to base load unless otherwise stated.
2. Values and limits apply at the inlet of the gas fuel control module, typically the purchaser’s connec-
tion, FG1.
3. Minimum and maximum gas fuel supply pressure requirements are furnished by GE as part of the
unit proposal.
4. The minimum fuel gas temperature must meet the required superheat as described in section III–C.
Separate requirements are included for hydrocarbon and moisture superheat. The maximum allow-
able fuel temperature is defined in GEK 4189(2).
5. Heating value ranges shown are provided as guidelines. Specific fuel analysis must be furnished to
GE for proper analysis. (See section III–A)
6 338
CARNOT COMPANY
6. See section III–B for definition of Modified Wobbe Index (MWI).
7. The upper and lower limits for MWI shown are what can be accommodated within the standard dry
low NOx fuel system designs. Fuels outside of this range may need additional design and develop-
ment effort. Performance fuel heating may be restricted on fuel with high inert content to stay above
the minimum MWI limit.
8. Variations of MWI greater than + 5% or –5% may be acceptable for some applications, (i.e. on units
that incorporate gas fuel heating). GE must analyze and approve all conditions where the 5% varia-
tion is to be exceeded.
9. There is no defined maximum flammability ratio limit. Fuel with flammability ratio significantly
larger than those of natural gas may require a start–up fuel.
10. Candidate fuels which do not meet these limits should be referred to GE for further review. All fuels
will be reviewed by GE on a case by case basis. (see section III–G)
11. When fuel heating for thermal efficiency improvements is utilized (e.g. Tgas > 300°F) there is a pos-
sibility of gum formation if excess aromatics are present. Contact GE for further information.
12. The quantity of sulfur in gas fuels not limited by this specification. Experience has shown that fuel sulfur
levels up to 1% by volume do not significantly affect oxidation/corrosion rates. Hot corrosion of hot gas
path parts is controlled by the specified trace metal limits. Sulfur levels shall be considered when addres-
sing HRSG Corrosion, Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Deposition, Exhaust Emissions, System
Material Requirements, Elemental Sulfur Deposition and Iron Sulfide. (refer to Section IV–D)
13. The contamination limits identified represent the total allowable limit at the inlet to the turbine sec-
tion. These limits will be reduced if comparable contaminants are present in the compressor inlet
air and combustion steam/water injection. Consult with GE for limits for specific applications.
14. Sodium and potassium, from salt water, are the only corrosive trace metal contaminants normally
found in natural gases. Na/K =28 is nominal sea salt ratio. Other trace metal contaminants may be
found in Gasification and Process Gases. GE will review these on a case-by-case basis.
15. The fuel gas delivery system shall be designed to prevent the generation or the admittance of solid
particulate to the gas turbine gas fuel system. This shall include but not be limited to particulate
filtration and non-corrosive (i.e. stainless steel) piping from the particulate filtration to the inlet of
the gas turbine equipment. Fuel gas piping systems shall be properly cleaned/flushed and main-
tained prior to gas turbine operation. (See section IV–A)
16. The fuel gas supply shall be 100% free of liquids. Admission of liquids can result in combustion
and/or hot gas path component damage. (See section III–C)
339 7
CARNOT COMPANY
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ TABLE 3
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
PROPERTY
ÁÁÁÁ
TEST METHODS FOR GASEOUS FUELS
METHOD
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Gas Sampling Procedure
ÁÁÁÁ
Gas Composition to C6+ (gas chromatography)
GPA 2166(3)
ASTM D 1945
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Extended Gas Composition to C14 GPA 2286(4)
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Heating Value ASTM D 3588
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Specific Gravity
ÁÁÁÁ
Compressibility Factor
ASTM D 3588
ASTM D 3588
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Dew Point (see Test Method note 1) ASTM D 1142
ÁÁÁÁ
Sulfur (see Test Method note 2) ASTM D 3246
Test Method Notes:A.
1. Hydrocarbon and water dew points shall be determined by direct dew point measurement (Chilled
Mirror Device). If dew point cannot be measured, an extended gas analysis, which identifies hydro-
carbon components from C1 through C14, shall be performed. This analysis must provide an accura-
cy of greater than 10 ppmv. A standard gas analysis to C6+ is normally not acceptable for dew point
calculation unless it is known that heavier hydrocarbons are not present, as is most often the case
with liquefied natural gases.
2. This test method will not detect the presence of condensable sulfur vapor. Specialized filtration
equipment is required to measure sulfur at concentrations present in vapor form. Contact GE for
more information.
II. FUEL GAS CLASSIFICATION
A. Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) And Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
Natural gases are predominantly methane with much smaller quantities of the slightly heavier hydrocar-
bons such as ethane, propane and butane. Liquefied petroleum gas is propane and/or butane with traces
of heavier hydrocarbons.
1. Natural Gas
Natural gases normally fall within the calorific heating value range of 800 to 1200 Btu per standard
cubic foot. Actual calorific heating values are dependent on the percentages of hydrocarbons and
inert gases contained in the gas. Natural gases are found in and extracted from underground reser-
voirs. These “raw gases” may contain varying degrees of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sul-
fide, and contain contaminants such as salt water, sand and dirt. Processing by the gas supplier nor-
mally reduces and/or removes these constituents and contaminants prior to distribution. A gas
analysis must be performed to ensure that the fuel supply to the gas turbine meets the requirements
of this specification.
8 340
CARNOT COMPANY
2. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
Liquefied natural gas is produced by drying, compressing, cooling and expanding natural gas to
approximately -260° F at 14.7 psia. The product is transported as a liquid and delivered as a gas after
pressurizing and heating to ambient temperature. The composition is free of inerts and moisture and
can be treated as a high quality natural gas. LNG can pick up moisture that is present in the pipeline
but it is not a source of the moisture.
The hydrocarbon dew point is typically less than -10° F at 500 psia but, depending on the processing
steps and tankage size, the dew point may increase if the boil–off is continuously extracted between
deliveries. Cooling and recompression of the boil–off will avoid this potential problem. The ex-
pected range in component concentrations should be obtained from the gas supplier to determine
the potential change in dew point.
3. Liquefied Petroleum Gases
The heating values of Liquefied Petroleum Gases (LPGs) normally fall between 2300 and 3200 Btu/
scft (LHV). Based on their high commercial value, these fuels are normally utilized as a back-up
fuel to the primary gas fuel for gas turbines. Since LPGs are normally stored in a liquid state, it is
critical that the vaporization process and gas supply system maintains the fuel at a temperature
above the minimum required superheat value. Fuel heating and heat tracing are required to meet
these requirements.
B. Gasification Fuels
Gasification fuels are produced by either an oxygen blown or air blown gasification process and are
formed using coal, petroleum coke or heavy liquids as a feedstock. In general, the heating values of gas-
ification fuel are substantially lower than other fuel gases. The reduced heating value of gasification
fuels result in the effective areas of the fuel nozzles being larger than those utilized for natural gas fuels.
1. Oxygen Blown Gasification
The heating values of gases produced by oxygen blown gasification fall in the range of 200 to 400
Btu/scft. The hydrogen (H2) content of these fuels are normally above 30% by volume and have
H2/CO mole ratio between 0.5 to 0.8. Oxygen blown gasification fuels are often mixed with steam
for thermal NOx control, cycle efficiency improvement and/or power augmentation. When utilized,
the steam is injected into the combustor by an independent passage. Due to the high hydrogen con-
tent of these fuels, oxygen blown gasification fuels are normally not suitable for Dry Low NOx
(DLN) applications (see Table 2a). The high flame speeds resulting from high hydrogen fuels can
result in flashback or primary zone re-ignition on DLN pre-mixed combustion systems. Utilization
of these fuels requires evaluation by GE.
2. Air Blown Gasification
Gases produced by air blown gasification normally have heating values between 100 and 150 Btu/
scft. The H2 content of these fuels can range from 8% to 20% by volume and have a H2/CO mole
ratio 0.3 to 3:1. The use and treatment of these fuels is similar to that identified for oxygen blown
gasification.
Gasification fuels provide a significant fraction of the total turbine mass flow rate. With oxygen
blown fuels the diluent addition (typically nitrogen) also assists with NOx control. Careful integra-
tion of the gas turbine with the gasification plant is required to assure an operable system. Due to
341 9
CARNOT COMPANY
the low volumetric heating value of both oxygen an air blown gases, a special fuel system and fuel
nozzles are required.
C. Process Gases
Many chemical processes generate surplus gases that may be utilized as fuel for gas turbines. (e.g. tail
or refinery gases). These gases often consist of methane, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and carbon diox-
ide that are normally byproducts of petrochemical processes. The hydrogen and carbon monoxide con-
tent, these fuels result in a high rich-to-lean flammability limit. These types of fuels often require inerting
and purging of the gas turbine gas fuel system upon unit shutdown or a transfer to more a more conven-
tional fuel. When process gas fuels have extreme flammability limits such that the fuel will auto ignite
at turbine exhaust conditions, a more “conventional” start-up fuel is required. Additional process gases
that are utilized as gas turbine fuels are byproducts of steel production. These are:
1. Blast Furnace Gases
Blast Furnace Gases (BFGs), alone, have heating values below the minimal allowable limits. These
gases must be blended with other fuels such as coke oven gas, natural gas or hydrocarbons such as
propane or butane to raise the heating value above the required lower limit.
2. Coke Oven Gases
Coke oven gases are high in hydrogen and methane and may be used as fuel for non-DLN combus-
tion systems. These fuels often contain trace amounts of heavy hydrocarbons, which may lead to
carbon buildup on the fuel nozzles. The heavy hydrocarbons must be “scrubbed” or removed from
the fuel prior to delivery to the gas turbine.
3. COREX Gases
COREX gases are similar to oxygen blown gasified fuels, and may be treated as such. They are usu-
ally lower in H2 content and have heating values lower than oxygen blown gasified fuels. Further
combustion related guidelines may be found in Bureau of Mines Circulars 503(5) and 622(6).
III. FUEL PROPERTIES
A. Heating Values
The heat of combustion, heating value or calorific value of a fuel is the amount of energy generated by
the complete combustion of a unit mass of fuel. The US system of measurement uses British thermal
units (Btu) per pound or Btu per standard cubic foot when expressed on a volume basis. The heating
value of a gas fuel may be determined experimentally using a calorimeter in which fuel is burned in the
presence of air at constant pressure. The products are allowed to cool to the initial temperature and a
measurement is made of the energy released during complete combustion. All fuels that contain hydro-
gen release water vapor as a product of combustion, which is subsequently condensed in the calorimeter.
The resulting measurement of the heat released is the higher heating value (HHV), also known as the
gross heating value, and includes the heat of vaporization of water. The lower heating value (LHV), also
known as the net heating value, is calculated by subtracting the heat of vaporization of water from the
measured HHV and assumes that all products of combustion including water remain in the gaseous
phase. Both the HHV and LHV may also be calculated from the gas compositional analysis using the
procedure described in ASTM D 3588. For most gas fuels, a standard gas analysis to C6+ is adequate
for determination of heating value, but an extended C14 analysis(4) may also be used if available. Gas
10 342
CARNOT COMPANY
turbines do not operate with condensing exhaust systems and it is common gas turbine industry practice
to utilize the LHV when calculating the overall cycle thermal efficiency.
B. Modified Wobbe Index (MWI)
Gas turbines can operate with fuel gases having a very wide range of heating values, but the amount of
variation that a specific fuel system design can accommodate is limited. The fuel nozzles are designed
to operate within a fixed range of pressure ratios and changes in heating value are accommodated for
by increasing or decreasing the fuel nozzle area or gas temperature. A measure of the interchangeability
of gas fuels for a given system design is the MWI(7). This term is used as a relative measure of the energy
injected to the combustor at a fixed pressure ratio and is calculated using the fuel lower heating value,
the specific gravity with respect to air and the fuel temperature. The mathematical definition is as fol-
lows:
Modified Wobbe Index + LHV (1)

ǸSGgas x Tgas
This is equivalent to:
Modified Wobbe Index + LHV (2)

Ǹ MWgas
28.96 x Tgas
Where:
LHV = Lower Heating Value of the Gas Fuel (Btu/scf)

SGgas = Specific Gravity of the Gas Fuel relative to Air
MWgas = Molecular Weight of the Gas Fuel
Tgas= Absolute Temperature of the Gas Fuel (°Rankine)
28.96 = Molecular Weight of Dry Air
The allowable MWI range is established to ensure that required fuel nozzle pressure ratios are main-
tained during all combustion/turbine modes of operation. When multiple gas fuels are supplied and/or
if variable fuel temperatures result in a MWI that exceed the 5% limitation, independent fuel gas trains,
which could include control valves, manifolds and fuel nozzles, may be required for standard combus-
tion systems. For DLN systems, an alternate control method may be required to ensure that the required
fuel nozzle pressure ratios are met. An accurate analysis of all gas fuels, along with fuel gas temperature-
time profiles shall be submitted to GE for proper evaluation.
C. Superheat Requirement
The superheat requirement is establish to ensure that the fuel gas supply to the gas turbine is 100% free
of liquids. Superheat is the temperature difference between the gas temperature and the respective dew
point. The requirement is independent of the hydrocarbon and moisture concentration.
Dependent its constituents, gas entrained liquids could cause degradation of gas fuel nozzles, and for
DLN applications, premixed flame flashbacks or re-ignitions. Condensation of moisture must be
343 11
CARNOT COMPANY
avoided to prevent the formation of gas hydrates and collection of water in low points of the gas fuel
system. The superheat requirement is specified to provide enough margin to compensate for the temper-
ature reduction as the gas expands across the gas fuel control valves. The requirements are applicable
at all operating conditions and apply to all units including those installed with either standard or DLN
combustion systems. Exceptions are units burning coal derived low Btu fuels, the requirements for
which must be determined on a case-by-case basis. The superheat requirements take into account the
gas temperature drop and the relationship of the moisture and hydrocarbon dew point lines to the gas
fuel pressure. Because of differences between the dew point line characteristics in the region of interest
(less than 700 psia), the opportunity for moisture condensation as the gas expands is less than that for
hydrocarbons. Advantage has been taken of this physical property to provide users with two separate
requirements in order to minimize the cost of superheating. In addition, the superheat requirements de-
pend on the expansion ratio across the control valves and are therefore be expressed as a function of the
incoming gas pressure at the inlet to the gas fuel control system.
To avoid hydrocarbon condensation the superheat requirement is:
(3)
where:
Tsh is the hydrocarbon superheat requirement in °F (incremental temperature above the hydrocarbon
dew point)
Pgas is the gas fuel delivery pressure at the inlet to the gas turbine control system, psia
To avoid moisture and hydrate formation the superheat requirements is:
(4)
where :
Tsm is the moisture superheat requirement in °F (incremental temperature above the moisture dew point)
The superheat requirements are shown graphically on Figure 1 for moisture and hydrocarbons. Both
should be determined and added to the respective dew points (moisture and hydrocarbon) at the gas tur-
bine fuel delivery pressure. The higher of the two values, superheat plus dew point, will determine the
minimum gas fuel temperature that is required in order to meet the superheat requirements. See Appen-
dix 4 for a sample calculation. In some cases the hydrocarbon dew point may be low enough that the
requirement for meeting the moisture superheat will dominate and vice-versa. In rare cases the gas may
be delivered in a wet condition at temperatures exceeding 75° F. Under these conditions the addition of
superheat may result in the final gas temperature exceeding the allowable maximum for start up condi-
tions. These limits are contained in GEK 4189 (2). Contact GE for further evaluation if wet gas is deliv-
ered at a temperature above 75°F.
12 344
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 1. Hydrocarbon and Moisture Superheat Requirements

D. Hydrocarbon Dew Point
The hydrocarbon dew point is the temperature at which the first droplet of hydrocarbon forms as the gas
temperature is reduced at a given pressure and is analogous to the moisture dew point. The hydrocarbon
dew point is very sensitive to small concentrations of heavy hydrocarbons (C6+) and contamination of
the gas sample during sampling can be an issue. The use of a sample probe and following the sampling
procedure described in GPA 2166(3), particularly with respect to sample cylinder purging, can avoid
these problems. For this reason the recommended method for hydrocarbon dew point determination is
by direct measurement using a chilled mirror instrument (ASTM D 1142). If a direct measurement can-
not be performed, the dew point may be calculated from the extended C14 gas fuel analysis(4). Use of
a C6+ analysis for dew point determination may result in an under-estimation of 30°F to 40°F or more.
Exceptions are fuels that do not contain heavy hydrocarbons such as liquefied natural gas.
E. Moisture Dew Point
The gas fuel moisture dew point is dependent upon the moisture concentration and the gas fuel pressure.
When expressed in units of lbs/mmscft (pounds per million standard cubic feet), the resulting dew point
is practically independent of the gas fuel composition (other than moisture). Typically, many pipeline
tariffs limit the maximum allowable moisture content to 7 lbs/mmscft while the actual value may be sig-
nificantly less. It is the maximum allowable value, however, that determines the design requirements
for superheat. Figure 2 is included to provide a guide for determining the expected moisture dew point
from the moisture concentration and gas fuel pressure of a typical natural gas. The actual dew point will
vary slightly with gas composition changes.
345 13
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 2.
Moisture Dew Point as a Function of Concentration and Gas Pressure
for a Typical Natural Gas Fuel
F. Flammability Ratio
Fuel gases containing hydrogen and/or carbon monoxide will have a ratio of rich-to-lean flammability
limits that is significantly greater than that of natural gas. Typically, gases with greater than 5% hydrogen
by volume fall into this range and require a separate startup fuel. GE will evaluate the gas analysis to
determine the requirement for a start-up fuel. Fuel gases with large percentages of an inert gas such as
nitrogen or carbon dioxide will have a ratio of rich-to-lean flammability limits less than that of natural
gas. Flammability ratios of less than 2.2 to 1 based on volume at ISO conditions (14.696 psia and 59°
F), may experience problems maintaining stable combustion over the full operating range of the turbine.
G. Gas Constituent Limits
Gas constituent limits are specified to assure stable combustion through all gas turbine loads and modes
of operation. A detailed gas analysis must be furnished to GE for proper evaluation. See reference (3)
for the recommended sampling procedure and ASTM D1945 for a C6+ analysis procedure.
H. Gas Fuel Supply Pressure
Gas fuel supply pressure requirements are dependent on the gas turbine model, the combustion system
design, the fuel gas analysis and unit specific site conditions. As part of the unit proposal, GE will furnish
minimum and maximum gas fuel supply pressure requirements.
14 346
CARNOT COMPANY
IV. CONTAMINANTS
Dependent on the type of fuel gas, the geographical location and the forwarding means there is the potential
for the “raw” gas supply to contain one or more of the following contaminants:
1. Tar, lamp black, coke
2. Water, salt water
3. Sand, clay
4. Rust
5. Iron sulfide
6. Scrubber oil or liquid
7. Compressor Lube oil
8. Naphthalene
9. Gas Hydrates
It is critical that the fuel gas is properly conditioned prior to being utilized as gas turbine fuel. This condition-
ing can be performed by a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to: media filtration, inertial
separation, coalescing and fuel heating. Table 2b identifies the trace metal, particulate and liquid contamina-
tion limits. It is critical that fuel gas conditioning equipment be designed and sized so that these limits are
not exceeded. For further information on gas fuel conditioning, see publication GER 3942(8).
A. Particulates
Contamination limits for particulates are established to prevent fouling and excessive erosion of hot gas
path parts, erosion and plugging of combustion fuel nozzles and erosion of the gas fuel system control
valves. The utilization of gas filtration or inertial separation is instrumental in ensuring that the particu-
late requirements as defined in Table 2b are met. GE recommends the use of stainless steel piping down-
stream of this last level of filtration to prevent the generation of corosion-derived particulates.
B. Liquids
As identified in Table 2b, zero liquids are allowed in the gas turbine fuel gas supply. The introduction
of liquids with gas fuel can result in nuisance and/or hardware damaging conditions. These include rapid
excursions in firing temperature and gas turbine load, primary zone re-ignition and flashback of pre-
mixed flames. In severe conditions, liquid carryover to the first stage turbine nozzle may result in dam-
age to downstream hot gas path components. When liquids are identified in the gas fuel supply, phase
separation and heating must be employed to achieve the required superheat level.
C. Sulfur
There are several concerns relative to the levels of sulfur contained in the fuel gas supply. Many of these
are not directly related to the gas turbine but to associated equipment and emissions requirements. These
concerns include but not limited to:
347 15
CARNOT COMPANY
1. Hot Gas Path Corrosion
Typically, use of sulfur bearing fuels will not be limited by concerns for corrosion in the turbine hot
gas path. Experience has shown that fuel sulfur levels up to about 1% sulfur do not significantly
affect oxidation/corrosion rates. Specifying the fuel alkali levels to values shown in Table 2b con-
trols hot corrosion of hot gas path parts resulting from alkali sulfate formation. Unless sulfur levels
are extremely low, alkali levels are usually limiting in determining hot corrosion of hot gas path ma-
terials. For low Btu gases, the fuel mass flow rate at the turbine inlet is increased over that for natural
gas, and the alkali limit in the fuel is therefore decreased.
2. HRSG Corrosion
If heat recovery equipment is used, the gas fuel sulfur concentration must be known so that the ap-
propriate design for the equipment can be specified. Severe corrosion from condensed sulfurous acid
results if a heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) has metal temperatures below the acid dew point.
3. Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Deposition
Units utilizing ammonia injection downstream of the gas turbine for NOx control can experience
the formation of deposits containing ammonium sulfate and bisulfate on low temperature evapora-
tor and economizer tubes. Such deposits are quite acidic and therefore corrosive. These deposits and
the corrosion that they cause may also decrease HRSG performance and increase backpressure on
the gas turbine. Deposition rates of ammonium sulfate and bisulfate are determined by the sulfur
content of the fuel, ammonia content in the exhaust gas, tube temperature and boiler design. Fuels
having sulfur levels above those used as odorants for natural gas should be reported to GE. In addi-
tion, the presence of minute quantities of chlorides in the compressor inlet air may result in cracking
of ANSI 300 series stainless steels in the hot gas path.
4. Exhaust Emissions
Sulfur burns mostly to sulfur dioxide, but 5%-10% oxidizes to sulfur trioxide. The latter can result
in sulfate formation, and may be counted as particulate matter in some jurisdictions. The remainder
will be discharged as sulfur dioxide. To limit the discharge of acid gas, some localities may restrict
the allowable concentration of sulfur in the fuel.
5. System Material Requirements
When considering fuel gases containing H2S (sour gas fuels) material selection for system piping
and components shall comply with NACE Standard, MR0175(9).
6. Elemental Sulfur Deposition
Solid elemental sulfur deposits can occur in gas fuel systems downstream of pressure reducing sta-
tions or gas control valves under certain conditions. These conditions may be present if the gas fuel
contains elemental sulfur vapor, even when the concentration of the vapor is a few parts per billion
by weight. Concentrations of this magnitude cannot be measured by commercially available instru-
mentation and deposition cannot therefore be anticipated based on a standard gas analysis. Should
deposition take place, fuel heating will be required to maintain the sulfur in vapor phase and avoid
deposition. A gas temperature of 130°F or higher may be required at the inlet to the gas control
valves to avoid deposition, depending on the sulfur vapor concentration. The sulfur vapor con-
centration can be measured by specialized filtering equipment. Contact GE for further information
on this subject.
16 348
CARNOT COMPANY
7. Iron Sulfide
The presence of sulfur in the gas may promote the formation of iron sulfides. Under certain condi-
tions, iron sulfide is a pyrophoric material that can auto ignite at atmospheric pressure and tempera-
ture when exposed to air. Extreme care must be taken when servicing gas fuel cleanup equipment
to avoid accidental exposure to oxygen and subsequent combustion of filter material.
D. Trace Metals
Sodium is the only trace metal contaminant normally found in natural gas. The source of sodium in natu-
ral gas is salt water. Limits on trace metals are established to prevent the formation of corrosive deposits
on hot gas path components. These deposits can be detrimental to gas turbine parts life.
In addition to sodium, additionally harmful trace metal contaminants can be found in gasification and
process gases. GE will determine limits on these contaminants on a case-by-case basis.
V. SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS
A. Particulates
The major source of particulates is from corrosion products in the pipeline. These products are conitinu-
ously formed over the life of the pipeline at rates that are determined by the corrosive components and
water content of the gas. For this reason most gas suppliers control moisture content to avoid the possibil-
ity of water condensing and forming acid with CO2 or H2S.
B. Liquids
Gas at the wellhead is typically produced in a wet saturated condition and is treated to remove water and
heavy hydrocarbon liquids. Depending on the degree of treatment and the supply pressure, the gas may
be delivered in a dry condition. After pressure reduction it is possible for condensates to form as the gas
cools during expansion. The condensates may be either water or hydrocarbons or both. Carry over of
lubricating oil from compressor stations is another source of liquids.
C. Sulfur
Sulfur is usually combined with either hydrogen as H2S or carbon as COS. It is produced with the natural
gas. Typically the gas supplier will limit H2S to a concentration of less than approximately 20 ppmv by
removing sulfur in a treatment system. Sulfur may also be present in very low concentrations (< 100
ppbv) in the form of elemental sulfur vapor.
D. Trace Metals
The details of various sources of alkali contaminants in the following text apply to MS 3000, MS 5000,
B, E and F class machines. The sources of contaminants for F and H-class machines are discussed in
GEK 107230(1).
Contributions to the alkali content of the combustion gases can come from any of the material streams
supplied to the combustor; fuel, air, water or steam. The basic parameter which can be used to define
the allowable alkali metal content admitted to the turbine is Xt, the combined sodium and potassium con-
tent of the combustion gas at the entry to the first stage nozzle. This concentration must not exceed the
values stated in Table 2b. Since there is no simple test method for measuring Xt in an operating turbine,
it must be calculated from the alkali metal contents of the fuel, air, water and steam flows.
349 17
CARNOT COMPANY
T(Xt) = A(Xa ) + F(Xf ) + S(Xs ) + W(Xw )
Where T = total flow to turbine (= A + F + S + W):
Xt = alkali contaminant concentration in total flow as Na.

A = Air flow,
Xa = contaminant concentration in air.
F = Fuel flow,
Xf = contaminant concentration in fuel.
S = Steam flow,
Xs = contaminant concentration in steam.
W = water flow
Xw = contaminant concentration in water.
The allowable levels of alkali contamination in the different flows entering the gas turbine are discussed
below:
E. Air
There are four sources of alkali metal contained in the compressor discharge air, (a) Inlet filter carry over
of sodium chloride in ambient air (b) carry over of sodium dissolved in water used for evaporative cool-
ing (c) carry over of sodium dissolved in water used for inlet fogging and (d) carry 0ver of sodium from
water used for on-line water washing.
When concentrations of trace metals in fuel, water or steam are not precisely known, a value of 0.005
ppmw, GER 3419(10), can be used for systems with or without evaporative coolers. This value, based
on experience, would cause an insignificant contribution to the overall contamination level and have a
minor impact on parts lives.
For systems with inlet foggers, the water carry over is 100% compared with approximately 0.003% for
evaporative coolers and the potential sodium carry over is therefore proportionally higher. The maxi-
mum inlet fogging water flow rate is approximately 1/3 of the natural gas flow rate and, depending on
the sodium concentration, could use up a significant portion of the total allowed at the turbine inlet. Refer
to GEK 101944(11) for information on water purity requirements. If it is anticipated that the specification
could be exceeded, General Electric should be consulted for recommendations on the selection of the
water source and use of proper air filtration equipment.
F. Steam
Steam for gas turbine injection is typically taken from a suitable extraction point on a steam turbine or
HRSG. The limiting purity requirements for this steam are those for the steam turbine. These limits are
defined in GEK 72281.(12)
G. Water
The maximum alkali metal (sodium plus potassium) content of water to be used for injection is discussed
In GEK 101944(11). The maximum water injection rate is approximately equal to the fuel injection rate.
If the alkali content approaches the maximum allowable value stated in GEK 101944(11), it may use all
of the allowable margin at the turbine inlet, leaving none available for the fuel. If it is anticipated that
the specification could be exceeded, General Electric should be consulted for recommendations on the
selection of the water source.
18 350
CARNOT COMPANY
NOTE
The concentration of sodium in steam and water, at the levels specified, can be
measured directly using an on-line sodium analyzer or, in the laboratory, with an
ion or pH meter fitted with a “sodium specific” electrode or by an atomic absorp-
tion spectrometer fitted with a graphite furnace.
H. Fuel
The final source of contamination to be considered is the fuel. Most cases of alkali metal contamination
and corrosion of hot gas path components are related to liquid fuel contamination. It is rare that natural
gas will contain trace metals but gasification fuels may contain alkalis carried over from the gas clean
up system. The issues and requirements with gas fuels are discussed separately in the prior sections.
APPENDIX 1
DEFINITIONS
Dew Point
This is the temperature at which the first liquid droplet will form as the gas temperature is reduced. Com-
mon liquids found in gas fuel are hydrocarbons, water and glycol. Each has a separate and measurable
dew point. The dew point varies considerably with pressure and both temperature and pressure must be
stated to properly define the gas property. Typically, the hydrocarbon dew point will peak in the 300 to
600 psia range.
Dry Saturated Conditions
The gas temperature is at, but not below or above, the dew point temperature. No fee liquids are present.
Gas Hydrates
Gas hydrates are semi-solid materials that can cause deposits that plug instrumentation lines, control
valves and filters. They are formed when free water combines with one or more of the C1 through C4
hydrocarbons. Typically the formation will take place downstream of a pressure reducing station where
the temperature drop is sufficient to cause moisture condensation in a region of high turbulence. Because
hydrates can cause major problems in the gas distribution network, the moisture content is usually con-
trolled upstream at a dehydration process station.
Gas Hydrate Formation Line
This is similar to the dew point line. A potential for hydrate formation exists if free water is present. Cal-
culations performed using the commercial software Hysys(15) show that the hydrate formation line is
approximately 10°F above the moisture dew point line. Maintaining the required degree of superheat
above the moisture dew point will eliminate hydrate formation problems. (see section III–C Superheat
Requirement)
Glycol
Glycol is not a natural constituent of natural gas but is introduced during the dehydration process. Vari-
ous forms of glycol are used, di-ethylene and tri-ethylene glycol being two most common. In some cases
351 19
CARNOT COMPANY
glycol is injected into the pipeline as a preservative. In most cases, glycol may only be a problem during
commissioning of a new pipeline or if an upset has taken place at an upstream dehydration station.
Odorant
Odorants are injected into natural and LP gas to make leaks readily detectable. The oderant commonly
used for natural gas is tertiary butyl mercaptan, while ethyl mercaptan is used for LP gas.
Superheat
This is defined as the difference between the gas temperature minus the liquid dew point. The difference
is always positive or zero. A negative value implies that the value is being measured at two differing
states of pressure and temperature and is not valid. A measured gas temperature below the theoretical
dew point means that the gas is in a wet saturated state with free liquids present.
Saturation Line
This is the same as the dew point line.
Wet (Saturated) Conditions
A mixture consisting of both vapor and liquids.
APPENDIX 2
PARTICLE SIZE LIMITATIONS
The effective particle size for erosion considerations is determined by a particle’s terminal settling velocity.
The size and density distribution of the solid particles must be such that not more than 1.0 percent by weight
of the particles shall have a terminal settling velocity in air (70°F (21°C) and 30 inches Hg, absolute) greater
than 14 inches per minute, and not more than 0.1 percent shall have a terminal settling velocity in excess of
23 inches per minute. For a solid spherical particle, Stoke’s Law of settling permits calculating the terminal
settling velocity if the particle size and shape and particle specific gravity are known. The following tabula-
tion gives the spherical particle diameters equivalent to the limiting terminal settling velocities for particles
of specific gravity 2.0 and 4.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Settling Velocity
ÁÁ
Specific Gravity Equivalent Spherical
ÁÁÁ
(inches/min) (based on water Particle Diameter (microns)
14 2 10
ÁÁÁ
23
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 2 13
ÁÁÁ
14
23
ÁÁ
4
4
7
9
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁ
20 352
CARNOT COMPANY
APPENDIX 3
EQUIVALENT CONTAMINANT RELATIONSHIPS (ALL MACHINES EXCEPT FB, H-CLASS)
The following relationships can be used to determine turbine inlet contaminant and fuel equivalent contami-
nant concentrations to compare to limits given in Table 2b. In general, for mass balances on the flows and
on the contaminants from fuel, air and steam/water at the turbine inlet
E=F+A+S (5)
(XE)E = (XF)F + (XA)A + (XS)S (6)
where:
A, F, S and E are the mass flows of air, fuel, injected steam/water and combustion gases at the turbine
inlet, respectively
XA, XF, XS, and XE are the contaminant concentrations (ppm by weight) in the inlet air, in the fuel, in
the injected steam/water, and in the combustion gases at the turbine inlet, respectively.
The fuel equivalent concentration of contaminants (XFe ) is (dividing (5) and (6) by F)
XFe = XE(1+A / F+S / F)= XF + XA(A / F) + XS(S / F) (7)
For example for a natural gas contaminated with salt at a sodium concentration of 0.1 ppm, an air sodium
contamination of 5 ppb, and a steam contamination of 5 ppb, the equivalent sodium in the fuel for A/F =50
and S/F=1 is from equation (7)
XFe = 0.1 + 0.005(50) + 0.005(1) = 0.355 ppm (8)
This is the amount of sodium considered to come from a fuel source only, which gives the same sodium con-
centration at the turbine inlet as from the combined three sources.
The turbine inlet concentration, XE, is found by rearranging (7)
XE = XFe / (1 + A / F + S / F) = 0.355 / (1 + 50 + 1) = 0.006827 ppm = 6.827 ppb (9)
These values are well within the sodium specification values of 1 ppm on a fuel basis (XFe), and 20 ppb for
the turbine inlet concentration (XE). XE and XFe values for all contaminants are given in Table 2B.
For equivalent contaminant relationships in FB, H-Class machines, refer GEK 107230(1).
APPENDIX 4
MINIMUM GAS FUEL TEMPERATURE REQIREMENT CALCULATIONS
The gas fuel pressure at the purchaser’s connection FG1 should first be determined. The hydrocarbon and
moisture superheat can then be calculated from the equations shown on Figure 1. For example, at a gas fuel
pressure of 490 psia, the moisture and hydrocarbon superheat requirements are 18° and 42°F respectively.
For a typical pipeline gas the maximum allowable moisture content is 7 lbs/mmscft. At 490 psia the moisture
dew point can be determined from figure 2 and is equal to 23°F. The minimum gas temperature to avoid mois-
ture condensation is equal to the moisture dew point plus the required superheat, or 23° + 18° = 41°F.
353 21
CARNOT COMPANY
For hydrocarbons, the maximum expected hydrocarbon dew point should be determined by consultation
with the gas supplier and a review of historical data if available. The hydrocarbon dew point will be depen-
dent on the source of the gas, the degree of gas processing and may vary seasonally with overall gas demand
and the economics associated with liquids removal and recovery. For a fuel with a maximum hydrocarbon
dew point of, for example, 35°F at 490 psia, the minimum gas fuel temperature is 42° + 35° = 77° F. As this
temperature in this example is higher than the minimum required to avoid moisture condensation, it esta-
blishes the minimum gas temperature to avoid both hydrocarbon and moisture condensation. In cases where
the hydrocarbon dew point is typically less than about 8°F, the minimum gas temperature will be determined
by the moisture requirement, assuming a moisture content of 7 lbs/mmscft is applicable.
APPENDIX 5
RELATED SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
GER 3419(10) - Includes specifications for compressor inlet air quality
GEK 4189(2) - Includes heated gas fuel temperature limits
GER 72281(12) - Includes steam purity requirements in steam turbines
GER 101944(11) - Includes water and steam purity requirements in gas turbines
GEK 106669(13) - Includes cooling steam purity requirements for H class gas turbines
GEK 107230(1) - Includes allowable alkali metal concentrations for FB and H class gas fuels
REFERENCES
1. GEK 107230 Specification for Alkali Metal Contamination in Fuels for the FB and H Model Gas Turbines
2. GEK 4189 Design Considerations for Heated Gas Fuel
3. Obtaining Natural Gas Samples for Analysis by Gas Chromatography, GPA Standard 2166, Gas
Producers association, 6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa, Oklahoma
4. Tentative Method of Extended Analysis for Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Tempera-
ture Programmed Gas Chromatography, GPA Standard GPA 2286, Gas Producers association, 6526
East 60th Street, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74145
5. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 503, Flammability Characteristics of Combustible Gases and Vapors, 1950
6. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 622, Flammability Characteristics of Combustible Gases and Vapors, 1965
7. Natural Gas, E. N. Tiratsoo, Scientific Press Ltd., Beaconsfield, England, 1972
8. GER 3942 Gas Fuel Clean-up System Design Considerations for GE Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines
9. MR0175, NACE Standard, Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Material for Oilfield Equipment
10. GER 3419 Gas Turbine Inlet Air Treatment
11. GEK 101944 Requirements for Water/Steam Purity in Gas Turbines
22 354
CARNOT COMPANY
12. GEK 72281 Steam Purity Recommendations for Utility Steam Turbines
13. GEK 106669 Specification for Cooling Steam Purity for Closed Circuit Steam Cooled Gas Turbine
14. ASME Handbook “Water Technology for Thermal Power Systems”, chapter 12.
15. Hysys, a gas process simulation program. Hyprotech Corporate Headquarters, Suite 800, 707 – 8th
Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta T2P 1H5, Canada, Phone:403 520 6000
355 23
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems
General Electric Company

One River Road, Schenectady, NY 12345
518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
356
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 28143A
January 1977
Reformatted, May 2000
GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine
Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil

Recommendations For Gas Turbines
I. GENERAL
The successful operation of the gas turbine and driven equipment is vitally dependent upon the lubrication
system. It is necessary that all factors contributing to correct lubrication be present and that the entire system
be maintained in good order.
These instructions contain information intended to help the purchaser of a General Electric gas turbine and
the oil vendor select the proper grade and quality of lubricating oil for the turbine application. For phosphate
ester fire resistant lubricants refer to GEK 28136, “Phosphate Ester Based, Fire-Resistant Recommendations
for Gas Turbines”.
These recommendations apply to General Electric’s Heavy Duty Gas Turbines only. For lubrication recom-
mendations for equipment other than General Electric, refer to the instructions provided by the manufacturer
of that equipment.
The life of the apparatus depends upon a continuous supply of oil of proper quality, quantity, temperature,
and pressure.
The life of the oil itself, if it is free from solids, has the proper viscosity, and is noncorrosive, is of prime
importance to the user, therefore, any values relative to oil life are given for reference only.
Any request to use grades or types of oils other than those specified in this instruction should be directed to
the General Electric Company Field Representative.
II. RECOMMENDED PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Three viscosity grades of rust and oxidation inhibited petroleum oils have generally covered the require-
ments for gas turbines and their load devices. The properties are summarized in Table 1, and they are termed
“light, medium, and heavy”. The preferred oil for a General Electric gas turbine is the light grade oil having
a viscosity of 140 to 170 SUS* at a temperature of 100°F.
*Saybolt Universal Seconds (see Test Methods)
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 28143A Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil
If it is necessary to use the medium or heavy grade oil, equipment changes may be necessary in the lubricating
system, pressure regulating system, or orificing of machine bearings. Therefore, it is necessary that the Gen-
eral Electric Company Field Service Representative review all requests for use of any oil other than the light
grade turbine oil.
Typical total acid number (TAN) of new oils range from 0.05 to 0.15 MG KOH/g. After a new oil has been
in use for a period of time, the TAN will probably decrease as the oil additives, which have acid-like charac-
teristics, plate out (as they should do) on the internal metal surfaces of the oil system. After these additives
are depleted from the oil, the neutralization value will gradually increase with age and use.
III. ANTI-WEAR OILS
In some applications the use of anti-wear additives in addition to rust and oxidation inhibitors may be re-
quired. The use of these additives may give an initial total acid number much higher than with oils not con-
taining such additives. With use, the acid number will go down as these additives are used. Eventually as
the oil oxidizes the acid number will increase.
The properties of three grades of oils containing anti-wear additives are listed in Table 1.
NOTE
Oil with chlorine or other halogen containing additives are not to be used in Gener-
al Electric gas turbines. Oils with tricresyl phosphate (TCP) are preferred. Oils
with zinc dialkyl dithiophosphate (ZDDP) are acceptable and are being used in
these turbines. The operator should be aware that ZDDP is a variable product and
is less thermally and hydrolytically stable than other materials such as tricresyl
phosphate. Other additives may be satisfactory, but the proper use of these addi-
tives should be established between the operator and his supplier, therefore, the op-
erator should discuss his particular application with the supplier of the oil.
IV. LOW POUR POINT OILS
A low pour point oil may be required for some turbines. Generally, those containing direct oil to air heat ex-
changers should use an oil with a pour point temperature of at least 20°F below the minimum expected ambi-
ent temperature. The properties of two such oils (petroleum base and a synthetic hydrocarbon) are listed in
Table 1.
V. OIL SERVICE LIFE
It is the joint responsibility of the user and the producer of the oil to establish criteria for determining limiting
property values for the oil in service. Usually this may be based on a combination of factors: acid number,
viscosity, inhibitor concentration, etc. General Electric makes no recommendation in this regard.
2 358
CARNOT COMPANY
Hydrocarbon Base Lubricating Oil GEK 28143A
Table I
Turbine Oil Properties
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
Light Medium Heavy Synthetic
Grade Grade Grade Light Hydro-
With With With Grade carbon
Anti- Anti- Anti- Low Low
Light Medium Heavy Wear Wear Wear Pour Pour
Property Units Grade Grade Grade Additives Additives Additives Point Point
Viscosity at 100°F Saybolt
(min) Universal 140 270 380 140 270 380 140 140
(max) Seconds 170 325 560 170 325 560 170 170
Viscosity at 210°F Saybolt
(min) Universal 43 47 55 43 47 55 43 43
Seconds
Pour Point (max) °F 20 25 30 20 25 30 –25 –65
Flash Point (min) °F 330 350 360 330 350 360 330 450
Fire Point °F 370 390 400 370 390 400 370 490
Total Acid Number mg 0.20 0.20 0.20 1.60 1.60 1.60 0.20 0.20
(TAN) (max) KOH/gm
Rust Preventing --- Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass
Characteristics
Oxidation Hours to
Characteristics (min) TAN of 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
2.0
Load Carrying Pounds * * * 1750 2000 2000 * *
Capacity (min) Per Inch
*Not required
VI. LUBRICATION SYSTEM
The lubrication oil system is designed to provide an ample supply of filtered lubricating oil at the proper tem-
perature and pressure for operation of the turbine and its associated equipment.
Protective devices are incorporated into those systems where it is necessary to protect the equipment against
low lubricating oil supply, low lubricating oil pressure, and high lubricating oil temperature. The protective
devices either sound a warning or will automatically shut down the unit if any of these conditions occur.
The particular arrangement of the system, the protective devices, and the system settings are shown on the
schematic piping diagram for the specific gas turbine. Other information on the Lubrication System found
in this section includes the system’s operation, maintenance and instructions for the various component
equipment included in the system.
VII. OPERATING TEMPERATURES
Lubricating oil is exposed to a range of temperatures while circulating through the gas turbine. For reliable
circulation of oil before starting, the viscosity must be 800 SUS or less. Converting this to temperatures, the
minimum oil temperature before starting shall be 50°F, 70°F, or 90°F, respectively for the light, medium, or
heavy grades of oil.
359 3
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure LOR shows the effect of temperature on the viscosity for three different grades of turbine oil. The
viscosities of the three oils at 100°F are quite different. At this temperature, the viscosity of oil number 1 is
150 SUS, the viscosity of oil number 2 is 300 SUS, and the viscosity of oil number 3 is 500 SUS. The viscosity
of the three oils is the same (150 SUS), however, when the temperature of oil number 1 is 100°F, oil number
2 is 126°F, and oil number 3 is 145°F. Therefore, the performance of bearings, gears, hydraulic controls, etc.
would be similar when any one of the three oils is used, provided the oil temperature is adjusted to maintain
the desired operating viscosity.
The normal bearing inlet oil temperature is 130°F, however, because of ambient conditions and/or water tem-
peratures, the actual operating conditions may be different.
The cooling equipment for the lubricating system is designed to maintain the nominal 130°F (bearing inlet
oil temperature) when raw water is available for cooling. When radiator systems are involved, the sizing is
such that for the maximum recorded ambient temperature at the site, the bearing header temperature may
be 160°F. The gas turbine bearings are designed to operate satisfactorily at this inlet oil temperature. With
radiator systems, the nominal 130°F bearing header will be maintained for a high percentage of the operating
time. In special cases, other design header temperatures are used as dictated by the load devices.
Operating bearing temperature rises are discussed in appropriate sections of this manual. Typically, the oil
temperature rise from inlet to drain is in the 25° to 50°F range. If a reduction gear is involved, this temperature
rise may be 60°F.
10,000
5000
3000
2000
1500
1000
750
500
400 3
300
2
200
150
1
100
90
80
70
60
55
50
45
40
37
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 210 230 250
TEMPERATURE, DEGREES FAHRENHEIT
Figure LOR Effects of Temperature on Viscosity
4 360
CARNOT COMPANY
Some gas turbines have bearings that are in an ambient of hot pressurized air. The bearing housing is sealed
with labyrinths and the air flow is such that the bearing housing and drain spaces are at approximately atmo-
spheric pressure. This ambient and the sealing air may be 500°F to 750°F. A portion of the lubricating fluid
will be mixed with a small quantity of hot air and will wash metal surfaces at temperatures between 500°F
to 750°F.
The lubricant temperature in the tank will be 25°F to 40°F above the bearing header. Thus, the bulk tempera-
ture will be 155°F to 200°F during operation.
VIII. CORROSION-PREVENTIVE MATERIALS
Manufacturing procedures provide for corrosion protection by cleaning and treating all metal surfaces con-
tacting the lubricating oil in the lubrication system.
The inside walls of the lubricating oil tank are processed at the factory using an oil-resistant paint.
The inner surfaces of all lubricating oil piping, bearings, hydraulic control devices, and surfaces of other
components in contact with the turbine lubricating oil are coated with a vapor space rust-inhibited lubricating
oil which is used as a combination test and shipping oil. The oil and its vapors which remain on the wetted
surfaces after the turbine has completed the factory test run serve as a corrosion-preventive agent. This re-
maining oil is generally compatible with turbine oils, but it is left to the discretion of the purchaser and oil
vendor to decide whether the residue of this test oil should be removed by “field flush”. At installation it is
expected that most of the remaining oil will be removed and the interior of the oil tank inspected for cleanli-
ness.
All exterior finished machine surfaces of parts and assemblies which could be exposed to corrosive condi-
tions during storage and shipment are coated with slushing oil. This material is not compatible with turbine
oil and must be removed from all surfaces. (Sludging oil can be removed with petroleum spirits or kerosene.)
IX. CLEANING REQUIRED AT INSTALLATION
Reliable operation of controls and machine bearings is dependent upon the cleanliness of the lubricating oil
system. During manufacture, considerable care has been taken in processing, cleaning, and flushing this sys-
tem to maintain cleanliness. Oil filters have been installed to provide filtering of all oil that is used in the
system. At installation, the entire lubricating system must be thoroughly cleaned; weld spatter, metal chips,
dirt, and other foreign matter incident to erection and installation of the piping, etc., and any slushing oil
which has been applied to metal surfaces contacting the turbine oil, must be totally removed.
Any surface, internal or external, contacting the lube oil must be thoroughly cleaned. This is to include any
new components to be installed in the system.
If the lubricating oil system becomes contaminated during installation of the gas turbine, it is recommended
that the lube oil system, load devices system, and interconnecting piping be flushed with hot oil. During this
flush a hot oil and pipe arrangement should be used, and it should be made to bypass the machine bearings
and other critical accessory devices. Careful planning of this flush is essential to prevent any dirt, introduced
during the installation, from being flushed into clean, critical devices. The unit lube oil filters should be op-
erative during this flush.
For assistance in flushing and cleaning, refer to ASME Standard LOS-4C1 ASTM-ASME — Recommended
Practices for Flushing and Cleaning of Gas Turbine Generator Lubricating Oil Systems.
361 5
CARNOT COMPANY
Most General Electric Company gas turbines are equipped with a completely assembled package including
the lubricating system and turbine equipment. It may not be necessary to hot-oil-flush these at installation,
except when the shipping oil has to be flushed out to satisfy the compatibility considerations of the turbine
oil. If it should be decided by the purchaser and the oil vendor that a field flush is not required, particular
care must be taken during installation to maintain cleanliness of this package, the cleanliness of the load de-
vices, and the cleanliness of the interconnecting piping.
X. RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATOR
After the unit is installed, and prior to its initial starting, the operator should take all precautions to ensure
that:
1. The lubricating system has been thoroughly flushed and/or is clean.
2. The supply of turbine oil is ample for operation of the unit.
3. The type of oil is in accordance with this instruction.
During operation of the unit, the operator should establish a routine inspection procedure to ensure that:
1. The temperature and pressure levels of the lubrication system are within the limits specified by this
instruction manual and the piping schematic diagrams.
2. The oil purity is maintained by checking for water leaks, by draining tank bottoms of sludge, and
by adhering closely to the recommendations set forth by the oil vendor for sampling, purifying, and
replenishing the lube oil supply.
XI. RESPONSIBILITY OF OIL VENDOR
It is generally recognized that turbine lubricating fluid should be a petroleum derivative free from water, sedi-
ment, inorganic acids, or any material which, in the service specified, would be injurious to the oil or the
equipment. There should be no tendency toward permanent emulsification or rapid oxidation with the forma-
tion of sludge.
The responsibility of supplying the proper oil for the lubricating system rests with the oil vendor and the
turbine operator. This responsibility includes specifications for flushing, purifying, inspection, and treat-
ment of the oil to ensure satisfactory performance of the equipment in service.
XII. TEST METHODS
A. Viscosity
The viscosity of an oil is its resistance to flow. For turbine oils, it is usually reported in Saybolt Universal
Seconds (SUS or SSU) at a given temperature and determined per ASTMD88, “Saybolt Viscosity”. It
is the time in seconds for 60 milliliters of oil to flow from a container through a calibrated orifice at a
specified temperature. In the design of lubrication systems, consideration is given to the viscosity at
which the oil becomes too viscous to be pumped. For General Electric gas turbines the viscosity should
be less than 800 SUS for proper circulation of the oil before starting.
6 362
CARNOT COMPANY
B. Pour Point
The pour point is the lowest temperature at which oil will flow. It is reported in increments of 5°F. It is
determined as the temperature at which the oil contained in a tube with an inside diameter of 30 to 33.5
mm. will not flow within five seconds of rotating the tube 90 degrees from the vertical to the horizontal
position.
C. Flash Point
Flash point is determined per ASTM D92, “Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup”. It is the tem-
perature at which the fluid contained in a test cup and heated at a constant rate will flash but not burn
when a flame is passed over the cup. It is indirectly a measure of both the volatility of the oil and the
flammability of these volatiles. Since there are more accurate ways of determining these, such as distil-
ling to determine volatiles, this is mainly of value as a quality control test.
D. Fire Point
Fire point is the temperature at which the oil in a test cup will continue to burn when tested as indicated
under paragraph “Flash Point”.
E. Total Acid Number
The total acid number is the milligrams of potassium hydroxide (KOH) required to neutralize the acidic
constituents in a gram of sample. It is determined per ASTMD 974, “Neutralization Number by Color-
Indicator Titration”. The total acid number (TAN) is sometimes called the neutralization number (NN)
or neut number and also the acid number (AN).
Turbine oils as well as most other lubricants normally contain additives for oxidation and rust inhibition
and other purposes. For this reason the total acid number of a new or used oil should not be considered
an indication of a tendency of the oil to corrode. The ASTM procedure states that there is no general
correlation between bearing corrosion and acid numbers. The total acid numbers which are taken from
a system over a period of time, are a method to follow additive depletion and subsequent decomposition
of the base oil. In a lubricant containing additives such as rust inhibitors, anti-wear additives, etc., the
total acid number should go down in value as the inhibitor is plated out on the surface of the system and
then gradually increase as the oil oxidizes.
F. Rust Prevention
The rust prevention characteristics of the oil are determined per ASTM D665. A mixture of 300 ml of
oil and 30 ml of distilled water (Procedure A) or synthetic seawater (Procedure B) is stirred while held
at a temperature of 140°F. A carbon steel rod conforming to ASTM specification A108, Grade 1018, is
immersed in the oil for a period of 24 hours, then examined for rust.
G. Oxidation Resistance
This test is run per ASTM D943, “Oxidation Characteristics of Inhibited Steam-Turbine Oils”. It is the
time in hours for the acidity to reach 2.0 milligrams of potassium hydroxide per gram of sample in a
sample of oil containing steel and copper wire coiled together and maintained at a temperature of 95°C
(203°F) with oxygen passing through it and to which water has been added.
363 7
CARNOT COMPANY
This test is used primarily to determine the life of the oxidation inhibitor and does not necessarily indicate
the stability of the base oil.
H. Load Carrying Capacity
The load carrying capacity is determined per ASTM D1947. It is reported as the “pounds per inch of face
width” at which the average tooth face scuffing of 22-1/2 percent has been reached. A four-square tester is
loaded in specified increments. Standard test speed is 10,000 rpm; inlet oil temperature is 160°F to 170°F.
8 364
CARNOT COMPANY
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
365 9
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Industrial & Power Systems

518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
366
CARNOT COMPANY
COOLING WATER SPECIFICATION

CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM
CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM
91-410 704 - Revision G
SUMMARY
1 GENERAL
2 WATER QUALITY
3 WATER TREATMENT
Vous devez ajouter ce document à la spécification GEI 41004G, cliquer :

http://techinfo0.sch.ge.com/GEI4.htm
ST 018 G STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGE 1/3
367
CARNOT COMPANY

CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM
This specification only applies to gas turbines operating on closed loop cooling water system either with air to
water heat exchangers or water to water heat exchangers.
1 GENERAL
To avoid scaling and corrosion in the cooling closed circuit, the first filling and make-up water must be
of convenient quality (pure water) and it must then be treated against corrosion and eventually against
freezing.
2 WATER QUALITY
First filling and make-up water quality must be as follows :
- Suspended solids < 50 mg/l
- Total Dissolved Salts (TDS) < 100 mg/l as CaCO3
- Total Hardness < 150 mg/l as CaCO3
- Chlorides < 50 mg/l as CaCO3
- Sulphates < 50 mg/l as CaCO3
3 WATER TREATMENT
3.1 TREATMENT AGAINST CORROSION
Standard anticorrosion system consists of a basic, nitrite based chemical containing additional
multimetallic inhibitor to provide a global protection of the circuit.
Generally recommended product is DIAPROSIM "RD 11" or KEMAZUR 1618.
Typical dosing is :
- 1,5 kg to 2 kg/m3 of water circuit
368
CARNOT COMPANY

CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM
Alternative : KEMAZUR 1624 (liquid form)
Typical dosing is :
- 1,5 to 2 l/m3 of water circuit
3.2 TREATMENT AGAINST FREEZING
Generally recommended product is DIAPROSIM "RDH" or KEMAZUR 1625.
Dosing is according to minimum ambient temperature.
3.3 ALTERNATE TREATMENTS
Alternate treatments can be acceptable after investigation and approval by GE Energy

Products - Europe.
369
CARNOT COMPANY
GEI 41004H
September 1993
Reformatted, September 2001
GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine
Cooling Water Recommendations

for Combustion Gas Turbine Closed Cooling Systems
CARNOT COMPANY
GEI 41004H Cooling Water Recommendations
I. GENERAL
Properly treated closed cooling systems should provide reliable and trouble-free operation for the life of the
gas turbine. A closed system is so named because the coolant is completely contained within the system and
does not come into contact with the outside atmosphere.
Closed systems have a very low tolerance for corrosion and it is the goal of the treatment program to stop
it as completely as possible. Metals encountered in GE Gas Turbine closed cooling systems are mild steel,
copper, copper alloy, and stainless steel. There is no aluminum present.
It is possible to economically treat the closed cooling system with relatively high dosages of treatment prod-
ucts. Typical treatment for a closed system would include corrosion inhibitors for the various metals in the
system, and a buffering agent to control pH. If the gas turbine will be exposed to below freezing temperatures,
a compatible antifreeze must be added to the system.
II. WATER
Because of the wide variance in the properties of tap water throughout the country, and because of the rela-
tively small quantity of coolant required by the gas turbine, the use of tap water in gas turbine cooling water
systems is not recommended. Instead, ”pure” water should be used to prepare the coolant solution. Waters
which fall into the classification of ”pure”, consist of distilled water, steam condensate, and deionized water.
III. ANTIFREEZE
Gas turbines installed in cold climates which have a closed cooling water system, require the use of ethylene
glycol or propylene glycol antifreeze during winter months.
Most commercial antifreeze contains corrosion inhibitors. It is strongly recommended that a commercial an-
tifreeze product that contains appropriate inhibitors be used rather than those without inhibitors. The inhibi-
tor in one type of coolant (antifreeze or water) may not be compatible with another type of coolant and can
form gums, as well as destroy the effectiveness of an inhibitor. When changing coolants (such as changing
from one type of antifreeze or corrosion inhibitor to another) the cooling system should be drained and
flushed thoroughly to protect against contamination of the coolant with incompatible solutions. The anti-
freeze vendor should be consulted for specific recommendations about the length of time between changes,
the need for corrosion inhibitor additives, the dangers involved in adding antifreeze to another existing cool-
ant; in addition to any other precautions he may suggest.
2 371
CARNOT COMPANY
Cooling Water Recommendations GEI 41004H
CAUTION
If the antifreeze concentration is too low or too high, there

is danger of freeze-up in the winter that could damage the
cooling system equipment. If the concentration of anti-
freeze is too high, it will reduce the cooling capacity of the
system on very hot days during the summer, resulting in
overheating of the lube system fluid, and possibly tripping
the gas turbine on high lube oil temperature. It is impor-
tant, therefore, that the glycol antifreeze concentration be
maintained at exactly the recommended value consistent
with expected minimum winter temperature at the respec-
tive gas turbine site. The table below gives the required
glycol concentrations as a function of expected minimum
winter temperature.
IV. ADDING ANTIFREEZE AND WATER
For the initial filling of the system, the water and concentrated antifreeze should not be added separately,
directly to the system. The reason for this is because the exact amount of solution needed to fill the system
is unknown, and if too much water were added before the antifreeze, it would require difficult adjustment
to get the desired concentration of antifreeze into the system. It is recommended that the water and antifreeze
be mixed in an external container (such as a drum) at the correct ratio, before adding the resulting solution
to the system. Additional batches of solution should be prepared and added until the system is full. By mea-
suring the total amount of solution added, an accurate determination of system volume is obtained. Knowing
the total volume accurately, simplifies addition of treatment chemicals as explained below.
372 3
CARNOT COMPANY
ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION STRENGTH
Expected Lowest Ambient (°F) Vol. % Glycol (General Note–1)

Unmargined 5°F Margin GE Proposal Ethylene Propylene
(General Note–2) (General Note–3) (General Note–4) (Design Note–4) (Design Note–1&2)
32 37 32 0 0
26 31 28 10 10
23 28 25 15
21 26 25 15
19 24 22 20
16 21 20 20
15 20 17 25
11 16 14 25
9 14 10 30
4 9 7 30
2 7 5 35
-3 2 0 35
-6 -1 -4 40
-12 -7 -8 40
-16 -11 -15 45
-22 -17 -20 45
-28 -23 -27 50
-34 -29 -30 50 52
-42 -37 -36 55
-48 -43 -43 55 Not Recomended
-59 -54 -54 60 Not Recomended
For specifics on General Notes and Design Notes, refer to the current revision of GE Drawing #370A2260.
After the system has been in service for a period of time, coolant will inevitably be lost and will need to be
replaced. Again, the antifreeze and water solution should be mixed externally and added in batchwise fashion.
V. CHANGING ANTIFREEZE AND/OR INHIBITORS
If the type of antifreeze or inhibitor used is changed, the following points should be kept in mind:
1. The system should be thoroughly flushed, and possibly even cleaned, before the new coolant is add-
ed. Follow the recommendations of the inhibitor supplier.
2. Follow the antifreeze/inhibitor suppliers recommendation for maintaining system chemistry. The
pH should be monitored and maintained with an agent compatible with the antifreeze and inhibitor.
Some inhibitors have a pH indicating dye which changes color if the pH is not proper. These dyes
may be affected by the antifreeze used such that the color change is masked.
4 373
CARNOT COMPANY
3. Do not add an inhibitor to a system containing a commercial antifreeze which has its own inhibitor
package without ensuring the two are compatible. Specifically, some inhibitors are not compatible
with the inhibitor packages used in commercial antifreeze manufactured outside of the United States.
4. Ensure that the antifreeze and inhibitor are compatible with system materials: carbon steel, copper,
copper alloys and stainless steel.
VI. CORROSION INHIBITORS
At no time should the cooling system be operated without corrosion inhibitors in the coolant solution. If the
coolant is a mixture of pure glycol and water, or just water alone, it is necessary to add a suitable corrosion
inhibitor. Most commercially available antifreezes contain a sufficient quantity of inhibitor to protect the
cooling system from corrosion when the mixture of water and ethylene glycol is made in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. Specific corrosion inhibitors cannot be recommended as the selection de-
pends on economic factors, availability, and the environmental impact which may vary from locale to locale.
However, there are generally two corrosion inhibitors for mild steel which are commonly used in closed cool-
ing systems – molybdate and nitrite. The most commonly used corrosion inhibitor for copper and copper
alloy is tolyltriazole but other azoles are sometimes used.
In the discussion which follows, several commercially available corrosion inhibitor packages are listed.
They all contain nitrite, molybdate, or a blend of the two, tolyltriazole, and a buffering agent (typically so-
dium tetraborate). Ethylene glycol or propylene glycol (without inhibitors) is not included and must be pur-
chased separately.
DEARBORN 540
Grace Dearborn
300 Genessee St.
Lake Zurich, IL 60047–2458
NALCO 8328
Nalco Chemical Co.
One Nalco Center
Naperville, Illinois 60563–1198
BETZ 66–P
Betz Laboratories
Somerton Road
Trevose, Penn 19047
DREWGARD 100
Drew Chemical Corp.
701 Jefferson Rd.
Parsippany, NJ 07054
374 5
CARNOT COMPANY
CALGON CF or LCS–20
Calgon Corp.
P.O. Box 1346
Pittsburgh, PA 15230
NOTE
This list is not exclusive and other products may produce acceptable results. Since
individual turbine customer conditions may vary and these manufacturers may
change their product in the future, it is important to verify that the product chosen
is appropriate.
These products are all compatible with ethylene and propylene glycol. Some problems have occurred with
these inhibitors when used with commercial antifreeze available in countries outside of the United States,
and therefore it is not recommended that these inhibitors be used with a commercial antifreeze without first
determining the compatibility of the inhibitor package contained in the antifreeze.
A. Copper Alloy Corrosion Inhibitor
GE gas turbine closed cooling systems contain copper and copper alloy which must be treated with a
suitable corrosion inhibitor. The discussion which follows will focus on tolyltriazole which is often re-
ferred to as TTA.
Commercial corrosion inhibitor products usually have TTA blended in, or it can be added separately.
It is usually sold as a 50% solution of sodium tolyltriazole. TTA works by forming a microscopic film
on the metal surface and a typical dosage for maintaining the film is 100 PPM.
B. Mild Steel Corrosion Iinhibitors
In the following discussion, general guidelines are given for treating the coolant with nitrite and molyb-
date corrosion inhibitors.
Sodium nitrite, which is described by the chemical formula NaNO2, is an effective corrosion inhibitor
for combustion gas turbine cooling water systems. The recommended dosage is 1000 PPM as NO2.
Sodium molybdate dihydrate (NaMoO4•2H2O) is another good corrosion inhibitor for closed systems.
The recommended dosage is 250 PPM as Mo.
It is good practice to maintain the corrosion inhibitor concentration well above the minimum effective
level to prevent pitting. If the pure water used as the coolant does not become contaminated, and if the
recommended concentration of molybdate or nitrite is maintained, the inhibiting efficiency of the cool-
ant will always be above the minimum effective level.
VII. PREPARING THE COOLANT
The following instructions explain how to calculate the amount of corrosion inhibitor product which needs
to be added to a given volume of water to arrive at the desired dosage.
1. Obtain the following information:
6 375
CARNOT COMPANY
a. System Volume. The most accurate way of obtaining the system volume is to measure how
much antifreeze/water solution is added as described previously. The next best way would be
to use an estimate of the volume based on engineering data.
b. Volumetric Product Dosage. Obtain the amount of product needed per 1000 gallons of water
from the table below.
VOLUMETRIC PRODUCT DOSAGE
Sodium Tolyltriazole (50% Liquid) 2 Pts/1000 Gals

Sodium Molybdate Dihydrate (100% Dry) 5 Lbs/1000 Gals
Sodium Nitrite (100% Dry) 13 Lbs/1000 Gals
2. Multiply the system volume (i.e. gallons of water to be treated from step 1a) by the volumetric prod-
uct dosage (from step 1b) and divide by 1000. This is the amount of product which should be added
to the system.
NOTE
If products of different strengths than those given above are obtained, the volumet-
ric dosage must be proportionately adjusted.
When the corrosion inhibitors are added at the volumetric dosages given above, the following product residu-
al dosages will result. These are the control values.
INHIBITOR RESIDUAL DOSAGES
Tolyltriazole (PPM as TTA) 100

Molybdate (PPM as Mo) 250
Nitrite (PPM as NO2) 1000
When the system is filled initially, some of the inhibitors will be used up rapidly in the production of films
on the metal surfaces and thus an adjustment of concentration may be necessary to bring the inhibitor residual
up to the desired level.
VIII. BIOCIDE
In systems which use nitrite for corrosion inhibition, there is a risk of infestation by denitrifying bacteria. These
organisms break down nitrite to nitrate – thereby reducing corrosion inhibition and increasing the likelihood
of fouling. It is therefore imperative that bacteria be controlled by temperature or non–oxidizing biocide.
Temperatures inside gas turbine cooling systems will vary from one installation to another. If the temperature
is in excess of 140°F, thermal disinfection will effectively prevent microbiological growth and no biocide
will be needed.
In cooling systems which operate below 140°F and contain nitrite as part of the coolant solution, it is recom-
mended that two different non–oxidizing biocides be added on alternate occasions whenever bacteria are
detected in the system.
376 7
CARNOT COMPANY
The biocides selected must be compatible with the coolant solution (ingredients, pH, etc.) and not be aggres-
sive to system components. The use of chlorine gas, hypochlorite bleach, or bromine compounds should be
avoided as they are not compatible with nitrite.
CAUTION
Non-oxidizing biocides are dangerous substances and

precautions must be taken not to inhale or come in contact
with the product. Manufacturers instructions on safe han-
dling should be followed at all times.
IX. BUFFER
The corrosion inhibitors described above have a recommended pH range of 8.5 to 10.0. If a pH adjustment
is necessary, check to ensure the agent used is compatible with the inhibitor and antifreeze used. Sodium
tetraborate (borax) is the usual buffer of choice and is compatible with nitrite, molybdate, tolyltriazole, and
glycol antifreeze.
X. COOLANT PH VALUE
The final coolant solution should have a pH value between 8.5 and 10.0. It is recommended that the pH value
of the final coolant solution be checked with a suitable pH meter, a number of which are available on the
market. Other methods, such as pH paper indicators, can also be used.
XI. TESTING
For a newly installed gas turbine unit, the recommended inhibitor dosages as given earlier should be applied.
Due to the high inhibitor demand during the initial passivation period, the first residual testing should be
performed after 48 hours to prevent the inhibitor residuals from dropping below the maintenance dosages
given earlier. After that, weekly tests for nitrate or molybdate are recommended. The TTA residual test is
fairly complex, so rather than test for it, it is recommended that whenever chemicals are added, TTA should
also be added at the above volumetric dosage.
A number of commercial test kits for nitrite and molybdate residuals are available from chemical and labora-
tory suppliers such as the HACH Company (Loveland, Colorado) and Taylor Technologies, Inc. (Sparks,
Maryland).
Over time, the concentration of corrosion inhibitor in the cooling water will decrease as a result of small leaks
in the system, addition of makeup water, and the consumption for film maintenance. Weekly tests should be
made to insure that the corrosion inhibitor concentrations (molybdate and nitrite) in the cooling water do not
fall below the maintenance dosages given earlier.
The antifreeze concentration should also be tested with a suitable hydrometer since it may be lost through leaks
and must be replenished. As a rule, whenever makeup coolant is needed, a batch of water and antifreeze should
be mixed at the proper ratio before adding to the system. Afterwards, the antifreeze concentration should be
checked with a hydrometer at least weekly and after every addition of makeup water/antifreeze solution.
Total bacteria dip slides should be used to monitor microbiological organism count weekly. If any microbes
are present on the dip slide, a lethal amount of biocide should be added to maintain sterility.
8 377
CARNOT COMPANY
PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK.
378
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems

518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
379
CARNOT COMPANY
GER-3620G
GE Power Systems
Heavy-Duty Gas
Turbine Operating and
Maintenance
Considerations
Robert Hoeft and Eric Gebhardt

GE Energy Services
Atlanta, GA
380
CARNOT COMPANY
381
CARNOT COMPANY
Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine Operating and Maintenance Considerations
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Maintenance Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Gas Turbine Design Maintenance Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Borescope Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Major Factors Influencing Maintenance Equipment Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Starts and Hours Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Service Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Firing Temperatures for MS6001B/MS7001EA/MS9001E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Steam/Water Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cyclic Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hot Gas Path Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Rotor Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Air Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Standby Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Running Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Load vs. Exhaust Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vibration Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fuel Flow and Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Exhaust Temperature and Spread Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Start-Up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Coast-Down Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Combustion Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Hot-Gas-Path Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Major Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Parts Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Inspection Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Manpower Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
List of Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
GE Power Systems GER-3620G (9/00)

■ ■ i
382
CARNOT COMPANY

■ ■ ii
383
CARNOT COMPANY
Introduction Note: The operating and maintenance discus-

sions presented in this paper are generally
Maintenance costs and availability are two of
applicable to all GE heavy-duty gas turbines; i.e.,
the most important concerns to the equipment
MS3000, 5000, 6000, 7000 and 9000. For pur-
owner. A maintenance program that optimizes
poses of illustration, the MS7001EA was chosen.
the owner's costs and maximizes equipment
Specific questions on a given machine should
availability must be instituted. For a mainte-
be directed to the local GE Energy Services rep-
nance program to be effective, owners must
resentative.
develop a general understanding of the rela-
tionship between their operating plans and pri-
orities for the plant, the skill level of operating
Maintenance Planning
and maintenance personnel, and the manufac- Advance planning for maintenance is a necessi-
turer's recommendations regarding the num- ty for utility, industrial and cogeneration plants
ber and types of inspections, spare parts plan- in order to minimize downtime. Also the cor-
ning, and other major factors affecting compo- rect performance of planned maintenance and
nent life and proper operation of the equip- inspection provides direct benefits in reduced
ment. forced outages and increased starting reliability,
which in turn reduces unscheduled repair
In this paper, operating and maintenance prac-
downtime. The primary factors which affect the
tices will be reviewed, with emphasis placed on
maintenance planning process are shown in
types of inspections plus operating factors that
Figure 1 and the owners' operating mode will
influence maintenance schedules. A well-
determine how each factor is weighted.
planned maintenance program will result in
maximum equipment availability and optimal Parts unique to the gas turbine requiring the
maintenance costs. most careful attention are those associated with
Manufacturer’s Design Duty Cost of

Recommended Features Cycle Downtime
Maintenance
Program
Type of
Fuel
Diagnostics &
Expert Systems
Maintenance
Reliability
Planning Replacement
Parts
Need Availability/
Investment
On-Site
Maintenance Utilization Reserve
Environment
Capability Need Requirements
Figure 1: Key factors affecting maintenance planning

■ ■ 1
384
CARNOT COMPANY
the combustion process together with those It is apparent from the analysis of scheduled
exposed to high temperatures from the hot outages and forced outages (Figure 2) that the
gases discharged from the combustion system. primary maintenance effort is attributed to five
They are called the hot-gas-path parts and basic systems: controls and accessories, com-
include combustion liners, end caps, fuel noz- bustion, turbine, generator and balance-of-
zle assemblies, crossfire tubes, transition pieces, plant. The unavailability of controls and acces-
turbine nozzles, turbine stationary shrouds and sories is generally composed of short-duration
turbine buckets. outages, whereas conversely the other four sys-
The basic design and recommended mainte- tems are composed of fewer, but usually longer-
nance of GE heavy-duty gas turbines are orient- duration outages.
ed toward: The inspection and repair requirements, out-
■ Maximum periods of operation lined in the Maintenance and Instructions
between inspection and overhauls Manual provided to each owner, lend them-
selves to establishing a pattern of inspections. In
■ In-place, on-site inspection and
addition, supplementary information is provid-
maintenance
ed through a system of Technical Information
■ Use of local trade skills to disassemble, Letters. This updating of information, con-
inspect and re-assemble tained in the Maintenance and Instructions
In addition to maintenance of the basic gas tur- Manual, assures optimum installation, opera-
bine, the control devices, fuel metering equip- tion and maintenance of the turbine. Many of
ment, gas turbine auxiliaries, load package, and the Technical Information Letters contain advi-
other station auxiliaries also require periodic sory technical recommendations to resolve
servicing. issues and improve the operation, mainte-
Total S.C. Plant

Gas Turbine
– Turbine Section
– Combustion Section
– Compressor Section
– Bearings
Controls & Accessories
Generator
Balance of S.C. Plant
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FOF = Forced Outage

SOF = Scheduled Outage
Figure 2: Plant level - top five systems contributions to downtime

■ ■ 2
385
CARNOT COMPANY
nance, safety, reliability or availability of the tur- shell lifted, each half of the first stage
bine. The recommendations contained in nozzle assembly can be removed for
Technical Information Letters should be inspection, repair or replacement
reviewed and factored into the overall mainte- without rotor removal. On some units,
nance planning program. upper-half, later-stage nozzle
For a maintenance program to be effective, assemblies are lifted with the turbine
from both a cost and turbine availability stand- shell, also allowing inspection and/or
point, owners must develop a general under- removal of the turbine buckets.
standing of the relationship between their oper- ■ All turbine buckets are moment-
ating plans and priorities for the plant and the weighed and computer charted in sets
manufacturer's recommendations regarding for rotor spool assembly so that they
the number and types of inspections, spare may be replaced without the need to
parts planning, and other major factors affect- remove or rebalance the rotor
ing the life and proper operation of his equip- assembly.
ment. Each of these issues will be discussed as ■ All bearing housings and liners are
follows in further detail. split on the horizontal centerline so
that they may be inspected and
Gas Turbine Design Maintenance replaced, when necessary. The lower
Features half of the bearing liner can be
The GE heavy-duty gas turbine is designed to removed without removing the rotor.
withstand severe duty and to be maintained ■ All seals and shaft packings are
onsite, with off-site repair required only on cer- separate from the main bearing
tain combustion components, hot-gas-path housings and casing structures and
parts and rotor assemblies needing specialized may be readily removed and replaced.
shop service. The following features are ■ Fuel nozzles, combustion liners and
designed into GE heavy-duty gas turbines to flow sleeves can be removed for
facilitate on-site maintenance: inspection, maintenance or
■ All casings, shells and frames are split replacement without lifting any
on machine horizontal centerline. casings.
Upper halves may be lifted individually ■ All major accessories, including filters
for access to internal parts. and coolers, are separate assemblies
■ With upper-half compressor casings that are readily accessible for
removed, all stator vanes can be slid inspection or maintenance. They may
circumferentially out of the casings for also be individually replaced as
inspection or replacement without necessary.
rotor removal. On most designs, the Inspection aid provisions have been built into
variable inlet guide vanes (VIGVs) can GE heavy-duty gas turbines to facilitate con-
be removed radially with upper half of ducting several special inspection procedures.
inlet casing removed. These special procedures provide for the visual
■ With the upper-half of the turbine inspection and clearance measurement of some

■ ■ 3
386
CARNOT COMPANY
of the critical internal turbine gas-path compo-

nents without removal of the gas turbine outer
casings and shells. These procedures include
gas-path borescope inspection and turbine noz-
zle axial clearance measurement.
Figure 4: Borescope inspection programming
Borescope Inspections
GE heavy-duty gas turbines incorporate provi- inspection intervals are based on average unit
sions in both compressor casings and turbine operating modes. Adjustment of these
shells for gas-path visual inspection of interme- borescope intervals may be made based on
diate compressor rotor stages, first, second and operating experience and the individual unit
third-stage turbine buckets and turbine nozzle mode of operation, the fuels used and the
partitions by means of the optical borescope. results of previous borescope inspections.
These provisions, consisting of radially aligned
The application of a monitoring program utiliz-
holes through the compressor casings, turbine
ing a borescope will allow scheduling outages
shell and internal stationary turbine shrouds,
and pre-planning of parts requirements, result-
are designed to allow the penetration of an opti-
ing in lower maintenance costs and higher avail-
cal borescope into the compressor or turbine
ability and reliability of the gas turbine.
flow path area, as shown in Figure 3.
An effective borescope inspection program can Major Factors Influencing
result in removing casings and shells from a tur- Maintenance and Equipment Life
bine unit only when it is necessary to repair or
There are many factors that can influence
replace parts. Figure 4 provides a recommended
equipment life and these must be understood
interval for a planned borescope inspection
and accounted for in the owner's maintenance
program following initial base line inspections.
planning. As indicated in Figure 5, starting cycle,
It should be recognized that these borescope
power setting, fuel and level of steam or water
injection are key factors in determining the
maintenance interval requirements as these fac-
tors directly influence the life of critical gas tur-
bine parts.
In the GE approach to maintenance planning,
a gas fuel unit operating continuous duty, with
no water or steam injection, is established as the
baseline condition which sets the maximum
recommended maintenance intervals. For oper-
ation that differs from the baseline, mainte-
nance factors are established that determine
the increased level of maintenance that is
required. For example, a maintenance factor of
two would indicate a maintenance interval that
Figure 3: MS7001E gas turbine borescope inspection
is half of the baseline interval.
access locations

■ ■ 4
387
CARNOT COMPANY
nance interval. A graphical display of the GE

• Cyclic Effects approach is shown in Figure 7. In this figure, the
inspection interval recommendation is defined
by the rectangle established by the starts and
• Firing Temperature hours criteria. These recommendations for
inspection fall within the design life expecta-
• Fuel tions and are selected such that components
verified to be acceptable for continued use at
• Steam/Water Injection the inspection point will have low risk of failure
during the subsequent operating interval.
Figure 5: Maintenance cost and equipment life are An alternative to the GE approach, which is
influenced by key service factors sometimes employed by other manufacturers,
converts each start cycle to an equivalent num-
ber of operating hours (EOH) with inspection
Starts and Hours Criteria intervals based on the equivalent hours count.
Gas turbines wear in different ways for different For the reasons stated above, GE does not agree
service-duties, as shown in Figure 6. Thermal with this approach. This logic can create the
mechanical fatigue is the dominant limiter of impression of longer intervals, while in reality
life for peaking machines, while creep, oxida- more frequent maintenance inspections are
tion, and corrosion are the dominant limiters of required. Referring again to Figure 7, the starts
life for continuous duty machines. Interactions and hours inspection "rectangle" is reduced in
of these mechanisms are considered in the GE half as defined by the diagonal line from the
design criteria, but to a great extent are second starts limit at the upper left hand corner to the
order effects. For that reason, GE bases gas tur- hours limit at the lower right hand corner.
bine maintenance requirements on independ- Midrange duty applications, with hours per start
ent counts of starts and hours. Whichever crite- ratios of 30-50, are particularly penalized by this
ria limit is first reached determines the mainte- approach.
This is further illustrated in Figure 8 for the
example of an MS7001EA gas turbine operating
on gas fuel, at base load conditions with no
steam or water injection or trips from load. The
unit operates 4000 hours and 300 starts per
year. Following GE's recommendations, the
operator would perform the hot gas path
inspection after four years of operation, with
starts being the limiting condition. Performing
maintenance on this same unit based on an
equivalent hours criteria would require a hot
gas path inspection after 2.4 years. Similarly, for
a continuous duty application operating 8000
hours and 160 starts per year, the GE recom-
Figure 6: Causes of wear - Hot-Gas-Path components mendation would be to perform the hot gas

■ ■ 5
388
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 7: GE bases gas turbine maintenance requirements on independent counts of starts and hours
path inspection after three years of operation Service Factors

with the operating hours being the limiting
While GE does not ascribe to the equivalency of
condition for this case. The equivalent hours
starts to hours, there are equivalencies within a
criteria would set the hot gas path inspection
wear mechanism that must be considered. As
after 2.1 years of operation for this application.
shown in Figure 9, influences such as fuel type
Figure 8: Hot gas path maintenance interval comparisons. GE method vs. EOH method

■ ■ 6
389
CARNOT COMPANY
and quality, firing temperature setting, and the

amount of steam or water injection are consid- Maintenance Factors Reduce Maintenance Interval
ered with regard to the hours-based criteria.
1,400
Start up rate and the number of trips are con-
1,200 Starts Factors
• Trips
• Fasts Starts
Typical Max Inspection Intervals (MS6B/MS7EA) 1,000
Hot Gas Path Inspection 24,000 hrs or 1200 starts 800
Starts
Major Inspection 48,000 hrs or 2400 starts
600
Criterion is Hours or Starts (Whichever Occurs First) Hours Factors
400 • Firing Temperature
Factors Impacting Maintenance • Steam/Water Injection
200 • Fuel Type
Hours Factors
0
• Fuel Gas 1
Distillate 1.5 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
Crude 2 to 3 Thousands of Fired Hours

Residual 3 to 4
• Peak Load
• Water/Steam Injection Figure 10. GE maintenance interval for hot-gas inspections
Dry Control 1 (GTD-222)
Wet Control 1.9 (5% H2O GTD-222)
Starts Factors
in combustion hardware life, and frequently
• Trip from Full Load 8 contain corrosive elements such as sodium,
• Fast Load 2
• Emergency Start 20
potassium, vanadium and lead that can lead to
accelerated hot corrosion of turbine nozzles
Figure 9: Maintenance factors - hot-gas-path (buckets
and nozzles) and buckets. In addition, some elements in
these fuels can cause deposits either directly or
sidered with regard to the starts-based criteria. through compounds formed with inhibitors
In both cases, these influences may act to that are used to prevent corrosion. These
reduce the maintenance intervals. When these deposits impact performance and can lead to a
service or maintenance factors are involved in a need for more frequent maintenance.
unit's operating profile, the hot-gas-path main-
tenance "rectangle" that describes the specific Distillates, as refined, do not generally contain
maintenance criteria for this operation is high levels of these corrosive elements, but
reduced from the ideal case, as illustrated in harmful contaminants can be present in these
Figure 10. The following discussion will take a fuels when delivered to the site. Two common
closer look at the key operating factors and how ways of contaminating number two distillate
they can impact maintenance intervals as well as fuel oil are: salt water ballast mixing with the
parts refurbishment/replacement intervals. cargo during sea transport, and contamination
of the distillate fuel when transported to site in
Fuel tankers, tank trucks or pipelines that were pre-
Fuels burned in gas turbines range from clean viously used to transport contaminated fuel,
natural gas to residual oils and impact mainte- chemicals or leaded gasoline. From Figure 11, it
nance, as illustrated in Figure 11. Heavier hydro- can be seen that GE’s experience with distillate
carbon fuels have a maintenance factor ranging fuels indicates that the hot gas path mainte-
from three to four for residual fuel and two to nance factor can range from as low as one
three for crude oil fuels. These fuels generally (equivalent to natural gas) to as high as three.
release a higher amount of radiant thermal Unless operating experience suggests other-
energy, which results in a subsequent reduction wise, it is recommended that a hot gas path

■ ■ 7
390
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 11: Estimated effect of fuel type on maintenance
maintenance factor of 1.5 be used for operation of superheat at the turbine gas control valve
on distillate oil. Note also that contaminants in connection.
liquid fuels can affect the life of gas turbine aux- The prevention of hot corrosion of the turbine
iliary components such as fuel pumps and flow buckets and nozzles is mainly under the control
dividers. of the owner. Undetected and untreated, a sin-
As shown in Figure 11, gas fuels, which meet GE gle shipment of contaminated fuel can cause
specifications, are considered the optimum fuel substantial damage to the gas turbine hot gas
with regard to turbine maintenance and are path components. Potentially high mainte-
assigned no negative impact. The importance nance costs and loss of availability can be mini-
of proper fuel quality has been amplified with mized or eliminated by:
Dry Low NOx (DLN) combustion systems.
Proper adherence to GE fuel specifications in ■ Placing a proper fuel specification on
GEI-41040 is required to allow proper combus- the fuel supplier. For liquid fuels, each
tion system operation, and to maintain applica- shipment should include a report that
ble warranties. Liquid hydrocarbon carryover identifies specific gravity, flash point,
can expose the hot-gas-path hardware to severe viscosity, sulfur content, pour point
overtemperature conditions and can result in and ash content of the fuel.
significant reductions in hot-gas-path parts lives ■ Providing a regular fuel quality
or repair intervals. Owners can control this sampling and analysis program. As
potential issue by using effective gas scrubber part of this program, an online water
systems and by superheating the gaseous fuel in fuel oil monitor is recommended,
prior to use to provide a nominal 50°F (28°C) as is a portable fuel analyzer that, as a

■ ■ 8
391
CARNOT COMPANY
minimum, reads vanadium, lead,

sodium, potassium, calcium and
magnesium.
■ Providing proper maintenance of the
fuel treatment system when burning
heavier fuel oils and by providing
cleanup equipment for distillate fuels
when there is a potential for
contamination.
In addition to their presence in the fuel, con-
taminants can also enter the turbine via the Figure 12. Bucket life firing temperature effect for
inlet air and from the steam or water injected MS6001B/MS7001EA/MS9001E
for NOx emission control or power augmenta-
tion. Carryover from evaporative coolers is increases parts lives. This provides an opportu-
another source of contaminants. In some cases, nity to balance the negative effects of peak load
these sources of contaminants have been found operation by periods of operation at part load.
to cause hot-gas-path degradation equal to that However, it is important to recognize that the
seen with fuel-related contaminants. GE specifi- nonlinear behavior described above will not
cations define limits for maximum concentra- result in a one for one balance for equal mag-
tions of contaminants for fuel, air and nitudes of over and under firing operation.
steam/water. Rather, it would take six hours of operation at
Firing Temperatures -100°F/56°C under base conditions to compen-
sate for one hour operation at +100°F/56°C
Significant operation at peak load, because of
over base load conditions.
the higher operating temperatures, will require
more frequent maintenance and replacement It is also important to recognize that a reduc-
of hot-gas-path components. For an MS7001EA tion in load does not always mean a reduction
turbine, each hour of operation at peak load fir- in firing temperature. In heat recovery applica-
ing temperature (+100°F/56°C) is the same, tions, where steam generation drives overall
from a bucket parts life standpoint, as six hours plant efficiency, load is first reduced by reduc-
of operation at base load. This type of operation ing fuel and then closing variable inlet guide
will result in a maintenance factor of six. vanes to reduce inlet airflow while maintaining
Figure 12 defines the parts life effect correspon- maximum exhaust temperature. For these com-
ding to changes in firing temperature for the bined cycle applications, firing temperature
MS6001B/MS7001EA/ MS9001E. It should be does not decrease until load is reduced below
noted that this is not a linear relationship, approximately 80% of rated output. Conversely,
as a +200°F/111°C increase in firing tempera- a turbine running in simple cycle mode main-
ture would have an equivalency of six times six, tains full open inlet guide vanes during a load
or 36:1. reduction to 80% and will experience over a
Higher firing temperature reduces hot-gas-path 200°F/111°C reduction in firing temperature at
parts lives while lower firing temperature this output level. The hot-gas-path parts life

■ ■ 9
392
CARNOT COMPANY
effects for these different modes of operation

are obviously quite different. This turbine con-
trol effect is illustrated in Figure 13.
Figure 14. Heavy fuel maintenance factors
Figure 13. Firing temperature and load relationship -

heat recovery vs. simple cycle operation hot-gas transport properties. Higher gas con-
ductivity, in particular, increases the heat trans-
fer to the buckets and nozzles and can lead to
Firing temperature effects on hot gas path higher metal temperature and reduced parts
maintenance, as described above, relate to lives as shown in Figure 15.
clean burning fuels, such as natural gas and Parts life impact from steam or water injection
light distillates, where creep rupture of hot gas is related to the way the turbine is controlled.
path components is the primary life limiter and The control system on most base load applica-
is the mechanism that determines the hot gas tions reduces firing temperature as water or
path maintenance interval impact. With ash- steam is injected. This counters the effect of the
bearing heavy fuels, corrosion and deposits are higher heat transfer on the gas side and results
the primary influence and a different relation- in no impact on bucket life. On some installa-
ship with firing temperature exists. Figure 14
illustrates the sensitivity of hot gas path mainte-
nance factor to firing temperature for a heavy
fuel operation. It can be seen that while the sen-
sitivity to firing temperature is less, the mainte-
nance factor itself is higher due to issues relat-
ing to the corrosive elements contained in these
fuels.
Steam/Water Injection
Water (or steam) injection for emissions con-
trol or power augmentation can impact parts
lives and maintenance intervals even when the
water or steam meets GE specifications. This
relates to the effect of the added water on the Figure 15. Steam water injection and bucket nozzle life

■ ■ 10
393
CARNOT COMPANY
tions, however, the control system is designed to for units operating on dry control, range from
maintain firing temperature constant with one, for units equipped with GTD-222 second-
water injection level. This results in additional stage and third-stage nozzles, to a factor of 1.5
unit output but it decreases parts life as previ- for units equipped with FSX 414 nozzles and
ously described. Units controlled in this way are injecting 5% water. For wet control curve oper-
generally in peaking applications where annual ation, the maintenance factor is approximately
operating hours are low or where operators two at 5% water injection for GTD-222 and four
have determined that reduced parts lives are for FSX-414.
justified by the power advantage. GE describes
Cyclic Effects
these two modes of operation as dry control
curve operation and wet control curve opera- In the previous discussion, operating factors
tion, respectively. Figure 16 illustrates the wet that impact the hours-based maintenance crite-
and dry control curve and the performance dif- ria were described. For the starts-based mainte-
ferences that result from these two different nance criteria, operating factors associated with
modes of control. the cyclic effects produced during startup, oper-
ation and shutdown of the turbine must be con-
sidered. Operating conditions other than the
standard startup and shutdown sequence can
potentially reduce the cyclic life of the hot gas
path components and rotors, and, if present,
will require more frequent maintenance and
parts refurbishment and/or replacement.
Hot Gas Path Parts

Figure 17 illustrates the firing temperature
changes occurring over a normal startup and
Figure 16. Exhaust temperature control curve - dry vs. shutdown cycle. Light-off, acceleration, loading,
wet control MS7001EA unloading and shutdown all produce gas tem-
perature changes that produce corresponding
An additional factor associated with water or

steam injection relates to the higher aerody-
namic loading on the turbine components that
results from the injected water increasing the
cycle pressure ratio. This additional loading can
increase the downstream deflection rate of the
second- and third-stage nozzles, which would
reduce the repair interval for these compo-
nents. However, the introduction of GTD-222, a
new high creep strength stage two and three
nozzle alloy, has minimized this factor.
Figure 17. Turbine start/stop cycle - firing temperature
Maintenance factors relating to water injection changes

■ ■ 11
394
CARNOT COMPANY
metal temperature changes. For rapid changes ing edge heats up more quickly than the thick-
in gas temperature, the edges of the bucket or er bulk section of the airfoil. At full load condi-
nozzle respond more quickly than the thicker tions, the bucket reaches its maximum metal
bulk section, as pictured in Figure 18. These gra- temperature and a compressive strain produced
dients, in turn, produce thermal stresses that, from the normal steady state temperature gra-
dients that exist in the cooled part. At shut-
down, the conditions reverse where the faster
responding edges cool more quickly than the
bulk section, which results in a tensile strain at
the leading edge.
Thermal mechanical fatigue testing has found

that the number of cycles that a part can with-
stand before cracking occurs is strongly influ-
enced by the total strain range and the maxi-
mum metal temperature experienced. Any
operating condition that significantly increases
the strain range and/or the maximum metal
Figure 18. First stage bucket transient temperature temperature over the normal cycle conditions
distribution will act to reduce the fatigue life and increase
the starts-based maintenance factor. For exam-
when cycled, can eventually lead to cracking. ple, Figure 20 compares a normal operating
Figure 19 describes the temperature strain histo- cycle with one that includes a trip from full
ry of an MS7001EA stage 1 bucket during a nor- load. The significant increase in the strain
mal startup and shutdown cycle. Light-off and range for a trip cycle results in a life effect that
acceleration produce transient compressive equates to eight normal start/stop cycles, as
strains in the bucket as the fast responding lead- shown. Trips from part load will have a reduced
Figure 19. Bucket low cycle fatigue (LCF)

■ ■ 12
395
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 20. Low cycle fatigue life sensitivities - first stage bucket
impact because of the lower metal temperatures fast loading will produce a maintenance factor
at the initiation of the trip event. Figure 21 illus- of two.
trates that while a trip from loads greater than While the factors described above will decrease
80% has an 8:1 maintenance factor, a trip from the starts-based maintenance interval, part load
full speed no load would have a maintenance operating cycles would allow for an extension of
factor of 2:1. the maintenance interval. Figure 22 is a guide-
Similarly to trips from load, emergency starts line that could be used in considering this type
and fast loading will impact the starts-based of operation. For example, two operating cycles
maintenance interval. This again relates to the to maximum load levels of less than 60% would
increased strain range that is associated with equate to one start to a load greater than 60%
these events. Emergency starts where units are or, stated another way, would have a mainte-
brought from standstill to full load in less than nance factor of .5.
five minutes will have a parts life effect equal to
20 normal start cycles and a normal start with
Figure 21. Maintenance factor - trips from load Figure 22. Maintenance factor - effect of start cycle
maximum load level
■ ■ 13
396
CARNOT COMPANY
Rotor Parts determined for an application's duty cycle to

quantify the rotor life reductions associated
In addition to the hot gas path components, the
with different severity levels. The maintenance
rotor structure maintenance and refurbishment
factors so determined are used to adjust the
requirements are impacted by the cyclic effects
rotor component inspection, repair and
associated with startup, operation and shut-
replacement intervals that are appropriate to
down. Maintenance factors specific to an appli-
that particular duty cycle.
cation's operating profile and rotor design must
be determined and incorporated into the oper- Though the concept of rotor maintenance fac-
ators maintenance planning. Disassembly and tors is applicable to all gas turbine rotors, only
inspection of all rotor components is required MS7001/9001F and FA rotors will be discussed
when the accumulated rotor starts reach the in detail. The rotor maintenance factor for a
inspection limit. (See Figure 44 and Figure 45 in startup is a function of the downtime following
Inspection Internal Section) a previous period of operation. As downtime
increases, the rotor metal temperature
For the rotor, the thermal condition when the
approaches ambient conditions and thermal
start-up sequence is initiated is a major factor in
fatigue impact during a subsequent start-up
determining the rotor maintenance interval
increases. Since the most limiting location
and individual rotor component life. Rotors
determines the overall rotor impact, the rotor
that are cold when the startup commences
maintenance factor is determined from the
develop transient thermal stresses as the turbine
upper bound locus of the rotor maintenance
is brought on line. Large rotors with their
factors at these various features. For example,
longer thermal time constants develop higher
cold starts are assigned a rotor maintenance fac-
thermal stresses than smaller rotors undergoing
tor of two and hot starts a rotor maintenance
the same startup time sequence. High thermal
factor of less than one due to the lower thermal
stresses will reduce maintenance intervals and
stress under hot conditions.
thermal mechanical fatigue life.
Cold starts are not the only operating factor
The steam turbine industry recognized the that influences rotor maintenance intervals and
need to adjust startup times in the 1950 to 1970 component life. Fast starts and fast loading,
time period when power generation market where the turbine is ramped quickly to load,
growth led to larger and larger steam turbines increase thermal gradients and are more severe
operating at higher temperatures. Similar to duty for the rotor. Trips from load and particu-
the steam turbine rotor size increases of the larly trips followed by immediate restarts reduce
1950s and 1960s, gas turbine rotors have seen a the rotor maintenance interval as do hot
growth trend in the 1980s and 1990s as the tech- restarts within the first hour of a hot shutdown.
nology has advanced to meet the demand for Figure 23 lists recommended operating factors
combined cycle power plants with high power that should be used to determine the rotor's
density and thermal efficiency. overall maintenance factor for PG7241 and
With these larger rotors, lessons learned from PG9351 design rotors. The factors to be used
both the steam turbine experience and the for other models are determined by applicable
more recent gas turbine experience should be Technical Information Letters.
factored into the start-up control for the gas tur- The significance of each of these factors to the
bine and/or maintenance factors should be maintenance requirements of the rotor is

■ ■ 14
397
CARNOT COMPANY
7241/9351* Design determined by service hours rather

than starts.
Figure 24 lists operating profiles on the high end
of each of these three general categories of gas
turbine applications.
As can be seen in Figure 24, these duty cycles
have different combinations of hot, warm and
cold starts with each starting condition having a
different impact on rotor maintenance interval
as previously discussed. As a result, the starts
based rotor maintenance interval will depend
Figure 23. Operation related maintenance factors on an applications specific duty cycle. In a later
section, a method will be described that allows
dependent on the type of operation that the Peaking ~ Cyclic ~ Continuous

unit sees. There are three general categories of
operation that are typical of most gas turbine
applications. These are peaking, cyclic and
continuous duty as described below:
■ Peaking units have a relatively high
starting frequency and a low number
of hours per start. Operation follows a
seasonal demand. Peaking units will
generally see a high percentage of
cold starts. Figure 24. 7EA gas turbine typical operational profile
■ Cyclic duty units start daily with only
weekend shutdowns. Twelve to sixteen the turbine operator to determine a mainte-
hours per start is typical which results nance factor that is specific to the operation's
in a warm rotor condition for a large duty cycle. This maintenance factor uses the
percentage of the starts. Cold starts are rotor maintenance factors described above in
generally seen only following a startup combination with the actual duty cycle of a spe-
after a maintenance outage or cific application and can be used to determine
following a two day weekend outage. rotor inspection intervals. In this calculation,
■ Continuous duty applications see a the reference duty cycle that yields a starts
high number of hours per start and based maintenance factor equal to one is
most starts are cold because outages defined in Figure 25. Duty cycles different from
are generally maintenance driven. the Figure 25 definition, in particular duty cycles
While the percentage of cold starts is with more cold starts, or a high number of trips,
high, the total number of starts is low. will have a maintenance factor greater than
The rotor maintenance interval on one.
continuous duty units will be

■ ■ 15
398
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 26 illustrates, compressor fouling to the

extent that airflow is reduced by 5%, will reduce
output by 13% and increase heat rate by 5.5%
Fortunately, much can be done through proper
operation and maintenance procedures to min-
imize fouling type losses. On-line compressor
wash systems are available that are used to main-
tain compressor efficiency by washing the com-
pressor while at load, before significant fouling
has occurred. Off-line systems are used to clean
heavily fouled compressors. Other procedures
include maintaining the inlet filtration system
Figure 25. Baseline for starts based maintenance
and inlet evaporative coolers as well as periodic
factor definitions
inspection and prompt repair of compressor
blading.
Air Quality
Maintenance and operating costs are also influ-
enced by the quality of the air that the turbine
consumes. In addition to the deleterious effects
of airborne contaminants on hot-gas-path com-
ponents, contaminants such as dust, salt and oil
can also cause compressor blade erosion, corro-
sion and fouling. Twenty-micron particles enter-
ing the compressor can cause significant blade
erosion. Fouling can be caused by submicron
dirt particles entering the compressor as well as
from ingestion of oil vapor, smoke, sea salt and
industrial vapors.
Corrosion of compressor blading causes pitting Figure 26. Deterioration of gas turbine performance due
of the blade surface, which, in addition to to compressor blade fouling
increasing the surface roughness, also serves as
potential sites for fatigue crack initiation. These
surface roughness and blade contour changes There are also non-recoverable losses. In the
will decrease compressor airflow and efficiency, compressor, these are typically caused by non-
which in turn reduces the gas turbine output deposit-related blade surface roughness, ero-
and overall thermal efficiency. sion and blade tip rubs. In the turbine, nozzle
Generally, axial flow compressor deterioration throat area changes, bucket tip clearance
is the major cause of loss in gas turbine output increases and leakages are potential causes.
and efficiency. Recoverable losses, attributable Some degree of unrecoverable performance
to compressor blade fouling, typically account degradation should be expected, even on a well-
for 70 to 85 of the performance losses seen. As maintained gas turbine.

■ ■ 16
399
CARNOT COMPANY
The owner, by regularly monitoring and record- where starting reliability is of primary concern.
ing unit performance parameters, has a very This inspection includes routinely servicing the
valuable tool for diagnosing possible compres- battery system, changing filters, checking oil
sor deterioration. and water levels, cleaning relays and checking
device calibrations. Servicing can be performed
Maintenance Inspections in offpeak periods without interrupting the
Maintenance inspection types may be broadly availability of the turbine. A periodic startup
classified as standby, running and disassembly test run is an essential part of the standby
inspections. The standby inspection is per- inspection.
formed during off-peak periods when the unit is The Maintenance and Instructions Manual, as
not operating and includes routine servicing of well as the Service Manual Instruction Books,
accessory systems and device calibration. The contain information and drawings necessary to
running inspection is performed by observing perform these periodic checks. Among the
key operating parameters while the turbine is most useful drawings in the Service Manual
running. The disassembly inspection requires Instruction Books for standby maintenance are
opening the turbine for inspection of internal the control specifications, piping schematic and
components and is performed in varying electrical elementaries. These drawings provide
degrees. Disassembly inspections progress from the calibrations, operating limits, operating
the combustion inspection to the hot-gas-path characteristics and sequencing of all control
inspection to the major inspection as shown in devices. This information should be used regu-
Figure 27. Details of each of these inspections larly by operating and maintenance personnel.
are described below. Careful adherence to minor standby inspection
maintenance can have a significant effect on
Standby Inspections reducing overall maintenance costs and main-
Standby inspections are performed on all gas taining high turbine reliability. It is essential
turbines but pertain particularly to gas turbines that a good record be kept of all inspections
used in peaking and intermittent-duty service made and of the maintenance work performed
Figure 27. MS7001EA heavy-duty gas turbine - shutdown inspection

■ ■ 17
400
CARNOT COMPANY
in order to ensure establishing a sound mainte- time. This list is only a minimum and other
nance program. parameters should be used as necessary. A
graph of these parameters will help provide a
Running Inspections
basis for judging the conditions of the system.
Running inspections consist of the general and Deviations from the norm help pinpoint
continued observations made while a unit is impending trouble, changes in calibration or
operating. This starts by establishing baseline damaged components.
operating data during initial startup of a new
unit and after any major disassembly work. Load vs. Exhaust Temperature
This baseline then serves as a reference from The general relationship between load and
which subsequent unit deterioration can be exhaust temperature should be observed and
measured. compared to previous data. Ambient tempera-
ture and barometric pressure will have some
Data should be taken to establish normal equip-
effect upon the absolute temperature level.
ment start-up parameters as well as key steady
High exhaust temperature can be an indicator
state operating parameters. Steady state is
of deterioration of internal parts, excessive
defined as conditions at which no more than a
leaks or a fouled air compressor. For mechani-
5°F/3°C change in wheelspace temperature
cal drive applications, it may also be an indica-
occurs over a 15-minute time period.
tion of increased power required by the driven
Data must be taken at regular intervals and equipment.
should be recorded to permit an evaluation of
the turbine performance and maintenance Vibration Level
requirements as a function of operating time. The vibration signature of the unit should be
This operating inspection data, summarized in observed and recorded. Minor changes will
Figure 28, includes: load versus exhaust temper- occur with changes in operating conditions.
ature, vibration, fuel flow and pressure, lube oil However, large changes or a continuously
pressure, exhaust gas temperatures, exhaust increasing trend give indications of the need to
temperature spread variation and startup apply corrective action.
• Speed • Pressures
• Load – Compressor Discharge
• Fired Starts – Lube Pump(s)
• Fired Hours – Bearing Heading
• Site Barometric Reading – Cooling Water
• Temperatures – Fuel
– Inlet Ambient – Filters (Fuel, Lube, Inlet Air)
– Compressor Discharge • Vibration Data for Power Train
– Turbine Exhaust • Generator
– Turbine Wheelspace – Output Voltage – Field Voltage
– Lube Oil Header – Phase Current – Field Current
– Lube Oil Tank – VARS – Stator Temp.
– Bearing Drains – Load – Vibration
– Exhaust • Start-Up Time
• Coast-Down Time
Figure 28. Operating inspection data parameters

■ ■ 18
401
CARNOT COMPANY
Fuel Flow and Pressure Close observation and monitoring of these

operating parameters will serve as the basis for
The fuel system should be observed for the gen-
effectively planning maintenance work and
eral fuel flow versus load relationship. Fuel pres-
material requirements needed for subsequent
sures through the system should be observed.
shutdown periods.
Changes in fuel pressure can indicate the fuel
nozzle passages are plugged, or that fuel meter- Combustion Inspection
ing elements are damaged or out of calibration.
The combustion inspection is a relatively short
Exhaust Temperature and Spread Variation disassembly shutdown inspection of fuel noz-
zles, liners, transition pieces, crossfire tubes and
The most important control function to be
retainers, spark plug assemblies, flame detec-
observed is the exhaust temperature fuel over-
tors and combustor flow sleeves. This inspec-
ride system and the back-up over temperature
tion concentrates on the combustion liners,
trip system. Routine verification of the opera-
transition pieces fuel nozzles and end caps
tion and calibration of these functions will min-
which are recognized as being the first to
imize wear on the hot-gas-path parts.
require replacement and repair in a good main-
The variations in turbine exhaust temperature
tenance program. Proper inspection, mainte-
spread should be measured and monitored on
nance and repair (Figure 29) of these items will
a regular basis. Large changes or a continuous-
contribute to a longer life of the downstream
ly increasing trend in exhaust temperature
parts, such as turbine nozzles and buckets.
spread indicate combustion system deteriora-
Figure 27 illustrates the section of an MS7001EA
tion or fuel distribution problems. If the prob-
unit that is disassembled for a combustion
lem is not corrected, the life of downstream hot-
inspection. The combustion liners, transition
gas-path parts will be reduced.
pieces and fuel nozzle assemblies should be
Start-Up Time removed and replaced with new or repaired
Start-up time is an excellent reference against components to minimize downtime. The
which subsequent operating parameters can be removed liners, transition pieces and fuel noz-
compared and evaluated. A curve of the starting zles can then be cleaned and repaired after the
parameters of speed, fuel signal, exhaust tem-
perature and critical sequence bench marks ver-
sus time from the initial start signal will provide
a good indication of the condition of the con-
trol system. Deviations from normal conditions
help pinpoint impending trouble, changes in
calibration or damaged components.
Coast-Down Time
Coast-down time is an excellent indicator of
bearing alignment and bearing condition. The
time period from when the fuel is shut off on a
normal shutdown until the rotor comes to a
standstill can be compared and evaluated. Figure 29. Combustion inspection - key elements

■ ■ 19
402
CARNOT COMPANY
unit is returned to operation and be available ■ Visually inspect the compressor inlet
for the next combustion inspection interval. and turbine exhaust areas, checking
Typical combustion inspection requirements condition of IGVs, IGV bushings, last-
for MS6001B/7001EA/9001E machines are: stage buckets and exhaust system
■ Inspect and identify combustion components.
chamber components. ■ Verify proper operation of purge and
■ Inspect and identify each crossfire check valves. Confirm proper setting
tube, retainer and combustion liner. and calibration of the combustion
controls.
■ Inspect combustion chamber interior
for debris and foreign objects. After the combustion inspection is complete
and the unit is returned to service, the removed
■ Inspect flow sleeve welds for cracking.
combustion liners and transition pieces can be
Inspect transition piece for wear and
bench inspected and repaired, if necessary, by
cracks.
either competent on-site personnel, or off-site
■ Inspect fuel nozzles for plugging at at a qualified GE Combustion Service Center.
tips, erosion of tip holes and safety The removed fuel nozzles can be cleaned on-
lock of tips. site and flow tested on-site, if suitable test facili-
■ Inspect all fluid, air, and gas passages ties are available. For F Class gas turbines it is
in nozzle assembly for plugging, recommended that repairs and fuel nozzle flow
erosion, burning, etc. testing be performed at qualified GE Service
■ Inspect spark plug assembly for Centers.
freedom from binding, check
Hot-Gas-Path Inspection
condition of electrodes and insulators.
The purpose of a hot-gas-path inspection is to
■ Replace all consumables and normal
examine those parts exposed to high tempera-
wear-and-tear items such as seals,
tures from the hot gases discharged from the
lockplates, nuts, bolts, gaskets, etc.
combustion process. The hot-gas-path inspec-
■ Perform visual inspection of first-stage tion outlined in Figure 30 includes the full scope
turbine nozzle partitions and of the combustion inspection and, in addition,
borescope inspect (Figure 3) turbine a detailed inspection of the turbine nozzles, sta-
buckets to mark the progress of wear tionary stator shrouds and turbine buckets. To
and deterioration of these parts. This perform this inspection, the top half of the tur-
inspection will help establish the bine shell must be removed. Prior to shell
schedule for the hot-gas-path removal, proper machine centerline support
inspection. using mechanical jacks is necessary to assure
■ Perform borescope inspection of proper alignment of rotor to stator, obtain accu-
compressor. rate half-shell clearances and prevent twisting of
■ Enter the combustion wrapper and the stator casings. The MS7001EA jacking pro-
observe the condition of blading in cedure is illustrated in Figure 31.
the aft end of axial-flow compressor For inspection of the hot-gas-path (Figure 27),
with a borescope. all combustion transition pieces and the first-

■ ■ 20
403
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 30. Hot-gas-path inspection - key elements
Figure 31. Stator tube jacking procedure - MS7001EA
stage turbine nozzle assemblies must be ■ Inspect and record condition of first-,
removed. Removal of the second- and third- second- and third-stage buckets. If it is
stage turbine nozzle segment assemblies is determined that the turbine buckets
optional, depending upon the results of visual should be removed, follow bucket
observations and clearance measurement. The removal and condition recording
buckets can usually be inspected in place. Also, instructions. The first-stage bucket
it is usually worthwhile to fluorescent penetrant protective coating should be evaluated
inspect (FPI) the bucket vane sections to detect for remaining coating life.
any cracks. In addition, a complete set of inter- ■ Inspect and record condition of first-,
nal turbine radial and axial clearances (open- second- and third-stage nozzles.
ing and closing) must be taken during any hot-
■ Inspect and record condition of later-
gas-path inspection. Typical hot gas-path inspec-
stage nozzle diaphragm packings.
tion requirements for all machines are:

■ ■ 21
404
CARNOT COMPANY
Check seals for rubs and deterioration inspection. The second- and third-stage nozzles
of clearance. may require refurbishment to re-establish the
■ Record the bucket tip clearances. proper axial clearances. Normally, turbine
Inspect bucket shank seals for nozzles can be repaired several times to extend
clearance, rubs and deterioration. life and it is generally repair cost versus
replacement cost that dictates the replacement
■ Check the turbine stationary shrouds
decision.
for clearance, cracking, erosion,
oxidation, rubbing and build-up. Coatings play a critical role in protecting the
■ Check and replace any faulty first stage buckets to ensure that the full capa-
wheelspace thermocouples. bility of the high strength superalloy is main-
tained and that the bucket rupture life meets
■ Enter compressor inlet plenum and
design expectations. This is particularly true
observe the condition of the forward
of cooled bucket designs that operate above
section of the compressor. Pay specific
1985°F (1085°C) firing temperature. Signi-
attention to IGVs, looking for
ficant exposure of the base metal to the envi-
corrosion, bushing wear evidenced by
ronment will accelerate the creep rate and can
excessive clearance and vane cracking.
lead to premature replacement through a com-
■ Enter the combustion wrapper and, bination of increased temperature and stress
with a borescope, observe the and a reduction in material strength, as
condition of the blading in the aft end described in Figure 32. This degradation process
of the axial flow compressor. is driven by oxidation of the unprotected base
■ Visually inspect the turbine exhaust alloy. In the past, on early generation uncooled
area for any signs of cracking or designs, surface degradation due to corrosion
deterioration. or oxidation was considered to be a perform-
The first-stage turbine nozzle assembly is ance issue and not a factor in bucket life. This is
exposed to the direct hot-gas discharge from no longer the case at the higher firing tempera-
the combustion process and is subjected to the tures of current generation designs.
highest gas temperatures in the turbine section. Given the importance of coatings, it must be
Such conditions frequently cause nozzle crack- recognized that even the best coatings available
ing and oxidation and, in fact, this is expected. will have a finite life and the condition of the
The second- and third-stage nozzles are coating will play a major role in determining
exposed to high gas bending loads which, in bucket replacement life. Refurbishment
combination with the operating temperatures, through stripping and recoating is an option
can lead to downstream deflection and closure for extending bucket life, but if recoating is
of critical axial clearances. To a degree, nozzle selected, it should be done before the coating
distress can be tolerated and criteria have been has breached to expose base metal. Normally,
established for determining when repair is for turbines in the MS7001EA class, this means
required. These limits are contained in the that recoating will be required at the hot-gas-
Maintenance and Instruction Books previously path inspection. If recoating is not performed
described. However, as a general rule, first stage at the hot-gas-path inspection, the runout life of
nozzles will require repair at the hot-gas path the buckets would generally extend to the

■ ■ 22
405
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 32. Stage 1 bucket oxidation and bucket life
major inspection, at which point the buckets ine all of the internal rotating and stationary
would be replaced. For F class gas turbines components from the inlet of the machine
recoating of the first stage buckets is recom- through the exhaust section of the machine. A
mended at each hot gas path inspection. major inspection should be scheduled in accor-
Recoating is not considered an option for buck- dance with the recommendations in the
ets with uncoated cooling holes. The economics owner's Maintenance and Instructions Manual
of recoating buckets must look at the cost to or as modified by the results of previous
recoat versus the cost to replace buckets at borescope and hot-gas-path inspection. The
more frequent intervals. Economic evaluations work scope shown in Figure 33 involves inspec-
of this tradeoff suggest that recoating may make tion of all of the major flange-to-flange compo-
sense for the larger designs but less so for the nents of the gas turbine which are subject to
smaller frame sizes. deterioration during normal turbine operation.
This inspection includes previous elements of
Visual and borescope examination of the hot
the combustion and hot-gas-path inspections, in
gas-path parts during the combustion inspec-
addition to laying open the complete flange-to-
tions as well as nozzle-deflection measurements
flange gas turbine to the horizontal joints, as
will allow the operator to monitor distress pat-
shown in Figure 34, with inspections being per-
terns and progression. This makes part-life pre-
formed on individual items.
dictions more accurate and allows adequate
time to plan for replacement or refurbishment Prior to removing casings, shells and frames,
at the time of the hot-gas-path inspection. It is the unit must be properly supported. Proper
important to recognize that to avoid extending centerline support using mechanical jacks and
the hot-gas-path inspection, the necessary spare jacking sequence procedures are necessary to
parts should be on site prior to taking the unit assure proper alignment of rotor to stator,
out of service. obtain accurate half shell clearances and to pre-
vent twisting of the casings while on the half
Major Inspection
shell.
The purpose of the major inspection is to exam-

■ ■ 23
406
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 33. Gas turbine major inspection - key elements
Figure 34. Major inspection work scope
Typical major inspection requirements for all cracking.

machines are: ■ Rotor and stator compressor blades
■ All radial and axial clearances are are checked for tip clearance, rubs,
checked against their original values impact damage, corrosion pitting,
(opening and closing). bowing and cracking.
■ Casings, shells and frames/ diffusers ■ Turbine stationary shrouds are
are inspected for cracks and erosion. checked for clearance, erosion,
■ Compressor inlet and compressor rubbing, cracking, and build-up.
flow-path are inspected for fouling, ■ Seals and hook fits of turbine nozzles
erosion, corrosion and leakage. The and diaphragms are inspected for
IGVs are inspected, looking for rubs, erosion, fretting or thermal
corrosion, bushing wear and vane deterioration.

■ ■ 24
407
CARNOT COMPANY
■ Turbine buckets are removed and a planned basis allowing adequate lead times.
non-destructive check of buckets and Early identification of spare parts requirements
wheel dovetails is performed (first ensures their availability at the time the
stage bucket protective coating should planned inspections are performed. There are
be evaluated for remaining coating two documents which support the ordering of
life). First-stage buckets that were not gas turbine parts by catalog number. The first is
recoated at the hot-gas-path inspection the Renewal Parts Catalog - Illustrations and
should be replaced. Text. This document contains generic illustra-
■ Rotor inspections recommended in tions which are used for identifying parts. The
the maintenance and inspection second document, the Renewal Parts Catalog
manual or by Technical Information Ordering Data Manual, contains unit site-spe-
Letters should be performed. cific catalog ordering data.
■ Bearing liners and seals are inspected Additional benefits available from the renewal
for clearance and wear. parts catalog data system are the capability to
■ Inlet systems are inspected for prepare recommended spare parts lists for the
corrosion, cracked silencers and loose combustion, hot-gas-path and major inspec-
parts. tions as well as capital and operational spares.
■ Exhaust systems are inspected for Furthermore, interchangeability lists may be

cracks, broken silencer panels or prepared for multiple units. The information
insulation panels. contained in the Catalog Ordering Data
Manual can be provided as a computer print-
■ Check alignment - gas turbine to
out, on microfiche or on a computer disc. As
generator/gas turbine to accessory
the size of the database grows, and as generic
gear.
illustrations are added, the usefulness of this
Comprehensive inspection and maintenance tool will be continuously enhanced.
guidelines have been developed by GE and are
Typical expectations for estimated repair cycles
provided in the Maintenance and Instructions
for some of the major components are shown in
Manual to assist users in performing each of the
Figure 35. Many engineering judgments are
inspections previously described.
built into this table, including base-load contin-
uous duty on natural-gas fuel and operation of
Parts Planning
the unit in accordance with all of the manufac-
Lack of adequate on-site spares can have a turer's specifications and instructions.
major effect on plant availability; therefore, Maintenance inspections and repairs are also
prior to a scheduled disassembly type of inspec- assumed to be done in accordance with the
tion, adequate spares should be on site. A manufacturer's specifications and instructions.
planned outage such as a combustion inspec- The actual repair and replacement cycles for
tion, which should only take two to five days, any particular gas turbine should be based on
could take weeks. GE will provide recommen- the user's operating procedures, experience,
dations regarding the types and quantities of maintenance practices and repair practices.
spare parts needed; however, it is up to the The maintenance factors previously described
owner to purchase these spare parts on a can have a major impact on both the compo-

■ ■ 25
408
CARNOT COMPANY
With earlier production hardware, some of

these lives may not be achieved. Operating fac-
tors and experience gained during the course
of recommended inspection and maintenance
procedures will be a more accurate predictor of
the actual intervals.
It should be recognized that, in some cases, the
service life of a component is reached when it is
no longer economical to repair any deteriora-
tion as opposed to replacing at a fixed interval.
This is illustrated in Figure 36 for a first stage
nozzle, where repairs continue until either the
Figure 35. Estimated repair and replacement cycles
(MS6001B/MS7001EA/MS9001E) nozzle cannot be restored to minimum accept-
ance standards or the repair cost exceeds or
approaches the replacement cost. In other
nent repair interval and service life. For this cases, such as first-stage buckets, repair options
reason, the intervals given in Figure 35 should are limited by factors such as irreversible mate-
only be used as guidelines and not certainties rial damage. In both cases, users should follow
for long range parts planning. Owners may GE recommendations regarding replacement
want to include contingencies in their parts or repair of these components.
planning.
While the parts lives for Figure 35 and Figures
Figures 37–40 show expected repair and replace- 37–40 are guidelines, the life consumption of
ment cycles for MS6001FA, MS7001F/ FA and individual parts within a parts set can have vari-
MS9001F/FA machines. These values reflect ations. The repair versus replacement econom-
current production hardware. To achieve these ics shown in Figure 36 may lead to a certain per-
lives, current production parts with design centage of "fallout", or scrap, of parts being
improvements and newer coatings are required. repaired. Those parts that fallout during the
Figure 36. First-stage nozzle wear-preventive maintenance gas fired - continuous dry - base load

■ ■ 26
409
CARNOT COMPANY

■ ■ 27
410
CARNOT COMPANY
repair process will need to be replaced by new NOx combustor. Considering the maintenance
parts. The amount of fallout of parts depends factors discussed previously, an adjustment
on the unit operating environment history, the from these maximum intervals may be neces-
specific part design, and the current state-of- sary, based on the specific operating conditions
the-art for repair technology. of a given application. Initially, this determina-
tion is based on the expected operation of a tur-
Inspection Intervals bine installation, but this should be reviewed
Figure 41 lists the recommended combustion, and adjusted as actual operating and mainte-
hot-gas-path and major inspection intervals for nance data are accumulated. While reductions
current production GE turbines operating in the maximum intervals will result from the
under ideal conditions of gas fuel, base load, no factors described previously, increases in the
water or steam injection, and without a Dry Low maximum interval can also be considered
Hours/Starts
Type of MS32/51/52 MS6B MS7E/EA 9E MS6F/7F/9F

Inspection Uprates
Combustion 12,000/800 12,000/1,200 8,000/800 8,000/800 8,000/400

Hot Gas Path Eliminated/1,200 24,000/1,200 24,000/1,200 24,000/900 24,000/900
Major 48,000/2,400 48,000/2,400 48,000/2,400 48,000/2,400 48,000/2,400
Factors That Can Reduce Maintenance Intervals

• Fuel • Trips From Load
• Load Setting • Start Cycle
• Steam/Water Injection • HGP Hardware Design
• Peak Load TF Operation
Figure 41. Base line recommended inspection intervals: base load - gas fuel - dry

■ ■ 28
411
CARNOT COMPANY
where operating experience has been favorable.

The condition of the hot-gas-path parts pro-
vides a good basis for customizing a program of
inspection and maintenance.
GE can assist operators in determining the

appropriate maintenance intervals for their par-
ticular application. Equations have been devel-
oped that account for the factors described ear-
lier and can be used to determine application
specific hot-gas-path and major inspection
intervals. The hours-based hot-gas-path criteri-
on is determined from the equation given in
Figure 42. With this equation, a maintenance Figure 42. Hot gas path inspection: hours-based criterion
factor is determined that is the ratio of factored
operating hours and actual operating hours.
The factored hours consider the specifics of the mined from the equation given in Figure 43. As
duty cycle relating to fuel type, load setting and with the hours-based criteria, an application
steam or water injection. Maintenance factors specific starts-based hot gas path inspection
greater than one reduce the hot gas path interval is calculated from a maintenance factor
inspection interval from the 24,000 hour ideal that is determined from the number of trips
case for continuous base load, gas fuel and no typically being experienced, the load level and
steam or water injection. To determine the loading rate.
application specific maintenance interval, the The starts-based rotor maintenance interval is
maintenance factor is divided into 24,000, as determined from the equation given in Figure
shown in Figure 42. 44. Adjustments to the rotor maintenance inter-
The starts-based hot-gas-path criterion is deter- val are determined from rotor-based operating
factors as were described previously. In the cal-
MS6001/7001/9001
Maintenance Interval = S
(Starts) Maintenance Factor
Where:
Factored Starts
Maintenance Factor = η
Actual Starts
Factored Starts = (0.5 NA + NB + 1.3NP + 20E + 2F + Σ aTI TI)
Actual Starts = (NA + NB + NP + E + F + T) i-1
Actual Starts = (NA + NB + NP + E + F + T)
S = Maximum Starts-Based Maintenance Interval (Model Size Dependent)
NA = Annual Number of Part Load Start/Stop Cycles (<60% Load)
NB = Annual Number of Normal Base Load Start/Stop Cycles
NP = Annual Number of Peak Load Start/Stop Cycles
E = Annual Number of Emergency Starts
F = Annual Number of Fast Load Starts
T = Annual Number of Trips
aT = Trip Severity Factor = f (Load) (See Figure 21)
η = Number of Trip Categories (i.e., Full Load, Part Load, etc.)
Model Series S Model Series S

MS6B/MS7EA 1,200 MS9E 900
MS6FA 1,200 MS7F/7FA/9F/9FA 900
Figure 43. Hot gas path inspection starts-based condition

■ ■ 29
412
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 44. Rotor maintenance factor for starts-based criterion
culation for the starts-based rotor maintenance adder as noted in Figure 45.
interval, equivalent starts are determined for For rotors other than Frame MS7001/9001F
cold, warm, and hot starts over a defined time and FA, rotor maintenance should be per-
period by multiplying the appropriate cold, formed at intervals recommended by GE
warm and hot start operating factor times and through issued Technical Information Letters.
number of cold, warm and hot starts respective- Where no recommendations have been made,
ly. In this calculation, the type of start must be rotor inspection should be performed at 5,000
considered. Additionally, equivalent starts for starts or 200,000 hours.
trips from load are added. The equivalent start
As previously described, the hours and starts
total is divided by the actual number of starts to
operating spectrum for the application is evalu-
yield the maintenance factor. The rotor starts
ated against the recommended hot gas path
based maintenance interval for a specific appli-
intervals for starts and for hours. The limiting
cation is determined by dividing the baseline
rotor maintenance interval of 5000 starts by the
calculated maintenance factor. As indicated in
Figure 44, the rotor maximum maintenance
interval is 5000 starts. Calculated maintenance
factors that are less than one are not consid-
ered.
Figure 45 describes the procedure to determine
the hours-based maintenance criterion. Peak
load operation is the primary maintenance fac-
tor for the Frame MS7001/9001F and FA class
rotors and will act to increase the hours-based
maintenance factor and to reduce the rotor
maintenance interval. Hours on turning gear Figure 45. Rotor maintenance factor for hours based
are also considered as an equivalent hours criterion

■ ■ 30
413
CARNOT COMPANY
criterion (hours or starts) determines the maintenance inspection man-hour assumptions,
tenance interval. An example of the use of these such as the use of an average crew of workers in
equations is contained in the appendix. the United States with trade skill (but not nec-
essarily direct gas turbine experience), with all
While the hot-gas-path and major inspection
needed tools and replacement parts (no repair
interval can be determined from the equations
time) available, an estimate can be made. These
given in Figures 42–45, the combustion intervals
estimated craft labor man-hours should include
have not been reduced to that form.
controls and accessories and the generator. In
Recommendations are provided that are specif-
addition to the craft labor, additional resources
ic to the combustion hardware design, fuel,
are needed for technical direction of the craft
type of diluent and emissions level.
labor force, specialized tooling, engineering
Recommendations for combustion intervals for
reports, and site mobilization/de-mobilization.
specific application can be provided by the GE
Energy Services representative. Inspection frequencies and the amount of
downtime varies within the gas turbine fleet due
As an example, Figure 46 describes the recom- to different duty cycles and the economic need
mended combustion inspection intervals for for a unit to be in a state of operational readi-
the MS7001EA. As noted, application of the ness. It can be demonstrated that an 8000-hour
new Extendor™ Combustion System Wear Kit interval for a combustion inspection with mini-
has the potential to significantly increase the mum downtime can be achievable based on the
stated intervals. above factors. Contact your local GE Energy
Services representative for the specific man-
Manpower Planning hours and recommended crew size for your spe-
It is essential that advanced manpower plan- cific unit.
ning be conducted prior to an outage. It should Depending upon the extent of work to be done
be understood that a wide range of experience, during each maintenance task, a cooldown peri-
productivity and working conditions exist od of 4 to 24 hours may be required. This time
around the world. However, based upon main- can be utilized productively for job move-in,
Figure 46. Combustion inspection intervals - MS7001EA

■ ■ 31
414
CARNOT COMPANY
correct tagging and locking equipment out-of- operating and maintenance personnel, follow-
service and general work preparations. At the ing the manufacturer's recommendations, reg-
conclusion of the maintenance work and sys- ular periodic inspections and the stocking of
tems check out, a turning gear time of two to spare parts for immediate replacement. The
eight hours is normally allocated prior to start- recording of operating data, and analysis of
ing the unit. This time can be used for job these data, are essential to preventative and
clean-up and arranging for any repairs required planned maintenance. A key factor in achieving
on removed parts. this goal is a commitment by the owner to pro-
Local GE field service representatives are avail- vide effective outage management and full uti-
able to help plan your maintenance work to lization of published instructions and the avail-
reduce downtime and labor costs. This planned able service support facilities.
approach will outline the renewal parts that It should be recognized that, while the manu-
may be needed and the projected work scope, facturer provides general maintenance recom-
showing which tasks can be accomplished in mendations, it is the equipment user who has
parallel and which tasks must be sequential. the major impact upon the proper mainte-
Planning techniques can be used to reduce nance and operation of equipment. Inspection
maintenance cost by optimizing lifting equip- intervals for optimum turbine service are not
ment schedules and manpower requirements. fixed for every installation, but rather are devel-
Precise estimates of the outage duration, oped through an interactive process by each
resource requirements, critical-path schedul- user, based on past experience and trends indi-
ing, recommended replacement parts, and cated by key turbine factors.
costs associated with the inspection of a specific The level and quality of a rigorous maintenance
installation may be obtained from the local GE program have a direct impact on equipment
field services office. reliability and availability. Therefore, a rigorous
maintenance program which optimizes both
Conclusion maintenance cost and availability is vital to the
GE heavy-duty gas turbines are designed to have user. A rigorous maintenance program will min-
an inherently high availability. To achieve maxi- imize overall costs, keep outage downtimes to a
mum gas turbine availability, an owner must minimum, improve starting and running relia-
understand not only his equipment, but the fac- bility and provide increased availability and rev-
tors affecting it. This includes the training of enue earning ability for GE gas turbine users.

■ ■ 32
415
CARNOT COMPANY
References
Jarvis, G., “Maintenance of Industrial Gas Turbines,” GE Gas Turbine State of the Art Engineering
Seminar, paper SOA-24-72, June 1972.
Patterson, J. R., “Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine Maintenance Practices,” GE Gas Turbine Reference
Library, GER 2498, June 1977.
Moore, W J, Patterson, J.R, and Reeves, E.F., “Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine Maintenance Planning and
Scheduling,” GE Gas Turbine Reference Library, GER 2498; June 1977, GER 2498A, June 1979.
Carlstrom, L. A., et al., “The Operation and Maintenance of General Electric Gas Turbines,”
numerous maintenance articles/authors reprinted from Power Engineering magazine, General
Electric Publication, GER 3148; December 1978.
Knorr, R. H., and Reeves, E. F., “Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine Maintenance Practices,” GE Gas Turbine
Reference Library, GER 3412; October 1983; GER 3412A, September 1984; and GER 3412B,
December 1985.
Freeman, Alan, “Gas Turbine Advance Maintenance Planning,” paper presented at Frontiers of
Power, conference, Oklahoma State University, October 1987.
Hopkins, J. P, and Osswald, R. F., “Evolution of the Design, Maintenance and Availability of a Large
Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine,” GE Gas Turbine Reference Library, GER 3544, February 1988 (never
printed).
Freeman, M. A., and Walsh, E. J., “Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine Operating and Maintenance
Considerations,” GE Gas Turbine Reference Library, GER 3620A.
GEI 41040E, “Fuel Gases for Combustion in Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines.”

■ ■ 33
416
CARNOT COMPANY
Appendix From Figure 42, at a steam injection rate of

2.4%, the value of “M” is. 18, and “K” is.6.
A) Example—Maintenance Interval
Calculation From the hours-based criteria, the mainte-
nance factor is determined from Figure 42.
An MS7001EA user has accumulated operating
data since the last hot gas path inspection and MY = (.6+.18 (2.4))x(3200+ 1.5(350) +6(120))
would like to estimate when the next one (3200 + 350 + 120)
should be scheduled. The user is aware from MF = 1.25
GE publications that the normal HGP interval is The hours-based adjusted inspection interval is
24,000 hours if operating on natural gas, no therefore,
water or steam injection, base load. Also, there
H = 24,000/1.25
is a 1200 start interval, based on normal start-
ups, no trips, no emergency starts. The actual H = 19,200 hours [Note, since total annual
operation of the unit since the last hot gas path operating hours is 3670,
inspection is much different from the GE “base- the estimated time to
line case.” reach 19,200 hours is 5.24
years (19,200/3670).]
Annual hours on natural gas, base load
= G = 3200 hr/yr From the starts-based criteria, the maintenance
Annual hours on light distillate factor is determined from Figure 43.
= D = 350 hr/yr MY = (100 + .5 (40) + 20 (2) + 2 (5) + 8 (20) )
Annual hours on peak load (100 + 40 + 2 + 5 + 20)
= P = 120 hr/yr
MF = 2.0
Steam injection rate
The adjusted inspection interval based on
= I = 2.4%
starts is,
Also, since the last hot gas path inspection,
S = 1200/2.0
The annual number of normal starts is
S = 600 starts [Note, since the total annual
= NB = 100/yr
number of starts is 167, the
The annual number of peak load starts estimated time to reach 600
= NP = 0/yr starts is 600/167 = 3.6 years.]
The annual number of part load starts In this case, the starts-based maintenance fac-
= NA = 40/yr tor is greater than the hours maintenance fac-
The annual number of emergency starts tor and therefore the inspection interval is set
= E = 2/yr by starts. The hot gas path inspection interval
The annual number of fast load starts is 600 starts (or 3.6 years).
= F = 5/yr
The annual number of trips from load (aT = 8) B) Definitions
= T = 20/yr Reliability: Probability of not being forced out
For this particular unit, the second and third- of service when the unit is needed – includes
stage nozzles are FSX-414 material. The unit forced outage hours (FOH) while in service,
operates on “dry control curve.” while on reserve shutdown and while attempt-

■ ■ 34
417
CARNOT COMPANY
ing to start normalized by period hours (PH)- whether the unit is needed-includes all unavail-
units are %: able hours—includes the effect of the gas and
Reliability = (1-FOH/PH) (100) steam cycle MW output contribution to plant
output units are %:
FOH = total forced outage hours
PH = period hours Equivalent Availability =
GT UH HRSG UH ST UH
Availability: Probability of being available, [1-
[ GT PH (
+B
GT PH
+
ST PH )]
x 100]
independent of whether the unit is needed-
includes all unavailable hours (UH) – normal- GT UH = Gas Turbine Unavailable Hours
ized by period hours (PH) – units are %: GT PH = Gas Turbine Period Hours
HRSG UH = HRSG Total Unavailable Hours
Availability = (1-UH/PH) (100)
ST UH = Steam Turbine Unavailable Hours
UH = total unavailable hours (forced out- ST PH = Steam Turbine Forced Outage Hours
age, failure to start, scheduled main-
B = Steam Cycle MW Output Contribution
tenance hours, unscheduled mainte-
(normally 0.30)
nance hours)
MTBF-Mean Time Between Failure: Measure of
PH = period hours
probability of completing the current run.
Equivalent Reliability: Probability of a multi- Failure events are restricted to forced outages
shaft combined-cycle power plant not being (FO) while in service – units are service hours:
totally forced out of service when the unit is
MTBF = SH/FO
required includes the effect of the gas and
steam cycle MW output contribution to plant SH = Service Hours
output - units are %: FO = Forced Outage Events from a Running
Equivalent Reliability = (On-line) Condition
GT FOH HRSG FOH ST FOH Service Factor: Measure of operational use, usu-
[1-
[ GT PH (
+B
B PH
+
ST PH )] x 100]
ally expressed on an annual basis-units are %:
GT FOH = Gas Turbine Forced Outage Hours SF = SH/PH x 100SH = Service Hours on an
GT PH = Gas Turbine Period Hours annual basis
HRSG FOH = HRSG Forced Outage Hours PH = Period Hours (8760 hours per year)
B PH = HRSG Period Hours Operating Duty Definition:
ST FOH = Steam Turbine Forced Outage Hours
Fired
ST PH = Steam Turbine Period Hours
Duty Service Factor Hours/Start
B = Steam Cycle MW Output Contribution Stand-by < 1% 1 to 4
(normally 0.30) Peaking 1% - 17% 3 to 10
Cycling 17% - 50% 10 to 150
Equivalent Availability: Probability of a multi- Continuous > 90% >> 150
shaft combined-cycle power plant being avail-
able for power generation-independent of

■ ■ 35
418
CARNOT COMPANY
List of Figures
Figure 1. Key factors affecting maintenance planning
Figure 2. Plant level-top 5 systems contribution to downtime
Figure 3. MS7001E gas turbine borescope inspection access locations
Figure 4. Borescope inspection programming
Figure 5. Maintenance cost and equipment life are influenced by key service factors
Figure 6. Causes of wear - hot-gas-path components
Figure 7. GE bases gas turbine maintenance requirements on independent counts of starts and hours
Figure 8. Hot gas path maintenance interval comparisons. GE method vs. EOH method
Figure 9. Maintenance factors - hot gas path (buckets and nozzles)
Figure 10. GE maintenance interval for hot gas inspections
Figure 11. Estimated effect of fuel type on maintenance
Figure 12. Bucket life firing temperature effect MS6001B/MS7001EA/MS9001E
Figure 13. Firing temperature and load relationship - heat recovery vs. simple cycle operation
Figure 14. Heavy fuel maintenance factors
Figure 15. Steam/water injection and bucket/nozzle life
Figure 16. Exhaust temperature control curve - dry vs. wet control MS7001EA
Figure 17. Turbine start/stop cycle - firing temperature changes
Figure 18. First stage bucket transient temperature distribution
Figure 19. Bucket low cycle fatigue (LCF)
Figure 20. Low cycle fatigue life sensitivities - first stage bucket
Figure 21. Maintenance factor - trips from load
Figure 22. Maintenance factor - effect of start cycle maximum load level
Figure 23. Operation related maintenance factors
Figure 24. 7EA gas turbine typical operational profile
Figure 25. Baseline for starts based maintenance factor definition
Figure 26. Deterioration of gas turbine performance due to compressor blade fouling
Figure 27. MS7001EA heavy-duty gas turbine - shutdown inspections
Figure 28. Operating inspection data parameters
Figure 29. Combustion inspection - key elements
Figure 30. Hot gas path inspection - key elements
Figure 31. Stator tube jacking procedure - MS7001EA
Figure 32. Stage 1 bucket oxidation and bucket life

■ ■ 36
419
CARNOT COMPANY
Figure 33. Gas turbine major inspection - key elements

Figure 34. Major inspection work scope
Figure 35. Estimated repair and replacement cycles (MS6001B/MS7001EA/MS9001E)
Figure 36. First-stage nozzle wear-preventive maintenance gas fired - continuous dry - base load
Figure 41. Base line recommended inspection intervals: base load—gas fuel—dry
Figure 42. Hot gas path inspection: hours-based criterion,
Figure 43. Hot gas path inspection starts-based condition
Figure 44. Rotor maintenance factor for starts-based criterion
Figure 45. Rotor maintenance factor for hours based criterion
Figure 46. Combustion inspection intervals—MS7001EA

■ ■ 37
420
CARNOT COMPANY

■ ■ 38
421
CARNOT COMPANY
422
CARNOT COMPANY
For further information, contact your GE Field Sales

Representative or write to GE Power Systems Marketing
g
GE Power Systems
GE Power Systems
4200 Wildwood Parkway
Atlanta, GA 30339
GER 3620G, 9/00 (2.5M)
423
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 28156C
January 1995
GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine
Gas Turbine and Accessory Equipment Preservation
I. GENERAL
These instructions have been issued to recommend minimum protection and preservation for storage of
heavy duty gas turbines and their accessory equipment. Both short term and long term storage are described.
Information for short term storage relates to periods up to six months. Long term information refers to peri-
ods of storage in excess of six months. Storage period begins when equipment ships from the factory.
These instructions cannot anticipate all of the environmental conditions and other variables to which a cus-
tomer may have to expose his equipment for one reason or another. It is essential, therefore, that reasonable
judgment be used and additional protective measures taken where necessary and appropriate.
NOTE
For shipment of materials direct from vendors, the vendors will provide required
factory protection and include special site instructions with the shipment if notified
that long term storage is required.
This information is furnished to serve as a guide in giving proper protection under a given situation. Protec-
tion of this kind of equipment can be complex and subject to so many variables that each owner should deter-
mine his plan of protection, and the contents of this document will not create any liability whatsoever on the
part of the GE Company or its employees whether in warranty, alleged negligence or otherwise. The GE
Company may be consulted for any special shipping or storage concerns applicable to a specific unit. In addi-
tion to information provided in this document refer to maintenance and System Description section of the
Service Manual.
II. GAS TURBINE
A. Factory Preparation For Shipment
This section describes the protective action which has been performed in the GE Company factory prior
to shipment.
1. All parts, removed from an assembly, are identified. Articles with moving parts or projecting parts
that might become damaged by shock or vibration encountered in shipment are blocked, braced, or
tied down. When practical, they are disassembled, and separately packaged.
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 28156C Gas Turbine and Accessory Equipment Preservation
2. Open base flanges are covered either with plywood covers with waterproof paper between the wood
and metal, or blind flanges bolted to the flanges. When plywood is used, it is at least 1/2 inch thick,
and bonded with exterior (waterproof) glue. All other base openings are sealed with plugs or water-
resistant tape. Rubber stripping is used as a seal between the inlet and exhaust plenum and their
covers.
3. The oil tank and associated base oil piping remain wetted after factory test; Shell Oil Company
VSI-32 (or equivalent) oil having been used. In addition, fifty-five gallons of this same oil have been
poured into the lube oil tank and twenty-five gallons poured into the turbine base oil channels as
applicable prior to shipment. This oil has a vapor space inhibitor to aid in protecting surfaces above
the oil level and a rust inhibitor for covering wetted surfaces.
4. The interior of the machine has been protected with VCI treated paper. It contains a chemical which
vaporizes and protects metal from corrosion. All openings are protected with covers.
CAUTION
*VCI paper must be removed prior to unit operation.
5. All exposed external surfaces shall be protected by one of the following: paint, VSI-32 ( or equiva-
lent) oil film, heavy preservative TECTYL 506 (or equivalent), or protective wrap.
6. Any vessel tested or operated with water is drained.
7. The inside surface of the disassembled lube oil and water piping, valves, etc., are fogged with
VSI-32 (or equivalent) rust inhibitor oil to such extent that internal surfaces are wetted. Covers are
used to seal the equipment and piping.
8. Enclosure access doors and panels are secured to the frames.
9. The gas turbine and accessory base are covered by a reinforced tarp.
10. VCI paper appropriate for electrical equipment and desiccant capsule are placed in all electrical
junction boxes.
NOTE
Assure that all parts are dry prior to storage.
B. Short Term Storage
The gas turbine equipment barring extreme weather conditions is expected to remain protected from at-
mospheric corrosion for approximately six months with the factory preparation outlined above. Upon
arrival of the unit at the customer’s site and determination of the storage plans, the following recommen-
dations should be taken into consideration. At arrival:
1. Inspect factory preparation measures especially in the turbine inlet, exhaust and combustion areas.
If necessary, restore to factory preparation condition.
2. Check the lube oil tank and add oil if necessary. Refer to “Factory Preparation,” Item 3 preceding.
3. Check visible surfaces for rust. All rusty areas must be cleaned and protected immediately.
2 425
CARNOT COMPANY
Gas Turbine and Accessory Equipment Preservation GEK 28156C
CAUTION
Do not paint in oil tank.
4. When accessory and turbine compartment space heaters are supplied, energize during storage
period.
C. Long Term Storage
For the purpose of this document, long term storage is defined as being in excess of six months.
1. Check visible surfaces for rust every six months during time equipment is in storage. All rusty areas
must be cleaned and protected immediately.
CAUTION
Do not paint in oil tank.
2. When accessory and turbine compartment space heaters are supplied, energize during storage
period.
3. Replace all VCI paper and desiccant capsule and continue replacing at six month (maximum) inter-
vals to assure corrosion protection.
NOTE
An alternative to VCI paper is to cut a one foot square opening in the inlet and ex-
haust covers, and cover with suitable screens. A heater/fan combination should
then be placed in the inlet to circulate warm dry air continuously through the
machine.
4. Inspect every six months all protected surfaces on gas turbine equipment to ensure the protection
is being maintained. Perform factory preservation preparation if deemed necessary. Refer to the in-
formation contained in Factory Preparation item 5.
III. CONTROL EQUIPMENT
This section describes the protective action which has been performed in the General Electric factory
prior to shipment.
1. Domestic or Offshore Air Shipments
a. Unless otherwise specified, control equipment is shipped without additional covering over the
normal painted steel enclosure.
b. All equipment doors are bolted in place.
c. All internal equipment lighting fixtures have bulbs taped in place.
426 3
CARNOT COMPANY
d. Process instruments and similar rack mounted devices are packaged separately in a desiccant
controlled atmosphere. These packages are then secured to the main control equipment.
e. All “pop-off” covers are secured with tape.
f. Glass (or plastic) covers on devices are covered with corrugated covering and marked with the
international symbol for “Fragile.”
2. Offshore Ship Shipments
a. Panels and “indoor” Modular Electrical Control Centers (MECC) are protected as described in
Item 1 above, except the equipment is export boxed.
b. Outdoor packages are protected as described in Item 1 above.
B. Storage and Transportation
1. Temperature
Equipment (with the exception of batteries) must be stored or transported in an ambient temperature
range not exceeding 22°F (–30°C) and 158°F (70°C). Where ambients exceed this range, space heat-
ers or air conditioners must be provided by the customer to keep the temperature within these speci-
fied limits. See item 4 below for special battery storage requirements.
2. Humidity
Should the relative humidity be known to exceed 95%, it is recommended that the customer pur-
chase a moisture vapor-proof, heat-sealed barrier bag which contains desiccant, and can have the
air evacuated from it. The bag should be large enough so that it can be reused and resealed for all
inspections performed in a period of three to six months.
To aid maintaining the integrity of the moisture vapor-proof pack, the following procedure should
be followed in six months intervals after shipment.
a. Open heat sealed bag at large seam
b. Replace or dry out the desiccant
c. Patch any holes or tears
d. Close bag, evacuate air from bag, and reseal
3. Vibration and Shock
The control equipment must not be subjected to vibration or shock during transportation, exceeding
the following:
Vibration
5–15 Hz at 0.0070 + 0.005 inch displacement

4 427
CARNOT COMPANY
Shock
15g for 2 milliseconds
4. Batteries
Refer to Battery Vendor Publications in the gas turbine Service Manual for complete information.
A copy of The Battery Instructions is included in the “Accessories Package” shipped with each bat-
tery. The battery charger cabinet should contain a copy of the battery charger instructions.
Read the Receiving section, the Storage section, and the Initial charge section: General Vendor’s
Instructions before accepting and/or handling the battery.
With 77°F or lower storage temperature, a lead-calcium battery must receive boost or initial charge
within six months of the date the battery was manufactured. Higher than 77°F storage temperature
will accelerate internal self-discharge of a battery by a factor of two (and therefore decrease the time
between manufacture and initial charge by a factor of 1/2) for each 15°F degrees above 77°F storage
temperature.
IV. OFF BASE ACCESSORY MODULES
Accessory modules that ship to site directly from the manufacturer’s facility are protected against corrosion
in a similar manner to the equipment that ships from the GE Company. Specific requirements for accessory
modules are as follows :
A. External Water Cooling Skid Module
1. Factory Preparation For Shipment
These units are shipped from the factory with covers over all openings, plywood over the heat ex-
changer coils, and a heavy preservative film on the fan and motor shafts.
a. Oil to air coils, as applicable, have an internal coating of Shell Oil Company VSI-32 oil.
b. Water to air coils are admiralty and require no corrosion inhibitor.
c. Heat exchanger tube bundle is dried, openings are sealed, then purged and pressurized with ni-
trogen.
d. Pumping skid is sealed and preserved with either a glycol/water mixture or nitrogen as de-
scribed above.
e. Shipped loose piping and spool pieces are dried, fogged with water soluble oil and capped with
shipping covers.
f. The fan, pump and motor shafts are coated with a rust preventative compound.
2. Short Term Storage
a. Check all painted and galvanized surfaces for oxidation when the unit is put into storage. All
oxidized areas must be cleaned and “touched up” immediately.
428 5
CARNOT COMPANY
b. Inspect fan, pump and motor shafts for adequate preservative and add a heavy film of Valvoline
TECTYL 894 (or equivalent) as necessary.
c. Check pressure of nitrogen in tube bundle and pump skid (if applicable) weekly. Recharge with
nitrogen to 5 psig as required.
d. Rotate fan, pump and motor shafts and verify proper lubrication of the bearings monthly.
3. Long Term Storage
In addition to the short term storage recommendations,
a. Check all painted surfaces for rust every six months after the unit is put into storage. All rusted
areas must be cleaned and “touched up” (painted) immediately. If storage is outdoors, apply one
coat of finish (enamel) paint to all primed surfaces. If storage is indoors, it is recommended that
the temperature be maintained between +50°F and +160°F, and relative humidity held below
35%.
b. Inspect shafts for adequate preservative every twelve months and add a heavy film of Valvoline
c. For oil to air units, add 5 gallons of Shell Oil Company VSI-32 (or equivalent) to each header
when the unit is put into storage.
d. For the water to air unit in lieu of section IV.A.3.c, above, apply a nitrogen purge to the coil
section as follows:
1. Assure coils are completely drained, by sloping if necessary.
2. Blow warm (l00°F minimum) air through the unit. The unit is sufficiently dry when a mir-
ror held in the exhaust air stream does not fog.
3. Seal the inlet and outlet nozzles with gasketed steel plates. The inlet plate has a tire valve
installed in it, and the outlet plate a 1/2 inch or 3/4 inch NPT coupling.
4. Admit nitrogen via the tire valve. When a match flame held at the outlet is extinguished
(due to the nitrogen concentration of the exhaust air), plug the coupling.
5. Continue to admit nitrogen until the internal pressure is 5 to 6 psig. Pressure may be
checked with a tire gauge or pressure gauge if installed. Cap the tire valve.
6. Check nozzle cover joints, tire valve, and outlet coupling plug for leakage.
7. Check nitrogen pressure each week and refill if necessary.
e. Uncouple the motors and energize them for at least one hour each month. An alternative is to
remove the motors and store them in a controlled environment. For V-belt drive, remove the
belts and sheaves and store in a controlled environment.
f. Rotate the fans a few revolutions every month and assure that the bearings are packed with
grease.
6 429
CARNOT COMPANY
g. Protect top of tube bundle, if exposed, from damage by covering with plywood.
h. Protect pump skid, ship loose structural and piping spool pieces, instrumentation and other site
installed items from corrosion and damage by waterproof packaging, storage in a climate con-
trolled environment or other such means.
B. Off Base Atomizing Air Skid
These units are shipped from the factory with covers over all openings, plywood over the heat ex-
changers, and doors secured.
a. Oil to air coils have an internal coating of lube oil.
b. Water to air coils are 304 stainless.
c. All oil ports are full.
a. Check all painted surfaces for rust when the unit is placed in storage. All rusted areas must be
cleaned and “touched up” (painted) immediately.
b. Inspect shafts for adequate preservative when the unit is placed in storage and add a heavy film
of Valvoline TECTYL 894 (or equivalent) as necessary.
a. Check all painted surfaces for rust every six months after the unit is placed in storage. All rusted
areas must be cleaned and “touched up” (painted) immediately. If storage is outdoors, apply one
coat of finish (enamel) paint to all primed surfaces. If storage is indoors, it is recommended that
the temperature be maintained between +50°F and +160°F, and relative humidity held below
35%.
b. Inspect shafts for adequate preservative every twelve months and add a heavy film of Valvoline
c. For oil to air units, add 5 gallons of Shell Oil Company VSI-32 (or equivalent) to each header
when the unit is placed in storage.
d. For water to air units attach VCI paper to the coil nozzle (inlet and outlet pipe) covers. Check
every six months.
e. Uncouple the motors and energize them for at least one hour each month. An alternative is to
remove the motors and store them in a controlled environment. For V-belt drive, remove the
belts and sheaves and store in a controlled environment. For gear drive, rotate the gears a few
revolutions each week, or store gear boxes in a controlled environment.
f. Rotate the fans a few revolutions every month and assure that the bearings are packed with
grease.
430 7
CARNOT COMPANY
C. Fuel Forwarding and Filtering Skids
Lagged skids are shipped with the doors secured. All openings are closed with VCI paper inserted.
Unlagged skids are covered with a plywood enclosure and vapor barrier interior wall bolted to the
base. Check every six months.
All pipes, heaters, pumps and filters have a residue of No. 2 diesel fuel.
Filters and flow divider(s) for the fuel oil system are filled with Vapor Space Inhibitive oil. The
disconnected inlets of the flow divider(s) are capped to prevent leakage.
Check all exposed painted surfaces for rust when the unit is placed in storage. All rusted areas must
be cleaned and “touched up” (painted) immediately.
a. Check all exposed painted surfaces for rust every six months. All rusted areas must be cleaned
and “touched up” (painted) immediately. If storage is outdoors, apply one coat of finish (enam-
el) paint to all primed surfaces. If storage is indoors it is recommended that temperature be
maintained between +50°F and +160°F and relative humidity held below 35%.
b. For storage in high humidity and high salt content air environment it is recommended that the
enclosure be opened and internal painted surfaces checked for rust every three months. All
rusted areas must be cleaned and repainted immediately.
c. When the enclosure is open energize motors for 1 to 2 hours. An alternative is to remove the
motors and pumps and store them in a controlled environment.
d. At the first sign of rust on any nonpainted metal surface, replace the existing VCI paper with
new paper.
D. Gas Module Preservation
1. Factory Preparation for Shipment
a. Loose parts are clearly identified and braced to prevent movement during shipping. Strainers
shall be capped on both ends with either a desiccant pouch inserted or fogged with VSI-32.
b. Open flanges and pipes are covered with pipe caps or blank flanges.
c. Hydraulic lines are filled with VSI-32 oil.
d. Gas and air pipes have been purged with nitrogen and a low pressure blanket established.
e. Louvers are internally covered.
f. VCI paper or desiccant has been placed inside all junction boxes and panels.
8 431
CARNOT COMPANY
g. All enclosure doors and panels are securely latched.
a. Inspect monthly all primed, painted and galvanized surfaces for oxidation. Touch up as neces-
sary.
b. Inspect pipe caps and flanges for tightness and damage. Replace as necessary. (Note : If a vis-
ible air gap exists between the pipe cover and the pipe, purge the gas piping with nitrogen and
re-establish the seal.
c. Lubricate and rotate fans monthly.
a. Perform Short Term storage checks at monthly intervals.
b. Apply a finish coat to all factory primed surfaces.
c. Install either VCI paper or desiccant capsules. Replace at least every six months. Heaters may
be substituted in place of the desiccant and VCI paper.
d. Top off all hydraulic lines monthly.
E. Water Injection Skid Preservation (as applicable)
1. Factory Preparation for Shipment
a. Completely drain water from all skid piping, etc.
b. Thoroughly flush system with 1:1 Propylene Glycol/Demineralized Water Solution. Ensure
that flowmeter(s), filter housing, pump casing and all low points are completely flushed with
this solution. Completely drain as much of this solution as possible from the system.
c. Install steel shipping covers on all flanged openings. Install threaded plugs in all threaded open-
ings.
d. Apply film of suitable corrosion preventative compound to exposed pump/gearbox/motor dri-

veshafts.
e. Remove vertical pump motors and package separately for shipment in accordance with motor
manufacturer’s instructions.
f. VCI paper and desiccant capsules placed in all electrical enclosures and junction boxes.
g. Remove inlet/outlet ventilation hoods and secure them inside the skid enclosure for shipment.
h. Final check and touch-up of all painted surfaces immediately prior to shipment of skid.
i. Seal all openings, install shipping channels to secure all doors closed.
432 9
CARNOT COMPANY
a. Energize compartment and MCC space heaters if provided. If pump motors are installed, ener-
gize motor space heaters if provided.
b. Reinspect painted surfaces and touch-up as necessary.
c. Reapply corrosion preventative to shafts as necessary, recheck at two monthly intervals.
d. Rotate pump/motor/gearbox at least five revolutions, check bearing lubrication, repeat at two
monthly intervals.
e. Operate the cooling fan for approximately one minute at two monthly intervals.
In addition to the Short Term storage procedures :
a. If the skid is stored outdoors, all factory primed surfaces must be finish painted.
b. Check and repaint as necessary.
c. Replace VCI paper and desiccant capsules at proper intervals.
d. If skid has been operated before storage, isolate skid from water supply and completely drain
all components and piping (open filter and pump casing drains, strainer blowdown drains, pip-
ing lowpoint drains, etc.)
V. LOAD GEAR
After assembly is complete, the gear is closed up so that the unit is reasonably airtight. The casing is
closed up except for a minimum access hole. Five gallons of warm (greater than 80°F) VSI #32 oil is
poured into the casing and one quart of warm (greater than 80°F) mist of VSI #32 oil is sprayed through
the minimum access hole. The access hole is sealed immediately after spraying.
B. Storage
Upon receipt and every four months thereafter :
1. Inspect the load gear for openings to the air.
2. Spray the load gear interior with a mist using one quart of warm (greater than 80F) VSI #32 oil or
equivalent.
3. Seal any openings to the air and access holes immediately after spraying.
If the inspection cover is opened during storage; then after casing has been closed up (except for mini-
mum access hole), repeat steps 2 and 3, above.
1. VSI #32 Oil is a product of Shell Oil Company.
10 433
CARNOT COMPANY
2. Regarding oils equivalent to VSI #32, rust resistance tests have been conducted using VSI #32 oil
only.
3. Application (spraying) of oil may be accomplished with Sure Shot Sprayer Model A with 302C
Nozzle (extra fine). Sure Shot Sprayer is a product of Milwaukee Sprayer Company, Inc., 5635 West
Douglas Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53218, toll free phone number: 1-800-558-7035. This
sprayer also comes with CO2 Adapter No. 450 which makes it portable for field use. Three CO2
cartridges are required to spray one quart of oil.
434 11
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems

518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
435
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Energy Products - Europe PAINTING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION OF ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTING SYSTEMS

APPLIED ON THE VARIOUS EQUIPMENT
MENTIONED HERE UNDER
0 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
1 TYPE OF PRODUCTS USED
2 ROUGH SURFACE PREPARATION
3 GALVANIZATION
4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
5 FINAL COAT AND FINAL COLOUR WHEN IT IS PAINTED ON SITE
6 RELEVANT SYSTEM STANDARDS
ST 001 J STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PAGE 1/5
436 confidentiel. Il ne peut être communiqué, copié, ou reproduit
strictement strictly confidential. It must not be communicated, copied or
CARNOT COMPANY
This specification gives an idea of our standard protection system. A complete detailed specification will be
submitted in case of order.
0 APPLICABLE STANDAR DS
The following standards are applied :
Specification Nr 91-421 666 General standard specification for application of anti-corrosion

protection.
ISO 1461 Metallic coating - Hot dip galvanized coatings fabricated ferrous products -
Requirements.
ISO 2409 Paints and varnishes - Cross-cut test.
ISO 4628/3 Paints and varnishes - Evaluation of the degradation of paints coatings. Designation
of intensity, quantity and size of common types of defect - Part 3 : designation of
degree of rusting.
ISO 8501-1 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products -
Visual assessment of surface cleanliness - Part 1 : rust grades and preparation
grades of uncoated steel substrates and steel substrates after overall removal of
previous coatings.
ISO 8503-1 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products.
Surface roughness characteristics of blast-cleaned steel substrates.
Surface preparation methods - Part 1 : general principles.
Surface preparation methods - Part 2 : abrasive blast-cleaning.
NF A 91-122 Metallic coating - End products in heat galvanized steel - Recommendations related
to the design and use of galvanized products.
CARNOT COMPANY
1 TYPE OF PRODUCTS USED
1.1 PRIMERS (Item : P)
- P HEMPADUR 4588 Colour Red 50630

- P8 HEMPEL'S SILICONE ZINC 1690 Colour Grey 19840
- P4 HEMPADUR 15500 Colour 50900
1.2 TOP-COAT (Item : F)
- F HEMPATHANE Finition 5591

- F4 HEMPADUR 15500 colour 11630
- F8 HEMPEL'S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 5691 Colour Aluminium 19000
1.3 PRODUCT VENDOR
HEMPEL PEINTURES FRANCE
60149 SAINT CREPIN IBOUVILLIERS
1.4 REMARKS
- See attached data sheet of products here above mentioned.
- All machined surfaces will be, after cleaning and drying, protected with suitable fat coating (Ardrox
3140) allowing long storage time without corrosion or seizing of pieces.
2 ROUGH SURFACE PREPARATION
- Degreasing by means of alkaline detergent or aliphatic, aromatic or halogenated solvents.
- Grinding of visible defects : burrs, sprues, welding spatters ...
- Obtained surface roughness shall be between type G or S of ISO 8503-1.
- Dust removal, final cleaning by clean, deoiled and dry air blowing.
- Remarks :
Primer paints will be applied less than 6 hours after surface preparation.
CARNOT COMPANY
3 GALVANIZATION
Zinc coated according to ISO 1461 and NF A 91-122.
4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Control operations, during fabrication and before shipment mainly concern :
- Visual inspection.
- Checking of the thickness of each coat.
- Adhesion measurement by cross-cutting.
5 FINAL COAT AND FINAL COLOUR WHEN IT IS PAINTED ON SITE
If required, GE Energy Products France SNC will supply the paint for the final coat. The final colour
shall be selected by the customer according to one of the RAL colour range chart.
CARNOT COMPANY
6 RELEVANT SYSTEM STANDARDS
TYPE A A’ B
PROTECTED Insulated equipment Insulated equipment All internal equipment

SURFACES (T° ≤ 150°C) (T° > 150°C) surfaces installed
without lagging
PAINT P : 80 µm P 8 : 50 µm P : 80 µm
SPECIFICATIONS F : 60 µm
(Nominal dry
Thickness in microns)
SYSTEM STANDARDS - HEMPADUR - HEMPEL - HEMPADUR

4588 SILICONE ZINC 1690 4588
- HEMPATHANE
FINITION 5591
D E H L
All external sufaces of All external surfaces of Fuel tank internal Very hot sufaces
equipment located equipment located surfaces without lagging
outside in a little or a outside in a very (T° > 200°C)
none aggressive aggressive
environment. environment
(Maritimes,
industrials, corrosive)
P : 110 µm P : 140 µm P4 : 100 µm P8 : 50 µm

F : 80 µm F : 100 µm F4 : 100 µm F8 : 30 µm
- HEMPADUR - HEMPADUR - HEMPADUR 1550 - HEMPEL’S

4588 4588 SILICONE ZINC
- HEMPADUR 1550 1690
- HEMPATHANE - HEMPATHANE
5591 5591 - HEMPELS
SILICONE
ALUMINIUM 5691
CARNOT COMPANY
GEI 41042N
Revised May 1996
GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine
Gas Turbine Compressor Cleaning

Liquid and Solid Compound
Cleaning Recommendations
For Non–DLN Gas Turbines
CARNOT COMPANY
GEI 41042N Gas Turbine Compressor Cleaning
I. SCOPE
The scope of this document is to present the methods of compressor cleaning offered by GE. The two types
of cleaning are liquid and solid compound cleaning. Two methods of liquid cleaning are employed — on line
and off line. On-line cleaning is the process of injecting cleaning solution into the compressor while running
at full speed and some percentage of load. Off-line cleaning is the process of injecting cleaning solution into
the compressor while it is being turned at cranking speed. The advantage of on-line cleaning is that washing
can be done without having to shut down the machine. On-line washing, however, is not as effective as off-line
washing; therefore, on-line washing is used to supplement off-line washing, not replace it.
The second type of cleaning is solid-compound cleaning. Solid-compound cleaning is done at full speed and
reduced load. Most deposits can be removed with liquid cleaning, but for those that cannot, solid-compound
cleaning may be necessary. It is to be noted that some blade surface deterioration may be attributed to solid-
compound cleaning.
Both types of cleaning will be discussed further in this document.
This document applies to all heavy duty gas turbine models offered by Gas Turbine Division, which do not
have Dry Low Nox combustion systems. Refer to GEK 103623 for liquid washing recommendations for those
units.
II. INTRODUCTION
A loss of gas turbine performance is indicated by a decrease in power output and an increase in heat rate.
Often a loss of performance is a direct result of fouling of the axial flow compressor. Fouled compressors result
in reduced air flow, lower compressor efficiency and a lower compressor pressure ratio.
Compressor cleaning will remove fouling deposits and restore performance. Compressor cleaning may also
slow the progress of corrosion, thereby increasing blade life and reducing the contribution of corrosion prod-
ucts to the formation of fouling deposits.
III. TYPES OF FOULING
The type and rate of fouling of an axial compressor depends on the environment in which it operates and the
filtration present.
Experience has shown that fouling deposits consist of varying amounts of moisture, oil, soot, water-soluble
constituents, insoluble dirt and corrosion products of the compressor blading material. Fouling deposits are
probably held together by moisture and oil. If corrosion of the blading is occurring, the corrosion products will
promote and stabilize the deposit.
It is important to minimize fouling deposits by reducing oil leaks and the ingestion of oily constituents (lube
oil fumes). Good filtration may greatly reduce fouling. Moisture formation cannot be reduced in humid envi-
ronments. Moisture is formed in the compressor inlet when humid air is cooled below its dew point as a result
of being accelerated to about Mach = 0.5. GER 3601, “Gas Turbine Compressor Operating Environment and
Material Evaluation,” discusses the factors influencing compressor fouling and corrosion.
IV. METHODS OF DETECTION
There are two basic methods for determining the cleanliness of the compressor. Visual inspection and perfor-
mance monitoring are described below.
2 442
CARNOT COMPANY
Gas Turbine Compressor Cleaning GEI 41042N
A. Visual Inspection
The best method for detecting a fouled compressor is visual inspection. This involves shutting the unit
down; removing the inlet plenum inspection hatch; and visually inspecting the compressor inlet, bell-
mouth, inlet guide vanes and early stage blading.
If any deposits, including dust or filmy deposits, can be wiped or scraped off these areas, the compressor
is fouled sufficiently to affect performance. The initial inspection also reveals whether the deposits are
oily or dry. For oily deposits, a water-detergent wash is required. Location of the source of the oil and
correction should be accomplished before cleaning to prevent recurrence of the fouling.
If only dry deposits are found, water alone may be sufficient.
B. Performance Monitoring
A second method for detecting a fouled compressor is performance monitoring. Performance monitoring
involves obtaining gas turbine data on a routine basis, which in turn is compared to base line data to moni-
tor trends in the performance of the gas turbine.
The performance data is obtained by running the unit at steady-state BASE load and recording output,
exhaust temperature, inlet air temperature, barometric pressure, compressor discharge pressure and tem-
perature, and fuel consumption. The data should be taken carefully with the unit warmed up.
GEK 28166, “Field Performance Testing Procedure,” can be used as a guide for assessing machine perfor-
mance both before and after cleaning the compressor. The purpose of this particular document is to estab-
lish the performance of generator drive machines. The appropriate portions can, however, also be used
for all machines, both generator drive and other applications, for assessing cleaning effectiveness.
Output and heat rate can be corrected to a standard condition using the turbine performance curves, and
an analysis can be made of compressor pressure ratio and efficiency. The current performance levels can
be compared to base line data and will aid in determining the problem area.
If performance analysis indicates compressor fouling, it should be verified by a visual inspection.
V. CLEANING METHODS
There are three methods used for compressor cleaning: off-line, on-line and solid-compound cleaning.
There are two types of cleaning agents: solid compounds and liquids. Liquids are the preferred cleaning
agents for reasons stated below.
A. Liquid-Compound Cleaning
It is recommended that on-line water washing be addressed in the facility’s operating air permit. Regula-
tors may interpret this as an additional short-term emissions source, requiring an exemption similar to that
provided for start-up, shutdown and transient conditions.
Liquid cleaning involves washing the compressor with water and/or detergents. This can be accomplished
while the turbine is on line or off line. As the on-line washing practice has been found to be most effective
when carried out daily, the specification on the liquid must be more restrictive for on-line washing than
off-line washing. The water specifications for off-line and on-line cleaning are given in Table 1.
443 3
CARNOT COMPANY
Except for the pH, the restrictions in these specifications are concerned with deposits and corrosion of the
hot gas path. The pH restriction is concerned with corrosion in the water-handling system. High-purity
demineralized water after contact with air will have a pH in the range of 5.0 to 6.0. Thus, allowance has
been made in the pH provided this is the reason for the low pH.
If a detergent is used, additional restrictions are required to ensure no harm will result to turbine compo-
nents. These are given in Appendix 1.
In general, deposits will contain some water-soluble material and oils. The latter will be more amenable
to removal by detergent, but the deposit may be removable by water washing alone, depending on the
amount of water-soluble material present. Hot water at 150 to 200°F (66-93°C) is generally more effective
than cold water.
There are a number of detergents commercially available for this purpose, some of which, along with the
deposits that have been removed, may constitute a hazardous solid waste (as defined by the US Environ-
mental Protection Agency) when used for an off-line wash. Because of this possibility, local regulations
should be considered for the storage, handling and treatment of the water wash effluent when the drain
and containment system is designed.
B. Solid-Compound Cleaning
There are two types of solid compounds used: organic — nutshells and rice; and inert — catalyst supports,
spent catalysts and polishing powders. Combustible compounds are preferred to inert compounds. The
organics will burn up in the combustion process while the inerts will not and may cause erosion or blocked
cooling holes.
A specification for these cleaners is given in Table 2.
Recent experience in the use of rice for compressor cleaning suggests that solid-compound cleaning can
be detrimental to compressor blade coatings and to compressor blade surface finish. Shallow impact cra-
ters of several mils in diameter and tenths of mils in depth have been found on clean number 1 rotor blading
upon inspection immediately after solid-compound cleaning. Furthermore, an increase of surface rough-
ness from 20 microinches to 100 microinches has been observed on this blading. When one considers that
the relative velocity of a particle to a number 1 rotor blade is in the range of 500 to 1,000 feet per second
(152 to 305 m/s) during solid compound cleaning, such damage is not unreasonable.
In the past only solid-compound cleaning was performed at full speed; but with the advent of water wash-
ing at full speed, solid-compound cleaning no longer holds this singular advantage.
If dry, hard deposits were present, past practice was to remove them using a solid compound cleaner. How-
ever, unless deposits have dried out, they will usually contain significant moisture and water-soluble mate-
rial, which can be removed using a liquid compound.
Perhaps some deposits cannot be removed except by abrasive cleaning, but it must be appreciated that
some deterioration of the blade surface may accompany fouling deposit removal.
Presently, under most conditions, liquid-compound cleaning is the preferred method. Solid-compound
cleaning may be necessary in certain instances. In cases where blading is corroded over time and surface
roughnesses are well above OEM values (25 microinches), solid-compound cleaning should not be harm-
ful.
4 444
CARNOT COMPANY
VI. CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF PERFORMANCE
A. Water or Detergent Wash
1. Off-Line Compressor Wash
a. Preparation
1) Off-line washing solution must meet the requirements of both Table 1 and Appendix 1.
2) Piping to the atomizing air compressor must be opened and blocked off to prevent water from
entering this area. All air-extraction lines from the compressor should be blocked off.
3) If a unit is equipped with off-base atomizing air compressor, the compressor should be deener-
gized during the wash and rinse cycles.
4) Open inlet guide vanes, if applicable.
5) Make sure all drains are open and diverted to suitable areas.
6) Close flame detector valves. Water will foul the flame scanners and make starting difficult.
7) When regenerators are present, the gas-side face must be covered and kept dry during compres-
sor washing to prevent wetting regenerator deposits. These deposits may change form when
wet and become extremely difficult to remove. Leave access doors open while cranking to pro-
vide an air exhaust path.
8) For off-line water wash the operator must take appropriate precautions to prevent freezing in
the compressor inlet, gas turbine, exhaust and drain system. Off-line water washing should not
be done at compressor inlet temperatures,CTIM, less than 40°F (4°C), measured while crank-
ing..
b. Washing Procedure
Washing can be accomplished using a permanent system (a series of nozzles or a spray ring
mounted in the inlet plenum) or with a manual system (a hand-held hose and spray nozzle). With
either system, take care to cover the full circumference of the bellmouth. The inlet plenum and bell-
mouth should be cleaned first to prevent these deposits from being washed into the compressor
during the cleaning.
Washing with water or detergent should be done at crank speed or slower. This provides more ef-
fective washing near the hub of the rotor. Flow rates are given in Table 3.
CAUTION
To prevent thermal shock, wheelspace temperature must be no more than 120°F

(49°C) greater than the wash water temperature. If cool water is used [60°F
(16°C)], the wheelspace temperature must not exceed 180°F (82°C). If hot wa-
ter [180°F (82°C)] is used, the wheelspace temperature must not exceed 300°F
(149°C).
445 5
CARNOT COMPANY
Utilize the detergent wash procedures which follow:
1) Apply solution at the rate specified in Table 3.
2) Apply the solution at crank speed for three to five minutes, shut unit down, continue spraying
during coastdown until the solution is no longer drawn into the compressor inlet. Crank speed
is considered to be approximately 350 rpm for the MS-7001; 300 rpm for the MS-9001; 600
rpm for the MS-3002, 5001, 5002 and 6001.
3) Allow the detergent to soak for 20 minutes and rinse with water at crank speed for 15 to 20 min-
utes following the recommended flow rates of Table 3.
c. Rinsing Procedure
The effectiveness of the wash and the rinse can most easily be evaluated by observing the runoff
from the drains during the rinse and visual inspection of the compressor inlet at the end of a wash
cycle.
1) The compressor should be rinsed until the drain water appears clean.
2) The runoff water may also be checked for the amount of impurities it contains by measuring
its electrolytic conductivity. The conductivity value will decrease as washing continues and the
runoff water contains fewer dissolved impurities.
3) Another method of testing is to use an atomic absorption spectrometer if one is available for
checking the level of trace metals.
Note: The detergent wash may need to be repeated depending on the

amount of fouling and detergent effectiveness.
d. Restoration
1) After final rinse, crank for 20 minutes to remove all water.
2) After final drying cycle,
a) Reassemble extraction and atomizing air piping.
b) Open flame scanner valves.
c) Close all drain valves.
d) If applicable, close inlet guide vanes.
e) If applicable, reenergize off-base atomizing air compressor and remove regenerator cover.
2. On-Line Compressor Wash
The intent of on-line washing is to keep the gas turbine compressor clean through frequent washings
of short duration. When the compressor is suspected of being heavily fouled, an off-line wash should
be performed.
6 446
CARNOT COMPANY
Adding water for wash will increase the compressor pressure ratio and thus reduce the surge margin.
Under normal circumstances, there is ample surge margin to allow for washing and steam or water
injection for NOx control or power augmentation. However, the following steps are recommended
prior to performing an on-line wash.
a. Preparation
1) On-line washing solution must meet the requirements of both Table 1 and Appendix 1.
2) Turbine must be running at full speed and not in the process of shutting down.
3) Compressor inlet temperature,CTIM from the Speedtronic panel, must be greater than 50°F
(10°C).
4) Set the inlet guide vanes to 81° or greater.
5) Reduce load by 5% if operating at base load.
b. Washing Procedure
1) Apply solution at the rate specified in Table 3.
2) Continue to apply solution for 20 minutes.
3) On-line wash should be done on a regular basis.
3. Solid-Compound Cleaning
Solid-compound cleaning is not recommended for reasons previously stated.
a. Preparation
1) Solid-compound cleaning is done at full speed and reduced load. This keeps internal tempera-
tures down and eliminates possible damage by cleaning material due to hot corrosion in the tur-
bine section. Nutshells are recommended over rice and both over the inerts.
2) Make sure turbine has been running for at least 30 minutes before solid-compound cleaning to
ensure dryness.
3) Make sure solid-compound injection is done at an even rate.
4) Evaporative coolers must be shut down one half-hour before solid-compound cleaning to make
sure surfaces are dry.
5) Make sure that any separators that are installed on compressor air extraction lines (i.e., cooling
and bearing sealing air lines) are functioning, and that any blowdown valves installed on these
separators are open.
b. Cleaning Procedure
1) The solid compound can be applied to the compressor either through an injection ring perma-
nently installed in the bellmouth for that purpose or by a manual method.
447 7
CARNOT COMPANY
2) When the solid compound is injected manually, a location should be used to allow time for good
dispersion in the airstream. There is no mixing within the compressor; therefore, if the solid
compound is not dispersed when it enters the compressor, only portions will be cleaned. A hop-
per or other device may be helpful in establishing an even injection rate.
CAUTION
Solid compound injection may cause fouling of flame scanners and a possible
trip. Following the injection rates in Table 3 will help prevent this.
It has been determined that the accumulation of combustible material in regen-
erator tubes can cause burning and serious damage to the regenerator. Both nut-
shell and rice fall into this category; therefore, extreme caution should be exer-
cised to control the flow rate of nutshells or rice. The flow rate of the solid com-
pounds should be carefully and consistently maintained at or below the flow
rates given in Table 3 for different size machines.
Note: Use only inert cleaning compound for units equipped with
GARRET regenerators.
CAUTION
Too rapid injection of solids may lead to an accumulation of solids in the cool-
ing and sealing air lines and the No. 2 bearing housing. The even injection rates
shown in Table 3 should be followed.
3) To determine the effectiveness of solid compound cleaning, set load to 20% and make note of
the exhaust temperature and compressor discharge pressure.
a) Inject solid compound and maintain constant load. Use 20-pound (9-kg) increments of solid
compound at the proper rates. If the cleaning is effective, the exhaust temperature will drop
and the compressor discharge pressure will increase.
b) Inject solid compound until no further effect is seen. At this point, solid-compound cleaning
is finished.
4) Make final inspection of inlet to determine cleaning effectiveness.
c. Restoration
If applicable, return the evaporative coolers to normal service. Normal operation may be resumed.
B. Results of Cleaning
After cleaning, there should be a noticeable increase in performance. Increase in performance is a function
of how fouled the compressor was initially. An increase in BASE load power of 10% is not uncommon
following an off-line wash. This can be confirmed by comparing restored performance data to levels of
performance before cleaning, utilizing the procedure in GEK 28166 for generator drive machines and the
appropriate procedure for other applications as previously described under Performance Monitoring. It
should be noted that full power may not always be regained once significant fouling occurs. Regular com-
pressor cleaning will help maintain performance. Specific intervals must be determined based on custom-
er performance.
8 448
CARNOT COMPANY
TABLE 1
QUALITY SPECIFICATION*
OFF-LINE WASHING
TOTAL SOLIDS (dissolved and undissolved) 100 ppm
TOTAL ALKALI METAL 25 ppm
OTHER METALS WHICH MAY PROMOTE 1.0 ppm

HOT CORROSION (i.e. lead, vanadium)
pH (determined by glass electrode) 6.5 to 7.5
ON-LINE WASHING
TOTAL SOLIDS (dissolved and undissolved) 5 ppm
TOTAL ALKALI AND OTHER METALS WHICH 0.5 ppm

MAY PROMOTE HOT CORROSION
pH (determined by glass electrode) 6.5 to7.5
See Table A1 in Appendix 1 for chemical specifications.
TABLE 2
SOLID CLEANING COMPOUND
Particle Size 40 to 200 microns
Stone Content 10 ppm (weight parts) max
*Applies to water or water and detergent solution
449 9
CARNOT COMPANY
TABLE 3
INJECTION RATES
Off Line(2) On Line(2)

Solid Compound(1)
Machine flow rate lb/min Press Temp Flow Press Temp Flow
(psig) (°F) (GPM) (psig) (°F) (GPM)
MS3001, 3002 0.72 115 150-180 15 100 50-180 3.5
MS5001, 5002 1.75 85 150-180 35 100 50-180 8
MS6001 2.3 85 150-180 42 100 50-180 10
MS7001EA 3.5 85 150-180 50 100 50-180 18
MS7001F/FA 5.0 85 150-180 81 100 50-180 26
MS9001E 5.0 85 150-180 72 100 50-180 26
MS9001F/FA 7.2 85 150-180 117 100 50-180 38
1 Dispensed at a uniform rate over the cleaning period. The

1 rate should not be higher than that shown above.
2 Mixed at manufacturer’s suggested mix ratio.
10 450
CARNOT COMPANY
APPENDIX 1
COMPRESSOR CLEANING-COMPOUND SPECIFICATION
1.0 Scope
1.1 This specification is for cleaning compounds for use in compressor washing. It is required that these com-
pounds will not cause harm to gas turbine components. Thus, their purity and composition must be such that
they do not cause aqueous corrosion or stress corrosion of compressor materials. Also, it is required that they
do not cause hot corrosion in the turbine. Furthermore, they must not lead to compressor fouling. With regard
to the cleaning agents themselves, they must be chemically stable in themselves and in their mixtures with
water. Also, they must not form combustible mixtures and they should satisfy all local codes relative to health
and safety requirements. Compliance with this specification does not imply a cleaning compound improves
the cleaning of a compressor over and above what can be obtained from water alone.
2.0 Requirements
2.1 The cleaning compound when mixed with water in the manufacturer’s prescribed concentration shall satisfy
the water washing specifications for on-line and off-line water quality given in Table 1. In the pure state it shall
satisfy the specification given in Table A1.
2.2 The residue or ash content of the cleaning compound shall not exceed 0.01%. See test 4.1.
2.3 The storage stability of the cleaning compound shall show no marked color change, shall not separate and shall
not corrode or stain the steel specimen when tested as specified in test 4.5.16 of MIL-C-85704A. This test is
given in 4.2.
2.4 The cleaner and its mixtures with water shall not form gums under compressor conditions.
2.5 The Pensky-Martens flash point of the cleaning compound shall be above 140°F (60°C) (ASTM D93).
3.0 Material Compatibility
3.1 Use of the cleaning compound shall not have adverse effects on engine system materials such as compressor
or turbine materials.
4.0 Tests
4.1 Ash content: preparation of test samples
Approximately 10 g of cleaning compound shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 mg in a tared porcelain crucible.
The crucible shall be heated at 221° ± 2°F (105° ± 1°C) for 24 hours, then heated at 464° ± 4°F (240° ± 2°C)
for the next 24 hours. Following this, the crucible and its contents shall be carefully ignited over a Bunsen-type
gas burner. The crucible shall then be placed in a muffle furnace at 1,900°F (1,040°C) for 2 hours. The crucible
shall be transferred to a desiccator, cooled and weighed until constant weight. The ash content shall be calcu-
lated as the percentage of the initial weight of cleaning compound.
4.2 Accelerated storage stability (from MIL-C-85704A)
Preparation of test sample. A 150-ml portion of a well-shaken cleaning compound shall be poured into each
of two chemically clean 250-ml pressure-resistant clear glass bottles which shall be approximately 9.5 inches
451 11
CARNOT COMPANY
(24.1 cm) in height and 2.5 inches (6.4 cm) in outside diameter. One bottle shall be capped and stored in the
dark for at least six days at room temperature. A strip of steel 6 by 0.5 by 0.02 inches (15.2 x 1.3 x 0.05 cm)
conforming to MIL-S-7952 shall be polished to remove surface contamination and then cleaned by boiling
for one minute in chemically pure isopropyl alcohol and one minute in mineral spirits. The steel strip shall be
placed in the other test bottle and the bottle shall be capped. The capped bottle containing the steel strip shall
be thoroughly shaken for one minute.
Procedure. The capped bottle containing the steel strip shall be placed in a water bath and heated at a uniform
rate to a temperature of 140° ± 4°F (60° ± 2°C) over a period of five hours. It shall be held at this temperature
for three hours. No heat shall be applied to the bath overnight. The above heating procedure shall be repeated
each day for five days. (This test need not necessarily be attended if an interval time is used to regulate the
temperature automatically. The test may be started on a Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and still have the pres-
sure bottle removed on a normal workday.) On the morning of the sixth day, the bottle shall be removed from
the bath, uncapped, examined for separation and the steel strip carefully withdrawn from the cleaning com-
pound. Separation into layers shall be cause for rejection. The portion of the steel strip which had been im-
mersed in the compound shall be examined for evidence of pitting, corrosion and uneven darkening. The open
bottle shall be capped and the two bottles shall be thoroughly shaken for one minute, then allowed to remain
undisturbed for one hour at room temperature and then examined. Any marked change in the color and unifor-
mity of the aged sample shall be considered as showing unsatisfactory stability properties.
12 452
CARNOT COMPANY
TABLE A1
CHEMICAL CONTENT OF CLEANING COMPOUND
Total alkali metals 25 ppm max
Magnesium + calcium 5 ppm max
Vanadium 0.1 ppm max
Lead 0.1 ppm max
Tin + copper 10 ppm max
Sulfur 50 ppm max
Chlorine 40 ppm max
453 13
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems

518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
454
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 107551a
March 2001
supercedes GEK 28106a
GE Power Systems
Gas Turbine
Standard Field Performance Testing Philosophy
I. INTRODUCTION
This document provides guidance for conducting a standard performance test of GE heavy duty gas turbines.
Station instruments for power and fuel flow are utilized along with a combination of station instruments and
special instruments for other parameters that must be determined.
The objective of the test will be to determine performance characteristics of the gas turbine in accordance
with requirements of the purchase agreement.
This document is not a procedure for conducting the test. A detailed procedure for conducting the test and
evaluating the results must be issued and agreed upon prior to conducting a test. GE will provide the
procedure and conduct the test. When the Customer delegates these activities to parties other than GE, then
GE approval for the test procedure and test must be obtained.
Proper preparation of the gas turbine for test is essential. This preparation is not considered part of normal
commissioning activity. It is required that GE inspect the equipment to be tested and provide instruction as
to restorative action that is required prior to conducting the test. A pre-test readiness report that demonstrates
the equipment has been properly prepared must be issued to General Electric prior to conducting the test.
Uncertainties in the measurements will be unavoidable. Based on extensive experience in conducting such
tests and complete understanding of the equipment and its response to the environment, GE has developed
uncertainties for a standard performance test. Depending on specific needs, the Customer and GE may agree
to some modifications in the test that may alter the uncertainties.
The estimated uncertainties will be considered tolerance bands for the purpose of equipment acceptance. In
the event that the equipment fails to meet acceptance criteria, then post-test uncertainty analysis may be
required to determine whether the problem is measurement related. The Customer and GE will then agree
as to interpretation of test results.
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 107551a Standard Field Performance Testing Philosophy
II. OBJECT AND SCOPE
The Standard Field Performance Test Philosophy is intended for full load testing new and clean gas turbines
with generator loads. Performance characteristics of interest would be:
• Generator Electrical Power Output
• Gas Turbine-Generator Heat Rate
• Gas Turbine Exhaust Gas Temperature
• Gas Turbine Exhaust Gas Flow Rate
• Gas Turbine Exhaust Gas Energy
Not all quantities are required for all tests. In the majority of cases, the quantities of interest are power output
and heat rate. Testing will be confined to gas turbines that operate on natural gas or light distillate liquid fuels.
The Standard Field Performance Test Philosophy represents a simpler alternative to ASME PTC-22. Testing
will be based upon use of existing station instruments for measurement of generator power and gas turbine
fuel flow. The balance of the instrumentation will be a combination of existing gas turbine devices and
special devices that are intended to provide measurement accuracy consistent with goals for overall test
uncertainty.
Prior to the test, compressor cleaning will be completed as a minimum action to ensure the gas turbine is in
a condition suitable for test. In addition, the gas turbine will be inspected, and major control functions that
affect full load operation will be verified to be operating correctly.
When completed, the Standard Field Performance Test will be expected to have overall uncertainties of
approximately +/–2% for corrected power output and +/–1.7% for corrected heat rate for the gas turbine
operating with natural gas fuel at maximum load.
III. GUIDING PRINCIPLES
The primary purpose of the test shall be the measurement of generator power and gas turbine fuel heat
consumption at full load. Sufficient supporting data will be recorded to enable correction of the test results
to conditions of rating, as stated in the appropriate sections of the purchase order, so that a comparison may
be made between results from testing and rated machine capability at specified operating conditions.
Correction factors, most up-to-date versions will be provided by GE prior to the test. The quantity and format
of the correction factors applied to a particular project will depend on the contractual basis of the
performance guarantee as stated in the purchase contract. The following list presents potential correction
factors:
• Inlet Air Temperature
• Inlet Air Humidity
• Barometric Pressure
• Generator Power Factor
• Water/Steam Injection Flow Rate
2 456
CARNOT COMPANY
Standard Field Performance Testing Philosophy GEK 107551a
• Fired Hours
• Rotational Speed
• Fuel Temperature
• Fuel Composition
• Inlet System Pressure Differential, when equipment is outside General Electric scope.
• Exhaust System Pressure Differential, when equipment is outside General Electric scope.
The subject gas turbine shall be capable of reliable operation at full load before conduct of the test. Inlet guide
vane position in the full open position will be verified by manual measurement of at least 16 vanes. Exhaust
temperature control parameters will be verified to be at specified values, including verification of the exhaust
thermocouple signal processor via input of a known millivolt level at the first thermocouple junction closest
to the exhaust gas thermocouples.
General Electric will inspect the gas turbine and determine the actions necessary to place it in a new and clean
condition. In most cases, the turbine will be considered new if it has operated less than 100 fired hours and
in accordance with General Electric instructions. It will be necessary to clean the compressor and/or turbine
in almost every case, regardless of the amount of fired hours. Visual inspection of the compressor inlet area,
including bellmouth, inlet guide vanes and compressor blades, following water wash will be required to
insure cleanliness. In some cases, it may be necessary to conduct more than one wash cycle to achieve the
required cleanliness. General Electric may require that the wash process be supplemented by a manual
wiping of the inlet surfaces which are readily accessible from the bellmouth area, including the bellmouth
surface, support struts, inlet guide vanes, and first stage blades.
If prior to the test, the turbine has accumulated more than 100 fired hours a degradation correction will be
applied to the test results to account for the amount of degradation that can not be recovered through off-line
washing.
Fuel flow measurement will be made using General Electric recommended devices, or their equivalent.
Liquid fuel flow measurement devices will be calibrated prior to test if they have been placed into service
during commissioning or their original calibrations do not meet accepted industry standards. When used for
gas fuel flow measurement, orifice meters will not be placed in service prior to the test. Verification of orifice
plate size and orientation will be done prior to installation. In the event the orifice metering tube has been
specially calibrated as a unit, removal of the orifice plate will not be required.
Instruments for the test will consist mostly of those that are used to operate and control the gas turbine
provided they meet accuracy requirements for the overall test. Control system sensors that affect direct
evaluation of thermal performance must have their calibration verified before the test. The accuracy of the
signals from the following control variables will be verified by portable NIST traceable field calibration
devices. Loop calibration will be conducted.
• Air Inlet Pressure Differential
• Compressor Bellmouth Pressure Differential
• Compressor Discharge Pressure
457 3
CARNOT COMPANY
GEK 107551a Standard Field Performance Testing Philosophy
• Exhaust System Pressure Differential
• Gas Fuel Line Pressure at Metering Orifice
• Gas Fuel Metering Orifice Differential Pressure
Special instruments will be required for the test in accordance with overall test uncertainty requirements. A
list of measurements to be recorded with precision test instruments is provided as follows:
• Inlet Air Temperature (Multiple sensors mandatory)
• Inlet Air Humidity
• Air Inlet Pressure Differential
• Compressor Bellmouth Pressure Differential
• Compressor Discharge Pressure
• Exhaust System Pressure Differential
Preparations for test as outlined above are to be completed immediately prior to test. Calibrations and checks
made during commissioning normally do not meet the stricter requirements of the performance test.
A log of additional parameters will be required to establish documentation that the gas turbine was operated
in accordance with General Electric specifications and in a stable manner throughout the test run. These
additional parameters will be identified in the official test procedure.
It is estimated that preparations for test including offline water/detergent wash installation of special
instruments will require between one and two days.
The test should commence as soon as possible after the turbine is in a new and clean condition with no more
than 24 fired hours of operation having elapsed after cleaning. If compressor fouling is suspected to be a
problem during this 24 hour period, it may be necessary to inspect the compressor prior to declaring the test
results valid.
The gas turbine should be thermally stable and operating according to control specifications prior to start
of test. A test point will consist of a half hour period during which sufficient readings of all instruments will
be made to ensure time variations do not result in abnormally large uncertainties. The number of test points
will be sufficient to demonstrate performance over the range of operation specified in the purchase order and
to demonstrate repeatability of the test set-up.
Samples of fuel from the testing will be taken using recognized standards and submitted to recognized
laboratories for analysis. The number of samples will be sufficient to establish fuel variability.
Test results are based on averaged data taken during the test point. The averaged results are corrected to
account for differences between test operating conditions and those which are specified in the purchase order.
Correction factors will be supplied by General Electric and may consist of curves, tables or computer
programs.
4 458
CARNOT COMPANY
Standard Field Performance Testing Philosophy GEK 107551a
Preliminary results from testing will be available to all affected parties within one day of completion of
testing. Final results will be available by mutual agreement of the parties to the test.
Decisions based on test results will recognize the measurement uncertainties inherent in the tests. For testing
per these guidelines, these uncertainties are expected to be
Power Output +/– 2%

Heat Rate, Gas Fuel +/– 1.7%
Heat Rate, Oil Fuel +/– 1.45%
Exhaust Gas Temperature +/– 11°F
Exhaust Gas Flow +/– 3.3%
Exhaust Gas Energy, Gas Fuel +/– 3.35%
Exhaust Gas Energy, Oil Fuel +/– 3.1%
The test uncertainties will be considered to be minimum tolerance bands in the commercial evaluation of
the test.
459 5
CARNOT COMPANY
GE Power Systems

518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354
460

Ge Pg6531b Gas Turbine

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ge Pg6531b Gas Turbine

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CARNOT COMPANY

Three (3) PG6531B- 50 Hertz

Firm Proposal No: 04021 a

Performance and Operation

Drawings and Diagrams

Table of Contents Page 3

1.2 GE Packaging Arrangements

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Introduction Page 1.1

1.4 Service and Plant Support

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Introduction Page 1.2

GE Gas Turbine Repair Centers World Wide

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Introduction Page 1.3

Backing up these field service engineers is a worldwide network of GE

GE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION Introduction Page 1.4

2. General Plant Description

2.2 Equipment Overview

General Plant Description Page 2.1

2.2.3 Control Systems

Generator Control, excitation, regulation and

General Plant Description Page 2.2

GE Energy Products - France

3.2 Basis for Unit Performance

Performance Guarantees Page 3.1

d. Performance is me asured at the generator terminals and includes

Performance Guarantees Page 3.2

3.3 Emissions Guaranteed level

Polluant Natural Gas

3.3.1 Basis For Emissions Guarantees

3.4 Noise Guarantees

Fuel Gas Turbine Load SPL, dBA

Performance Guarantees Page 3.3

3.4.2 Basis for Near Field Noise Guarantees

Performance Guarantees Page 3.4

Performance Curves Page 4.1

4.2 Generator Performance Curves

Performance Curves Page 4.2

GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG6531B GAS TURBINE

V.SICARD (GE EPE) Number 5444HA875-1

GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG6531B GAS TURBINE

V.SICARD (GE EPE) Number 5444HA875-2

GENERAL ELECTRIC MODEL PG6531B GAS TURBINE

V.SICARD (GE EPE) Number 5444HA875-3

Degradation Curves for Heavy Duty Product Line Gas Turbines

Performance loss during normal operation is minimized by periodic on-line and

Performance recovery, beyond that which occurs with normal maintenance,

EXPECTED GAS TURBINE PLANT NON-RECOVERABLE

* PERFORMANCE IS RELATIVE TO THE GUARANTEE LEVEL.

0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000

EXPECTED GAS TURBINE PLANT PERFORMANCE LOSS FOLLOWING NORMAL

* PERFORMANCE IS RELATIVE TO THE GUARANTEE LEVEL.

0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000

AFTER OFF-LINE AVERAGE

GENERAL ELECTRIC GAS TURBINE

)RU 2SHUDWLRQ $W %DVH /RDG 2Q ([KDXVW

ELECTRICAL DATA SHEET

1.1 Frame size BDAX 7-290ERNH

1.2 Terminal voltage 11.50 kV

1.4 Speed 3000 RPM

1.5 Altitude up to 1000 m

1.6 Applicable national standard IEC 60034-3

1.7 Rated coolant temperature 30.0 °C

1.8 Rated output 41.000 MW, 51.750 MVA

1.9 Power factor 0.800

1.10 Rated stator line current 2949 Amps